summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
Diffstat
-rw-r--r--.gitattributes3
-rw-r--r--77611-0.txt9041
-rw-r--r--77611-h/77611-h.htm10679
-rw-r--r--77611-h/images/cover.jpgbin0 -> 498818 bytes
-rw-r--r--77611-h/images/decoration.jpgbin0 -> 5298 bytes
-rw-r--r--77611-h/images/decorationtwo.jpgbin0 -> 17804 bytes
-rw-r--r--77611-h/images/fonts.jpgbin0 -> 24353 bytes
-rw-r--r--77611-h/images/fontstwo.jpgbin0 -> 12153 bytes
-rw-r--r--77611-h/images/picture.jpgbin0 -> 39336 bytes
-rw-r--r--LICENSE.txt11
-rw-r--r--README.md2
11 files changed, 19736 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/.gitattributes b/.gitattributes
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6833f05
--- /dev/null
+++ b/.gitattributes
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+* text=auto
+*.txt text
+*.md text
diff --git a/77611-0.txt b/77611-0.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..caa41e9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/77611-0.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,9041 @@
+*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK 77611 ***
+
+
+
+
+Transcriber’s note
+
+Variable spelling and hyphenation have been retained. Minor punctuation
+inconsistencies have been silently repaired. A list of the changes made
+can be found at the end of the book. Formatting and special characters
+are indicated as follows:
+
+ _italics_
+ =bold=
+
+
+
+
+ COURSES OF STUDY IN LIBRARY SCIENCE
+ BEING THE
+ ASSISTANTS’ GUIDE TO LIBRARIANSHIP.
+ _BY_
+ REGINALD G. WILLIAMS, F.L.A.,
+ _Deputy Librarian, Bolton Public Libraries_.
+
+_Author of “The Great Civil War: a Graded Course of Reading;” “Writers
+of the Nineteenth Century;” “The French Revolution, 1789-1795; a Graded
+Course of Reading;” “A Manual of Book Selection for the Librarian and
+Book-Lover,” Etc., Joint Author, “The Librarians’ Guide,” Etc._
+
+_SECOND REVISED AND ENLARGED EDITION._
+
+COPYRIGHT.
+
+ THE CENTRAL PRESS
+ (_Hopkins & Sons_)
+ BOLTON
+
+ Sole English Agents: | Sole American Agents:
+ |
+ MESSRS. GRAFTON & CO., |
+ Coptic House, | MESSRS. R. R. BOWKER CO.,
+ 51, Great Russell Street, | 62, West 45th Street,
+ LONDON, W.C. | NEW YORK.
+ 1926.
+
+
+
+
+WE ARE
+
+Library & University Agents, Export Booksellers
+
+? ARE YOU REQUIRING ANY
+
+ BOOKS
+ MAGAZINES
+ DAILY OR WEEKLY PAPERS
+ or
+ ANY OTHER PUBLICATIONS?
+
+IF SO, SEND TO US.
+
+Personal attention given to all Orders, however small.
+
+Shipments made.
+
+1st Editions obtained on publication and sent to order.
+
+Continuation Orders. Further Volumes or Parts (of Books already
+supplied) sent on publication.
+
+ C. D. Cazenove & Son,
+
+ 12-13, Henrietta Street,
+ Covent Garden, LONDON, W.C.2.,
+ ENGLAND.
+
+ Telegraphic and Telephone:
+ Cable Address:
+ EIKON, LONDON. GERHARD 4060.
+
+ ESTABLISHED 1868.
+
+
+
+
+CONTENTS
+
+
+ PAGE.
+
+ Preface ix.
+ General Text and Reference Books. Periodicals 1
+ Course 1. Practical Bibliography 3
+ ” 2. Book Selection 29
+ ” 3. Classification 76
+ ” 4. Cataloguing 88
+ ” 5. English Literary History 114
+ ” 6. Library and Museum Legislation, Organisation
+ and Equipment 150
+ ” 7. Library Administration 169
+ ” 8. History of Libraries 190
+
+
+
+
+_To the MEMORY of THE AUTHOR who died at Bolton, March 11th, 1926._
+
+
+
+
+PREFACE
+
+
+THESE courses of study have been compiled mainly for the use of
+Library Assistants all over the world who wish to make themselves more
+efficient in the technical side of their profession, and to aid them in
+securing the professional certificates awarded by the examining bodies
+for proficiency in Library Science. They make no pretence to satisfy
+the needs of the specialist in any of the selected subjects, but the
+author assures students that each course covers sufficient ground to
+enable them to pass the examinations if they will work diligently and
+well throughout the course.
+
+The first edition of this work was out of print within eighteen months
+of publication. This is sufficient testimony that the work has been
+well received, and has proved very popular with the student members of
+the profession. This edition has been completely revised and brought up
+to date.
+
+The amount of time to be devoted to each lesson will depend on the
+individual, but it is essential that the prescribed reading lists
+should be read carefully before attempting any answers. These lists
+could easily be amplified, but the difficulty has been to keep them
+within reasonable length and at the same time representative. A large
+number of American journals are included at the special request of
+American and Colonial students.
+
+
+ [Illustration:
+ Correspondence Tuition for LIBRARY ASSOCIATION EXAMINATIONS by
+ Experienced Librarians.
+
+ Fees moderate.
+
+ The Courses will cover the whole of the syllabus of the Examination.
+ Studies can be started at any time and spread over the period until
+ the date of the examination.
+
+ A special discount is allowed to members of N.A.L.G.O. Fees can be
+ paid by instalments if desired--a small extra percentage is charged
+ for this method of payment.
+
+ =For further particulars and enrolment form send stamped addressed
+ envelope to the General Secretary, N.C.I., Caxton Hall, Westminster,
+ S.W.1.=]
+
+Most students will find the practice of taking notes, and representing
+in their own words a summary of what has been read, to be most helpful.
+These notes should be compared with the text to ensure that essential
+points have not been missed. The questions and tests should be answered
+without the aid of text books or notes.
+
+I gladly avail myself of the opportunity to express my gratitude to
+my wife for her help and valuable suggestions, my indebtedness to Mr.
+James Cranshaw, for his contribution on English Literary History;
+to the large number of Librarians and Assistants who have written
+appreciative letters to me, and to Mr. H. Hamer, F.L.A., for looking
+over the manuscript and proof, but responsibility for any mistakes is
+mine.
+
+ REGINALD G. WILLIAMS.
+
+ Astley Bridge,
+ Bolton.
+ 23rd January, 1926.
+
+[Illustration]
+
+
+
+
+Grafton Books for Librarians
+
+_SUPPLEMENTARY TO THE GENERAL CATALOGUE_.
+
+A Manual of Classification
+
+ A Handbook of the Rules and methods of applying classification to
+ Books, Shelves, Files and other matters, by W. C. Berwick Sayers.
+ Demy 8vo. Cloth. Illustrated
+
+ =Price £1 10s. 0d. net.=
+
+The Theory of Book Selection for Public Libraries
+
+ By Lionel R. McColvin. Cr. 8vo. Cloth, pp. 190.
+
+ =Price 7s. 6d. net.=
+
+The Public Library
+
+ By Ernest A. Baker, D.Litt. Demy 8vo. Cloth. Illustrated, pp. 246.
+
+ =Price 10s. 6d. net.=
+
+County Library Service
+
+ By Harriet Catherine Long. Demy 8vo. Cloth. Illustrated, pp. 206.
+ Chicago: American Library Association. London: Grafton & Co.
+
+ =Price 10s. 0d. net.=
+
+The Library and the Community
+
+ Increased Book Service through Library Publicity based on Community
+ Studies. By Joseph L. Wheeler. Illustrated. Demy 8vo. Cloth. pp. 418.
+ Chicago: American Library Association. London: Grafton & Co.
+
+ =Price 17s. 6d. net.=
+
+Library Buildings
+
+ Notes and Plans. By Chalmers Hadley. Demy 8vo. Cloth. pp. 154.
+ Chicago: American Library Association. London: Grafton & Co.
+
+ =Price 17s. 6d. net.=
+
+Wynkyn de Worde and his contemporaries
+
+ From the death of Caxton to 1535. A chapter in English Printing. By
+ Henry R. Plomer. Cr. 4to. Buckram, Gilt Top. pp. 250. Illustrated.
+ Limited to 1,000 copies.
+
+ =Price £1 1s. 0d. net.=
+
+ GRAFTON & CO.
+ Coptic House, 51 Gt. Russell Street
+ LONDON, W.C. 1.
+
+
+
+
+COURSES OF STUDY IN LIBRARY SCIENCE
+
+
+GENERAL TEXT AND REFERENCE BOOKS
+
+
+American Library Association--Manual of library economy. _Preprints
+Nos. 1-32. A.L.A., also Grafton & Co., 1s. 6d. each._
+
+Brown (J. D.)--Manual of library economy, _revised edition, 1907. O.P._
+
+_or The third edition revised by W. C. B. Sayers. Grafton, 1919. 30s._
+
+Cannons (H. G. T.)--Bibliography of library economy, 1876-1909.
+_Russell & Co., 1910. O.P._
+
+_A revised edition is in preparation, and will be published by the
+American Library Association at an early date._
+
+Encyclopædia Britannica; or, any other good encyclopædia. _Articles on
+Books, Libraries, Printing, etc._
+
+Friedel (J. H.)--Training for librarianship: library work as a career.
+_Lippincott’s Training Series. Lippincott: Philadelphia, 1921. 7s. 6d._
+
+Library Association--Syllabus of information on facilities for training
+in librarianship and the professional examinations. _Various issues
+from 1894, 1904, 1907 and then periodically. Library Association. 2s.
+6d._
+
+
+PERIODICALS.
+
+Librarian and Book World, _1910 to date. Monthly. Gravesend._
+
+The Library, _1889-1919_ (_continued as_ “The Transactions of the
+Bibliographical Society: The Library”). _Quarterly. London._
+
+Library Assistant, _1898 to date. Monthly. London._
+
+Library Association Record, _1899 to date. Quarterly. London._
+
+Library Journal, _1876 to date. Monthly. New York._
+
+Library World, _1898 to date. Monthly. London._
+
+Ontario Library Review, _1916 to date. Quarterly. Toronto._
+
+Public Libraries, _1896 to date. Monthly. Chicago._
+
+_Note_: Cannons’s “Bibliography of library economy” indexes the above
+periodicals from _1876-1909_.
+
+
+Abbreviations.
+
+ _A.L.A._ American Library Association.
+ _L._ Library.
+ _L.A._ Library Assistant.
+ _L. & B.W._ Librarian and Book World.
+ _L.A.R._ Library Association Record.
+ _L.J._ Library Journal.
+ _L.W._ Library World.
+ _Ont. Lib. Rev._ Ontario Library Review.
+ _P.L._ Public Libraries.
+ _Trans. Bib. Soc._ Transactions of the Bibliographical Society.
+
+
+COURSE ONE--PRACTICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY.
+
+This course covers the collation and description of books which
+includes the irregularities found in the make-up of early books. The
+collation by quires, by the aid of water-marks, signatures, catchwords,
+blank pages, etc. Parts of a modern book. Difficulties in ascertaining
+when books are perfect. What constitutes a new issue, a new edition,
+a reprint. Forms of bibliographical descriptions and the essentials
+of standard descriptions of various classes of books. Then we pass on
+to the requisites of standard book production. Typography. Presswork.
+Inks. The constituents and essentials of good book paper. Objects of
+book illustration, including the advantages and disadvantages of the
+various methods in use. Library bookbinding. Materials and methods in
+use, and finally the compilation of bibliographies in which the student
+is expected to know the principles of arrangement of Author, Subject
+and Classified bibliographies, and the practical methods of compiling
+various bibliographies.
+
+
+TEXT BOOKS REQUIRED.
+
+Brown (J. D.)--Manual of practical bibliography. _The English Library.
+Routledge, 1906. Also Grafton. 3s._
+
+Brown (J. D.)--The small library. _The English Library. Routledge,
+1907. Also Grafton. 3s._
+
+Davenport (Cyril)--The book: its history and development. _Westminster
+Series. Constable, 1907. 6s._
+
+Fay (L. E.) _and_ Eaton (A. T.)--Instruction in the use of books and
+libraries. _2nd edition, revised. Faxon & Co.: Boston, 1919. Also
+Grafton. 22s. 6d._
+
+Hitchcock (F. H.), _editor_.--The building of a book: a series of
+practical articles written by experts in the various departments of
+book making and distributing. _T. W. Laurie. O.P._
+
+Jacobi (C. T.)--Printing: a practical treatise on the art of typography
+as applied more particularly to the printing of books. _6th edition,
+reprinted. Bell & Sons, 1925. 10s. 6d._
+
+Jacobi (C. T.)--Some notes on books and printing. _4th edition.
+Whittingham, 1912. 6s._
+
+Library Association--Interim Report of the Book Production Committee.
+_Library Association. 1s._
+
+Mudge (I.G.)--Bibliography. (Preprint of Manual of library economy.
+_Chapter 24_). _A.L.A. Pub. Board: Chicago, 1915, may be obtained also
+from Grafton & Co._
+
+_Note._--Other text books pertaining to specific subjects will be
+mentioned in the Lesson dealing with that subject.
+
+Take particular note of the factors and notes to be found at the end of
+each Course.
+
+
+_Lesson 1._
+
+INTRODUCTION. THEORY. UTILITY. BIBLIOGRAPHICAL TERMS.
+
+This lesson is intended to make clear to the student the derivation
+and meaning of the words bibliography and bibliographer, in their
+original and present use. The aims of bibliography. What is the ideal
+in bibliographical work? The different kinds of bibliographies in
+print. The standards of bibliographical work. The value and uses of
+bibliography in the library profession. Bibliographical terms. An
+index of the Latin names of towns in which printing was established
+during the fifteenth century, with their vernacular equivalents will be
+found on pp. _43-50_ of Peddie’s “Fifteenth-century books” and on pp.
+_163-172_ of Brown’s “Manual of practical bibliography.”
+
+_Note._--Such subjects as the histories of printing, paper-making,
+bookbinding, authorship, etc., do not come within the province of
+modern practical bibliography.
+
+
+READING LIST.
+
+Brown--Manual of practical bibliography. _pp. 1-20; 157-162._
+
+Brown--Practical bibliography. _L. (New Series). Vol. 4, 1903, pp.
+144-151. Reply by A. W. Pollard, pp. 151-162._
+
+Campbell--The bibliography of the future. _1895._
+
+Campbell--Theory of national and international bibliography. _Library
+Bureau. 1896. 10s. 6d._
+
+Duff--Early printed books. _Books about Books. K. Paul. 1893, pp.
+201-205._
+
+Clarke--Some points in practical bibliography. _L.A.R. Vol. 6. 1904,
+pp. 192-205._
+
+Encyclopædia Britannica.--Articles _Bibliography_; _Book_.
+
+Fay _and_ Eaton--Instruction in the use of books and libraries. _Chap.
+10, pp. 125-134._
+
+Feipel--Elements of bibliography. _Chicago, 1916. Passim._
+
+Ferguson--Some aspects of bibliography. _Johnstone: Edinburgh, 1900,
+pp. 1-52 (Should be read after Mudge’s book)._
+
+Greg--What is bibliography? _Trans. Bib. Soc. Vol. 12, 1911-13, pp.
+39-53._
+
+Guppy--Science of bibliography and what it embraces. _L.A.R. Vol 2,
+1900, pp. 171-175._
+
+Horne--An introduction to the study of bibliography. _2 vols. Cadell
+and Davies, 1814. Early chapters._
+
+Keogh--Practical bibliographies. _A.L.A. Bulletin. Vol. 1, 1907, pp.
+35-39._
+
+Jacobi--Some notes on books and printing. _pp. 83-96._
+
+Moth--Technical terms used in bibliographies, and by the book and
+printing trades. _Boston Book Co._: Boston, _1915. 10s._
+
+Mudge--Bibliography. _(Preprint of Manual of library economy, Chapter
+24.) This is a splendid introduction to modern practical bibliography,
+bringing in the derivation, present meaning, kinds of bibliography,
+etc._
+
+Murray--Bibliography: its scope and methods. _Maclehose, 1917. pp.
+1-20; 51-58._
+
+Parsons--Introduction to elementary bibliography. _London, 1913. Also
+in L. & B. W. Vol 3, 1912, pp. 43-47._
+
+Peddie--The bases of bibliographical research. _L.W. Vol. 25, 1922-23,
+pp. 329-331._
+
+Spofford--A book for all readers. _Putnam: New York, 1905. Chap. 27,
+pp. 459-500._
+
+
+QUESTIONS.
+
+_1._ What is bibliography? Compare the original meaning of the term
+with that of to-day.
+
+_2._ There are certain standards by which the reference value of
+bibliographies is judged: What do these standards relate to?
+
+_3._ Define the following terms:--bibliographer; codex; colophon;
+edition de luxe; format; grangerizing; index expurgatorius; incunabula;
+recto; signatures; octavo; cliché; bowdlerize.
+
+_4._ Give an account of the value of bibliography to the library
+profession.
+
+_5._ Printed bibliographies fall naturally into recognised classes.
+Name four of these classes.
+
+_6._ Discuss the field of bibliographical work for local
+bibliographical societies.
+
+
+_Lesson 2._
+
+IRREGULARITIES IN THE MAKE UP OF BOOKS. COLLATION. PARTS OF A MODERN
+BOOK. BIBLIOGRAPHICAL DESCRIPTION.
+
+The student should note carefully the various meanings of the word
+“collation,” especially in relation to bibliography as distinct from
+cataloguing. Why early printed books often resembled manuscripts. Early
+books had no title pages. Irregularities to be found in the make up
+of early printed books. Bibliographical information usually found in
+the colophon. Title pages appeared about 1480. For printers’ marks or
+devices, the student is advised to consult McKerrow’s “Printers’ and
+publishers’ devices in England and Scotland, _1485-1640_”; Plomer’s
+“English printers’ ornaments,” or “Printers’ marks,” _1893_, by
+W. Roberts. Note the importance of the value of date and place of
+publication. Why early printed books were not paged. How they should
+be collated by the aid of watermarks, catchwords, signatures, etc.
+Numbered pages began about 1470. Parts of a modern book: half-title,
+title page, dedication, preface, table of contents, list of plates or
+illustrations, errata, text, notes, appendices, index, and printer’s
+colophon. Sometimes a frontispiece may be found between the half and
+full title page. Difficulties in ascertaining if a book is perfect.
+Note the difference between a new issue, a reprint, and a new edition.
+Why prefatory pages, or introductory matter are separately numbered in
+Roman numerals. Catchwords were introduced in 1469 as a guide to the
+binder. Signatures also used as a guide to the binder. How the sizes
+of books are determined by the number of folds into which certain
+sheets of paper are divided. It is very important for the student to
+understand the different forms of bibliographical description and to
+distinguish the early forms from that applied to present day work. For
+this reason the entries in the standard bibliographies should be noted
+and compared.
+
+
+READING LIST.
+
+Aldis--The printed book. _Cambridge Univ. Press, 1916, pp. 1-27._
+
+Blades--On signatures in old books. _L. Vol. 1, 1889, pp. 121-131._
+
+Brown--Manual of practical bibliography. _pp. 21-58; 87-97._
+
+Clarke--The modern book. _L.A. Vol. 7, 1910, pp. 266-270._
+
+Coupland--Irregularities in the make-up of early printed books. _L.W.
+Vol. 16, 1913-14, pp. 118-119._
+
+Davenport--The book: its history and development. _pp. 30-33; 64-76._
+
+Duff--Early printed books. _pp. 206-212._
+
+Edmond--Suggestions for the description of books printed between
+_1501-1640. L.A.R. Vol. 3, 1901, pp. 133-142._
+
+Encyclopædia Britannica. Articles _Bibliography_; _Collation_.
+
+Fay _and_ Eaton--Instruction in the use of books and libraries. _Chap.
+3, pp. 25-39._
+
+Garnett--Some colophons of the early printers. _L. Vol. 2, 1890, pp.
+125-132._
+
+Jacobi--Some notes on books and printing. _Chap. 6. pp. 62-65._
+
+McKerrow--Printers’ and publishers’ devices in England and Scotland.
+_1485-1640. (Illus. Monographs No. 16). Bibliographical Society, 1913._
+
+McKerrow--Note on variations in certain copies of the “Return of
+Pasquil.” _L. (New Series). Vol. 4, 1903, pp. 384-391._
+
+McKerrow--Notes on bibliographical evidence. _Trans. Bib. Soc. Vol. 12,
+1911-13, pp. 237-306._
+
+Madan--Degressive bibliographies. _Trans. Bib. Soc. Vol. 9, 1906-08,
+pp. 53-65._
+
+Madan--Method in bibliography. _Trans. Bib. Soc. Vol 1, 1892-3, pp.
+91-96._
+
+Parsons--Introduction to elementary bibliography. _Also in L. & B. W.
+Vol. 3, 1912, pp. 47-50._
+
+Plomer--English printers’ ornaments. _1924. Grafton, £2 2s._
+
+Pollard--Objects and methods of bibliographical collations and
+descriptions. _L. (New Series). Vol. 8, 1907, pp. 209-217._
+
+Pollard--An essay on colophons. _1905._
+
+Pollard--Last words on the history of the title page, with notes on
+some colophons and 27 facsimiles of title pages. _1891._
+
+Pollard _and_ Greg--Some points in bibliographical descriptions.
+_Trans. Bib. Soc. Vol. 9. 1906-08, pp. 31-52._
+
+Powell--Publishers and publishing. _L.A.R. Vol. 4, 1902, pp. 590-601._
+
+Proctor--Notes on signatures. _L. Vol. 3, 1891, pp. 177-180; 267-269._
+
+Rawlings--The story of books. _Hodder & Stoughton. Chap. 15, pp.
+159-164._
+
+Roberts--Printers’ marks. _1893._
+
+Sharp--Practical bibliography. _L.W. Vol. 13, 1910-11, pp. 298-302._
+
+
+QUESTIONS.
+
+_1._ The early printers were responsible for many inconsistencies and
+irregularities in the make-up of their books. Explain, giving examples.
+
+_2._ Why are blank pages often found in the middle of the text in early
+printed books?
+
+_3._ Sketch the relative positions of watermarks or wire-lines in books
+of different sizes, and state how a watermark may be used in book
+collation.
+
+_4._ Make out an entry of a modern book (which may be imaginary)
+comprising every bibliographical detail necessary to describe it
+completely, and give reasons for the particular order adopted.
+
+_5._ Give an account of the evolution of the title page.
+
+
+_Lesson 3._
+
+ESSENTIALS OF GOOD BOOK PRODUCTION.
+
+PRINTING. TYPOGRAPHY. PRESSWORK.
+
+The essentials of good printing include a good, firm, clean and sharp
+impression with a really good black ink. The student must be able
+to recognise the difference between good and bad type. The two most
+important factors of modern book production are the selection of
+suitable type and the precise format of the page when the size of the
+volume is given. Note the various founts of type. Classes of type,
+sizes, and the point system, methods of composition, type-casting
+and type-setting machines, _e.g._, monotype, linotype, and others.
+Stereotype work. Methods of mounting plates for printing. Different
+kinds of stereotype and electrotype plates. Hand-press work. Kinds of
+presses used. The student should endeavour to examine Stanley Morison’s
+“Modern fine printing: an exhibit of printing issued in England,
+the United States of America, France, Germany, Italy, Switzerland,
+Czecho-Slovakia, Holland and Sweden during the twentieth century and
+with few exceptions since the outbreak of the war.” _Benn, 1925. £13
+2s. 6d._ and _his_ “Four centuries of fine printing: upwards of six
+hundred examples of the work of presses established during the years
+_1500-1914_.” _Benn, 1924. £11 0s. 6d._ These two books are beautiful
+examples of fine printing, and will probably be found in most of our
+large Public Libraries.
+
+
+READING LIST.
+
+Aldis--The printed book. _Chaps. 6 and 7, pp. 57-91._
+
+British Museum Guide to the exhibition of printed books.
+
+Davenport--The book: its history and development. _Chap. 4, pp. 85-101._
+
+Encyclopædia Britannica--Articles _Typography_, _Printing_.
+
+Hitchcock, _editor_.--The building of a book. _pp. 25-76; 99-138._
+
+Hodges--The printing press: its place in librarianship. _L.A. Vol. 17,
+1924, pp. 68-71; 97-102._
+
+Jacobi--Printing. _Passim, with special attention devoted to Chaps. 1,
+16 and 21._
+
+Jacobi--Some notes on books and printing. _Chap. 3, pp. 27-39._
+
+Legros _and_ Grant--Typographical printing surfaces: the technology and
+mechanism of their production. _Longmans Green, 1916. 42s._ _Passim._
+
+Meynell--Typography. The written word and the printed word. Some tests
+for types. Concerning printers’ flowers. The pioneer work of the
+Pelican Press. The points of a well-made book. A glossary of printers’
+terms. Type specimens. A display of borders and initials. _The Pelican
+Press, 1923. 7s 6d._ _Passim._
+
+Morison--On type faces: examples of the use of type for the printing of
+books. _The Medici Society, 1923. 30s._ _Passim._
+
+Plomer--The history of printing, _1476-1898. The English Bookman’s
+Library. K. Paul, 1900._ _Passim._
+
+Report of the Committee appointed to select the best faces of type and
+modes of display for Government printing, _1922. H.M.S.O. 4s. also_
+Note on the legibility of printed matter, prepared by M. A. Legros.
+_1922. H.M.S.O. 1s. 6d._
+
+Sharp--Practical bibliography. _L.W. Vol. 13, 1910-11, pp. 327-330._
+
+Times Printing Number (The)--Reprinted from the 40,000 issue of _The
+Times_, Tuesday, September _10_th, _1912. Times Office, 1913. 6s._
+Articles _Stereotyping_; _Composition_; _Typography_.
+
+
+QUESTIONS.
+
+_1._ Name three methods of moulding plates for printing purposes.
+
+_2._ Give six essential features of good type.
+
+_3._ What is the best style of type face for book work? State your
+reasons for your preference.
+
+_4._ Give an account of the use of the matrix in type-founding.
+
+_5._ Define the following terms:--stereotyping; ligature; sans serif;
+forme; quoins; shorts; point system; italics; large paper; black letter.
+
+
+_Lesson 4._
+
+PAPER.
+
+The student should know how to distinguish the difference between
+papyrus, parchment, vellum and paper. The article “paper” in the
+Encyclopædia Britannica will be quite sufficient for the history of its
+use and introduction into Europe. English paper-making dates from the
+fifteenth century. The manufacture of paper must be closely followed,
+first, the materials, then, their reduction to the pulp, the conversion
+of the pulp into paper, and finally the finishing. How to tell the
+difference between hand-made and machine made paper, by wire marks,
+deckle edge, colour, tear and rougher side. The effect of the “dandy
+roll” on “wove” and “laid” paper. Chain lines. Essentials of first
+class manufacture. The merits and defects of different kinds of paper.
+Antique, India, art, imitation art, Japanese vellum, super-calendar,
+etc.
+
+
+READING LIST.
+
+Blades--Paper and paper marks. _L. Vol. 1, 1889, pp. 217-223._
+
+Chivers--Paper and binding of lending library books. _L.J. Vol. 34,
+1909, pp. 350-354._
+
+Chivers--The paper of lending library books, with some remarks on their
+bindings. _Illus. Chivers, 1910._ _Passim._
+
+Coutts _and_ Stephen--Library bookbinding. _Grafton, 1911. 7s. 6d.
+Chaps. 5 and 6, pp. 62-82._
+
+Davenport--The book: its history and development. _Chap. 3, pp. 62-84._
+
+Encyclopædia Britannica--Article _Paper_.
+
+Hitchcock, _editor_.--The building of a book. _pp. 89-98._
+
+Jenkins--Paper making in England (_1495-1714_). _L.A.R. Vol. 2, 1900,
+pp. 479-488; 577-588. Vol. 3, 1901, pp. 239-251._
+
+Jacobi--Printing. _Chap. 32, pp. 328-339, and samples of paper found at
+the end of the book._
+
+Jacobi--Some notes on books and printing. _Chap. 5, pp. 56-61 and
+samples of paper found at the end of the book._
+
+Library Association Book Production Committee--Interim Report, _1913_.
+
+Madan--Books in manuscript, their study and use. _K. Paul, 1893. 6s.
+pp. 6-12._
+
+Maddox--Paper: its history, sources and manufacture. _Pitman, 1916._
+_Passim._
+
+Sindall--Manufacture of paper. _Westminster Series. Constable, 1908._
+_Passim._
+
+Sindall--Physical qualities of paper. _L.A.R. Vol. 10. 1908, pp. 24-35;
+60-62._
+
+Sindall--Manufacture of wood pulp for paper making. _L.A.R. Vol. 10,
+1908, pp. 336-341._
+
+Times Printing Number (The)--Articles _Hand-made paper_; _Modern
+printing papers_; _Wood pulp._
+
+Williams--_In_ Manual of book selection, _Appendix 2. Notes on paper
+making, pp. 93-103._
+
+
+QUESTIONS.
+
+_1._ Give the essential and outstanding requirements of a modern book
+paper.
+
+_2._ The strength of a paper is determined by the constitution and
+structure of the fibrous elements of which it is composed. Explain.
+
+_3._ What substances are now principally used in paper-making? State
+the qualities of the different papers.
+
+_4._ What should be the requirements in the paper for a book of
+reference of over 1,000 pages?
+
+_5._ What is a featherweight paper?
+
+
+_Lesson 5._
+
+INK.
+
+The process of making printing ink consists of grinding a pigment,
+black, white, or coloured, into a suitable varnish. Pigment is
+responsible for making the impression visible. Varnish responsible for
+the holding together of the pigment during its distribution on the
+press to the type. The different kinds of ink. The ingredients of good
+printing inks. Its stages of manufacture. Ink used for book work must
+be of the best quality. Hand-press requires different kind of ink to
+that used in machine presses. “Jobbing ink.” “Cut ink.”
+
+
+READING LIST.
+
+Andes--Oil colours and printers’ inks. _Scott Greenwood, 1918._
+_Passim._
+
+Encylopædia Britannica--Article _Ink_.
+
+Hitchcock, _editor_--The building of a book. _pp. 139-143._
+
+Jacobi--Printing. _Chap. 19, pp. 214-217._
+
+Mitchell--Ink. _Pitman._ _Passim._
+
+Seymour--Modern printing inks: a practical handbook for printing-ink
+manufacturers. _Scott Greenwood, 1910._ _Passim._
+
+
+QUESTIONS.
+
+_1._ Define the difference between printing inks and writing inks.
+
+_2._ Give the ingredients of a good printing ink to be used for book
+work.
+
+_3._ Explain the following terms:--coloured inks; cut ink; copying
+inks; sympathetic inks; printers’ inks.
+
+_4._ How is the impression conditioned by the flow of the ink?
+
+
+_Lesson 6._
+
+BOOK ILLUSTRATION.
+
+The illustration of books began before the invention of printing, and
+the purpose of illustration is to carry the spirit of action rather
+than to serve as a basis for deft expression of technical skill.
+Illustrations are pictorial matter (plates, diagrams, etc.) generally
+used for the purpose of elucidating the text, the object being to
+enable the reader to obtain a better grasp and a more realistic view
+of the subject which the author would seek to present whether in
+connection with science, travel, or fiction. Illustrations make clearer
+to the imagination their stories and their songs by reflecting manners
+of life, interests and pursuits in a way that brightens what would
+otherwise often be commonplace.
+
+The student will be expected to know the purpose of book illustration.
+The merits and defects of different methods of illustrations now in
+use. The hand processes include;--in relief, intaglio, flat surface.
+Photographic processes:--in relief, intaglio, and flat surface. The
+colour processes. The need for really good blocks. Students are
+recommended to purchase the booklet issued by the British Museum at 6d.
+and entitled “A guide to the processes and schools of engraving.” _2nd
+edition, 1923._
+
+
+READING LIST.
+
+Aldis--The printed book. _Chap. 8, pp. 92-113._
+
+Coupland--Methods of book illustration. _L.W. Vol. 15, 1912-13, pp.
+356-362._
+
+Davenport--The book: its history and development. _Chap. 5, pp.
+102-140._
+
+Crane--Of the decorative illustrations of books. _2nd edition. Bell,
+1901. 6s._ _Passim._
+
+Encyclopædia Britannica--Articles _Illustration_; _Process and under
+the various methods_.
+
+Fay _and_ Eaton--The use of books and libraries. _Chap. 11, pp.
+156-162._
+
+Hitchcock, _editor_--The building of a book. _pp. 154-215._
+
+Hardie--English coloured books. _Connoisseurs’ Library. Methuen, 1906.
+25s._ _Passim._
+
+Jacobi--Printing. _Chaps. 22-24. pp. 236-253._
+
+Jacobi--Some notes on books and printing. _Chap. 4, pp. 40-55._
+
+Jennings--Early wood-cut initials. _Methuen, 1908. 21s._ _Passim._
+
+Pennell--Modern illustration. _Ex Libris Series. Bell & Sons, 1895.
+10s. 6d._ _Passim._
+
+Pennell--The illustration of books. _T. F. Unwin, 1896. 3s. 6d._
+_Passim._
+
+Pollard--Early illustrated books. _Books about Books. K. Paul, 1893._
+_Passim._
+
+Sharp--Practical bibliography. _L.W. Vol 13, 1910-11, pp. 333-336._
+
+Sketchley--English book illustration of to-day. _K. Paul, 1903. 10s.
+6d._ _Passim._
+
+
+QUESTIONS.
+
+_1._ Define the objects of book illustration.
+
+_2._ What in your opinion is the best method of book illustration?
+
+_3._ Name the different methods of book illustration in use at the
+present day, and draw special attention to their respective merits and
+defects.
+
+_4._ What has been the effect upon book-papers of the introduction of
+the “half-tone” method of illustration?
+
+_5._ Give a brief account of the technical development of modern book
+illustration.
+
+
+_Lesson 7._
+
+BOOKBINDING.
+
+It is not necessary for the student to devote much time to the
+historical side of the subject if he intends taking the Library
+Association Examination. It is to the practical side that most
+attention must be given. It is essential to possess an elementary
+knowledge of binding, with special attention given to library
+bookbinding. The processes, hand and machine bookbinding and their
+relation to library bookbinding must be noticed. The principal
+qualities for a library binding are: flexibility, strength and
+durability, solidity, good materials, neatness, lightness, cheapness,
+and suitability of style. These qualities should be carefully followed,
+and the materials must be considered. How the quality of paper affects
+the binding. The pro and con of home binderies, and finally tenders and
+specifications.
+
+
+READING LIST.
+
+Aldis--The printed book. _Chap. 9, pp. 114-135._
+
+American Library Association--Binding for small libraries: suggestions
+prepared by the A.L.A. Committee on Bookbinding. _1915. 25c._
+
+Bailey--Library bookbinding. _H. W. Wilson Co.: New York. 1916._
+_Passim._
+
+Bliss--Better bookbinding for libraries. _L.J. Vol. 30, 1905, pp.
+849-857. Also in P.L. Vol. 11, 1906, pp. 294-9._
+
+Chivers--Relative value of leathers and other binding materials.
+_Illus. Chivers, 1911._ _Passim._ _Also in L.A.R. Vol. 13, 1911, pp.
+415-430._
+
+Cochrane--Costing data in bookbinding. _L.W. Vol. 25, 1922-23, pp.
+345-347._
+
+Cockerell--Bookbinding, and the care of books. _4th edition. Pitman,
+1923. 10s. 6d. First published 1901._ _Passim._
+
+Coutts _and_ Stephen--Manual of library bookbinding. _Passim._ _The
+best book on the subject for the library assistant._
+
+Dana--Lettering the backs of books when rebound for libraries. _P.L.
+Vol. 12, 1907, pp. 306-307._
+
+Dana--Notes on bookbinding for libraries. _Latest edition._ _Passim._
+
+Davenport--The book: its history and development. _Chaps. 2, 7, 8 and
+9, pp. 26-61, 169-180, 181-204, 205-243._
+
+Encyclopædia Britannica--Article _Bookbinding_.
+
+Hitchcock, _editor_--The building of a book. _pp. 216-256._
+
+Jacobi--Some notes on books and printing. _Chap. 7, pp. 66-69._
+
+Library Association--Interim report on book production.
+
+Library Association. _Sound Leather Committee._--Leather for libraries,
+by E. W. Hulme and others. _Library Supply Co., 1905._ _Passim._
+
+Society of Arts.--Report of the Committee on leather for bookbinding.
+_G. Bell & Sons, 1905. First published 1901._ _Passim._
+
+Spofford--A book for all readers. _Chap. 3, pp. 50-87._
+
+Stephen--Edition binding. _L.A. Vol. 6, 1904, pp. 326-330._
+
+Stephen--Machine book sewing, with remarks on publishers’ binding.
+_Library Association, 1908. 6d. Also in L.A.R. Vol. 10, 1908; pp.
+261-280._
+
+Stephen--Notes on materials for library bookbinding. _L.A. Vol. 5,
+1905-07, pp. 143-146; 162-164._
+
+Stephen--Publishers’ bindings. _L.A.R. Vol. 12, 1910. pp. 9-13._
+
+Stephen--Commercial bookbinding. _Stonehill. 7s. 6d._ _Passim._
+
+Times Printing Number--Article _Bookbinding_.
+
+
+QUESTIONS.
+
+_1._ Discuss the values and uses of the following binding
+materials:--pigskin, rexine, cloth, buckram, morocco, calf.
+
+_2._ Discuss the merits or demerits of three leathers suitable for
+library bookbinding. State which you consider the best.
+
+_3._ Can you name any library which has a binding establishment of
+its own? Give some idea of the initial cost and upkeep of such an
+establishment.
+
+_4._ Describe the essential features which you consider necessary for
+the binding of a book for the public lending library.
+
+_5._ Define the following terms:--re-inforced; tipping; head-band;
+kettle-stitch; bleed; blind-tooling; marbling; plough; hollow-back;
+forwarding.
+
+
+_Lesson 8._
+
+COMPILATION OF BIBLIOGRAPHIES.
+
+Principles of arrangement, will differ with each type of bibliography.
+Six methods of arrangement. An author bibliography best arranged
+chronologically by dates of publication, supplemented with subject and
+title indexes. For a subject bibliography the best arrangement may
+be classified, with an alphabetical index to authors and subjects.
+The best bibliography is arranged and indexed so that its contents
+may be found from the point of view of author, title, subject, place,
+or personal names. The student should examine as many bibliographies
+as possible, and note their arrangements. He should also possess a
+thorough knowledge of the practical methods of compiling bibliographies.
+
+
+READING LIST.
+
+American Library Association and Library Association--Code of
+cataloguing rules. _Passim._
+
+Brown--Manual of practical bibliography. _Chaps. 5 and 6, pp. 45-86;
+99-111._
+
+Cole--Compiling a bibliography: practical hints; with illustrative
+examples. _New York, 1902. 20 pp. Also in L.J. Vol. 26, 1901 pp.
+791-795; 859-863._
+
+Coupland--Arrangement and compilation of bibliographies. _L.W. Vol. 15,
+1912-13, pp. 180-185._
+
+Guppy--Wigan and county bibliographies. _L.A.R. Vol 3, 1925 (New
+series), pp. 94-102._
+
+Greg--What is bibliography? _In Trans. Bib. Soc. Vol. 12, 1911-13, pp.
+39-53._
+
+Hysett--County bibliography. _In Trans. Bib. Soc. Vol. 3, 1895-6, pp.
+27-40; 167-170. Parts 1 and 2._
+
+Madan--Method in bibliography. _In Trans. Bib. Soc. Vol. 1, 1892-3, pp.
+91-103._
+
+Murray--Bibliography: its scope and methods. _pp. 78-97._
+
+Parsons--Introduction to elementary bibliography. _L. & B. W. Vol. 3,
+1912, pp. 84-88._
+
+Peddie--The bases of bibliographical research. _L.W. Vol. 25, 1922-23,
+pp. 348-350._
+
+Peplow--Some tentative proposals for the compilation of a catalogue of
+best books. _L.A.R. Vol. II, 1909, pp. 222-228. Discussion pp. 245-249._
+
+Pollard--Arrangement of bibliographies. _L. (New series.) Vol. 10,
+1909, pp. 168-187._
+
+Sharp--Practical bibliography. _L.W. Vol. 13, 1910-11, pp. 377-380._
+
+Sparke--Town bibliographies. _L.A.R. Vol. 15, 1913, pp. 366-371._
+
+Stephen--Norfolk bibliography. _L.A.R. Vol. 22, 1920, pp. 352-364._
+
+Wheatley--The present condition of English bibliography. _In Trans.
+Bib. Soc. Vol. 1, 1892-3, pp. 61-102. (Model author bibliography is
+appended)._
+
+
+QUESTIONS.
+
+_1._ What principles would you consider before setting to work on the
+compilation of a bibliography?
+
+_2._ State briefly the different methods of compiling bibliographies.
+
+_3._ Arrange the form headings you would use in compiling a
+bibliography of Shakespeare.
+
+_4._ Discuss the value and method of the preparation of a county
+bibliography.
+
+_5._ Give three examples (which may be imaginary) of the ideal
+bibliographical entries for a subject bibliography.
+
+_6._ Describe generally the plan, contents, and aim of the two
+following books:--
+
+Sparke (Archibald)--Bibliographia Boltoniensis: being a bibliography,
+with biographical details, of Bolton authors, and the books written
+by them from 1550-_1912_; books about Bolton; and those printed and
+published in the town from _1785_ to date. Bolton, _1913_.
+
+_and_
+
+Hawkes (A. J.)--Lancashire printed books: a bibliography of all the
+books printed in Lancashire down to the year _1800_. Wigan, _1925_.
+
+
+TEST EXAMINATION.
+
+_Questions to be answered without the aid of text-books, notes, etc._
+
+_1._ Bibliography is now considered from two standpoints: the practical
+and utilitarian; or, the historical and dilettante. Explain.
+
+_2._ By what means would you check a quarto book printed before 1750 to
+ascertain if it is complete?
+
+_3._ The _Kelmscott Press_ publications, though beautiful specimens of
+artistic design applied to typography are at fault from the utility
+point of view. Explain.
+
+_4._ State the essentials of good press-work.
+
+_5._ What are the chief properties of modern book paper?
+
+_6._ Why is the fibrous direction of paper important to book-work?
+
+_7._ Explain the difference between “edition” and “library” binding.
+
+_8._ What details should be specified in a full bibliographical
+description of an early printed book?
+
+_9._ What principles should be observed in the annotation of
+bibliographies?
+
+_10._ How would you proceed in compiling “a bibliography of guides to
+book selection since 1900?”
+
+
+FACTORS AND NOTES RELATING TO PRACTICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY.
+
+(_1_) WHAT IS THE MEANING OF THE WORD BIBLIOGRAPHY?
+
+Bibliography derives its name from two Greek words, which translated
+literally mean “the writing of books.” This meaning was originally
+adopted in the English language, the first recorded use of which in
+English is found in Blount’s “Dictionary” (_1656_), but with the growth
+of literature and consequent output of books, the connotation of the
+term increased rapidly, and rendered the original definition obsolete.
+
+The number of sciences included in the term “bibliography” probably
+reached its zenith with Gabriel Peignot, a noted French bibliographer
+of the last century. In his enthusiasm for the subject he arrogated
+to bibliography a knowledge of such subjects as philosophy, logic,
+philology, history, mathematics, geography, etc., in addition to
+typography, the composition of books, material and literary, and all
+that appertains to the books themselves. In short, bibliography was to
+him the _scientia scientiarum_.
+
+Peignot’s English contemporary, Thomas Hartwell Horne, _1780-1862_
+gives a more concise definition in his “Study of bibliography” (_1814_)
+but he errs in the same manner, though in a lesser degree by claiming
+for bibliography an encyclopædic knowledge of the history, values and
+contents of books.
+
+The modern tendency for specialisation renders such erroneous
+conceptions of the subject impossible, for palæography, typography,
+history, etc., rank as distinct topics, though, of course, they will
+always be correlated.
+
+Many attempts have been made in recent times to give a concise
+definition of what is understood by the term “bibliography,” but
+there is little uniformity of opinion, and much confusion. The
+confusion is undoubtedly caused by the application of one term
+to what should remain distinct studies. The subject now resolves
+itself into two standpoints--the historical-and-dilettante; or, the
+practical-and-utilitarian.
+
+Historical bibliography to the general public is yet very vague in its
+limits, it includes the history of printing, book-collecting, study of
+the rare and curious in books, etc.; but among experts it is slowly
+and surely being limited to the history of printing, and in the future
+the historical side of bibliography will be known as the “history of
+printing.”
+
+When this understanding comes to pass “bibliography” can be applied
+to what is now known as “practical bibliography,” which is defined by
+the late J. D. Brown in his “Manual of bibliography” (_1906_) as “the
+science which treats of the description, cataloguing, and preservation
+of books.”
+
+The word “bibliography” is also applied to the literature of a subject,
+but in this sense there is little likelihood of confusion as it is
+generally used in conjunction with another topic, as, “A Bibliography
+of Cotton Spinning.”
+
+
+(_2_) KINDS OF BIBLIOGRAPHY.
+
+There are six recognised classes of bibliographies:--
+
+_1._ General Bibliographies--Books not limited to those of any period,
+locality, author, or subject, _e.g._ Brunet’s “Manual du Libraire.”
+
+_2._ National Bibliographies--Books printed in a given country or about
+a given country, _e.g._ “The English Catalogue of Books.”
+
+_3._ Trade Bibliographies--Books in print or on sale by publishers,
+with full particulars as to size, price, pages, etc., _e.g._ Whitaker’s
+“Reference Catalogue of Current Literature.”
+
+_4._ Author Bibliographies--Books or articles by, or by and about, a
+particular author, _e.g._, “Bibliography of the works of Shakespeare,”
+by W. Jaggard.
+
+_5._ Subject Bibliographies--Books and articles about a special
+subject, _e.g._, Woodbury’s “Bibliography of Cotton Manufacture.”
+
+_6._ Bio-Bibliographies--a compilation giving the biographies of
+writers and lists of their writings, _e.g._, Allibone’s “Dictionary of
+Authors.”
+
+
+(_3_) WHY PREFATORY PAGES ARE SOMETIMES NUMBERED IN ROMAN FIGURES.
+
+Prefatory pages are numbered in Roman figures because they are usually
+printed after the body of the book has been “set up.” In many cases
+the printer has no estimate of prefatory matter and to overcome the
+difficulty he numbers the text in Arabic and the preliminary pages in
+Roman figures.
+
+
+(_4_) “NATURAL HISTORY” BIBLIOGRAPHY.
+
+Panzer has been spoken of as “the one true naturalist among general
+bibliographers,” and since his day two distinct methods of bibliography
+have grown up.
+
+One method treats specimens of early printing simply as curiosities,
+and their value only depending according to their rarity or intrinsic
+worth, or again to some peculiar characteristic found in them. This
+method is generally associated with the name of Dibden.
+
+The other method, which is called by Henry Bradshaw the “natural
+history method of bibliography” is associated with the name of Panzer,
+who was the first practical exponent. By this method each press must be
+looked upon as a _genus_, and each book as a _species_, and the more
+or less close connection of the different members of the family must
+be traced by the characters which they present to our observation.
+Bradshaw’s own work is the best example of this method, and the
+beginner can follow no better model than the papers he wrote on early
+printing.
+
+
+(_5_) TYPOGRAPHY. “POINT SYSTEM.”
+
+A unit of measurement has been accepted as a standard for the purpose
+of enabling the products of different manufacturers to be used
+together. The unit of measurement adopted in this country and America
+is the Pica which is approximately one-sixth of an inch in width.
+
+TYPE BODY SIZES.
+
+ Eng &
+ Pts. Amer. Didot. English (Old).
+ _5_ _.0692_ _.074_ _.066_ Pearl.
+ _5½_ _.0761_ -- _.0725_ Ruby.
+ _6_ _.083_ _.0888_ _.0835_ Nonpareil
+ _7_ _.0969_ _.1036_ _.0987_ Minion.
+ _8_ _.1107_ _.1184_ _.1083_ Brevier.
+ _9_ _.1245_ _.1332_ _.118_ Bourgeois.
+ _10_ _.1384_ _.148_ _.135_ Long Primer.
+ _11_ _.1522_ _.1628_ _.145_ Small Pica
+ _12_ _.166_ _.1776_ _.1667_ Pica
+ _14_ _.1937_ _.2072_ _.188_ English
+ _16_ _.2214_ _.2368_ -- 2-line Brevier.
+ _18_ _.2490_ _.2664_ _.235_ Great Primer.
+ _20_ _.2767_ _.296_ _.2626_ Paragon.
+ _22_ _.3044_ _.3256_ _.289_ Double Pica.
+ _24_ _.332_ _.3552_ _.3362_ 2-line Pica
+ _28_ _.3874_ _.4144_ _.375_ 2-line English
+ _30_ _.4151_ _.444_ -- --
+ _32_ _.4428_ _.4736_ _.469_ 2-line Gt. Primer
+ _36_ _.498_ _.5328_ _.498_ 3-line Pica.
+
+
+(_6_) PRINCIPAL SIZES OF TYPE NOW USED IN BOOKS.
+
+ This line is Pica (12 point) Modern 12345.
+ This line is Long Primer (10 point) Old Style
+ This line is Brevier (8 point) Old Style 12345.
+ This line is Nonpariel (6 point) Modern 12345.
+
+
+TYPE FACES.
+
+ Old Style English Literary History, 1234.
+ Modern Face Factors and Notes 1234.
+ Fancy Face Commercial Index 1234.
+ Text Letter Of German Origin 1234.
+
+
+(7) SIZES OF BOOKS.
+
+ Royal folio 20 × 12½ ins.
+ Demy folio 17¾ × 11¼ ”
+ Crown folio 15 × 10 ”
+ Foolscap folio 13½ × 8½ ”
+ Royal Quarto 12½ × 10 ”
+ Demy Quarto 11¼ × 8⅞ ”
+ Crown Quarto 10 × 7½ ”
+ Foolscap Quarto 8½ × 6¾ ”
+ Royal Octavo 10 × 6¼ ”
+ Demy Octavo 8⅞ × 5⅝ ”
+ Crown Octavo 7½ × 5 ”
+ Foolscap Octavo 6¾ × 4¼ ”
+ Royal 12mo 8¼ × 5 ”
+ Demy 12mo 7½ × 4⅜ ”
+ Demy 16mo 5⅜ × 4½ ”
+ Demy 18mo 6⅛ × 3⅞ ”
+ Demy 24mo 5½ × 3⅛ ”
+ Demy 32mo 5⅞ × 3⅛ ”
+
+
+(8) BOOKS CONTAINING EXCELLENT BIBLIOGRAPHIES.
+
+Aflalo--Natural history of the British Isles (Vertebrates). _1898. 18
+pp._
+
+Amherst--History of gardening in England. _1910. 50 pp._
+
+Baldwin--Dictionary of philosophy and psychology. _Vol. 3._
+
+Berg--Vitamins. _Allen & Unwin, 1923._ (_List of 1556 Books_).
+
+Freeman--A portrait of George Moore. _1922. 53 pp._
+
+Handschin--Methods of teaching modern languages. _Harrop, 1923, 65 pp._
+
+Hazen--Europe since 1815. _1910. 36 pp._
+
+Hind--A history of engraving and etching. _Constable, 1923. 26 pp. and
+68 pp._
+
+Nicoll--A history of Restoration drama. _1923. 28 pp._
+
+Rees--Libraries for children. _Grafton, 1924. 55 pp._
+
+Schelling--English literature during the life-time of Shakespeare.
+_1910. 30 pp._
+
+Simpson--The rise of Louis Napoleon. _1909. 18 pp._
+
+Singer & Strang--Etching and other methods of printing pictures.
+_1897._ (_List of 441 Books_).
+
+Sindall--The manufacture of paper. _1908. 20 pp._
+
+Webb--History of trades unionism. _1894. 44 pp._
+
+_Note particularly_ the very full lists of books and articles appended
+to the “Cambridge Modern History,” the “Cambridge Medieval History,”
+and the “Cambridge History of British Foreign Policy” and the
+“Cambridge History of English and American Literature.”
+
+
+(9) SOME INTERESTING BOOKS.
+
+In the research work entailed in compiling this course a great number
+of very beautiful books came under my notice. I made a careful
+examination of them, and it was with a pang of regret I had to omit
+them from the Reading Lists. However, I received so much joy in
+looking through them--the beauty not always being from the physical
+side--that I decided to make a select list and advise students to be on
+the _qui vive_ for any of them. All the books mentioned should be in
+the possession of our large public reference libraries, and students
+wishing for a little more than the examination side of their studies
+would do well to avail themselves of any opportunity they may have of
+examining the books for themselves. If they are anything like true
+book-lovers they will be delighted with all they see and read.
+
+Briquet (Ch. M.)--Les filigranes: dictionnaire historique des marques
+du papier dès leur apparition, vers _1282_ jusqu’ en 1600. _4 vols.
+Leipzig, 1923._
+
+ This is the standard work on watermarks and first appeared in _1907_.
+ There are _39_ illustrations in the text, and _16,112_ facsimilies of
+ water-marks on _1,500_ plates.
+
+The Fleuron--A journal of typography; _edited by_ Oliver Simon. Issued
+annually since 1923. Contains many interesting and valuable articles
+such as, in No. _1_ “A treatise on the development of the title-page,”
+by the editor. In No. _2_, S. Morison’s article supplies a detailed and
+documented study of the relation of capitals to lower case letters. In
+No. _3_, an article on “The development of the book,” by P. Angoulvent.
+In No. _4_, “Script types,” by S. Morison, and so on.
+
+Fournier--Manuel typographique, utile aux gens de lettres, et à ceux
+qui exercent les differentes parties de l’imprimerie. _2 vols. Paris,
+1764-66. £14 14s. 0d._
+
+ A work which every student of French typography should consult.
+ Contains specimens of type.
+
+Fry (Joseph) _and_ Sons--A specimen of printing types, _by Joseph Fry
+and Sons, letter-founders, Worship Street, Moorfields, London, 1785_.
+
+ Includes specimens of Roman and Italic types. Vignettes of King’s
+ Arms, ships, etc.
+
+Guigard--Nouvel armorial du bibliophile; guide de l’amateur des livres
+armoriés. With numerous armorial illustrations. _2 vols, Paris, 1890._
+
+ One of the best works on armorial bindings.
+
+Grolier Club--Catalogue of an exhibition of illuminated and
+painted manuscripts, together with a few early printed books with
+illuminations; also some examples of Persian manuscripts, with plates
+in facsimile and an introductory essay. _New York, privately printed,
+the Grolier Club, 1892._
+
+Humphreys--The illuminated books of the Middle Ages. An account of
+the development and progress of the art of illumination as a distinct
+branch of pictorial ornamentation from the _4_th to the _17_th
+centuries. _London, 1849._
+
+ A standard work on the illuminated books of the Middle Ages.
+
+Martin--La miniature Française du _13_th au _15_th siècle. _Paris and
+Brussels, 1923._
+
+ A standard work on French illuminated manuscripts.
+
+Periods of Typography--A series of handbooks to historic style in
+printing. Under the general editorship of Stanley Morison. The first
+volumes are now issued and others will follow from time to time. Each
+volume will contain an essay which will introduce the reader to the
+principal formative influences and to outstanding examples of the
+respective periods. The introductions are written from the standpoint
+of the amateur interested in the part played by the printed book in the
+society and culture of its period, each by experts.
+
+Plomer (Henry R.)--English printers’ ornaments. _Grafton, London._
+
+The subject of printers’ ornaments can be clearly defined in
+its stricter meaning as the decoration of books apart from book
+illustration. Printers’ ornaments include head and tail pieces, initial
+letters, borders to title pages or text, and decorative blocks such
+as those which were used freely by the 16th century printer, Henry
+Bynneman, and others.
+
+Pollard (A. W.)--Fine books. _Illus. 1912._
+
+Silvestre (L. C.)--Marques typographiques on recueil des monogrammes,
+chiffres, enseignes, emblèmes, devises, rébus et fleurons des libraires
+et imprimeurs qui ont exercé en France, depuis l’introduction de
+l’Imprimerie, en _1470_, jusqu’à la fin du seizième siècle; a ces
+marques sont jointes celles des Libraires et Imprimeurs qui pendant
+la meme période ont publié, hors de France, des livres en langue
+française. _2 vols. Paris, 1853-67._ This work contains over thirteen
+hundred reproductions of printers’ marks and is looked upon as the
+standard work on printers’ marks.
+
+Sotheby (S. Leigh)--The typography of the Fifteenth Century: being
+specimens of the productions of the early Continental printers,
+exemplified in a collection of facsimilies from 100 works, together
+with their water-marks. _London, 1845._
+
+ Contains _26_ plates of water-marks.
+
+Steele (Robert)--The revival of printing. A bibliographical catalogue
+of works issued by the chief modern English presses, with an
+introduction by Robert Steele. _London, 1912._
+
+ Imprinted in the Riccardi Press Fount, by Charles T. Jacobi, with
+ facsimiles of the type employed by other presses.
+
+Updike (D. B.)--Printing types, their history, forms, and use, a study
+in survivals. With _367_ specimens of various famous presses, from
+the invention of printing until the present day. _2 vols. Cambridge:
+U.S.A., 1923._
+
+Wardle (B. L.)--Music title pages, _1500-1925_. A selection of
+examples, with an introduction. _London, 1926._
+
+ This work is announced to be ready in the Spring of 1926 and should
+ be looked for by all students interested in decorative typography.
+ The special nature of fine music production has called for the most
+ lavish use of decoration and illustration, and a selection of the
+ outstanding examples among these titles is therefore of real value to
+ the designer and student of typography.
+
+
+
+
+COURSE 2: BOOK SELECTION.
+
+
+TEXT BOOKS REQUIRED.
+
+Brown (J. D.)--Manual of practical bibliography. _The English Library.
+Routledge, 1906. 3s._
+
+Fay (L. E.) _and_ Eaton (A. T.)--Instruction in the use of books and
+libraries: a text book for normal schools and colleges. _2nd edition,
+revised. Faxon & Co., Boston, 1919. 22s. 6d._
+
+Hopkins (F. M.)--Reference guides that should be known, and how to use
+them. _Willard: Michigan, 1916. $1.50_
+
+Mudge (I. G.)--New guide to reference books: based on the third edition
+of “Guide to the study and use of reference books,” by Alice B.
+Kroeger, as revised by I. G. Mudge. _A.L.A. Pub. Board: Chicago, 1923;
+Grafton. 15s._
+
+ Miss Mudge’s great work is a text-book for the student who is
+ beginning a systematic study of reference books, and is our best
+ guide for the research worker requiring a guide to the reference
+ tools available for some particular investigation. Complete with
+ detailed index of authors, titles, subjects, and analytical
+ references.
+
+ _or_ Kroeger (A. B.)--Guide to the study and use of reference
+ books. _2nd edition, with supplement, 1908; or, 3rd edition, with
+ supplement. A.L.A. Pub. Board: Chicago, 1917._
+
+Stewart (J. D.) _and_ Clarke (O. E.)--Book selection. _Grafton, 1909.
+1s. Also published in the Library World, May-June, 1909._
+
+Williams (Reginald G.)--A manual of book selection for the librarian
+and book-lover. _Grafton, 1920. 10s. 6d._
+
+_Note._--Other text-books will be introduced as required.
+
+Take particular note of the factors and notes to be found at the end of
+each course.
+
+
+_Lesson 1._
+
+KNOWLEDGE OF BOOKS OF REFERENCE.
+
+(_a_) Different kinds of bibliographies: universal, national, trade and
+subject.
+
+The student is advised to read “Bibliography,” by Isadore Gilbert
+Mudge; preprint of “Manual of library economy,” chapter 24, published
+by the A.L.A. Publishing Board, Chicago, _1915_. For the derivation and
+present meaning of the word “bibliography,” and a description of the
+value of reference books, this chapter forms a splendid introduction.
+
+For the various kinds of bibliographies see Mudge’s “New guide
+to reference books” (or Kroeger’s “Guide to study and use of
+reference books”), Stewart _and_ Clarke’s “Book selection,” “List of
+bibliographical works in the Reading Room of the British Museum,”
+Brown’s “Manual of practical bibliography,” and Gross’s “List of
+books and articles chiefly bibliographical, designed to serve as an
+introduction to the bibliography and methods of English literary
+history.” The Universal bibliographies by Brunet, British Museum,
+Burger, Ebert, Graesse, Hain, Maittaire, Panzer, Peddie, Pellechet,
+Proctor, Watt, etc.
+
+For a comprehensive list of National bibliographies of 49 countries
+_see_ Peddie’s “National bibliographies: a descriptive catalogue of the
+works which register the books published in each country.” _London,
+Grafton, 1912._ _Add the_ United States Catalog: books in print to
+January, 1912; edited by M. E. Potter and others, and the Cumulative
+book index. _White Plains, New York, Wilson, 1898-1922. Vols. 1-24._
+(These two are not included in Peddie’s work;) also the New York State
+Library. Selected National bibliographies. _3rd edition. Albany.
+University of the State of New York, 1915. (Library School Bulletin,
+No. 38). 10c._
+
+The following trade bibliographies should be noted:--American catalogue
+of books, Book auction records, Publishers’ trade list annual, United
+States Catalogue, Livingstone (America). Arber, Book prices current,
+British Science Guild, English catalogue of books, Growoll, Whitaker,
+etc. (English); Catalogue Annuel. Lorenz, etc. (France); Heinrich,
+Heinsius, Kayser, etc. (Germany); For general bibliographies the most
+important are Sonnenschein’s “Best books,” Nelson’s “Standard books,”
+Gray’s “Books that count,” Robertson’s “Courses of study”; and for
+American books, the A.L.A. book list, 1905 to date.
+
+A mere acquaintance with the titles of the bibliographies etc., will
+be of little service. Students must know the general scope, method of
+arrangement, standpoint, and comparative usefulness of each. It must be
+remembered also that many of our best bibliographies and guides appear
+in the Latin, French, and German languages.
+
+
+READING LIST.
+
+Brown--Manual of practical bibliography. _Chap. 8, pp. 113-135._
+
+Clarke--English publishing trade bibliographies. _L.W. Vol. 13.
+1910-11, pp. 197-201._
+
+Courtney--A register of national bibliography. _3 vols., 1905-1912.
+Passim._
+
+Fay _and_ Eaton--Instruction in the use of books and libraries. _Part
+I. Chaps. 4, 5 and 10, pp. 40-83; 125-137._
+
+Ferguson--Some aspects of bibliography. _Johnston: Edinburgh, 1900.
+Passim. A splendid introduction._
+
+Mudge--New guide to reference books. _1923, pp. 207-223._
+
+ _or_ Kroeger--Guide to study and use of reference books. _1908
+ edition, pp. 99-111. Supplement, pp. 16, 20 and 21._
+
+Peddie--National bibliographies. _Grafton, London, 1912. 5s. Passim.
+Also published in the Library World, Vols. 12, 13, 24 and 26._
+
+Stewart _and_ Clarke--Book selection. _Passim._
+
+ _Also in Library World, Vol II. 1908-1909, pp. 409-417; 445-450._
+
+Williams--Manual of book selection. _pp. 8-12; 67-71._
+
+
+QUESTIONS:--
+
+_1._ Name four universal bibliographies, and state the method of
+arrangement of two of them.
+
+_2._ Describe the plan and contents, and give an estimate of their
+value as aids to book selection, of any three of the following works:--
+
+ Nelson--Standard books.
+ Sonnenschein--Best books.
+ Graesse--Tresor de livres rares et précieux.
+ Mudge--New guide to reference books.
+ English Catalogue of books, _1801-1925_.
+ Brunet--Manuel du libraire.
+
+_3._ Name two author, two subject, and two classified bibliographies.
+State their approximate prices.
+
+_4._ Name three trade bibliographies, pointing out any differences in
+their method of arrangement and scope.
+
+_5._ Name the various kinds of bibliographies known to you, giving the
+special features of each.
+
+
+_Lesson 2._
+
+KNOWLEDGE OF BOOKS OF REFERENCE--_continued_.
+
+ (_b_) Catalogues of libraries.
+ (_c_) Bibliographies of bibliography.
+ (_d_) Special bibliographies, and
+ (_e_) Books containing bibliographies.
+
+Every effort should be made to examine and compare the catalogues
+of the following libraries:--British Museum; Cambridge University;
+Chemical Society of London; Dr. Williams’ Library; Glasgow University;
+John Rylands Library; London Library; Pharmaceutical Society of London;
+Royal College of Surgeons; Royal Geographical Society; Royal Institute
+of Great Britain; Royal Medical and Chirurgical Society; St. Bride
+Foundation Library; Society of Writers to H.M. Signet; University of
+Gottingen, and University of London.
+
+Bibliographies of bibliography by the following authors must be
+carefully noted:--British Museum; Courtney; Langlois; Peignot;
+Petzholdt; Stein; Vallée, etc.
+
+For bibliographies of special subjects _see_ Mudge’s “New guide to
+reference books”; Brown’s “Manual of practical bibliography”; “List of
+bibliographical works in the Reading Room of the British Museum,” etc.
+
+For short list of books containing bibliographies _see_ pages _25-26_,
+and make a note of any important bibliography you come across during
+your studies.
+
+
+READING LIST.
+
+Brown--Manual of practical bibliography. _Chap. 8, pp. 128-142._
+
+Courtney--A register of national bibliography. _3 vols. Passim._
+
+Ferguson--Some aspects of bibliography. _Passim._
+
+Josephson--Bibliographies of bibliography chronologically arranged
+with occasional notes and index. _2nd edition. Bib. Soc. of America:
+Chicago, 1913._
+
+Mudge--New guide to reference books. _pp. 229-230; 223-224._
+
+ _or_ Kroeger--Guide to reference books, _1908 edition. pp. 7-9;
+ 108-110; 116-117_.
+
+Stewart _and_ Clarke--Book selection. _Passim._
+
+Williams--Manual of book selection. _Note the select bibliographies at
+the end of each chapter._
+
+
+QUESTIONS.
+
+_1._ Describe briefly six catalogues of libraries specially serviceable
+as aids to book selection.
+
+_2._ Give a brief account of four bibliographies of bibliography
+stating the method and arrangement of two of them.
+
+_3._ Give a suggestive list of twelve reference books valuable as aids
+to book selection.
+
+_4._ Name ten modern books containing valuable bibliographies.
+
+_5._ Name six special bibliographies giving their plan of arrangement.
+
+
+_Lesson 3._
+
+PRINCIPLES OF SELECTION.
+
+Book knowledge of the ideal selector should be both professional and
+technical, connoting familiarity with bibliographical aids, ability to
+compile bibliographical lists, and a thorough understanding of good
+bookmaking. A knowledge of printing and an acquaintance with the book
+trade, and a sense of personal intimacy with the books themselves
+is also necessary. Book selection is the most important part of a
+librarian’s work.
+
+To be efficient the student must make a study of the many important
+aids to book selection and bibliographical guides. His general
+education should include a wide knowledge of literary and general
+history, with a smattering of the arts and sciences, followed by a
+close study of the textual characteristics of books in comparison with
+editions and reprints, in analysis of the many and various translations
+of standard books and classics. General principles and theory of
+selection. Remember that public libraries cater for all readers, those
+who seek instruction, and others seeking recreation. Attempt made to
+satisfy all classes of readers. Principles governed by the student’s
+estimation, of the field of choice; the kind of library to be catered
+for; size of the library; amount of money available for book purchase.
+Even large libraries can only make a selection; the smaller the library
+the smaller the selection within a selection. Selection for public
+libraries differs from that necessary for private libraries, the former
+selects, the latter collects. Geographical position of the library to
+other libraries. Social conditions of the population. Proportional
+representation. Methods of selection. Choice between editions.
+Withdrawals and replacements. Unfinished publications. Donations.
+Duplication. Classification as an aid to selection. Second-hand books.
+Reader’s suggestions. Revision of stock.
+
+
+READING LIST.
+
+Adams--The problem of the small public library. _L.J. Vol. 29, 1904,
+pp. 365-367._
+
+Bacon--Principles of book selection. _N.Y. Libraries. Vol. I. 1907, pp.
+3-6._
+
+Baker--Book selection for public libraries. _In The Librarian’s Guide,
+1923. pp. 13-17._
+
+Baker--Book selection: fundamental principles and some application.
+_L.A.R. Vol. 13, 1911, pp. 17-29._
+
+Baker--Wanted a guide to books. _L.A.R. Vol. 2, 1900, pp. 89-97._
+
+Barrett--On the selection of books for branch libraries. _L.A.R. Vol.
+6, 1904, pp. 179-191._
+
+Bascom--Book selection. _(A.L.A. Manual of library economy. Chap. 16).
+Published separately, 1922._
+
+Bostwick--The American public library. _3rd edition. Appleton: New
+York, 1923. Chaps. 10 and 11, pp. 132-161._
+
+Bostwick--How to raise the standard of book selection. _P.L., Vol. 14,
+1909, pp. 163-67._
+
+Brown--Manual of library economy. _1907 edition. Chap. II. Paras.
+170-196, pp. 141-160._
+
+_or_ Revised edition by W. C. B. Sayers. _Chap. 13. Paras. 174-206, pp.
+167-188._
+
+Brown--The small library. _The English Library. Chap. 9, pp. 109-138._
+
+Brown--Plea for a select list of books. _L. Vol. 7, 1895, pp. 363-366._
+
+Brown--Book selection. _L.W. Vol. 26, 1923-24, pp. 98-104._
+
+Burgoyne--On the choice of books for small libraries. _L.A.R. Vol. 3,
+1901, pp. 189-197._
+
+Burgoyne--Selection and purchase of books. _L.A.R. Vol. I., 1899, pp.
+136-157, also in L.W., Vol. I., 1898, pp. 157-159._
+
+Cutler-Fairchild--Principles of selection of books. _L.J., Vol. 20,
+1895, pp. 339-341._
+
+Cutter--Should libraries buy only the best books or the best books that
+people will read? _L.J., Vol. 26, 1901, pp. 70-72._
+
+Dana--Library primer. _pp. 39-45._
+
+Fay _and_ Eaton--Instruction in the use of books and libraries. _Part
+2. Chaps. 13 and 25, pp. 181-192; 392-396._
+
+Foster--Where ought the emphasis to be placed in library purchases?
+_L.J., Vol. 29, 1904, pp. 229-237._
+
+Harrison--On the choice of books. _Macmillan, 1903. 5s._
+
+Lindsay--Some general principles of book selection. _P.L. Vol. 10,
+1905, pp. 267-271._
+
+McColvin--The theory of book selection for public libraries. _Grafton,
+1925. 7s. 6d. Passim._
+
+Mudge--New Guide to reference books. _1923. Introduction._
+
+_or_ Kroeger--Guide to ... reference books. _Introduction._
+
+Public Library’s aim in bookbuying. _L. Vol. 6, 1906. Also in L.J.,
+Vol. 31, 1906, pp. 119-123._
+
+Savage--Book selection. _L.A. Vol. 4., 1901, pp. 190._
+
+Savage--A plea for the analytical study of the reading habit. _L.A.R.,
+(New Series), Vol. 2, 1924, pp. 210-225._
+
+Spofford--A book for all readers. _Putnams Sons: New York. Chap. I.,
+pp. 3-32._
+
+Stewart _and_ Clarke--Book selection. _pp. 1-7._
+
+Walker--Practical book selection methods. _L.A.R. (New series). Vol. 2,
+1924, pp. 157-164. Also published separately._
+
+Willcock--Proportional representation. _L.A.R., Vol. 6, 1904, pp.
+336-344._
+
+Williams--Manual of book selection for the librarian and book lover.
+_Chap. I., pp. 1-6._
+
+Williams--Some principles of book selection. _L.A., Vol. 13, 1916, pp.
+133-136; 140-144._
+
+
+QUESTIONS.
+
+_1._ You are asked to select books for a public library in a town of
+200,000 inhabitants. State what number of volumes you would allocate
+to the lending and reference departments respectively, and add a table
+showing the proportional representation of the different main classes
+in each department.
+
+_2._ State what guides to selection you would consult in selecting an
+initial stock of 25,000 volumes.
+
+_3._ Do you consider it advisable to draw up a series of principles to
+be followed in book selection? If so state these principles briefly.
+
+_4._ In forming a collection of 10,000 volumes for a small public
+library, how would you ensure that no great author or important subject
+had been missed?
+
+_5._ In forming the initial stock for a public library what class of
+books would you endeavour to purchase second-hand?
+
+_6._ A public library has an income of £15,000 per annum. State how
+much should be spent on (_1_) Lending department; new books; old books;
+replacements, and (_2_) Reference library books?
+
+
+_Lesson 4._
+
+AIDS AND GUIDES TO BOOK SELECTION.
+
+The number of guides to book selection is very large and the student
+will find the best selections in Mudge’s “New guide to reference
+books,” pp. _224-226_; Kroeger’s “Guide ... to reference books”; pp.
+_111-112_; Williams’s “Manual of book selection”; and Stewart and
+Clarke’s “Book selection.” The numerous guides named in these books
+should be carefully noted. If possible try to examine the books
+themselves and note their scope, standpoint, arrangement, and special
+features (if any).
+
+
+READING LIST.
+
+Baker--Book reviews. _L.A.R. Vol. 4, 1902, pp. 28-36._
+
+Bostwick--Librarian as censor. _L.J. Vol. 33, 1908, pp. 237-244;
+257-264._
+
+Brown--Manual of practical bibliography. _Chap. 7, pp. 115-142._
+
+Fay _and_ Eaton--Instruction in the use of books and libraries. _Part
+I. Chaps. 4-7, pp. 40-109._
+
+Hulme--Librarian’s aids. _L.A.R. Vol. 5, 1903, pp. 119-132._
+
+Mudge--New guide to reference books. _pp. 224-226._
+
+_or_ Kroeger--Guide to ... reference books, _pp. 111-117_.
+
+Peplow--Some tentative proposals for the compilation of a catalogue
+of best books. _L.A.R. Vol. II., 1909, pp. 222-228. Discussion, pp.
+245-249._
+
+Stewart--How to use a library. _pp. 24-31._
+
+Stewart _and_ Clarke--Book selection. _Chap. 2, pp. 7-16._
+
+Value of reviews: discussion. _L.J. Vol. 33, 1908, pp. 101._
+
+Williams--Manual of book selection. _Chap. 2, pp. 7-16._
+
+Williams--Book selection. _L. & B.W. Vol. 7, 1917, pp. 164-166; 182-5;
+202-5._
+
+
+QUESTIONS.
+
+_1._ Name six guides to book selection in general, and add notes
+describing the scope and plan of compilation of three of them.
+
+_2._ State how you would ascertain what later editions are available of
+books mentioned in the standard guides.
+
+_3._ Mention two standard works on each of the following subjects
+you would select for a lending library:--wireless telegraphy; French
+Revolution; English literature; modern history; and political economy.
+
+_4._ State what you consider to be the six most important contributions
+to bibliographical literature during the last ten years.
+
+_5._ What are the principal aids to book selection in the following
+subjects:--education; music; science; juvenile literature, and
+philosophy.
+
+
+_Lesson 5._
+
+PROSE FICTION. YOUNG PEOPLE’S LITERATURE. REFERENCE SECTION.
+
+(_a_) PROSE FICTION:--
+
+The selection of prose fiction is not an easy task. Selection should be
+made on principles as given in Lesson 3. Consideration must be given to
+the percentage of fiction in relation to other classes, also the class
+of fiction in demand. Principal authors of all countries should be
+represented. Foreign masterpieces should be obtainable in the original.
+Exclusion of immoral works essential. The librarian or selector will
+soon realise that he has the most difficult class of reader to satisfy.
+Selection of novelists will differ with each selector, as in most cases
+it will be found possible to make only a selection from a selection.
+About 50 new novels are published weekly, and only the largest
+libraries are able to purchase most of the suitable fiction. The
+question of duplication must be carefully considered. The replacement
+of worn-out and withdrawn books. The second-hand book market. A
+knowledge of the many guides to fiction necessary, supplemented by
+periodical literature. Note the literary histories of the various
+countries, especially the “Cambridge history of English literature”
+as useful guides to selection. For lists of bibliographies consult
+Williams’s “Manual of book selection,” pp. _45-47_, and Mudge’s “New
+guide to reference books,” pp. _141-143_.
+
+
+READING LIST.
+
+Bacon--What makes a novel immoral? _L.A. Vol. 13, 1910-13, pp. 129.
+Also in Wisconsin Library Bulletin, Vol. 6, 1910, pp. 83-95._
+
+Baker--French fiction in public libraries. _L.W. Vol. 2, 1899-1900, pp.
+68-81._
+
+Baker--Standard of fiction in public libraries. _L.A.R. Vol. 9, 1907,
+pp. 70-80; 98-103._
+
+Bascom--Selection of fiction. _Wisconsin Lib. Bul. Vol. 9, 1913, pp.
+34-40._
+
+Brown--In defence of Emma Jane. _L.W. Vol. II., 1908-09, pp. 161-6._
+
+Brown--Manual of library economy. _1907 edition. Chap. 11, para. 177,
+pp. 145-6._
+
+_or_ Revised edition by W. C. B. Sayers. _Sect. 181._
+
+Crunden--New novel problem. _L. (New Series). Vol. I., 1899-1900, pp.
+92-100._
+
+Guppy--French fiction and French juvenile literature for the public
+library. _L.A.R. Vol. 2, 1900, pp., 357-371._
+
+Herdman--Place and treatment of fiction in public libraries. L.A. _Vol.
+6, 1909, pp. 357-380. Discussion, pp. 381-2._
+
+McIntosh--Fiction selection. _P.L. Vol. 19, 1914, pp. 389-392._
+
+Sawyer--Questionable books. _L.J. Vol. 40, 1915, pp. 691-699._
+
+Shuman--How to judge a novel. _P.L. Vol. 14, 1909, pp. 259-260._
+
+Sinclair--In defence of the novel. _L.A. Vol. 18, 1925, pp. 35-47;
+56-57._
+
+Walsh--What our libraries should supply. _L.J. Vol. 40, 1915, pp.
+297-298._
+
+
+QUESTIONS.
+
+_1._ You are called upon to form a collection of 10,000 volumes of
+prose fiction. State what works you would consult to aid you in your
+selection?
+
+_2._ Compare the following bibliographies, as aids to the selection of
+prose fiction:--
+
+ Baker--A guide to the best fiction in English.
+
+ Bowen--Descriptive catalogue of historical novels and tales.
+
+ Nield---Guide to the best historical novels and tales.
+
+_3._ Give your opinion on how far foreign fiction should be represented
+in a public library. State whether you are in favour of the original
+works or of translations.
+
+
+(_b_) YOUNG PEOPLE’S LITERATURE:--
+
+Great care should be taken in the selection of books for the Young
+People’s department. The tastes of the children must be the _chief_
+guide, and this will depend to a considerable extent upon the locality
+in which the child lives. The facts of child psychology are always
+subject to local conditions. The selection of books for young people
+who reside in a residential town will differ, even if very slight,
+to the selection that should be made for children living in a busy
+industrial or manufacturing centre. Classical literature must not
+be forced upon young people, but it should be well represented in
+beautifully illustrated editions, to encourage the young people to read
+“the best.” The physical form of books selected must receive special
+consideration. Good paper, clear type and beautiful illustrations
+appeal to all readers. Cheap editions should be avoided. The aim of
+a juvenile collection is to create a reading adult with the ability
+to discriminate what he ought to read, for this reason educational
+editions are not recommended for purchase. Sensational literature is
+undesirable. Collections should be composed of works of romance and
+adventure, school stories, fairy tales, stories of home and domestic
+life. Books of a more serious nature however, must not be overlooked,
+and a choice selection made treating with the lives of the great
+men and women of all ages, botany, electricity, conduct of life,
+engineering, geology, history, sports and pastimes, aviation, wireless
+telegraphy, gardening, painting, art, natural history, etc.
+
+
+READING LIST.
+
+Bostwick--The making of an American’s library. _Boston, 1915, pp.
+91-123._
+
+Brown--The small library. _Chaps. 2 and 4, pp. 11-27; 55-70._
+
+Brown--Books for very young children. _L.W. Vol. 9, 1906-07, pp. 282-9._
+
+Cannons--Selection of books and editions for children. _L.A.R. Vol. 20,
+1918, pp. 68-76._
+
+Fay _and_ Eaton--Instruction in the use of books and libraries. _Part
+2. Chaps. 14-23, pp. 193-381._
+
+Field--Finger posts to children’s reading. _6th edition. Chicago, 1911._
+
+Forbes _and_ Derthick--Children’s books and what constitutes a good
+edition. _P.L. Vol. 17, 1912, pp. 118-20._
+
+Hazeltine, _editor_--Library work with children. _Classics of American
+Librarianship. H. W. Wilson Co.: New York, 1917; also Grafton, 7s. 6d.
+Special attention to pp. 23-45; 363-366._
+
+Hulst--The organisation of the course in literature in secondary
+schools. _English Journal. Vol. I., 1912, pp. 72-83._
+
+Hunt--Selection of children’s books. _In her Library work with
+children. A.L.A. Manual of library economy._
+
+Jackson--The older girl and her reading. _Ont. Lib. Rev. Vol. 9, 1915,
+pp. 54-56._
+
+Kelly--Selection of juvenile books for a small library. _P.L. Vol.14,
+1909, pp. 308-9; 367-372._
+
+Lawrence--How shall children be led to love good books? _P.L. Vol. 11,
+1906, pp. 179-183._
+
+Olcott---Childrens’ reading. _Boston, 1912._
+
+Pearson--The children’s librarian _versus_ Huckleberry Finn. _L.J. Vol.
+32, 1907, pp. 312-314._
+
+Powell--The Children’s library: a dynamic factor in education. _H.
+W. Wilson Co., New York, 1917; also Grafton, 10s. 6d. Chap. II. pp.
+287-319. The bibliography on book selection on pp. 437-452 is most
+valuable and should be carefully read._
+
+Sayers--The children’s library. _Chaps. 1, 15, 16, pp. 1-14; 156-203._
+
+Smith--Some story book children of England. _Ont. Lib. Rev. Vol. 9,
+1925, pp. 51-54._
+
+Terman _and_ Lima--Children’s reading: a guide for parents and
+teachers. _Appleton: New York, 1926. $2._
+
+Thompson--On the selection of books for children. _L.J. Vol. 32, 1907,
+pp. 427-233._
+
+Williams--Manual of book selection. _pp. 47-51._
+
+In addition to the above consult the “Children’s Catalogue,” _3rd
+edition, revised and enlarged_, compiled by Minnie Earl Sears based on
+“Children’s Catalog of thirty-five hundred books,” compiled by Corinne
+Bacon, containing _4,100_ titles with _863_ books analyzed, _640_
+pages. _H. W. Wilson Co, 1925, $12._ The Glasgow Corporation Public
+Libraries “Guide for young readers,” the “Descriptive handbook to
+juvenile literature in the Finsbury Public Libraries,” the “Requisition
+list of books for school lending libraries, by the London County
+Council,” “The Pittsburgh Carnegie Library graded juvenile catalogues,”
+and the bibliographical lists given in Sayers’s “Children’s Library.”
+
+
+QUESTIONS.
+
+_1._ Name six modern guides to juvenile selection, and describe any
+three of them.
+
+_2._ Prepare a list of 20 books which you consider the best works of
+reference for the shelves of a Young People’s Room, to enable the
+children to improve their scholastic studies.
+
+_3._ In selecting books for the Young People’s section how far would
+you be governed by the physical form of the book?
+
+
+(_c_) REFERENCE BOOKS:--
+
+Select collection of reference books is the foundation of a good
+reference library. Its utility reckoned by extent and quick service
+its selection will furnish when demands are made. Large reference
+libraries should satisfy all demands. Small library collection from
+a selection, with “quick reference” books its strongest section. How
+to judge whether a book is more suitable for the reference than the
+lending department. Place books in the department where they will be
+most useful. Such works as encyclopedias, directories, dictionaries,
+atlases, maps, etc., state and parliamentary papers are obviously
+reference books; antiquarian works and exceptionally large books are
+also reference books. Allocation of rare, art, and large books. Cost
+of a book should not be a consideration in deciding lending _versus_
+reference books. How far should duplication be carried? Great number of
+reference works may be obtained second hand. Latest editions, excepting
+art, essential. Occasional text-books necessary. Local industries well
+represented. How a reference library is supplemented when in the same
+building as the lending library. If lending library books are available
+in the reference library decision of allocation becomes easier. Special
+facilities available for the loan of reference books. Periodical
+literature is a valuable asset to a reference library. Many good
+articles never appear in book-form.
+
+
+READING LIST.
+
+Ballinger--Municipal library and its public. _L. (.N.S.). Vol 9, 1909,
+p. 309._
+
+Barrett--Selection of books for a reference library. _L. Vol. 8, 1896,
+pp. 473-481._
+
+Borrajo--Books for the reference library. _L.A.R. Vol. 1, 1899, pp.
+770-780._
+
+Brown--Manual of library economy. _1907 edition. Chap. 11, para. 185,
+pp. 152-3._
+
+_or_ Revised edition by W. C. B. Sayers. _Sects. 188; 411; pp. 176-177;
+382-386._
+
+British Museum.--_Department of printed books._ List of books forming
+the reference library in the reading room. _2 vols., 1910._
+
+Dent--Notes on the formation of a small reference library. _L. Vol. 8,
+1896, pp. 531-535._
+
+Moore--Municipal reference libraries. _In Public Libraries, 1917, pp.
+70-85._
+
+Mudge--New guide to reference books. _A.L.A. Chicago, 1923.
+Introduction._
+
+Reference work and reference works. _Ont. Lib. Rev. Vol. 4, 1920, pp.
+98-131. Every effort should be made to read this valuable article._
+
+Richardson--Reference books. _L.J. Vol. 18, 1892, pp. 245-247._
+
+Williams--Manual of book selection. _pp. 66-71._
+
+Williams--Reference book selection. _L. & B. W. Vol. 8, 1917, pp. 4-6;
+23-25._
+
+Wood--Selection of books for a reference library. _L. Vol. 8, 1896, pp.
+522-530._
+
+
+QUESTIONS.
+
+_1._ In forming a reference collection of 10,000 volumes, how would you
+ensure that no important author or subject had been missed?
+
+_2._ What principles would guide you in deciding whether a book is more
+suitable for the reference than the lending department?
+
+_3._ Give a list of 25 books (excluding local directories) which you
+think indispensable for “quick reference” in a reference library.
+
+_4._ What bibliographical guides would you provide in a reference
+library?
+
+
+_Lesson 6._
+
+COMMERCIAL LIBRARIES. LOCAL COLLECTIONS. OTHER SPECIAL COLLECTIONS.
+
+
+(_a_) COMMERCIAL LIBRARIES:--
+
+Originally organised to meet trade conditions after the European War.
+Should be the centre where business men may obtain reliable commercial
+information immediately on demand, and should contain Commercial
+and Industrial data (reports of Boards of Trade and Agriculture and
+Fisheries, Consular and Colonial reports, Parliamentary publications
+relating to commerce, trade periodicals and catalogues, reports
+of Chambers of Commerce, statistical publications). Geographical
+information (atlases, maps, gazetteers, directories, books of travel
+written from the standpoint of commercial development). Transport
+and communication (shipping, railway and postal guides, telephone
+directories, telegraphic codes). Financial information (tariffs,
+foreign exchanges, banking, company reports). Commercial and industrial
+law. Business organisation (office methods, advertising, salesmanship,
+works management, accountancy, costing, etc.). Working collection of
+special and general reference books. Journals of commerce, industry and
+finance.
+
+The following bibliographical aids should be examined:--
+
+ Cannons (H. G. T.)--Bibliography of industrial efficiency and factory
+ management. _1920._ Greenwood (E.)--Classified guide to technical
+ and commercial books; a subject list of the principal British and
+ American works in print. _1904._ Morley (L. H.) _and_ Knight
+ (A. C.)--2,400 business books and guide to business literature;
+ [compiled] under the direction of J. C. Dana. _1920. Grafton, 30s._
+
+
+READING LIST.
+
+Brown--Manual of library economy. _Revised edition by W. C. B. Sayers.
+Sects. 450-459, pp. 418-423._
+
+Jast--The commercial library. _L.A.R. Vol. 19, 1917, pp. 118-124._
+
+Pitt--Memoranda on commercial libraries. _L.A.R. Vol. 19, 1917, pp.
+175-178._
+
+Pitt _and others_--Commercial libraries. _In Public Libraries, 1917,
+pp. 47-64; 117-120._
+
+Savage--Technical and commercial libraries. _L.A.R., Vol. 20, 1918, pp.
+159-162._
+
+Sparke--How the public library can help the business man. _Bolton
+Public Libraries. 1s. Passim._
+
+Whitton--Proposed library of municipal affairs. _L.J. Vol. 33, 1908,
+pp. 224._
+
+_Refer also to_ Handbooks on commercial libraries issued by the
+Glasgow, Manchester, Bolton, Birmingham and other important libraries.
+
+
+QUESTIONS.
+
+_1._ What bibliographies would you place in a commercial library? Give
+reasons for your choice.
+
+_2._ Give a list of 25 books essential to the man of business.
+
+_3._ Discuss the value of consular and colonial reports in a commercial
+library.
+
+_4._ From what sources may the commercial librarian supply up-to-date
+information on any trade or industry?
+
+
+(_b_) LOCAL COLLECTIONS:--
+
+Every public library should have its local collection, and the book
+selector should keep a careful look out for (_1_) all literature
+referring to the locality; (_2_) maps, plans, prints, drawings,
+photographs, etc., of the locality; (_3_) writings of local authors;
+(_4_) newspapers and periodicals issued locally; (_5_) literature
+printed locally; (_6_) local records, such as parish registers, rate
+books, and other MSS., printed transactions of the local authorities,
+local Acts of Parliament, etc., and (_7_) specimens of the work of
+local binders, if of any eminence. Many local works may be selected
+from the second-hand booksellers’ catalogues. County bibliographies
+are useful in guiding selection, and the columns of the “Publishers’
+Circular” must not be overlooked.
+
+
+READING LIST.
+
+Anderton--On planning a printed catalogue of local literature. _L.A.R.
+Vol. 15, 1913, pp. 542-552._
+
+Baker--Our local collections and local documents. _L.A.R. Vol. 11,
+1909, pp. 96-98._
+
+Brown--Manual of library economy. _1907 edition, Chap. 11, para 186,
+pp. 153-4._
+
+_or_ Revised edition by W. C. B. Sayers. _Chap. 28, paras. 422-444._
+
+Collier--Local records in public libraries. _L.A.R. Vol. 13, 1911, pp.
+268-275._
+
+Minto--Bibliography of local literature. _L.A.R. Vol. 4, 1902, pp.
+37-44._
+
+Reese--What is a local author? _L.J. Vol. 44, 1919, p. 43._
+
+Ross--Book selection; local collections. _L.W. Vol. 10, 1907. pp.
+71-76._
+
+Sparke--Local collections in public libraries. _L.W. Vol. 2, 1899-1900,
+pp. 185-187._
+
+Webb--Function of the public library in respect to the political
+sciences. _L.A.R., Vol. 7, 1905._
+
+Williams--_In_ Manual of book selection. _pp. 61-62._
+
+Wright--Local collections: what should be collected and how to obtain
+material. _L.A.R. Vol. 7, 1905, pp. 1-11._
+
+
+QUESTIONS.
+
+_1._ State briefly what class of books you would select in forming a
+local collection.
+
+_2._ What principles would you follow in compiling a bibliography or
+catalogue of local books?
+
+_3._ What examples of local bibliographies are known to you? Describe
+any three.
+
+_4._ Describe generally the plan, contents and aim of the two following
+books:--
+
+ Sparke (A)--Bibliographia Boltoniensis: being a bibliography of
+ Bolton authors, _and_
+
+ Hawkes (A. J.)--Lancashire printed books: a bibliography of all the
+ books printed in Lancashire down to the year 1800. _1925._
+
+
+(_c_) OTHER SPECIAL COLLECTIONS:--
+
+_Technical Libraries._--Technical libraries are now essential both
+to technical education and to manufacture. They should consist of
+all modern text-books, encyclopædias, directories, etc. Polyglot and
+technological dictionaries. Current digests and indexes to periodical
+literature and state publications.
+
+
+READING LIST.
+
+Hulme--Technical libraries. _L.A.R. Vol. 19, 1917, pp. 484-497._
+
+Hulme _and others_--Technical libraries. _In Public Libraries, 1917,
+pp. 65-77; 114-117._
+
+Matthews--The technical library. _L.A.R. Vol. 22, 1920, pp. 141-157._
+
+Reynolds--The technical library in its relation to the educational and
+industrial development. _L.A.R. Vol. 19, 1917, pp. 250-261._
+
+Savage--Technical libraries. _L.A.R. Vol. 21, 1919, pp. 264-270._
+
+Savage--Technical and commercial libraries. _L.A.R. Vol. 20, 1918, pp.
+159-162._
+
+Simmett--Technical libraries and intelligence. _L.A.R. Vol. 22, 1920,
+pp. 124-140._
+
+
+QUESTIONS.
+
+_1._ What critical and specialised aids has the librarian to help him
+in his selection of technical books?
+
+_2._ How far is a library justified in forming special technical
+collections?
+
+
+_Foreign Collections_:--
+
+READING LIST.
+
+American Library Association--Foreign book lists. Nos. 1-7. Boston
+and Chicago. _A.L.A. Publishing Board, 1907-16. Contents--1.--German.
+2.--Hungarian. 3.--French. 4.--Norwegian and Danish. 5.--Swedish.
+6.--Polish. 7.--Russian._
+
+Williams--_In_ Manual of book selection. _pp. 72-75._
+
+Williams--Selection of foreign literature. _L. &. B.W. Vol. 8, 1917,
+pp. 25-26; 44-46._
+
+
+QUESTIONS.
+
+_1._ What bibliographical or other guides would you consult in forming
+a representative collection of standard French and German literature?
+
+_2._ What classes of modern foreign literature would you purchase for a
+lending library catering for a population of 200,000.
+
+
+_Books for the Blind._
+
+READING LIST.
+
+Neisser--Report of the A.L.A. Committee on library work with the blind.
+_A.L.A. Bulletin. Vol. 2, 1908, pp. 216-221._
+
+Roebuck--Literature for the blind, and the public library movement in
+connection therewith. _L.A. Vol. 3, 1902, pp. 253-260._
+
+
+_Lesson 7._
+
+SELECTION OF SPECIAL CLASSES OF LITERATURE--_continued_.
+
+PHILOSOPHY AND RELIGION.--Should the selection of philosophical
+and religious works be made without principles the result will be
+unsatisfactory. Consecutive reading must always be borne in mind.
+One-sided selection avoided. Nelson’s “Standard Books, Vols. _1_ and
+_2_, Sonnenschein’s “Best Books, Part _1_,” and Robertson’s “Courses
+of study,” should be carefully consulted when selection is being
+made. Sectarian and “crank” literature should be avoided in selecting
+religious works. Jastrow’s “Study of religion” is recommended for
+careful reading as an introduction to religion. Hurst’s “Biblioteca
+theologia” and _his_ “Literature of theology,” Frazer’s “Golden
+Bough,” Vol. _12_ (for bibliography) and Rands’ “Bibliography,” in
+Baldwin’s “Dictionary of philosophy and psychology,” Vol. _3_ are
+useful in selection. In both these classes modern thought must be well
+represented.
+
+
+READING LIST.
+
+Ayres--Theological literature in libraries. _L.J. Vol. 28, 1903, pp.
+601-603._
+
+Bisseker--A student’s library. _Kelly, 1911, pp. 46-122; 184-208;
+243-265; 271-280._
+
+Bowerman--Principles governing the choice of religious and theological
+books for public libraries. _L.J. Vol. 30, 1905, pp. 137-140._
+
+Deane--A library of religion. _Mowbray, 1918._
+
+Jastrow--Study of religion. _Cont. Science Series. Scott, 1901. Take
+particular note of the Bibliography on pp. 399-415._
+
+Williams--_In_ Manual of book selection. _pp. 20-24._
+
+
+QUESTIONS.
+
+_1._ What guide books would you consult in selecting a nucleus stock of
+books in philosophy and religion?
+
+_2._ How would you be guided in the discarding of obsolete books in
+this section?
+
+_3._ What are the principal periodical guides to new books of religion
+and philosophy?
+
+
+SOCIOLOGY.--Always a popular class of literature with the reading
+public. Frequent revision of stock is essential to retain a “live”
+class. Subjects like political science and statistics must be
+represented by the latest editions. The following are the chief
+guides to selection:--Nelson’s “Standard books,” Vol. _1_; Bisseker’s
+“Student’s library,” _pp. 209-239; 281-297_; Bliss’s “Handbook of
+socialism”; Bowker and Isle’s “Readers guide to economic, social,
+and political science”; Fabian Society’s “What to read on social and
+economic subjects”; Robertson’s “Courses of study”; Sonnenschein’s
+“Best books,” Vol. _2_; Stammhammer’s “Bibliographie der sozialismus
+und kommunismus”; “Bibliographie der sozialwissenschaften,” _1905_ to
+date; Bulkeley’s “Bibliographical survey of contemporary sources for
+the economic and social history of the War”; Zimand’s “Modern social
+movements”; and _in_ Williams’s “Manual of book selection,” _pp. 24-26_.
+
+
+QUESTIONS.
+
+_1._ How would you find out what later editions are available of books
+given in the standard guides?
+
+_2._ Give a brief account of Gross’s “Bibliography of British municipal
+history,” and its value in the selection of books on sociology.
+
+_3._ Draw up a graded reading course of not more than twelve books on
+political economy.
+
+
+SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY:--
+
+The two most important sections in a public library, as the subjects in
+both classes continually change and develop. In no other classes do
+works so soon become obsolete. Before making selection for an initial
+stock it is advisable to read through as many brief histories of the
+sciences as possible as they will enumerate the writers whose influence
+in the various sciences have been greatest. The standard bibliographies
+must be consulted in selecting initial stock, but when formed, it must
+be kept alive by a careful reading of the periodical literature, where
+the latest information will be obtained. As new editions of works in
+stock are published, they must be purchased if they contain additional
+or revised material, and take the place of the old edition on the
+shelf. The British Science Guild’s “Catalogue of British scientific and
+technical books,” first published in 1921, new and revised edition,
+1925, complete with author and subject indexes, together with the
+numerous guides mentioned in Mudge’s “New guide to reference books,”
+pp. _23_ (technical lists); _97-104_ and _104-114_ will render ample
+assistance to the selector, who will also find the British Museum
+Subject Index most useful for the titles of books in these classes
+published in England.
+
+
+READING LIST.
+
+Bisseker--A student’s library. _pp. 156-183; 266-270._
+
+Clarke--Scientific text books and the disposal of books out-of-date.
+_L. Vol. 6, 1894, pp. 164-167._
+
+Craver--The library in relation to special classes of readers. _L.J.
+Vol. 31, 1906, pp. 72._
+
+Hulme _and others_--Technical libraries. _In Public Libraries: their
+development and future organisation, 1917, pp. 65-77; 114-117._
+
+Jast--Technical libraries. _L.A.R. Vol. 5, 1903, pp. 467-472._
+
+Morris--Popular science for the public library. _Ont. Lib. Rev. Vol. 7,
+1922, pp. 27-50._
+
+Savage--Some difficulties in the selection of scientific and
+technological books. _L.A.R. Vol. 10, 1908, pp. 162-174._
+
+Savage--Science and technology in public libraries. _L. Vol. 12, 1909,
+pp. 1-4; 46-48._
+
+Sohon (J. A.) _and_ Schaaf (W. L.)--A reference list of bibliographies,
+chemistry, chemical technology and chemical engineering published since
+_1900_. _Wilson: New York, 1924. $2.50._
+
+Williams--_In_ Manual of book selection. _pp. 17-19; 28-30._
+
+
+QUESTIONS.
+
+_1._ “This section requires constant revision and weeding out if it is
+to be a live section.” Discuss this statement.
+
+_2._ Name a bibliography on each of the following subjects: astronomy;
+physics; botany; wireless telegraphy; chemical technology.
+
+_3._ Describe six general guides to book selection in this section.
+
+
+LITERATURE:--
+
+Very little material has been published on what is best to select in
+pure literature. Probably the article “Literature” in the Encyclopædia
+“Britannica” is the best introduction, followed by W. H. Hudson’s
+“An introduction to the study of literature”, H. B. Charlton’s “Art
+of literary study: an approach to literature for the plain man,”
+and Bisseker’s “A student’s library,” _pp. 11-45_, for general
+literature. For English the “Cambridge history of English literature,”
+_14_ vols., Knowlson’s “How to study English literature,” Manly and
+Rickert’s “Contemporary British literature,” and Williams’s “Craft of
+literature,” may be profitably read and Cant’s “Bibliography of English
+drama from _1890-1920_, giving separate titles and short annotations.”
+_L.A.R. Vol. 24, 1922, pp. 41-57_ and Brown’s “The realm of poetry,”
+_1921_ should be consulted. Pancoast’s “American literature,” and
+“History of American literature,” being supplementary volumes to the
+“Cambridge history of English literature,” should be followed for
+American literature. The bibliographies and many guides mentioned on
+_pp. 120-150_ in Mudge’s “New guide to reference books,” should be
+carefully looked through. “A register of bibliographies of the English
+language and literature, by C. S. Northup _and others_.” Milford,
+_1925_, should also be consulted. The general principles of book
+selection must now be applied, and care taken to be certain that the
+principal dramatists, poets, essayists, etc., are well represented.
+Text books dealing with the literary histories of all countries should
+be available, as well as all guides to literary forms.
+
+
+QUESTIONS
+
+_1._ What are the principal aids to book selection in the following
+subjects:--drama; American literature; English poetry; and Spanish
+literature?
+
+_2._ Name six dictionaries of quotations, and two of similes.
+
+_3._ Where several translations of a standard foreign work are
+available, how would you be guided in making your choice of one?
+
+
+LANGUAGE:--
+
+Systematic selection essential if the stock is to prove valuable
+and useful. The standard modern works on all languages should be
+represented and attention paid to the historical side. Naturally, works
+on our own language will have preference over all others, followed by
+a good selection of works on the French, German, Italian, Spanish and
+Russian languages. Other nationalities should be represented according
+to the demands made by the public. Students should read the article
+“Language” in the Encyclopædia Britannica, and as aids to selection
+consult the following works:--Nelson’s “Standard books,” Vol. _3_;
+Sonnenschein’s “Best books,” Vol. _3_; Breule’s “Handy bibliographical
+guide to the study of German language and literature”; Braunholtz’s
+“Books of reference and teachers of French”; Robertson’s “Courses of
+study”; and Williams’s “Manual of book selection,” _pp 26-27_.
+
+
+QUESTIONS.
+
+_1._ Give your opinion as to the best dictionary of the English
+language when the purchase is limited to one.
+
+_2._ Name dictionaries for the following subjects:-- synonyms; slang;
+rhymes.
+
+_3._ Name the best dictionaries for the following languages:
+Anglo-Saxon; French; German; Italian and Spanish.
+
+
+_Lesson 8._
+
+FINE AND RECREATIVE ARTS. HISTORY. BIOGRAPHY. GEOGRAPHY. TRAVEL.
+
+Fine and Recreative Arts.--Another class where principles must be
+carefully followed, otherwise a lot of money may be wasted. The general
+histories, text-books and outlines should present no difficulty. It is
+when we come to books where the illustrations form the predominating
+feature that difficulties arise. Many splendid guides are available,
+including Nelson’s “Standard books,” compiled by the staff of the
+National Art Library, South Kensington; Sturgis and Krehbiel’s
+“Annotated bibliography of Fine Art,” compiled by experts; and the
+British Museum Subject Index. For reference:--the “Universal catalogue
+of books on art,” _1870-77_; and Macfall’s “History of painting” are
+also useful. Bibliographical articles in the encyclopædias should not
+be overlooked. Note the bibliographies and guides mentioned in Mudge’s
+“Reference books,” _pp. 114-120_. Guides to special subjects are too
+numerous to mention here, and the student is referred to the lists
+published by the South Kensington Museum.
+
+
+READING LIST.
+
+Batsford--Some suggestions on the formation of a small library of
+reference books on ornament and the decorative arts. _L. Vol. 9, 1897,
+pp. 251-269._
+
+Books valuable in the study of art. _P.L. Vol. 13, 1908, pp. 253-4._
+
+Hitchcock--Books on fine and decorative arts suggested for small public
+libraries. _P.L. Vol. 7, 1902, pp. 25-27._
+
+McColvin--Music in public libraries. _Grafton, 1924. 7s. 6d. Passim._
+
+Mathews--Libraries and music. _L. Vol. 5, 1893, pp. 190-2._
+
+Musical libraries: discussion. _P.L. Vol. 3, pp. 53-4._
+
+Weale--Two notes for art libraries. _L. (N.S.), Vol. 1, 1899-1900, pp.
+365-7._
+
+Williams--Manual of book selection. _pp. 30-32._
+
+
+QUESTIONS.
+
+_1._ What principles would you be guided by in deciding what edition of
+a book should be purchased out of a number of editions?
+
+_2._ Mention the principal aids to book selection in any two of the
+following subjects:--Christian art; ceramics; decorative art; painting;
+freehand drawing; Italian art; schools of painting; music.
+
+_3._ Make a selection of periodicals useful as aids to book selection
+of fine and recreative arts.
+
+_4._ Discuss the advisability of co-operation by neighbouring libraries
+in the purchase of the larger and more expensive art books.
+
+_5._ State what books you would use to find the market price of the
+older art books.
+
+_6._ Name four booksellers who specialise in fine art books.
+
+History, Biography, Geography and Travel:--Consecutive selection
+necessary. All epochs should be represented and British history well
+covered. The chief guides to selection are Sonnenschein’s “Best books,”
+Vol. _3_; Nelson’s “Standard books”; Robertson’s “Courses of study”;
+Langlois’s “Manuel de bibliographie historique,” part _1_ (_1907_);
+Adams’s “Manual of historical literature” (_3rd revised edition,
+1903_); Annual bulletin and select lists of the Historical Association.
+Gross’s “Sources and literature of English history” and _his_
+“Bibliography of British municipal history” are excellent for British
+history. Sir P. Protheroe’s “Select analytical list of books concerning
+the Great (European) War” is the best guide to the literature of the
+European War.
+
+Bibliographies found in Mudge’s “Reference books,” _pp. 183-196_, the
+Cambridge Histories and the “Story of the Nations” series are valuable
+aids.
+
+Guides to biography are scarce but Chambers’s “Biographical
+dictionary,” Chambers’s “Encyclopædia,” and the “Dictionary of National
+biography” supplemented by Mudge, _pp. 150-168_, will answer most calls
+made upon them.
+
+Voyages and travels always command a good reading public but care
+should be taken to exclude ephemeral “globe-trotting” variety.
+
+For geography and travel Mill’s “Guide to geographical books and
+appliances,” revised by A. J. Herbertson and N. E. MacMunn will be
+found indispensable. It includes geographical novels, general reference
+works, lists of text-books, in fact nearly a bibliography of geography.
+The bibliographies found at the end of each chapter of Mill’s
+“International geography” will also be found useful. In the selection
+of the older books Anderson’s “Book of British topography” although now
+a little out of date is still valuable, and Mudge, _pp. 172-183_ should
+also be consulted.
+
+
+READING LIST.
+
+Adams--Manual of historical literature. _Harper: New York, 1903._
+
+Bibliographies in the “Story of the Nations” series.
+
+Bisseker--A student’s library. _pp. 123-155._
+
+Gross--Bibliography of British municipal history. _Longmans: New York,
+1897._
+
+Gross--Sources and literature of English history from the earliest
+times to about 1485. _Longmans, 1915._
+
+Hall--Methods of teaching history. _Harrap, 1913._
+
+Larned--Literature of American history. _A.L.A. Pub. Board, Boston._
+
+Langlois--Manuel de bibliographie historique. _2 vols._ _Hachette,
+Paris, 1901-04._
+
+Robertson--Courses of study. _pp. 139-328; 366-370._
+
+Sykes--Biography for a small library. _Ont. Lib. Rev. Vol. 2, 1918, pp.
+116-119._
+
+Williams--Manual of book selection. _pp. 52-55._
+
+
+QUESTIONS.
+
+_1._ Mention two books on each of the following subjects which you
+would recommend to a reader:--Joan of Arc; French Revolution; Oliver
+Cromwell; European War; London; Gunpowder Plot.
+
+_2._ Draw up an annotated reading course of not less than ten books on
+British history.
+
+_3._ Name six periodicals valuable as aids to book selection in this
+section.
+
+
+_Lesson 9._
+
+SELECTION OF PERIODICALS.
+
+Primary object in the selection of periodicals should be to supplement
+the stock of books in the library by up-to-date literature not
+available in book form. The second consideration should be to aim at
+supplying magazines for recreation as well as instruction. On the
+same principle that crank and sectarian works are prohibited from the
+best book stocks so should periodicals of this nature be excluded.
+Trade, scientific, technical, and special periodicals should receive
+first consideration, and special attention given to the papers that
+cover the chief industries of the town to be served. A good selection
+of periodicals dealing with literature, art, science, etc., will add
+attractiveness to the room. Newspapers selected should represent
+the political parties impartially. The various press guides, lists
+published by large libraries, such as the Mitchell Library and
+Cannons’s “Classified guide to _1,700_ annuals, directories and year
+books,” _Grafton. 1923, 5s._, will be found useful in the selection of
+this class of literature.
+
+
+READING LIST.
+
+Briscoe--Selection of periodicals. _L.W. Vol. 12, 1909-10, pp. 215-216._
+
+Brown--Manual of library economy. _1907 edition._ _Chap._ 11. _para.
+200, pp. 163-165_.
+
+_or_ Revised edition by W. C. B. Sayers. _Chap. 13, paras. 203-204._
+
+Brown--Selection of current periodicals. _L.A.R. Vol. 6, pp. 591-597._
+
+Dana--Periodicals for a small library. _P.L. Vol. 11, 1906, p. 367._
+
+Mudge--New guide to reference books. _pp. 5-23._
+
+Kroeger--Guide to ... reference books. _pp. 1-31._
+
+Steele--A selected list of periodicals which review books. _Ont. Lib.
+Rev., Vol. 8, 1923, pp. 12-13._
+
+Walter--Periodicals for a small library. _1919 edition. A.L.A. Pub.
+Board, Chicago. 1919. 15c._
+
+
+QUESTIONS.
+
+_1._ Make an annotated list of the monthly and quarterly periodicals
+you would consider necessary in a reading room serving a population of
+100,000.
+
+_2._ Briefly describe how you would deal with periodicals offered
+gratis.
+
+_3._ Make a selection of newspapers and periodicals on:--economics,
+education, engineering, not more than six on each, indicating their
+valuable features and giving published prices.
+
+_4._ Describe the general contents and special features of any three of
+the following periodicals, and any two of the annuals:--
+
+ English Review Connoisseur
+ Whitaker’s Almanack Ueber Land und Meer
+ Revue des deux mondes British Trade Year Book
+ The Reader Librarians’ Guide
+ Annual Register Decimal Educator
+
+_5._ Make an annotated list of ten periodicals you would select for a
+Young People’s Reading Room.
+
+
+TEST EXAMINATION.
+
+_Questions to be answered without the aid of text-books, notes, etc._
+
+_1._ Write a short essay on the principles of book selection as applied
+to public libraries.
+
+_2._ Name the various kinds of bibliographies available as aids to book
+selection, and give an account of two in each section.
+
+_3._ State briefly what you know of the following catalogues, giving
+the method of arrangement of each:--British Museum; London Library;
+John Rylands Library, and Cambridge University.
+
+_4._ What do you consider to be the twelve best guides to book
+selection?
+
+_5._ Discuss the value of “The Annual Register” as an aid to book
+selection.
+
+_6._ What books of reference would you consult for anonymous and
+pseudonymous works in (_1_) English, (_2_) French and (_3_) German?
+
+_7._ What authors would you recommend to a reader desirous of being
+acquainted with Napoleon I.; psychoanalysis; parliament; philately;
+Marie Antoinette; Spanish literature; League of Nations, and wireless
+telegraphy.
+
+_8._ Give reasons for and against the desirability of not purchasing
+fiction until a year after publication.
+
+_9._ Describe briefly not more than six catalogues of libraries
+specially serviceable as aids to book selection.
+
+_10._ State briefly on what principles you would be guided in accepting
+or declining donations of books.
+
+_11._ Give an annotated list of twelve periodicals you would consider
+necessary in a Ladies’ Reading Room.
+
+_12._ Name twelve periodicals that should be permanently stored in a
+public reference library.
+
+
+FACTORS AND NOTES RELATING TO BOOK SELECTION.
+
+(_1_) SELECT LIST OF UNIVERSAL BIBLIOGRAPHIES.
+
+_Note.--An universal bibliography has not yet been compiled but the
+following are recognised as units towards such a work._
+
+_1._ Bibliographical Society of America.--Census of fifteenth century
+books owned in America; compiled by a Committee of the Bibliographical
+Society of America. _New York, 1919._
+
+_2._ British Museum Library.--Catalogue of books printed in the 15th
+century now in the British Museum. _London, 1912-1916. Parts 1-4._
+
+_3._ Brunet (Jacques Charles)--Manuel du libraire et de l’amateur de
+livres. 5 éd. originalt entiérement refinde et augm d’un tiers. _Paris,
+Didot, 1860-65. 6 Vols._
+
+----Supplément, par P. Deschamps et G. Brunet. _Paris, Didot, 1878-80.
+2 Vols._
+
+_4._ Ebert (Friedrich Adolf)--General bibliographical dictionary, from
+the German of F. A. Ebert. _Oxford University Press, 1837. 4 Vols._
+
+_5._ Georgi (Gottlieb)--Allgemeines europaisches bucherlexicon in
+wilchem die allermeisten autores zu finden, welche noch vor dem anfange
+des XVI. seculi bis 1739, in vire theile abgetheilet. _Leipzig, Gorgi,
+1742. 4 parts in one._
+
+ ----Fünffter theil. In welchem die franzosischen auctores und bücher
+ von allen disciplinen, in alphabetischer ordung zu finden. _Leipzig,
+ 1753._
+
+ ----Erstes (bis drittes) supplement, _1739-1757. Leipzig, 1750-1758.
+ 3 vols._
+
+_6._ Græsse (Johann Georg Theodor)--Trésor de livres rares et précieux.
+_Dresden, 1859-1869. 7 vols._
+
+_7._ Hain (Ludwig Friedrich Theodor)--Repertorium bibliographicum ad
+annum M.D. _Stuttgart, Cottæ, 1826-38. 2 vols, in 4._
+
+ ----Supplement to Hain’s “Repertorium bibliographicum”; or,
+ collection towards a new edition of that work, _par_ W. A. Copinger.
+ _London, Sotheran, 1895-1902. 2 vols. in 3._
+
+ ----Appendices ad Hainii-Copingeri “Repertorium bibliographicum”;
+ additiones et emendationes editit Dietericus Reichling. _Monachii,
+ Rosenthal, 1905-11. 7 vols._
+
+ ----Supplementum cum indice urbium et typographorum. Accedit index
+ auctorum generalis totius operis. _Monasterii Guestphalorum,
+ Theissingianis, 1914._
+
+ ----Supplement zu Hain und Panzer. Beiträge zur inkunabel
+ bibliographie. Nummern--concordanz von Panzer’s lateinischen und
+ deutschen Annalen und Ludwig Hain’s “Repertorium bibliographicum” par
+ Konrad Burger. _Leipzig, Hiersemann, 1908._
+
+ ----Ludwig Hain’s “Repertorium bibliographicum Register.” Die drucker
+ des XV. jahrhunderts. _Leipzig. Harrassowitz, 1891._
+
+_8._ Maittaire (Michael)--Annales typographici ab artis inventae
+origine ad annum 1664. _Hagae-Comitum, 1719-41. 5 Vols._
+
+ ----Supplementum adornavit M. Denis. _Viennae, 1789, 2 vols._
+
+_9._ Panzer (Georg Wolfgang Franz)--Annales typographici ab artis
+inventae origine ad annum 1536. _Norimbergae, 1793-1803. 11 vols._
+
+_10._ Peddie (Robert Alexander)--Conspectus incunabulorum: an index
+catalogue of fifteenth century books, with references to Hain’s
+“Repertorium,” Copinger’s “Supplement,” Proctor’s “Index,” Pellechet’s
+“Catalogue,” Campbell’s “Annales” and other bibliographies. _London,
+1910-1914. 2 vols._
+
+_11._ Pellechet (Marie Léontine Catherine)--Catalogue général des
+incunables des bibliothèques publiques de France. _Paris, Picard,
+1897-1909. Vols. 1-3._
+
+_12._ Proctor (Robert)--Index to the early printed books in the British
+Museum from the invention of printing to the year 1500, with notes of
+those in the Bodleian Library. _London, Paul, 1898-99. 4 vols._
+
+ ---- Part _2_, _1501-20_. Section _1_, Germany. _London, Paul, 1903._
+
+ ---- Supplements, _1898-1902_. _London, 1900-03. 5 parts._
+
+_13._ Prussian Board of Education--Gesamtkatalog der Wiegendrucke.
+Herausgegeben von der Kommission fur den Gesamtkatalog der
+Wiegendrucke. _Band 1. Abano-Alexius, Leipzig, 1925, Verlag von Karl W.
+Hiersemann. Quaritch, 1925. £3 7s. 6d. To be completed in 12 volumes.
+The most complete catalogue of Incunabula._
+
+_14._ Quaritch (Barnard)--General catalogue of books offered to the
+public at the affixed prices. _London, 1887-97. 7 vols. and Supp._
+
+_15._ Watt (Robert)--Bibliotheca Britannica; or, A general index to
+British and Foreign literature. _2 parts. Edinburgh, Constable, 1824. 4
+vols._
+
+
+(_2_) SELECT LIST OF TRADE BIBLIOGRAPHIES.
+
+AMERICAN:--
+
+Roorbach (Orville Augustus)--Bibliotheca Americana _1820-61_. _New
+York, Roorbach, 1852-61. 4 vols._
+
+A catalogue of American publications arranged alphabetically by authors
+and titles. Publisher, date, size and price also given.
+
+Kelly (James)--American catalogue of books published in the United
+States from January, 1861 to January, 1871. _New York, Wiley, 1866-71.
+2 vols._
+
+Alphabetical arrangement under authors, titles and subjects. Gives full
+particulars of publishers and prices. Well annotated. A continuation of
+Roorbach’s work. American catalogue of books _1876-1910_. _New York,
+Publisher’s Weekly, 1881-1911 9 vols._
+
+ The standard American list for the period covered (Mudge).
+
+United States catalog: books in print January, 1912; edited by Marion
+E. Potter and others. _3rd edition. White Plains, New York, Wilson,
+1912._
+
+---- Supplement, _1912-17_. _New York, Wilson, 1918._
+
+---- Supplement, January, _1918_--June, _1921_. _New York, Wilson,
+1921._
+
+Indispensable to the American book selector.
+
+
+_Annual:--_
+
+Annual American Catalogue, 1886-1910. _New York, Publisher’s Weekly,
+1887-1911. No more published._
+
+United States catalog. Annual. _New York, Wilson._
+
+ An annual dictionary catalogue.
+
+
+_Monthly:--_
+
+Cumulative book index. _White Plains, New York, Wilson, 1898-1922.
+Vols. 1-24._
+
+
+ENGLISH:--
+
+Arber (Edward)--Term catalogues, _1668-1709_ A.D. with a number for
+Easter term, _1711_ A.D.; a contemporary bibliography of English
+literature in the reigns of Charles II., James II., William and Mary,
+and Anne; edited from the very rare quarterly lists of new books issued
+by booksellers of London. _3 vols. London, Arber, 1903-06._
+
+---- Transcript of the registers of the Company of Stationers of
+London, _1554-1640_. _London, 1875-77. 4 vols. Index. 1894._
+
+ A record of all books deposited at Stationers’ Hall during the period
+ covered.
+
+English catalogue of books published _1801-1920_. _London, Low,
+1864-1901. Publisher’s Circular, 1912-21. 11 vols._
+
+---- Index to the English catalogue of books. _London, Low, 1858-93. 4
+vols._
+
+ An annual catalogue, with five yearly cumulations. Comprising an
+ alphabetical list under authors, titles and subjects of the books
+ issued in the United Kingdom. Full imprint, particulars of price,
+ month of publication, publisher, etc. Contains also lists of
+ publications of societies and a full directory of publishers.
+
+Reference catalogue of current literature, containing the full titles
+of books now in print and on sale, with the prices at which they may be
+obtained of all booksellers, and an index containing nearly one hundred
+and eighty-five thousand references. _3 vols. London, Whitaker._
+
+ The most important English trade bibliography. Issued every few
+ years. Consists of the catalogues of the principal English publishers
+ arranged alphabetically by name of publisher.
+
+Book auction records (formerly known as “Sale records,”) a priced and
+annotated record of London, Dublin, Edinburgh, Glasgow and Amercian
+book auctions. June, _1902_ to date. _London, Stevens._
+
+ Each number is arranged alphabetically by authors, with an index in
+ each volume.
+
+Book-prices current. December, _1886_ to date. _London, Stock._
+
+ Index to the first ten volumes. _1887-1896. London, Stock, 1901._
+
+ Index for the second decade. _1897-1906_. _London, Stock, 1909._
+
+ Index for the third decade. _1907-1916. London, Stock, 1920._
+
+
+FRENCH:--
+
+Catalogue général de la librairie française, _1840-1918_. _Paris,
+Jordell, 1867-1921. 28 vols._
+
+ The standard French trade bibliography, and a most valuable modern
+ national bibliography.
+
+
+_Annual:--_
+
+Catalogue mensuel de la librairie francaise.
+
+ Monthly numbers bound together forming the annual volume. Contains
+ indexes of authors, titles and subjects.
+
+
+_Monthly:--_
+
+Catalogue mensuel de la librairie française. _1876-1921. Paris._
+
+A classified list.
+
+
+GERMAN:--
+
+Heinsius (Wilhelm)--Allgemeines bucher-lexikon, _1700-1892_. _Leipzig,
+Brockhaus, 1812-1894. 19 vols._
+
+ No more published.
+
+Kayser (Christian Gottlob)--Vollstandiges bucher-lexikon, _1750-1910_.
+_Leipzig, 1834-1910. 36 vols._
+
+Hinrichs (J. C.) _Publishers_--Funfjahrs-katalog der im deutschen
+buchhandel erschienenen bucher, zeitschriften, landkarten, etc., titel
+verzeichnis und sachregister, 1851-1912. _Leipzig, Hinrichs, 1857-1913.
+13 vols._
+
+Deutsches bucherverzeichnis der jahre _1911-20_. _4 vols._
+
+ A continuation of Heinsius, Kayser, and Hinrichs, Funfjahrs-katalog.
+
+
+_Monthly:--_
+
+ Allgemeine bibliographie. _Leipzig, Brockhaus, 1856 to date._
+
+
+(_3_) SELECT LIST OF GENERAL BIBLIOGRAPHIES.
+
+American Library Association--A.L.A. Catalog. _8,000_ volumes for
+a popular library; with notes, _1904_ ... edited by Melvil Dewey.
+_Government Printing Office: Washington, 1904. $1._
+
+ The chief aim of this selection is to assist in the formation of a
+ public library stock, and is specially adopted for the use of smaller
+ libraries.
+
+A.L.A. Catalog, _1904-1911_. Class List, 3,000 titles for a popular
+library; edited by Elva L. Bascom. _Chicago: A.L.A. Pub. Board, 1912.
+350 pp. 26 cm. $1.50._
+
+ Supplement to the A.L.A. Catalog _1904_.
+
+Nelson, Thomas _and_ Sons, _Publishers_.--Standard Books: an annotated
+and classified guide to the best books in all departments of
+literature; with copious index of subjects and biographical notes of
+authors. _4 vols. 1910-14._
+
+_Contents_:--_Vol. 1_--General Works. History. Geography. Biography and
+Travel. Sociology. Philosophy. Sport. Law and Administration. Education.
+
+_Vol. 2._--Religion. Science. Useful Arts.
+
+_Vol. 3._--Fine and Recreative Arts. Philology. Literature. Children’s
+Books.
+
+_Vol. 4._--Author Index. General Subject Index. Index of Publishers.
+
+Each subject is edited by a specialist in collaboration with one or
+more librarians. Annotations are very full and publishers and prices
+are given.
+
+Sonnenschein, William Swan--The Best Books: a reader’s guide to the
+best available books (about _100,000_) ...; with the dates of the first
+and last editions, and the price, size, and publisher’s name (both
+American and English) of each book. _3rd edition, entirely re-written.
+George Routledge & Sons, Ltd., London. Putnam, New York. 3 parts. In
+Progress. 1910. £2 2s. net._
+
+_Contents_:--_Part 1._--Theology. Mythology and folk-lore. Philosophy.
+
+_Part 2._--Society. Geography. Travel and Topography. Education.
+Ethnology.
+
+_Part 3._--History, Biography. Science. Arts. Philology. Literature.
+Complete Indexes.
+
+A very useful classified bibliography.
+
+
+(_4_) BIBLIOGRAPHIES OF BIBLIOGRAPHY.
+
+Courtney (William Prideaux)--Register of national bibliography; with,
+a selection of the chief bibliographical books and articles printed in
+other countries. _London, Constable, 1905-12. 3 vols._
+
+Arranged alphabetically by the subjects of the bibliographies listed.
+
+Josephson (Aksel Gustav Salomon)--Bibliographies of bibliography
+chronologically arranged, with occasional notes and an index.
+_Bibliographical Society of Chicago, Chicago, 1901. Second edition,
+1913._
+
+Petzholdt (Julius)--Bibliotheca bibliographica. _Leipzig, Engelmann,
+1866._
+
+A careful and accurate bibliography. Classified, with an author index
+and full annotations.
+
+Stein (Henri)--Manuel de bibliographie générale: bibliotheca
+bibliographica nova. _Paris, Picard, 1897._
+
+_Contents._--Universal bibliographies. National and regional
+bibliographies. Subject bibliographies, and appendices. A classified
+bibliography with critical and descriptive annotations, and a subject
+index.
+
+Vallée (Léon)--Bibliographie des bibliographies. _Paris, Terquem, 1883._
+
+Supplement. _Paris, Terquem, 1887._
+
+An alphabetical author list with a subject index. A useful work if used
+as an author index to Stein’s “Manuel de bibliographie générale.”
+
+
+_Bibliographical Works_:--
+
+British Museum--List of bibliographical works in the Reading Room of
+the British Museum. _2nd edition, revised. 1889._ Much out of date, but
+useful for older books.
+
+
+(_5_) ANNUAL OUTPUT OF BOOKS IN THE UNITED KINGDOM.
+
+_Books in 1925._
+
+According to the “Publishers’ Circular” more books were published
+during _1925_ than in any previous year in the history of British book
+production. A total of _13,202_ is recorded as having been published
+in the United Kingdom. This is an increase of _496_ over the total
+for _1924_. This increase has taken place in the “new books” as
+distinguished from “new editions,” etc., and is shown in detail in the
+following figures for this year and last year:--
+
+ _1924_ _1925_
+ New books _8024_ _8520_
+ Translations _321_ _307_
+ Pamphlets _1168_ _1150_
+ -------- -------
+ Total new books _9513_ _9977_
+ New editions _3193_ _3225_
+ -------- -------
+ Total _12,706_ _13202_
+
+The following details show how the totals for the various classes of
+books vary from those of the previous year. Increases are shown in
+Juvenile Literature (_108_), Law (_88_), Military and Naval (_74_),
+Philology (_60_), Biography (_55_), Agriculture and Gardening (_46_)
+and Science (_32_). The decreases are General Works (_49_), Fine Arts
+(_44_), Fiction (_32_), Philosophy (_29_), and Poetry and Drama (_16_).
+
+The following totals for the years since _1913_ (the pre-war record
+year) are of considerable interest:--
+
+ Year. New Books. New Editions. Total
+ _1913_ _9541_ _2838_ _12379_
+ _1914_ _8863_ _2674_ _11537_
+ _1915_ _8499_ _2166_ _10665_
+ _1916_ _7537_ _1612_ _9149_
+ _1917_ _6606_ _1525_ _8131_
+ _1918_ _6750_ _966_ _7716_
+ _1919_ _7327_ _1295_ _8622_
+ _1920_ _8738_ _2266_ _11004_
+ _1921_ _8757_ _2269_ _11026_
+ _1922_ _8754_ _2088_ _10842_
+ _1923_ _9246_ _3028_ _12274_
+ _1924_ _9513_ _3193_ _12706_
+ _1925_ _9977_ _3225_ _13202_
+
+The above tables show that during the years _1913-1925_ no fewer than
+_139,253_ books were published in the United Kingdom. It is when
+we realise such a fact as this that we should appreciate the great
+importance of book selection to the librarian.
+
+
+(_6_) INITIAL STOCK FOR A PUBLIC LIBRARY.
+
+In selecting the initial stock for a Public Library the following
+principles should be considered: (_a_) size of the locality; (_b_)
+the sum of money available for books; (_c_) the geographical position
+of the library in relation to other libraries. Before any books are
+actually purchased, the tables of the classification to be adopted
+should be taken and each section checked with the corresponding section
+of proposed purchases. This will immediately show any important
+omissions.
+
+
+(_7_) PROPORTIONAL REPRESENTATION OF CLASSES.
+
+The proportion of books to be purchased in each class of literature
+will depend largely upon the social conditions of the locality and the
+prominence of local industries.
+
+The following table is merely suggestive:--
+
+ General Works _3%_
+ Philosophy _3%_
+ Religion _6%_
+ Sociology _6%_
+ Philology _2%_
+ Natural Science _8%_
+ Useful Arts _9%_
+ Fine and Recreative Arts _7%_
+ Literature _35%_
+ History, Travel and Biography _21%_
+
+
+(_8_) REFERENCE AND LENDING LIBRARY STOCKS.
+
+The average proportions of Lending and Reference Library stocks are:
+Lending, 62%; Reference, 38%.
+
+
+(_9_) PROPORTION OF INCOME FOR BOOKS AFTER ORGANISATION.
+
+18% of income should be spent on books, including old books and
+replacements.
+
+
+(_10_) TWENTY-FIVE “QUICK-REFERENCE” BOOKS FOR THE OPEN SHELVES IN A
+REFERENCE LIBRARY.
+
+_(Arranged according to the Dewey Classification as a mnemonic aid)._
+
+ Encyclopædia Britannica.
+ Baldwin--Dictionary of psychology and philosophy.
+ Hastings--Dictionary of religion and ethics.
+ Hastings--Dictionary of the Bible.
+ Cruden--Concordance.
+ Palgrave--Dictionary of political economy.
+ Mulhall--Dictionary of statistics.
+ Every Man’s Own Lawyer.
+ Webster--English dictionary.
+ Murray--New English dictionary.
+ Clifton and Grimaux--English-French and French-English dictionary.
+ Grimm--Deutsches Worterbuch.
+ Lewis and Short--Latin dictionary.
+ Liddell and Scott--Greek Lexicon.
+ Watts--Dictionary of chemistry.
+ Quain--Medical dictionary.
+ Knight--Business cyclopædia and legal adviser.
+ Thorpe--Dictionary of applied chemistry.
+ Bryan--Dictionary of painters and engravers.
+ Grove--Dictionary of music and musicians.
+ Cambridge History of English literature.
+ Haydn--Dictionary of dates.
+ Dictionary of national biography.
+ Chambers’s Biographical dictionary.
+ Low and Pulling--Dictionary of English history.
+
+
+(_11_) FOURTEEN AUTHOR CONCORDANCES.
+
+BURNS. Reid--Complete word and phrase concordance to the poems and
+songs of Robert Burns.
+
+COWPER. Neve--Concordance to the poetical works of William Cowper.
+
+DANTE ALIGHIERI. Fay--Concordance of the Divina Commedia.
+
+ Sheldon _and_ White--Concordanz a delle opere italiane in prosae del
+ Canzoniere di Dante Alighieri.
+
+GRAY. Cook--A concordance to the English poems of Thomas Gray.
+
+HOMER. Dunbar--Complete concordance to the Odyssy and Hymns of Homer.
+
+MILTON. Lockwood--Lexicon to the English poetical works of John Milton.
+
+POPE. Abbott--Concordance to the works of Alexander Pope.
+
+SCOTT. Redfern--The wisdom of Sir Walter.
+
+SHAKESPEARE. Bartlett--New and complete concordance of William
+Shakespeare.
+
+ Clarke--Complete concordance to Shakespeare.
+
+SHELLEY. Ellis--Lexical concordance to the poetical works of P. B.
+Shelley.
+
+TENNYSON. Baker--Concordance to the poetical and dramatic works of
+Alfred Lord Tennyson.
+
+ Brightwell--Concordance to the entire works of Alfred Tennyson.
+
+
+(_12_) FORTY USEFUL BOOKS FOR THE YOUNG PEOPLE’S ROOM.
+
+Bailey (M. E.)--Boys’ and girls’ ask at home questions. _Illus. 1917._
+Explains many things in nature and life which puzzle children.
+
+Baker (E. A.)--Cassell’s New English Dictionary; with an appendix.
+_1919._ Includes a supplement of War words.
+
+Bartlett (J.), _editor_.--Familiar quotations. _1917._ From ancient and
+modern literature.
+
+Brewer (E. C.)--The reader’s handbook. _1919._ Famous names in fiction,
+allusions, references, proverbs, plots, stories and poems.
+
+Chambers’s Biographical Dictionary; edited by D. Patrick and F. H.
+Groome. _1908._ Brief lives of “the great of all times and nations.”
+
+Chambers’s Twentieth Century Dictionary of the English Language; edited
+by T. Davidson. _Illus. 1916._
+
+Champlin (J. D.) _Junior_.--The young folks cyclopædia of common
+things. _2nd edition, enlarged. Illus. 1896._ An attempt to bring
+encyclopædic knowledge within the range of a child’s intellect.
+Articles very brief and simply told. Index.
+
+Champlin (J. D.) _Junior_.--The young folks’ cyclopædia of natural
+history; with editorial co-operation and an introduction by F. A.
+Lucas. _Illus. 1905._ The cyclopædia covers the entire animal kingdom
+in an elementary manner.
+
+Crawford (W. R.)--Common words commonly mispronounced. _1894._ A
+dictionary of correct pronunciation.
+
+Dalgleish (W. S.)--The great authors of English literature. _Illus.
+1917._ Contains their lives, and selections from their writings.
+
+Dana (Mrs. W. S.)--How to know the wild flowers. The flowers are
+arranged according to colour.
+
+Dickinson (A. D.)--One thousand best books. _1924._ Compiled from over
+fifty published lists of best books made by the librarian and scholars
+of the University of Pennsylvania.
+
+Everyman’s Encyclopædia; edited by Boyle. _12 vols. Illus._
+
+Fallows (S.)--A complete dictionary of synonyms and antonyms. _1898._ A
+dictionary of words with the same and opposite meanings.
+
+Gibson (C. R.)--The great ball on which we live. _1915._ Description of
+the earth and the forces of nature.
+
+Gibson (C. R.)--Great inventions and how they were invented. _1924._
+Descriptions of wonderful machines and appliances.
+
+Hall (Cyril)--Conquests of engineering. _Illus. 1926._ Describes the
+construction of bridges, tunnels, canals, docks and harbours.
+
+Hawks (E.)--The boys’ book of astronomy. _1914._
+
+Haydn--Dictionary of dates. A record of the chief events in the world’s
+history.
+
+Holden (E. S.)--The sciences. _Illus. 1903._ On astronomy, physics,
+chemistry, meteorology, etc., and their application to the arts and to
+daily life.
+
+Kernahan (C.)--The reading girl. _1925._ Chats on the choice of books
+and methods of reading.
+
+Kirkby (M.) _and_ Kirkby (E.)--The world at home. _Illus. 1912._
+Describes the life of the people, and the animals, birds, plants, and
+insects of foreign countries.
+
+Lyttelton (Mary), _editor_.--A girl’s book of verse. _1925._
+
+Maule (H. E.)--The boys’ book of inventions. _2 vols. Illus. 1921._
+Describes the new inventions. The aeroplane. Wireless telegraphy. Tesla
+turbine. Submarines, etc.
+
+Marshall (H. E.)--English literature for boys and girls. _1924._
+
+Mee (Arthur)--The children’s Bible. _1923._ Beautifully illustrated
+from the Art Galleries of the world.
+
+Mee (Arthur)--The children’s encyclopædia. _8 vols. Col. Illus._
+Articles very brief and simply told.
+
+Mee (Arthur)--One thousand beautiful things. _1925._ Chosen from the
+life and literature of the World.
+
+Morison (R. C. H.), _editor_.--Chambers’s Recitations for children.
+Specially selected for the young.
+
+Olcott (W. T.)--Book of the stars for young people.
+
+O’Neill (Elizabeth)--The world’s story: a simple history for boys and
+girls. _1923._
+
+Patrick (D.) _and_ Geddie (W.), editors.--Chambers’s Concise gazetteer
+of the world. _1919._
+
+Philip (George), _editor_.--Senior School Atlas. _1921._
+
+Philip (A. M.), _editor_.--A boy’s book of verse. _1925._
+
+Pritchard (A. M.) _and_ Hobbs (E. W.)--Wireless construction. _1925._
+
+Roget (P. M.)--Thesaurus of English words and phrases. _1918._ An aid
+to English composition.
+
+Synge (M. B.)--The story of the world. _2 vols. Maps. Illus. Vol.
+1_--Abraham to A.D. _1745. Vol. 2--1745-1903._
+
+Things all scouts should know. _Illus. 1919._ Information about the
+navy, army, ships, railways, things seen in town and country, etc.
+
+Turley (Charles)--The voyages of Captain Scott. _1914._ Shows the
+heroism of the men who gave their lives in the search for the South
+Pole.
+
+Williams (Archibald)--The boys’ guide. _Illus. 1921._ Indoor and
+outdoor games, sports, and recreations, photography, model making, use
+of tools, motor cycles, pets, stamp collecting, reading, etc.
+
+
+
+
+COURSE 3: THEORY OF CLASSIFICATION.
+
+
+TEXT BOOKS REQUIRED.
+
+Brown (J. D.)--Library classification and cataloguing. _Grafton, 1912.
+10s. 6d._
+
+Jevons (W. S.)--Elementary lessons in logic. _Macmillan, 1909. 3s. 6d._
+
+Richardson (S. C.)--Classification, theoretical and practical; together
+with an appendix, containing an essay towards a bibliographical history
+of systems of classification. _Scribner, 1912. Also Grafton, 6s. 3d._
+
+Sayers (W. C. B.)--Canons of classification applied to “The
+Subject,” “The Expansive,” “The Decimal,” and “Library of Congress”
+classifications: a study in bibliographical classification method.
+_Grafton, 1915. 3s. 6d._
+
+Sayers (W. C. B.)--An introduction to library classification,
+theoretical, historical and practical; and, A short course in practical
+classification; with readings, questions and examination papers.
+_Grafton, 1922. 10s. 6d._
+
+
+_Lesson 1._
+
+INTRODUCTION. MEANING, PURPOSE, AND UTILITY. TERMINOLOGY. LOGICAL BASES.
+
+In classification, more than in any other branch of library science,
+practical application is dependent on a sound knowledge of theoretical
+principles, and students are warned that a thorough grasp of the
+logical bases is an absolutely essential preliminary to successful
+practical work.
+
+Importance of classification in our daily life is not fully
+appreciated, classification being the sole foundation of all order. It
+would be impossible for the mental faculties to function efficiently
+without classification, the simplest thought or reason requiring its
+use.
+
+Note the purpose of classification and the mutual dependence of
+classification and cataloguing.
+
+It is essential to know the exact logical meaning of terms used in
+classification.
+
+Understand the Five Predicables. After mastering their definition,
+study Tree of Porphyry for their application. A close study of the
+latter will amply repay students. It admirably illustrates meaning
+of Extension and Intension, and demonstrates how in the framing of
+the scheme the hierarchy must proceed gradually from terms of great
+Extension and little Intension to terms of little Extension but of
+great Intension.
+
+The student is strongly advised not to pass Jevons until he has
+thoroughly mastered the chapters set out below.
+
+
+READING LIST.
+
+Brown--Library classification. _Chap. 6._
+
+Encyclopædia Britannica--Article _Classification_.
+
+Jast--Classification and discovery. _L.W. Vol. 13, 1910-11, pp.
+353-355._
+
+Jast--Library classification. _In Greenwood’s Library Year Book,
+1900-01, pp. 21-36._
+
+Jevons--Logic. (_Give special attention to Chaps. 5, 12 and 32_).
+
+Jevons--Principles of science. _Chapter on classification._
+
+Mill--Logic. _Chapter on classification._
+
+Richardson--Classification. _Introduction and Chap. 1._
+
+Sayers--Classification in modern life. _L.A. Vol. 17, 1924, pp. 8-16;
+35-40._
+
+Sayers--Introduction. _Chaps. 1-2._
+
+
+QUESTIONS.
+
+_1._ Give an example where classification resulted in the discovery of
+new facts.
+
+_2._ State what you consider to be the purpose of classification.
+
+_3._ Define the following terms:--characteristic; denotation;
+correlation of property; extension; genus; connotation; difference;
+intension.
+
+_4._ Describe the Tree of Porphyry and its relation to classification.
+
+_5._ The functions of classification and those of cataloguing are often
+confused. Explain.
+
+
+_Lesson 2._
+
+PRINCIPLES. KINDS OF CLASSIFICATION. SCHEDULES.
+
+The survey of the logical bases in Lesson 1 leads to a more definite
+consideration of the main principles of classification and schedule
+formation. A close study of natural and artificial classification must
+be made at this stage. An investigation of the difference between them
+will stress the importance of the choice of characteristic. It will be
+emphasised during this lesson that the characteristic selected must be
+essential to the purpose for which the classification is intended.
+
+Botany and zoology have provided notable instances of natural
+and artificial classification. In studying these schemes notice
+particularly the process of division, the gradual modulation from
+Class to Division, Sub-Division, and Section, the Extension of the
+terms becoming smaller and the Intension greater as the process of
+division is continued.
+
+One fault which can create endless confusion is Cross-Division. To
+avoid this the terms used in the schedule must be mutually exclusive.
+
+The classification of books cannot reach the perfection of a
+classification of knowledge. The latter is limited only by the
+limitation of knowledge, but the former by the physical form of
+books. All bibliographical schemes, however, should be based on the
+classification of knowledge.
+
+Realise clearly the necessity for and the functions of the topic
+and form classes which form part of every bibliographical scheme.
+Throughout this lesson it will be seen that classification is governed
+by the principles laid down in the Five Predicables.
+
+If attention has been duly paid to the ground covered in Lessons 1
+and 2 no difficulty will in future be experienced with regard to the
+theory, bases, or principles of classification, but if, on the other
+hand, any difficulty is felt in answering questions bearing upon these
+principles, students have devoted insufficient time to their study,
+and are strongly advised to make good the deficiency before proceeding
+further.
+
+
+READING LIST.
+
+ Brown--Library classification. _Chaps. 1 and 2._
+
+ Coulson--An outline on the theory of classification. _L.W. Vol. 14,
+ 1911-12, pp. 37-42; 67-70._
+
+ Johns--Flowers of the field. _Study introduction._
+
+ Richardson--Classification. _Lecture 2._
+
+ Savage--Form and alphabetic book classification. _L.A.R. Vol. 9,
+ 1907, pp. 375-383._
+
+ Sayers--Canons. _Chaps. 1 and 2._
+
+ Sayers--Grammar of classification. _L.A.A. Series, 1912. Principles
+ 1-20._
+
+ Sayers--Introduction. _Chaps. 3-5._
+
+
+QUESTIONS.
+
+ _1._ What is meant by “cross-division”?
+
+ _2._ What are essential and accidental characteristics in
+ classification?
+
+ _3._ The process of division is governed by “difference.” Explain.
+
+ _4._ Name the difference between philosophical classification and
+ bibliographical classification.
+
+ _5._ What is the difference between a rigid and a flexible
+ classification?
+
+ _6._ What is meant by “form” as compared with “subject” in
+ classification?
+
+
+_Lesson 3._
+
+HISTORY. PRINCIPAL SCHEMES. COMPARISONS. SPECIAL CLASSES.
+
+A glance at the list of schemes which have been devised is sufficient
+to convince us of the formidable task it would be to acquire detailed
+knowledge of each one. This, however, is not essential. Apart from the
+principal epoch-making schemes, only sufficient attention need be paid
+to them to trace the development of classification. Bacon’s scheme has
+had a great influence and must receive full consideration. Sayers’s
+Introduction contains the most satisfactory outline of this. In the
+same work brief outlines of the principal schemes are given, and good
+accounts are available in Brown’s Library Classification. These two
+books cover sufficient ground for the general student, but those who
+wish to make a more exhaustive survey of the various schemes will find
+further details in Edwards’s Memoirs of libraries, _Vol. 2_.
+
+Of the schemes in use at the present time the Decimal, Subject,
+Expansive, and Library of Congress are selected as the most important,
+and while a good knowledge of the two latter is required, students are
+urged to concentrate their main study upon and confine their practical
+exercises to the Decimal and Subject schemes, chiefly because they are
+almost in exclusive use so far as British libraries are concerned, but
+also on account of the fact that candidates for the Library Association
+certificate are required to pass a practical test in these two.
+
+Pay particular attention to the Introductions.
+
+The popular method of systematically comparing the two class by class
+is the best. It will be found most convenient to take the classes in
+the order appearing in the Decimal, and compare with the corresponding
+portions of the Subject. Make full use of Sayers’s Canons here.
+Valuable for analysis of the four main schemes. The Indexes should also
+be included in the comparison.
+
+Study carefully the criteria of a practical book classification as
+given in Richardson’s Classification, page _42_, and consider to what
+extent these requirements are met.
+
+Special consideration must be given to those classes which at various
+times have been severely criticised, and the student should be
+completely _au fait_ with the arguments for and against the treatment
+of the forms and subjects upon which opinions vary, e.g., Biography.
+
+Hulme’s Principles of book classification, in L.A.R., Vol. _13_,
+_1911_, _pp. 354-358_; _389-394_; _444-449_. _Vol. 14_, _1912_, _pp.
+39-46_; _174-181_; _216-221_ (summarised in Sayers’s Introduction,
+Appendix _1_) takes a view of classification not entirely supported by
+the reading matter set in this course. For this reason the student is
+advised to reserve his study of these articles until having covered the
+reading prescribed, so that he may read them more critically and make a
+clearer comparison of the points of view.
+
+
+READING LIST.
+
+ Aldred--The expansive classification. _L.A.R. Vol. 7, 1905, pp.
+ 207-219; 196-201._
+
+ Brown--Library classification. _Chaps. 3 and 4._
+
+ Brown--Manual of library economy. _3rd edition. Chap. 16._
+
+ Brown--Subject classification. _Introduction._
+
+ Dewey--Decimal classification. _Introduction._
+
+ Dickie--Critical examination of the arrangement of History and
+ Geography in the Decimal and Subject classifications. _L.W. Vol. 25,
+ 1922-23, pp. 401-407._
+
+ Hale--The decimal classification as applied to small libraries. _L.W.
+ Vol. 16, 1913-14, pp. 263-268; 311-316._
+
+ Mash--Classification of technology. _L.W. Vol. 15, 1912-13, pp. 1-5;
+ 50-55._
+
+ Mould--Wanted, a classification. _L.A.R. Vol. 8, 1906, pp. 127-147;
+ 208-211._
+
+ Pepper--Classification of biography. _L.A.R. Vol. 15, 1913, pp.
+ 328-334._
+
+ Richardson--Classification. _Appendix._
+
+ Sayers--Canons. _Chaps. 3-6._
+
+ Sayers--The Dewey decimal classification after thirty years. _L.A.R.
+ Vol. 12, 1910, pp. 314-334._
+
+ Sayers--Introduction. _Chaps. 7-10._
+
+ Smith--Library classifications: a comparison by classes. _Supp. to.
+ L.W. Vol. 21, 1918-19._
+
+ Smither--Library of Congress classification. _L.W. Vol. 16, 1913-14,
+ pp. 130-136._
+
+ South Kensington Museum; Board of Education. Classification for works
+ on pure and applied science in the Science Library, the Science
+ Museum. _2nd edition. Stationery Office, 1921._
+
+ This classification affords a clear and accurate view of the
+ anatomy of the literature of the pure and applied sciences in the
+ twentieth century.
+
+ Walker--Suggested re-arrangement of the Dewey classes of _100_ and
+ _200_. _L.W. Vol. 16, 1913-14, pp. 163-165._
+
+ Wright--Technological classification. _L.W. Vol. 18, 1915-16, pp.
+ 312-316; 344-347. Vol. 19, 1916-17, pp. 9-10._
+
+Brown’s Subject Classification was published in 1906 and reviews and
+criticisms of the work can be read in the following professional
+periodicals:--Savage (E. A.) _in L.W. Vol. 9, 1906-07, pp. 48-55_.
+Lyster (T. W.) _in L.A.R. Vol. 8, 1906, pp. 384-386_. Coutts (A. T.)
+_in L.A. Vol. 6, 1909, pp. 304-318_. Brown’s Revisions, etc., _in L.W.
+Vol. 12, 1909-10, pp. 41-45; 81-86; 121-124; 153-160_.
+
+
+QUESTIONS.
+
+ _1._ Write a brief essay on the history of classification.
+
+ _2._ Outline Bacon’s Scheme and its influence on classification.
+
+ _3._ Give a brief account of any natural scheme of classification.
+
+ _4._ State in which class or classes it is preferable to adopt an
+ alphabetical arrangement, and why.
+
+ _5._ The Divisions 140 Philosophic Systems, 180 Ancient Philosophers,
+ and 190 Modern Philosophers in the Decimal Classification are not
+ satisfactory to the classifier. Explain.
+
+ _6._ What means are provided in the Decimal, Subject and Expansive
+ Classifications for obtaining alphabetical and chronological
+ arrangements of a particular subject?
+
+
+_Lesson 4._
+
+NOTATION. EXPANSIONS. MNEMONICS. AUTHOR MARKS. ARRANGEMENT. GUIDING.
+
+Notation affects in a very large degree the usefulness and even the
+librarian’s choice of a scheme.
+
+A notation must be simple, brief, and flexible. Consider the extent
+to which the principal schemes meet these requirements, and weigh the
+advantages and disadvantages of a “pure” notation, as in the Decimal,
+or a “mixed” notation, as in the Subject scheme. The most notable
+expansion of the Decimal notation is the “Brussels,” which should be
+carefully surveyed.
+
+Note the mnemonic features of the various notations, as these assist in
+the rapid interpretation of the symbols, and enable one’s mind to more
+readily grasp the linking-up of the whole scheme. Notation is of itself
+insufficient for practical arrangement on the shelves, as the necessity
+arises for some method of regulating the order of the books within each
+Division, Section, etc., hence the use of Author Marks. Several tables
+have been compiled, but the most detailed and best known is Cutter’s,
+although the other tables must receive due attention as the Cutter
+Author Marks are not in exclusive use.
+
+The arrangement of the books on the shelves is most important, and it
+is essential to reach the best solutions of the problems regarding
+“broken sequence,” “oversize books,” etc.
+
+It must be remembered that the Library is intended for the use of
+people who do not want to study the intricate details of a notation
+in order to find what they want, and it should be made possible for
+readers not merely to find the subjects they require, but also to
+find their way about the various classes intelligently, but unaided.
+To achieve this a most carefully devised method of guiding will be
+necessary, and all methods and contrivances should be studied, as
+faulty or insufficient guiding will minimise the benefits of exact
+classification.
+
+
+READING LIST.
+
+ Brown--Library classification. _Chap. 5._
+
+ Brown--Manual of library economy. _3rd edition._ _Chap. 17._
+
+ Coutts--Classification and shelf-guiding. _In Brown and others. Open
+ Access Libraries. Grafton, 1915._
+
+ Hopwood--Dewey expanded. _L.A.R. Vol. 9, 1907, pp. 307-322; 340-345_
+ (_also L.J. Vol. 32, 1907_).
+
+ Jast--A new book number. _L.W. Vol. 3, 1900-01, pp. 120-123; 150-152._
+
+ Purnell--Development of notation in classification. _L.A. Vol. 8,
+ 1911, pp. 25-33; 44-50._ (_Also published separately in L.A.A.
+ Series, but now o.p._)
+
+ Savage--Classification guides and indexes. _L.W. Vol. 8, 1905-6, pp.
+ 261-266._
+
+ Sayers--Canons. _Chap. 7._
+
+ Sayers--Elements of notation. _L.W. Vol. 15, 1912-13, pp. 226-231._
+
+ Sayers--Grammar. _Principles 21-23._
+
+ Sayers--Introduction. _Chaps. 6 and 13._
+
+ Stephen--Application of exact classification to shelf arrangement.
+ _L.W. Vol. 11, 1909, pp. 251-255; 325-331._
+
+ Stewart--Guiding an open-access lending library. _L.W. Vol. 7,
+ 1904-05, pp. 113-118._
+
+ Stewart--Oversize books. _L.W. Vol. 9, 1906-07, pp. 208-211._
+
+
+QUESTIONS.
+
+ _1._ What are the essentials of a good notation?
+
+ _2._ How would you mark book-stacks, shelves, etc., in a large
+ open-access library in order to guide readers to specific subjects?
+
+ _3._ Compare the notations of the Decimal and Subject Schemes.
+
+ _4._ After the classification number has been applied it is still
+ necessary to individualise the books within the limits of a subject.
+ Describe what you consider to be the best method, with alternatives.
+
+ _5._ Illustrate by examples from the Decimal Scheme the advantages
+ derived from its mnemonic features.
+
+ _6._ Give the chief marks, with explanations, used in the Brussels
+ extension of the Decimal classification.
+
+
+_Lesson 5._
+
+PRACTICAL.
+
+As a preliminary to actual classification it is essential to obtain a
+thorough grasp of certain rules which, in a general sense, govern the
+placing of books.
+
+With this aim in view students should first read Chapter _12_ of
+Sayers’s “Introduction,” and again read Jast’s “Library classification”
+in Greenwood’s Library Year Book, _1900-1901_, and the Introductions to
+the Decimal and Subject Schemes.
+
+Students may afterwards pass on to Sayers’s “Introduction,” part _3_--A
+short course in practical classification, with special reference to the
+Decimal and Subject schemes. This provides a thorough test of ability
+in classification, bringing forward examples requiring a decision on
+the points which present most difficulty in practice.
+
+It is important that students should guard against misuse of the index.
+In placing a book reference must be made direct to the schedules, and
+the index used only as an aid to, not a means of classification.
+
+
+TEST EXAMINATION.
+
+_Questions to be answered without the aid of text-books, notes, etc._
+
+ _1._ It is impossible to think or to reason aright unless we
+ classify. Explain.
+
+ _2._ In what way may the physical form of a book affect the
+ classifying of it?
+
+ _3._ The Decimal Classification contains instances of
+ “cross-division.” Name as many as you can.
+
+ _4._ What are the respective advantages of a relative and a specific
+ index?
+
+ _5._ Explain the geographical divisions in the Decimal, Subject, and
+ Expansive Schemes.
+
+ _6._ In a classified library the shelf arrangement is affected by the
+ size of the books. What arrangement would you adopt, and in what way
+ would this affect the guiding?
+
+ _7._ What does Brown mean by “locality” _versus_ “subject”? Give
+ examples.
+
+ _8._ Explain the difference between history as a “topic” and as a
+ “form.”
+
+ _9._ Detail the respective advantages and disadvantages of a “pure”
+ and a “mixed” notation.
+
+ _10._ State briefly the arguments for and against separating a
+ complete set of an author’s works.
+
+A practical test is not included, as this, in its best form, is easily
+accessible in the papers set at past Library Association examinations,
+which are obtainable from the office of the Association.
+
+The student must bear in mind that it is far better to classify from
+the actual book, but where this entails any inconvenience the articles
+appearing in the “Nineteenth Century and After” and the books reviewed
+in the “Times Literary Supplement” may be classified.
+
+Further, I would urge the student to be ever on the _qui vive_ for
+books which seem to present most difficulty, as herein lies the best
+practice.
+
+
+FACTORS AND NOTES.
+
+Brief chronological list of the principal schemes of classification.
+
+ _250_ B.C. Callimachus
+ _1548_ Conrad Gesner
+ _1623_ Francis Bacon
+ _1678_ Jean Garnier
+ _1679_ Ismael Bouillaud
+ _1773_ Cels
+ _1806_ Barbier
+ _1810_ Schrettinger
+ _1836-38_ British Museum
+ _1842_ Brunet
+ _1857_ Royal Institution (Vincent)
+ _1859_ Edward Edwards
+ _1870_ W. T. Harris
+ _1873_ Cutter. Published _1876_
+ _1876_ Melvil Dewey
+ _1879_ Schwarz
+ _1887_ Sonnenschein
+ _1888_ Hartwig
+ _1890_ Bonazzi
+ _1894_ Quinn-Brown
+ _1898_ Brown’s Adjustable
+ Brussels Expansion of Dewey
+ _1902_ Library of Congress
+ _1906_ Brown’s Subject
+
+
+CLASSIFICATION SYSTEMS USED IN BRITISH MUNICIPAL LIBRARIES.
+
+In looking over the statistics of nearly 600 British Municipal
+Libraries I find the systems of classification adopted stated as
+“Main Classes,” “Brown,” “Sectional,” “Adjustable,” “Fixed Location,”
+“Various,” etc., and to compile a list under the various heads would
+serve no useful purpose. I find, however, that the Dewey Decimal
+System, sometimes modified, is in use in over 300 libraries, Brown’s
+“Subject” and Brown’s “Adjustable” in over 100 libraries, Cutter’s
+“Expansive” in about 10, and the remainder various.
+
+
+
+
+COURSE 4: CATALOGUING.
+
+
+TEXT BOOKS REQUIRED.
+
+(_See also_ The Cataloguer’s Reference Shelf).
+
+ A.L.A. & L.A.--Cataloguing Rules. Author and title entries, compiled
+ by Committees of the American Library Association and of the Library
+ Association. _Library Association, 1908. 5s._
+
+ Bishop (W. W.)--Practical handbook of modern library cataloguing.
+ _2nd edition. Williams & Wilkins: Baltimore, 1924., Also Grafton, 8s.
+ 6d._
+
+ British Museum--Rules for compiling catalogues in the Department of
+ Printed Books. _British Museum, 1920. 2s. 6d._
+
+ Brown (J. D.)--Library classification and cataloguing. _Grafton,
+ 1912. 10s. 6d._
+
+ Cutter (C. A.)--Rules for a dictionary catalogue. _Government
+ Printing Office: Washington, 1904. Also Grafton, 3s._
+
+ Fellows (D.)--Cataloguing rules with explanation and introduction.
+ _Grafton, 1922. 20s._
+
+ Hitchler (Theresa)--Cataloguing for small libraries. _A.L.A., 1915.
+ Also Grafton, 12s._
+
+ Quinn (J. H.)--Library cataloguing. _Truslove & Hanson, 1913. 6s.
+ Also Grafton._
+
+
+THE CATALOGUER’S REFERENCE SHELF.
+
+(_Books other than those named in “Text Books,” and “Reading Lists” in
+this Course._)
+
+
+GENERAL.
+
+ _Note._--The British Museum catalogue of printed books is one of the
+ most useful works for finding any bibliographical data.
+
+ A good atlas and gazetteer.
+
+ Aldred (Thomas), _compiler_--A list of English and American sequel
+ stories. _1922._
+
+ Corns (A. R.) _and_ Sparke (Archibald)--A bibliography of unfinished
+ books in the English language; with annotations. _1915._
+
+ Crabbe--Synonyms.
+
+ Haydn (Joseph)--Dictionary of dates and universal information
+ relating to all ages and all nations. _25th edition._ _1910._
+
+ Walker (F. H.)--Abbreviations and technical terms used in book
+ catalogs and bibliographies. _Boston, 1912._
+
+ _Also_ standard English, French, German and Latin dictionaries.
+
+
+PSEUDONYMS, ANONYMS.
+
+ Barbier (A. A.)--Dictionnaire des ouvrages anonymes. _4 vols._
+ _1872-79._
+
+ Brunet (Gustave)--Supplément au Dictionnaire des Ouvrages Anonymes de
+ Barbier et aux Supercheries Littéraires Dévoilées de Quérard. _1889._
+
+ Courtney (W. P.)--Secrets of our national literature. _1908._
+
+ Cushing (William)--Initials and pseudonyms: a dictionary of revealed
+ disguises. _2 vols. 1885-88._
+
+ Halkett (Samuel) _and_ Laing (John)--Dictionary of the anonymous
+ and pseudonymous literature of Great Britain. _Edinburgh. 4 vols.
+ 1882-88._
+
+ Quérard (J. M.)--Les supercheries littéraires dévoilées. _2nd
+ edition. 3 vols. Paris, 1869-71._
+
+ Weller (E.)--Lexicon pseudonymorum worterbuch der pseudonymen aller
+ zeiten und volker. _2 vols. Regensburg, 1886._
+
+ Who’s Who in Literature, _1925_--Fictitious and pseudonymous names
+ compiled by Reginald G. Williams and Mark Meredith. _pp. 502-533._
+
+
+PLACES, NAMES, ETC.
+
+ Ballhorn (Freid)--Grammatography: a manual of reference to the
+ alphabets of ancient and modern languages. _1861._
+
+ Chambers’s Biographical Dictionary; edited by D. Patrick and F. H.
+ Groome, 1902. Contains an index of pseudonyms.
+
+ Cousin (John W.)--Short biographical dictionary of English
+ literature. _Dent, 1918._
+
+ Peddie (R. A.)--Fifteenth century books; a guide to their
+ identification. _Grafton, 1913. 5s._
+
+ Phillips (L. B.)--Dictionary of biographical reference. _1889._
+
+ Smith (B. E.), editor.--The Century cyclopædia of names. _1903._
+
+ Smith (_Sir_ William)--Classical dictionary of Greek and Roman
+ biography and mythology. _3 vols. 1880._
+
+ Vapereau (L. G.)--Dictionnaire universel des contemporains. _1893._
+
+ Who’s Who.
+
+ Who Was Who.
+
+ Who’s Who in America.
+
+The list could be considerably extended, but for more detailed
+information on cataloguer’s reference tools the following will answer
+most enquiries:--
+
+ Austin--Reports on aids and guides: a summary of bibliographical aids
+ to cataloguers. _L.J. Vol. 19, 1894, pp. 77-80._
+
+ Blanchard--Some cataloguer’s reference books of recent years. _A.L.A.
+ Bulletin, Vol 11, 1917, pp. 203-207._
+
+ New York State Library--Cataloguer’s reference books. _Bulletin 84,
+ 1904._
+
+ New York State Library--Selection of reference books for the use of
+ cataloguers in finding full names. _Bulletin 5. 1898._
+
+
+_Lesson 1._
+
+SCOPE AND PURPOSE. QUALIFICATIONS OF A CATALOGUER. HISTORY. DEFINITIONS.
+
+It should be realised at the beginning of this course that the sole
+purpose of cataloguing is to construct a tool (not merely for the staff
+but primarily for the public) the use of which will render available
+the full resources of the library. In your practical work remember
+always that the best criterion is the extent to which a reader is led
+to the information sought for.
+
+The difficulty of the task and the amount of care required are
+reflected in the qualifications deemed necessary. Read thoughtfully
+Bishop, _pp. 60-63_, and Quinn, _pp. 2-3_.
+
+Although the earlier examples of catalogues provide little guide to
+present-day practice, much can be learnt by tracing the development of
+cataloguing and the history of the various codes.
+
+Where possible examine the outstanding catalogues, British Museum,
+Bibliothèque Nationale, Boston Athenæum, London Library Catalogue and
+Subject Index, and the two parts of the 1923 edition of the American
+Library Association catalogue. Good examples of classified catalogues
+are those issued by the Bolton, Brighton, Finsbury and Glasgow Public
+Libraries.
+
+Develop a critical habit, and in handling as many catalogues as
+possible, pay special attention to their style and peculiarities,
+applying to them the tests of efficiency outlined in the various
+readings of this course.
+
+Learn thoroughly the exact meaning of bibliographical and cataloguing
+terms. An imperfect knowledge of these not merely retards progress, but
+prevents one acquiring uninterruptedly the full significance of the
+matter under consideration.
+
+
+READING LIST.
+
+ Anglo-American Code--Definitions. _pp. IX.-XII._
+
+ Bishop--Library cataloguing. _Chaps. 1, 2, and 4._
+
+ Bolton--The Anglo-American joint code of cataloguing rules, _1908_.
+ _L.W. Vol. 12, 1909-10, pp. 382-390._
+
+ Brown--Manual of practical bibliography. _The English Library.
+ Routledge. Appendix 1, Definitions. pp. 157-162._
+
+ Cutter--Rules. _Definitions, pp. 13-24._
+
+ Edwards--Memoirs of libraries. _Part 2, book 3, Chaps. on catalogues._
+
+ Guppy--Lectures on cataloguing. _L.A.R. Vol. 22, 1920, pp. 19-21._
+
+ Hitchler--Cataloguing. _Definitions, pp. 287-309._
+
+ Quinn--Library cataloguing. _Chaps. 1 and 2._
+
+ Sayers--The Anglo-American cataloguing code. _L.W. Vol. 11, 1908-9,
+ pp, 467-472._
+
+ Wheatley--How to catalogue a library. _1889. Chaps. 1 and 2._
+
+
+QUESTIONS.
+
+ _1._ What do you consider to be the purpose of (_a_) a catalogue
+ (_b_) a bibliography?
+
+ _2._ Define:--Colophon, imprint, syndetic, diagram, edition,
+ collation, synonym, facsimile, reference, chronogram, caption,
+ reprint, cross-reference, impression.
+
+ _3._ State, in the form of a brief essay, what you know of the
+ Anglo-American Cataloguing Code.
+
+ _4._ Outline the history of the British Museum catalogue.
+
+
+_Lesson 2._
+
+STYLE OF ENTRY. ORDER OF INFORMATION. COLLATION. PUNCTUATION.
+ABBREVIATIONS. NUMERALS. SIZE.
+
+Cataloguing practice varies in most libraries, but the reasons for the
+various modifications in use do not enter into consideration here, the
+purpose being to show what are generally accepted as the best style and
+method.
+
+If care is taken during the present lesson to adopt a correct form of
+entry this will become more familiar to the student while covering the
+practice outlined in succeeding lessons, and the exactness and careful
+attention to detail which are so essential will thus be automatically
+acquired.
+
+Note the exact order in which the information should be given (see
+example on page _114_). Follow this in all practice, giving fullest
+information required by the particular form of entry being made out.
+
+The clearness and uniformity of entries are largely affected by
+punctuation and the extent to which items of the collation are
+abbreviated. The latter is too often overdone. Note the various
+abbreviations used and the considerations as to whether the gain of
+space is commensurate with the loss of clearness to the reader.
+
+Obtain a complete understanding of the respective uses of Arabic and
+Roman numerals, and the methods of giving the sizes of books.
+
+
+READING LIST.
+
+ Anglo-American Code--Rules _136-166; 172-174; Appendix 1_.
+
+ Bishop--Library cataloguing. _Chap. 6._
+
+ Cutter--Rules _197-297_.
+
+ Fellows--Cataloguing rules, _pp. 8-15_.
+
+ Guppy--Lectures on cataloguing. _L.A.R. Vol. 23, 1921, pp. 274-278._
+
+ Hitchler--Cataloguing. _Chap. 2._
+
+ Quinn--Library cataloguing. _Chap. 4; Appendix B._
+
+
+QUESTIONS.
+
+ _1._ Give an entry, which may be imaginary, containing full collation
+ and imprint, demonstrating the use of capitals and punctuation signs,
+ and showing how you would treat numerals.
+
+ _2._ Give some of the common abbreviations you would use in
+ cataloguing. To what extent would you carry abbreviation?
+
+ _3._ Show the exact order in which you would give the information for
+ a full author entry.
+
+ _4._ In what ways are the sizes of books shown? Which method do you
+ prefer, and why?
+
+
+_Lesson 3._
+
+MAIN ENTRY. AUTHOR ENTRY. ANALYTICAL ENTRIES.
+
+Rules governing Main and Author entries take up the major portion of
+most codes of rules, but as they are better studied as a complete
+series they are all included in this lesson.
+
+It will be found that the various codes disagree in the form of entry
+for certain names, etc. Study the reasons for each variation, and after
+making comparison, attempt an independent decision as to the best form.
+
+Many of the rules are quite simple and easily remembered, but in those
+cases where the procedure does not appear to be straightforward the
+student is advised to trace a book which meets the description of the
+rule under consideration. In most instances the actual handling and
+examination of an example will assist one to grasp much more readily
+the instructions and the reason for the ruling.
+
+The best method of working is to study primarily the Anglo-American
+Code, comparing rule by rule with the corresponding portion of other
+codes, noting differences as they occur.
+
+Necessity often arises for dealing separately with the contents of
+a book. Consider the extent to which analytical treatment should be
+carried out, and the form of the entries necessary.
+
+
+READING LIST.
+
+ Anglo-American Code--Rules _1-111; 130-135; 167-171_.
+
+ Bolton--Anglo-American joint code of cataloguing rules, _1908_. _L.W.
+ Vol. 12, 1909-10, pp. 382-390._
+
+ Cutter--Rules _1-119; 193-196; 352-369_.
+
+ Fellows--Cataloguing rules. _pp. 16-37; 58-86; 97-130; 144-257_.
+
+ Guppy--Cataloguing of anonymous literature. _L.A.R. Vol. 3, 1901, pp.
+ 298-313._
+
+ Hitchler--Cataloguing. _Chap. 3; pp. 7-16; 19-22_.
+
+ Quinn--Library cataloguing. _Chaps. 4-13._
+
+
+QUESTIONS.
+
+ _1._ Under what name or form of name would you enter:--(_a_) authors
+ with compound surnames; (_b_) noblemen; (_c_) trials; (_d_) monarchs;
+ (_e_) authors who have changed their names.
+
+ _2._ Show by examples how you would catalogue books by a married
+ woman who has written under maiden and married names.
+
+ _3._ Give the ruling of the various codes with reference to the
+ treatment of anonymous books.
+
+ _4._ What is the Anglo-American Code rule governing (_a_) a book
+ showing initials instead of an author’s name upon the title page;
+ (_b_) government reports? Give examples.
+
+ _5._ Define “analytical entry,” and say what works compel the use of
+ this entry.
+
+ _6._ How would you catalogue (_a_) a commentary; (_b_) an anthology;
+ (_c_) a dissertation; (_d_) transactions of a society.
+
+ _7._ Give a full entry, with the necessary references, for a work
+ written pseudonymously.
+
+
+_Lesson 4._
+
+SUBJECT ENTRY. REFERENCES. FORM ENTRY.
+
+Here we face the most difficult and vital part of cataloguing,
+requiring the maximum amount of care, ability, and discretion, so
+essential is the choice of correct headings to the success of a
+catalogue.
+
+There are no fixed rules as in the case of author entries, and few
+cataloguers, even of long experience, feel completely satisfied with
+their work in this direction. As a warning to the unwary, it has truly
+been said that in the choice of subject headings and cross references
+more absurdities can be perpetrated than in any other branch of library
+work.
+
+The appended reading matter is amply suggestive of the best practice,
+and illustrative of the errors to be avoided, and should be read with
+studious attention. Note the insistent emphasis on uniformity and
+consistency, attainment of which requires a definite adherence to a
+decision once taken; the choice of popular, rather than scientific
+or technical names; use of terms of permanent character; avoidance
+of foreign terms where there are English equivalents; choice of most
+specific subject; constant aim at ease of consultation, best obtained
+by placing oneself in the position of a reader; constant guard against
+the occurrence of synonymous headings and the useless multiplication
+of headings; care not to misuse national adjectives and geographical
+sub-divisions; inclusion of the necessary references, etc.
+
+Do not overlook the utility of a card list of the subject headings in
+use.
+
+The A.L.A. list of subject headings for a dictionary catalogue;
+Library of Congress list of subject headings; A.L.A. Catalogue, with
+supplements; Mann’s Subject headings for juvenile catalogues; Sears’s
+List of subject headings for small libraries; and good encyclopædias,
+are extremely useful guides and should be closely studied.
+
+Students should make a special point of reading those portions of the
+preface to the London Library Catalogue which deal with our subject,
+and examine the separately published Subject Index.
+
+The inclusion of form entries is often carried too far. Weigh carefully
+the value of such entries, and in examining catalogues give special
+consideration to the question as to whether the advantage of their
+inclusion is commensurate with the space required.
+
+
+READING LIST.
+
+ Bishop--Library cataloguing. _Chap. 7._
+
+ Cutter--Rules _161-192_.
+
+ Fellows--Cataloguing rules. _pp. 38-51; Appendix 1_.
+
+ Fry--Subject analytical cataloguing. _L.W. Vol. 18, 1915-16, pp.
+ 36-41._
+
+ Guppy--Lectures on cataloguing. _L.A.R. Vol. 23, 1921, pp. 410-413;
+ Vol. 24, 1922, pp. 5-11._
+
+ Hasse--Subject headings for state documents. _L.J. Vol. 31, 1906, pp.
+ 123-126._
+
+ Hitchler--Cataloguing. _Chaps. 5-6._
+
+ Hulme--Construction of the subject catalogue. _L.A.R. Vol. 3, 1901,
+ pp. 507-513._
+
+ Hulme--Principles of dictionary subject cataloguing. _L.A.R. Vol. 2,
+ 1900, pp. 571-576._
+
+ Quinn--Library cataloguing. _Chap. 14._
+
+ Tyler--Modification of subject entries for card catalogues. _L.J.
+ Vol. 28, 1903, pp. 21-22._
+
+
+QUESTIONS.
+
+ _1._ What do you consider to be the general principles governing the
+ choice of subject headings?
+
+ _2._ Synonymous subject headings are sometimes found in a dictionary
+ catalogue. How would you guard against this?
+
+ _3._ How would you choose between subject and country? Catalogue the
+ following to illustrate your decision:--“Flowers and fruit of Spain.”
+
+ _4._ In cataloguing books on the following subjects, state under
+ what headings you would place them, and what references would be
+ required:--acoustics, anthropology, aves, economics, entomology,
+ eschatology, natural philosophy, oology, pisces, psychology.
+
+ _5._ Name six form headings which you would bring into use in a
+ dictionary catalogue.
+
+
+_Lesson 5._
+
+TITLE AND SERIES ENTRIES.
+
+Catalogues are often uselessly encumbered with superfluous title
+entries. Realise the legitimate function of a title entry, and note the
+works for which this is necessary, _e.g._, works published anonymously,
+plays, fiction, books with catchy titles, some music, etc.
+
+In studying best form of entry, note the necessary transposition of
+some titles, and the use of title-subject entry. See recommendations
+_re_ books published under different titles, and the selection of
+correct title when binder’s title, translator’s title, etc., do not
+agree with the title page.
+
+A careful decision must be made as to which series require entry, as
+this is not necessary in all cases. Study examples of various methods
+of arranging items under a series heading, the necessary entries or
+references for the editor of a series, and the correct practice in
+cases where the editor of a series has written one or several of the
+books in that series.
+
+
+READING LIST.
+
+ Anglo-American Code--Rules _112-129_.
+
+ Cutter--Rules _120-160_.
+
+ Fellows--Cataloguing rules. _pp. 55-57; 87-96; 131-143._
+
+ Guppy--Lectures on cataloguing. _L.A.R. Vol. 24, 1922, pp. 5-11._
+
+ Hitchler--Cataloguing. _Chaps. 4, 17, 18._
+
+ Quinn--Library cataloguing. _Chap. 14._
+
+ Stewart--Rules for an author and title sheaf catalogue. _L.W. Vol.
+ 10, 1908, pp. 364-7._
+
+
+QUESTIONS.
+
+ _1._ How, and for what purpose, are title and subject entries
+ combined? Give example.
+
+ _2._ State which classes of books usually require title entries.
+
+ _3._ Books have been published at different times under changed
+ titles. How would you catalogue such works?
+
+ _4._ What is a “series” entry? Give example. What method of arranging
+ the entries under a series heading would you adopt, and why?
+
+ _5._ Give four examples of title entries for works other than
+ fiction. State the reason why title entries are necessary.
+
+
+_Lesson 6._
+
+ANNOTATION.
+
+Unless annotation is done very well, and the information given is very
+accurate, it is better not attempted. Study the object of annotation,
+and when it is necessary. Remember that the need of the readers is the
+chief guiding principle.
+
+Each class of literature has its own special requirements in
+annotation, and after noting the general principles, the student will
+find it profitable to study the classes individually.
+
+The subject is treated fully in Savage’s Manual, and the shorter
+articles in the following list deal specially with selected points or
+add emphasis to some particular aspect of the subject.
+
+
+READING LIST.
+
+ Baker--Co-operative annotation and guides. _L.A.R. Vol. 7, 1905, pp.
+ 272-283._
+
+ Bostwick--Book annotation. _P.L. Vol. 24, 1919, pp. 87-90._
+
+ Brown--Manual of practical bibliography. _Chap. 6, pp. 92-94._
+
+ Eastwood--Principles of book annotation. _N.Y. State Library School,
+ Bulletin 34, 1913. pp. 73-76._
+
+ Peplow--Evaluative annotation. _L.A. Vol. 5, 1907, pp. 211-213._
+
+ Savage--Manual of descriptive annotation. _Grafton. 1906. 6s._
+
+ Savers--The children’s library. _pp. 45-51. Routledge. 1911. O.P._
+
+ Sayers and Stewart--Annotation. _L.W. Vol. 8, 1905, pp. 36-39; 91-94._
+
+
+QUESTIONS.
+
+ _1._ When are annotations necessary, and what are the general
+ principles to be observed in framing them?
+
+ _2._ What is the essential difference between evaluative and
+ descriptive annotation?
+
+ _3._ State the kind of books for which you would give annotations
+ dealing with (_a_) standpoint; (_b_) period; (_c_) qualifications of
+ author.
+
+ _4._ In framing annotations for (_a_) a historical work; (_b_)
+ a scientific work; (_c_) a biography; (_d_) a work on some
+ controversial topic, what information would you give?
+
+
+_Lesson 7._
+
+VARIETIES OF CATALOGUES. CO-OPERATIVE CATALOGUING. CENTRAL CATALOGUING
+BUREAU; UNION CATALOGUES. CATALOGUING FOR SPECIAL PURPOSES:--CHILDREN’S
+CATALOGUES, BULLETINS, LISTS, ETC.
+
+Study definition of each style of catalogue, author, subject,
+dictionary, classified, alphabetical-classed, etc. The dictionary
+and classified forms are mostly in use, and opinion is divided as to
+which is the more suitable style for a public library, each claiming
+merits not possessed by the other. In order to decide which style most
+adequately serves the needs of the particular public using the library,
+consider what questions are likely to be asked of a catalogue which it
+may be reasonably expected to answer, and see to what extent these are
+met by the respective styles of catalogues.
+
+The policy of establishing a Central Cataloguing Bureau in England
+is under constant reference. Study the advantages claimed for, and
+difficulties to be surmounted by, such a department. To what extent
+does the Library of Congress card scheme satisfy requirements in this
+direction?
+
+Many suggestions have been made with a view to co-operation in
+cataloguing. Consider what it is claimed possible to accomplish in this
+direction, and note what has been attempted towards this end.
+
+The Manchester and Glasgow union catalogues are notable examples of
+co-operation in order to give fullest information on a particular
+subject available in the locality.
+
+Carefully consider the utility of these attempts at co-operation, and
+the possibilities underlying the various suggestions which have been
+made.
+
+Note the extent to which the usual cataloguing practice is modified
+when compiling children’s catalogues, lists, bulletins, etc.
+
+
+READING LIST.
+
+
+VARIETIES OF CATALOGUES:--
+
+ Barrett--Alphabetical and classified forms of catalogues compared.
+ _International Library Conference, 1897. Transactions, pp. 67-71._
+
+ Bishop--Library cataloguing. _Chap. 3._
+
+ Bond--Classified versus dictionary: a comparison of printed
+ catalogues. _L.A.R. Vol. 2, 1900, pp. 313-318._
+
+ Brown--Manual of library economy. _3rd edition. Chap. 18._
+
+ Doubleday--Dictionary versus classified catalogues for lending
+ libraries. The dictionary catalogue. _L.A.R. Vol. 3, 1901, pp.
+ 521-531._
+
+ Funnell--Sketch of the history of the classified catalogue in the
+ British Isles. _L.W. Vol. 14, 1911-12, pp. 197-200._
+
+ Guppy--Lectures on cataloguing. _L.A.R. Vol. 22, 1920, pp. 19-21._
+
+ Kroeger--Dictionary catalogues versus bibliographies. _L.J. Vol. 27,
+ 1902, pp. 180-186._
+
+ Lillie--Merits of the classified and dictionary catalogues. _L.W.
+ Vol. 17, 1914-15, pp. 97-102._
+
+ Quinn--Library cataloguing. _Chap. 3._
+
+ Sayers--Introduction to library classification. _Chap. 11. The
+ classified catalogue._
+
+
+ CO-OPERATIVE CATALOGUING; CENTRAL CATALOGUING DEPT.; UNION CATALOGUES.
+
+ Blease--Co-operative cataloguing. _L.A.R. Vol. 16, 1914, pp. 513-525._
+
+ Hastings--Library of Congress printed cards: how to order and use
+ them. _2nd edition, 1914. Government Printing Office, Washington._
+
+ Library of Congress--Handbook of card distribution. _3rd edition,
+ 1914. Government Printing Office, Washington._
+
+ Mattern--National and international co-operation in the field of
+ analytical cataloguing. _L.J. Vol. 37, 1912, pp. 370-376._
+
+ Richardson--Cumulative printed catalogue for large libraries. _L.J.
+ Vol. 41, 1916, pp. 28-31._
+
+ Wright--Co-operative cataloguing. _L.W. Vol. 25, 1922-3, pp. 417-421;
+ Vol. 26, 1923-4, pp. 10-16._
+
+
+CATALOGUING FOR SPECIAL PURPOSES:--CHILDREN’S CATALOGUES, BULLETINS,
+LISTS, ETC.
+
+ Collar--Classification and cataloguing of children’s books. _L.J.
+ Vol. 28, 1903, pp. 57-68._
+
+ Mann--Subject headings for juvenile catalogues. _A.L.A., 1916._
+
+ Savage--Reading lists. _L.W. Vol. 2, 1899-1900, pp. 259-262._
+
+ Sayers--The children’s library. _Chap. 3, Cataloguing, pp. 25-51._
+
+ Sayers _and_ Stewart--Catalogues for children. _L.A.R. Vol. 7, 1905,
+ pp. 379-391._
+
+ Sayers _and_ Stewart--Library magazines. _L.W. Vols. 7-8, 1905-6._
+
+
+QUESTIONS.
+
+ _1._ What are the criteria of a good catalogue?
+
+ _2._ In which special objects or in which direction will better
+ results be achieved by co-operation in cataloguing?
+
+ _3._ Make a brief evaluative comparison between a dictionary and a
+ classified catalogue.
+
+ _4._ Outline briefly the special purposes of a (_a_) bibliography;
+ (_b_) catalogue; (_c_) bulletin; (_d_) reading list.
+
+ _5._ What would be your main considerations in compiling a children’s
+ catalogue, and in what way would the usual cataloguing practice be
+ modified?
+
+ _6._ Describe briefly the various kinds of catalogues. State which
+ you prefer in an open-access library, giving reasons for your choice.
+
+
+_Lesson 8._
+
+FORMS OF CATALOGUES:--CARD, SHEAF, PRINTED, PLACARD, ETC. METHODS OF
+DISPLAY.
+
+The librarian’s choice of catalogue does not end with the decision on a
+dictionary or a classified variety. The form of the catalogue has also
+to be considered. Of the three main forms--card, sheaf, and printed,
+the number of each kind in use at the present time testifies to the
+varying opinions held as to their suitability.
+
+Study the considerations affecting the choice of any one of these, and
+the advantages claimed for each.
+
+In order to ensure the fullest use being made of the catalogues by the
+public, no effort should be spared in making them most conveniently
+accessible. Although the devices invented to achieve this end are so
+numerous, many of them are mere variations of the same principle, and
+although opportunity must be taken to see as many different kinds as
+possible, an examination of a device illustrating each principle will
+enable the student to grasp the underlying idea of all.
+
+
+READING LIST.
+
+ Brown--Library classification and cataloguing. _Chaps. 8 and 9._
+
+ Brown--Manual of library economy. _3rd edition, 1919. Chaps. 18 and
+ 19._
+
+ Brown--Tyranny of the catalogue. _L.W. Vol. 11, 1908, pp. 1-6._
+
+ Jast--The sheaf and card catalogues: a comparison. _L.W. Vol. 5,
+ 1902, pp. 129-131._
+
+ Sayers _and_ Stewart--The card catalogue. _Grafton, 1915. 5s._
+
+ Stewart--The sheaf catalogue. _Grafton, 1908. 5s._
+
+ Willcock--Is the printed catalogue doomed? _L.A.R. Vol. 9, 1907, pp.
+ 384-389; 400-406._
+
+
+QUESTIONS.
+
+ _1._ Enumerate the advantages claimed for (_a_) a card catalogue;
+ (_b_) a printed catalogue; (_c_) a sheaf catalogue; (_d_) a placard
+ catalogue.
+
+ _2._ Outline the points which would influence your decision in
+ choosing between a card and a sheaf catalogue.
+
+ _3._ How would you guide a card catalogue? Illustrate by a rough
+ sketch.
+
+ _4._ Describe the principal methods of displaying catalogues. Which
+ method do you prefer, and why?
+
+
+_Lesson 9._
+
+PREPARATION OF THE PRINTED CATALOGUE.
+
+Note the various decisions required in planning a catalogue--edition,
+size, type, paper, binding.
+
+Draw up a sample specification. Study the practice in obtaining
+tenders, and considerations necessary in deciding upon the most
+suitable.
+
+Careful preparation and marking of the copy will save troublesome
+corrections at a later stage. It must be clearly marked to show the
+printer the various changes of type.
+
+Learn the correction marks used in checking proof. Attention must be
+given to the necessary captions, etc., when checking page proof.
+
+Considerations regarding type will be simplified by a knowledge of the
+Point System of type measurement (see paragraph on page _24_).
+
+
+READING LIST.
+
+ Philip---Production of the printed catalogue.
+
+ Quinn--Library cataloguing. _Chapter 15; Appendix A_.
+
+ Walter--Library printing. _A.L.A. Manual. Chapter 32._
+
+ Ward--Publicity for public libraries. _N. Y.: Wilson, 1924. Also
+ Grafton. Chap. 16, pp. 271-298._ Library printing.
+
+ Wheeler--The library, and the community. _A.L.A., 1924. Also Grafton,
+ 15s. Chap. 21, pp. 222-242._ Lay-out and typography of printed matter.
+
+
+QUESTIONS.
+
+ _1._ Prepare a specification for the printing of a catalogue of
+ _20,000_ volumes.
+
+ _2._ State what kinds of type you would bring into use in a
+ classified catalogue of 10,000 volumes, and how you would mark the
+ copy for the printer’s guidance.
+
+ _3._ Give as many proof correction marks, with explanations, as you
+ can.
+
+
+_Lesson 10._
+
+INDEXING. ARRANGEMENT. ALPHABETISING.
+
+Efficient indexing is an absolute necessity if the information
+contained in the Library or in the catalogue, if in classified form, is
+to be made fully and readily available.
+
+Lack of experience in this direction accounts in many cases for the
+impression that indexing requires no great amount of discretion or
+ability, and students are warned that this erroneous estimate is
+invariably a preliminary to unsatisfactory work.
+
+Compare the manner in which relative and specific indexes respectively
+achieve their object.
+
+A decision will be required upon several points in compiling an index
+to a catalogue, _e.g._, use of page or location number for reference,
+form of entry, etc. Some entries are short almost to the point of being
+cryptic, others apparently contain matter superfluous in an index.
+
+Even in the matter of arranging the entries custom varies. Study the
+rules laid down by Cutter. Make a special point of consistency in
+alphabetising.
+
+
+READING LIST.
+
+ Clarke--Manual of practical indexing.
+
+ Cutter--Rules _298-350_.
+
+ Hawkes--Alphabetization of catalogues. _L.W. Vol. 15, 1912-13, pp.
+ 262-266._
+
+ Hitchler--Cataloguing. _Chap. 23._
+
+ Neesham--Amplified indexing. _L.W. Vol. 24, 1922, pp. 67-70._
+
+ Prideaux--Some thoughts on indexing. _L.A.R. (N.S.), Vol. 3, 1925,
+ pp. 160-169._
+
+ Quinn--Library cataloguing. _pp. 70-79._
+
+ Wheatley--How to catalogue a library. _Chap. 6._
+
+
+QUESTIONS.
+
+ _1._ Describe the subject index you would provide for a classified
+ catalogue on cards.
+
+ _2._ Give the main points to be observed in alphabetising.
+
+ _3._ Show the order in which you would arrange the following entries
+ for a dictionary catalogue:--Stone and gravel--_Title._ Stone (E.
+ M.)--_Person._ Stone--_Subject._ Stonecroft--_Place._
+
+ _4._ Explain what is meant by “something follows nothing.”
+
+
+TEST EXAMINATION.
+
+_Questions to be answered without the aid of text books, notes, etc._
+
+ _1._ Give the Anglo-American Code rules relating to (_a_) Oriental
+ names; (_b_) Acts of Parliament; (_c_) trials; (_d_) names with
+ prefixes; (_e_) married women; (_f_) indexes.
+
+ _2._ Give a list of twelve books of reference useful to a cataloguer.
+
+ _3._ In a classified catalogue what typographical distinction would
+ you advise for (_a_) the various headings, classes, divisions,
+ sections (_b_) text; (_c_) annotations? What steps would you take to
+ show the printer your requirements?
+
+ _4._ State in the form of a short essay what you know of the history
+ of the classified catalogue _or_ the British Museum catalogue.
+
+ _5._ Illustrate by examples of entries how you would catalogue a
+ collection of maps.
+
+ _6._ How can co-operation be applied locally? State what you know of
+ any such effort.
+
+ _7._ Give three entries, with necessary references and index entries,
+ for dictionary and classified catalogues.
+
+ _8._ State what variety and form of catalogue you would choose for a
+ lending library of 30,000 volumes, adding 2,000 volumes annually. Say
+ which points would mainly affect your decision, and give reasons for
+ your choice.
+
+ _9._ What relation has the Institut International de Bibliographie to
+ cataloguing?
+
+ _10._ State how you would catalogue a book where the title-page is
+ missing.
+
+As in Course 3, Classification, the best practical test lies in the
+papers set at past Library Association examinations. These may be had
+at a trifling cost on application to the Offices of the Association.
+
+
+NOTES ON CATALOGUING FRENCH AND LATIN BOOKS.
+
+In cataloguing French books the following codes must be thoroughly
+studied: Quinn--Manual of Library Cataloguing, _1913_ edition, _pp.
+114, 125, 127_. Cutter’s Rules for a Dictionary Catalogue. Section
+_29_, _pp. 34-35_, and A.L.A. & L.A. Cataloguing Rules.
+
+The difficulty of cataloguing French books is mainly found with names
+containing the prefix Le, La, L’, Du, Des, De la, D’, De.
+
+The student should note the method of treatment in the above codes and
+supplement this by consulting the indexes of standard text-books of
+French literature, noting what names the authors are entered under,
+and see how far they agree with the codes. Such works as Faguet’s “A
+literary history of France,” _The Library of Literary History Series_;
+Dowden’s “A history of French literature,” _Short Histories of the
+Literatures of the World_; Saintsbury’s “A short history of French
+literature”; and Wright’s “A history of French literature” will well
+repay careful perusal.
+
+An early mistake in cataloguing French books is to enter the letter M
+as an initial of the author. If the letter is hyphenated to another
+letter, _e.g._, M-A--then the M. stands for one of the author’s
+initials, but should it have a full stop, as M.A.--then the letter M
+would stand as an abbreviation for _Monsieur_.
+
+The general rule is to enter under the prefix when it contains an
+article, le, la, l’, du, des, but not under the preposition de, d’,
+_e.g._,
+
+ Le Sage, Alen René
+ La Fontaine, Jean _de_
+ Du Boisgobey, Fortune
+ Chenier, André Marie _de_
+ Aubigne, Agrippa _d’_
+
+Exceptions do occur, but very seldom, and then only in the case of very
+early writers, when the full name is best given, _e.g._,
+
+ Jean de la Bierre.
+
+When prefixes are embodied as part of a surname, it must be catalogued
+as one name, _e.g._,
+
+ Delarne-Mardrus, Lucie.
+
+In cataloguing Latin books the following codes must be studied:
+Quinn--Manual of Library Cataloguing, _pp. 128-130_; Cutter--Rules for
+a Dictionary Catalogue, Section _30_, and A.L.A. & L.A. Cataloguing
+Rules.
+
+It is now the general practice to enter Latin authors under the English
+name, as adopted in our standard biographical dictionaries, such
+as Smith’s “Dictionary of Greek and Roman Biography,” and Harper’s
+“Dictionary of classical literature and antiquities.” In a great
+number of cases, however, these dictionaries enter under the Latin or
+vernacular form and the beginner in cataloguing Latin books is soon in
+difficulties, and still greater confusion results where an author has
+three names, as Titus Lucretius Carus, or Caius Suetonius Tranquillus,
+he does not know which is the best name. The nominative case is the
+best for the heading in practically every case. In order to become
+familiar with the names of Latin authors the beginner should know the
+case endings of the various declensions, especially the nominative
+and genitive plural, also the indexes to the following books may be
+profitably perused: Crutwell’s “A history of Roman literature,” also
+Appendix at _pp. 483-489_; Dimsdale’s “A history of Latin literature”;
+Duff’s “A literary history of Rome”; Wilkins’s “Roman literature.”
+
+A careful observation of the various names should enable the cataloguer
+to recognise them when a Latin book comes along, for instance in
+
+ P. Ovidi Nasonis Tristium. Libri V. Recensuit.
+ Catulli, Veronensis liber: iterum recognovit.
+ P. Terenti, Comoediæ.
+ T. Macci Plavti Rudens.
+
+The student should be able to select the names Ovidi, Catulli, Terenti
+and Plavti and from these we get the Anglicised names Ovid, Catullus,
+Terence and Plautus.
+
+
+THE PRINTED CATALOGUE.
+
+The printed catalogue is rapidly disappearing due chiefly to the high
+cost of printing and the almost universal adoption of the open-access
+system. A card or sheaf catalogue, supplemented by bulletins or
+occasional lists, is in use in most libraries, but the following still
+find it advisable to issue Class Lists: Bolton, Brighton, Burnley,
+Finsbury and Glasgow. In each case the Dewey Decimal Scheme is the plan
+of arrangement. The following libraries issue printed bulletins or
+reader’s guides:--Coventry, Croydon, Ipswich, Norwich, Nottingham and
+Warrington.
+
+
+SPECIFICATION FOR PRINTING A CATALOGUE.
+
+The best way to have a catalogue printed is first of all have a
+specimen page “set up,” with entries that will bring in all the types
+to be employed. This, together with a copy of the specification may be
+sent to six different firms inviting them to tender for so much per
+page.
+
+
+_Specification for printing a Public Library Catalogue._
+
+BOROUGH OF MONTANA.
+
+ The Committee of the Public Library invite tenders for printing a
+ catalogue of their Lending Library upon the following conditions:--
+
+ _Edition and Size._--The edition to consist of 750 copies, demy
+ octavo in size (not less than 8⅞″ by 5⅝″ when bound).
+
+ _Note.--The number of the edition depends entirely upon local
+ circumstances and whether Sectional Class Lists or a complete
+ catalogue is being printed._
+
+ _Type and Setting._--8-point Old Style, with occasional small
+ capitals, italics, and Clarendon or Antique; with 6-point for
+ subjects, notes, and contents, and the proper accented letters in
+ foreign languages. To be set solid, fifty-five lines (all types) to
+ the page (apart from page-heading, which is to contain a title and
+ catch-word syllables). Turnover lines to be indented one em, the
+ repeat dash to be one em, the class-letter and number to stand clear
+ four ems, the 6-point indent to be two ems. Spaces between the end of
+ the book entry and the class-letter to be filled with leaders. The
+ type must be free from wrong founts, and must not be worn or broken.
+ For the punctuation and use of capitals the “copy” must be closely
+ followed.
+
+ _Specimen Page._--The specimen page enclosed shows the size of the
+ printed page, the manner of setting out, and the proportions of type
+ founts may be accepted as a fair specimen of the whole.
+
+ _Paper._--To be demy, at least 30-lbs. to the ream, of good finish,
+ white, and uniform in tint throughout.
+
+ _Machining._--The sheets to be well “made ready” in perfect register,
+ with good ink and uniform impression, afterwards rolled or pressed.
+
+ _Time._--From the first receipt of copy, the work to be proceeded
+ with at not less than two sheets of sixteen pages each per week until
+ completed, or in default thereof the printer to pay a sum of five
+ shillings per day as damages.
+
+ _Proofs._--Two copies of proof in galley form and two copies of a
+ revise in page form to be furnished for reading and correction. The
+ Librarian to have the right to demand a revise in galley and such
+ revises in page as he shall deem necessary. No sheet to be sent to
+ press until ordered by the endorsement of the Librarian thereon.
+
+ _Additions and Corrections._---The Librarian to have the right to
+ insert additional matter in galley but not in page. No charge to be
+ allowed for author’s corrections unless pointed out and priced at the
+ time they are made.
+
+ _Number of pages._--The number of pages is estimated to be 250 more
+ or less, but the number is not guaranteed and no allowance will be
+ made for any miscalculation in this respect.
+
+ _Covers._--750 covers to be printed upon coloured paper, of an
+ approved tint, not less than 30-lbs to the ream (demy). The front of
+ this cover to be printed with the title of the catalogue.
+
+ _Binding._--The whole edition to be bound in good straw-boards of
+ suitable thickness, strongly sewn with thread, with cloth strip backs
+ of good quality, the covers being pasted on the front and back and
+ the whole cut flush. Fourteen days will be allowed for binding after
+ the last sheet has been returned for the press.
+
+ _Delivery._--When completed the catalogues are to be securely tied up
+ in brown-paper parcels of fifty each and delivered to the Librarian
+ at the Public Library.
+
+ _Tender._--The tender is to state the price per page for 8-point and
+ for 6-point respectively, this price to be inclusive of all charges
+ for press corrections, covers, binding, and delivery as aforesaid.
+ When completed work to be measured up, and, according to the quantity
+ of each of the above types used, charges will be allowed. Payment
+ will be made within three months afterwards.
+
+ _Other conditions._--The work is to be carried out to the entire
+ satisfaction of the Librarian, and if he is dissatisfied with its
+ execution he is authorised to stop the work and refer the matter to
+ the Library Committee for their decision, which shall be final and
+ binding.
+
+ _Contract._--The firm whose tender is accepted may be required by
+ the Committee to enter into a contract with the Borough Council
+ to carry out the work in accordance with this specification and
+ its conditions, and to give an undertaking that the rate of wages
+ paid and the hours of labour observed are those that are generally
+ accepted as fair by the printing trades.
+
+ The Committee do not bind themselves to accept the lowest or any
+ tender. Tenders with samples of the paper proposed to be used, to
+ be sent in sealed envelopes, and endorsed “Catalogue” to reach the
+ undersigned on or before January 1st, 1927.
+
+ GEORGE PRESTON,
+ _Borough Librarian._
+
+ Public Library,
+ Montana.
+
+
+ORDER OF BIBLIOGRAPHICAL PARTICULARS FOR CATALOGUING.
+
+ _1._ Author’s surname.
+ _2._ Author’s forenames.
+ _3._ Author’s distinctions.
+ _4._ Title of book.
+ _5._ Additions to title if any.
+ _6._ Name of editor or translator.
+ _7._ Edition if stated.
+ _8._ Series if any (A.L.A. and L.A. bring this after No. 13).
+ _9._ Place of publication.
+ _10._ Name of publisher.
+ _11._ Date of publication.
+ _12._ Number of volumes.
+ _13._ Size.
+ _14._ Number of pages.
+ _15._ Illustrations.
+ _16._ Portraits.
+ _17._ Maps.
+ _18._ Plans.
+ _19._ Facsimiles.
+ _20._ Diagrams.
+ _21._ Tables.
+ _22._ Charts.
+ _23._ Music in text.
+ _24._ Memoir.
+ _25._ Glossary.
+ _26._ Bibliography.
+ _27._ Contents.
+ _28._ Annotation.
+
+
+
+
+COURSE 5: ENGLISH LITERARY HISTORY
+
+_By James Cranshaw._
+
+
+GENERAL BIBLIOGRAPHY.
+
+Any of the following text-books will be found sufficiently full to
+answer all questions in the general paper up to _1745_. After that
+date, a wider acquaintance with English literature is desirable.
+Students who wish for a merit or honours certificate must show a more
+intimate knowledge than is to be gained from mere text-books. In this
+case he must read the authors themselves, write out his own opinion,
+and check it with the opinion of recognised critics. Only in this
+way will English literature live and be of service to him after the
+examination is passed.
+
+
+_1._ TEXT BOOKS.
+
+Albert (E.)--History of English literature. _1923. Harrap._
+
+Buchan (John) _Ed._ A history of English literature. _1923. Nelson._
+
+Long (W. J.)--English literature: its history and significance for the
+life of the English-speaking world. _1909. Ginn & Co._
+
+Saintsbury (George)--Short history of English literature. _1911._
+
+Brooke (Stopford A.)--English literature, A.D. 670-1832. _1897._
+
+Strong (A. T.)--Short history of English literature. _1921._
+
+Bates (K. L.)--American literature. _1898._
+
+Trent (W. P.)--History of American literature. _1903._
+
+
+_2._ REFERENCE BOOKS.
+
+Brewer (E. C.)--The Reader’s handbook. _1925._
+
+Cousin (J. W.)--A biographical dictionary of English literature.
+_Everyman’s Library. J. M. Dent._
+
+Cambridge History of American literature. _3 vols. in 4. 1918-21._
+
+Cambridge History of English literature. _14 vols. 1907-1916._
+
+Chambers’s Cyclopedia of English literature. _3 vols. 1903._
+
+Garnett (R.) _and_ Gosse (E.)--English literature: an illustrated
+record. _4 vols. 1903._
+
+Green (J. R.)--A short history of the English people. _1916._
+
+Jusserand (J. A. A. J.)--A literary history of the English people. _3
+vols._
+
+Keller (H. R.)--Reader’s digest of books. _1923._
+
+Seccombe (T.) _and_ Nicoll (_Sir_ W. R.)--“The Bookman” illustrated
+history of English literature. _2 vols. 1906._
+
+
+_3._ USEFUL ANTHOLOGIES.
+
+Broadus (E. K.) _and_ Gordon (R. K.)--English prose from Bacon to
+Hardy. _1918._
+
+Hadow (G. E.) _and_ (W. H.)--Oxford treasury of English literature. _3
+vols. 1907._
+
+Hudson (W. H.)--Representative passages from English literature. _1914._
+
+Methuen (A.)--Shakespeare to Hardy. _1922._
+
+Newbolt (_Sir_ H.)--An English anthology of prose and poetry. _1921._
+
+Palgrave (F. T.)--The golden treasury. _2 vols. 1904._
+
+Quiller-Couch (_Sir_ A. T.)--The Oxford book of English prose. _1925._
+
+Quiller-Couch (_Sir_ A. T.) Oxford book of English verse, _1250-1900_.
+_1907._
+
+Ward (T. H.)--The English poets: selections with critical
+introductions. _5 vols. 1903-1918._
+
+Warren (K. M.)--A treasury of English literature ... to the _18_th
+century. _1906._
+
+There are of course several good anthologies dealing with special
+periods or special forms. The student is warned, however, against
+forming any definite opinions from mere selections, as these may
+reflect editorial idiosyncrasy or be restricted to one side of an
+author’s work.
+
+
+BIBLIOGRAPHY: SPECIAL PERIODS.
+
+
+PART I.--_c. 500-1500._
+
+
+_1._ READING.
+
+Albert (E.)--English literature. _Chaps. 1-4._
+
+Buchan (J.)--English literature. _Section 1 and Appendix._
+
+Long (W. J.)--English literature. _Chaps. 1-5._
+
+Brooke (S. A.)--English literature. _Chaps. 1-3._
+
+Saintsbury (G.)--English literature. _Books 1-4._
+
+Strong (A. T.)--English literature. _Chaps. 1-9._
+
+
+_2._ REFERENCE.
+
+Brooke (S. A.)--English literature ... to the Conquest. _1908._
+
+Cambridge History of English literature. _Vols. 1-3._
+
+Jusserand (J. A. A. J.)--Literary history of English people. _Vol. 1._
+
+Schofield (W. H.)--English literature from the Norman Conquest to
+Chaucer. _1906._
+
+Snell (F. J.) Age of Chaucer, _1346-1400_. _Handbooks of E.L. 1901._
+
+Snell (F. J.)--Age of transition, _1400-1580_. _Handbooks of E.L. 1905.
+2 vols._
+
+
+PART II.--_1500-1630._
+
+
+_1._ READING.
+
+Albert (E.)--English literature. _Chaps. 4-5._
+
+Brooke (S. A.)--English literature _Chaps. 3-5._
+
+Buchan (J.)--English literature. _Sections 2-3._
+
+Long (W. J.)--English literature. _Chaps. 6-7._
+
+Saintsbury (G.)--English literature. _Books 5-6._
+
+Strong (A. T.)--English literature. _Chaps. 10-14._
+
+_2._ REFERENCE.
+
+Cambridge History of English literature. _Vols. 4-6._
+
+Jusserand (J. A. A. J.)--Literary history of the English people. _Vols.
+2-3._
+
+Saintsbury (G.)--Elizabethan literature, _1560-1660_. _1907._
+
+Snell (F. J.)--The age of transition, _1400-1580_. _1905._
+
+Seccombe (T.) _and_ Allen (J. W.)--Age of Shakespeare, _1579-1631_.
+_Handbooks of E.L. 2 vols. 1904._
+
+
+PART III.--_1630-1745._
+
+
+_1._ READING.
+
+Albert (E.)--English literature. _Chaps. 6-8._
+
+Brooke (S. A.)--English literature. _Chaps. 5-6._
+
+Buchan (J.)--English literature. _Sections 4-5._
+
+Long (W. J.)--English literature. _Chaps. 8-9._
+
+Saintsbury (G.)--English literature. _Books 7-8._
+
+Strong (A. T.)--English literature. _Chaps. 15-21._
+
+
+_2._ REFERENCE.
+
+Gosse (E.)--From Shakespeare to Pope.
+
+Gosse (E.)--History of 18th century literature, _1660-1780_. _1902._
+
+Cambridge History of English literature. _Vols. 7-9._
+
+Masterman (J. H. B.)--Age of Milton, _1632-1660_. _Handbooks of E.L.
+1901._
+
+Garnett (R.)--Age of Dryden, _1660-1700_. _Handbooks of E.L. 1895._
+
+Dennis (John)--Age of Pope, _1700-1744_. _Handbooks of E.L. 1901._
+
+
+PART IV.--_1745-1832._
+
+
+_1._ READING.
+
+Seccombe (T.)--Age of Johnson, _1745-1798_. _Handbooks of E.L. 1902._
+
+Herford (C. H.)--Age of Wordsworth, _1798-1832_. _Handbooks of E.L.
+1905._
+
+Albert (E.)--English literature. _Chaps. 9-10._
+
+Brooke (S. A.)--English literature. _Chaps. 7-8._
+
+Buchan (J.)--English literature. _Sections 5-6._
+
+Long (W. J.)--English literature. _Chaps. 9-10._
+
+Saintsbury (G.)--English literature. _Books 9-10._
+
+Strong (A. T.)--English literature. _Chaps. 22-28._
+
+Bates (K. L.)--American literature. _Chaps. 1-3._
+
+Trent (W. P.)--American literature. _Parts 1-3._
+
+
+_2._ REFERENCE.
+
+Cambridge History of English literature. _Vols. 10-12._
+
+Cambridge History of American literature. _Vol. 1._
+
+Minto (W.)--Literature of the Georgian era. _1894._
+
+Phelps (W. L.)--The English romantic movement. _1893._
+
+Beers (H. A.)--The English romantic movement. _2 vols. 1910._
+
+Elton (O.)--Survey of English literature, _1780-1830_. _2 vols. 1912._
+
+
+PART V.--_1832-1920._
+
+
+_1._ READING.
+
+Saintsbury (G.)--History of 19th century literature, _1780-1895_.
+_1896._
+
+Walker (Hugh)--The age of Tennyson, _1832-1870_. _Handbooks of E.L.
+1897._
+
+Walker (Hugh)--Literature of the Victorian era. _1910._
+
+Walker (_Mr. and Mrs._ Hugh)--Outline of Victorian literature. _1914._
+
+Albert (E.)--English literature. _Chaps. 11-12._
+
+Buchan (J.)--English literature. _Section 6._
+
+Long (W. J.)--English literature. _Chap. 11._
+
+Saintsbury (G.)--English literature. _Book 11._
+
+Strong (A. T.)--English literature. _Chaps. 22-23._
+
+Bates (K. L.)--American literature. _Chaps. 4-6._
+
+Trent (W. P.)--American literature. _Part 4._
+
+
+_2._ REFERENCE.
+
+Cambridge history of English literature. _Vols. 12-14._
+
+Cambridge history of American literature. _Vols. 2-3._
+
+Cunliffe (J. W.)--English literature during the last half century.
+_1919._
+
+Elton (Oliver)--Survey of English literature, _1830-1880_. _2 vols.
+1920._
+
+Jackson (Holbrook)--The Eighteen-nineties. _1913._
+
+Kennedy (J. M.)--English literature, _1880-1905_. _1912._
+
+Manly (J. M.) _and_ Rickert (E.)--Contemporary American literature:
+bibliographies and study outlines. _1923._
+
+Manly (J. M.) _and_ Rickert (E.)--Contemporary British literature:
+bibliographies and study outlines. _1923._
+
+Williams (Harold)--Modern English writers, _1890-1914_.
+
+
+LITERARY HISTORY.
+
+
+_Lesson 1 (c. 500-1500)._
+
+
+PART I.--OLD ENGLISH PERIOD (_c. 500 to 1066_).
+
+_Forces at Work._--The Anglo-Saxon invasion and gradual conquest and
+settlement. The coming of Christianity and its struggle with the pagan
+view of life. The inroads of the Danes and the growth of national
+feeling under Alfred. The subsequent Danish rule and the Gallicising of
+the court. The Norman Conquest.
+
+_Literary Features._--Early literature pagan. The late development
+of Christian prose and poetry. The preponderance of anonymous works.
+The lack of originality shown in the large number of translations and
+imitations. Pagan literature almost wholly descriptive and narrative;
+the meditative element. Christian literature chiefly religious and
+didactic. Note the chief surviving texts and their peculiarities; also
+the characteristics of Anglo-Saxon prosody.
+
+_1._ PAGAN POETRY.--(_a_) _Descriptive and Narrative_:--“Beowulf.”
+“Widsith.” “Waldhere.” “Finnsburgh.” “Brunanburgh.” “Maldon.” (_b_)
+_Meditative_:--“The Wanderer.” “The Seafarer.” “Deor’s Lament.” “The
+Wife’s Complaint.” “The Husband’s Message.”
+
+_2._ CHRISTIAN POETRY. (_a_) Caedmon and his school. (_b_) Cynewulf and
+his followers. (_c_) _Minor works_:--“The Riming Poem,” Proverbs, etc.
+
+_3._ ANGLO-SAXON PROSE.--Alfred. Aelfric. Wulfstan. The Homilists.
+“The Chronicle.” (Note the character of the works translated, and the
+influence of Latin).
+
+_4._ LATIN PROSE.--Bede. Aldhelm. Alcuin.
+
+
+PART II.--MIDDLE ENGLISH PERIOD (_1066-1350_).
+
+_Forces at Work._--Effects of the Norman Conquest. Growth of feudalism.
+The struggle between the king and barons, and between ecclesiastical
+and civil power. The spread of monastic orders; the development of
+Parliament and constitution. The wars with Scotland, France and Wales;
+the growth of towns and industries. The foundation of universities and
+the growth of scholarship. The beginnings of chivalry and the spirit of
+romance.
+
+_Literary Features._--The disappearance of Anglo-Saxon as a literary
+language. The predominance of Latin and French works until the 13th
+century. The gradual merging of Norman and Anglo-Saxon into English;
+the clash of dialects and the final triumph of the West Midland speech;
+the subsequent struggle between Latin, French, and native models in
+poetry and prose. Note the decrease in anonymous works (but lack of
+detail regarding most authors), and the absence of any great literary
+figure. Poetry predominates and attains new forms in the metrical
+romance and the lyric. The revival of alliteration at the end of the
+period. The growth of rhymed models.
+
+_1._ ANGLO-LATIN LITERATURE.--Note influence of Paris and Oxford.
+(_a_) _Chroniclers_: William of Malmesbury. Henry of Huntingdon.
+Geoffrey of Monmouth. William of Newburgh. Jocelin of Brakelond.
+Giraldus Cambrensis. Walter Map. Matthew Paris, (_b_) _Scholars and
+Philosophers_: Anselm. John of Salisbury. Alex. Neckham. Robert
+Grosseteste. Roger Bacon. Richard de Bury. Duns Scotus. William of
+Occam.
+
+_2._ ANGLO-FRENCH LITERATURE.--Gaimer and Wace, and their influence on
+the rhyming chroniclers. Religious and didactic works and their English
+counterparts. The Norman romantic spirit and its influence on popular
+literature.
+
+_3._ MIDDLE ENGLISH PROSE.--“The Ancren Riwle.” “Ayenbit of Inwit.”
+
+_4._ POETRY OF THE TRANSITION.--(_a_) _The Rhyming Chronicles_:
+Layamon. Robert of Gloucester. Mannynge of Brunne. Laurence Minot.
+(_b_) _Religious and Didactic_: (_i_) The “Ormulum.” “Owl and the
+Nightingale.” “Proverbs of Alfred.” “Poema Morale.” (_ii_) “Proverbs
+of Hendyng.” “Cursor Mundi.” “Pricke of Conscience.” “Handlynge
+Synne.” (_c_) _Metrical Romances_: The Carlovingian, Arthurian, Roman,
+and other romance “cycles.” (_d_) _Tales in Verse_: Fabliaux, moral
+tales, beast stories, and satirical pieces. Story collections like
+the “Gesta Romanorum” and the “Seven Sages of Rome.” (_e_) _Lyric and
+Miscellaneous_: Songs of love and religion. Political Songs. (_f_) _The
+Alliterative Revival_: “Pearl,” “Cleanness,” “Patience,” “Sir Gawayne
+and the Green Knight.”
+
+_5._ ORIGINS OF THE DRAMA.--Mummery, miracle plays, and mysteries.
+
+_6._ OUTLINES OF WELSH AND IRISH LITERATURE.
+
+
+PART III.--THE EARLY RENAISSANCE (_1350-1500_).
+
+_Forces at Work._--The growing social unrest following the Plague. The
+growth of town life and industries. The strengthening of Parliament
+under the Lancastrians. The decay of the religious orders and growth of
+Lollardy. The introduction of printing leading to a wider interest in
+literature.
+
+_Literary Features._--The renewal of continental influences under
+Chaucer. The standardisation of English. The growth of the critical
+spirit leading in religion to polemic and in poetry to a nearer
+approach to realism. The development of miracle and morality plays
+in connection with industries and town life. The decline of anonymity
+and the appearance of the first great literary figures. The growing
+importance of prose, and the formation of a definite style. The
+development of a new prosody, and the growth of allegory, ballad
+literature, and political songs. The rapid development in Scotch poetry.
+
+_1._ POETRY.--(_a_) _The Leaders_: Chaucer. Langland. Gower. (_b_)
+_English Chaucerians_: Lydgate, Occleve, Hawes, and the minors. (_c_)
+_Early Scots Poetry_: Barbour. Blind Harry. Andrew of Wyntoun. The
+Chroniclers. (_d_) _Scottish Chaucerians_: James I. Henryson. Dunbar.
+Douglas. Kennedy. (_e_) _Folk Poetry_: Songs, ballads, political and
+religious verse.
+
+_2._ THE DRAMA.--Development of miracle plays and moralities. _The
+chief cycles_: York, Wakefield, Chester, Coventry Newcastle, Norwich.
+_Chief Moralities_: “Castle of Perseverance,” “Mary Magdalen,”
+“Everyman.”
+
+_3._ PROSE.--Wyclif and Trevisa, Mandeville, Pecock, Fortescue, and
+Capgrave. Malory, Caxton, and Berners. The “Paston Letters.”
+
+
+TEST PAPER--(_c. 500 to 1500_).
+
+_1._ The Christian poetry of the Anglo-Saxon period is generally
+divided into two schools. Name these, and arrange under each the chief
+works and writers where known.
+
+_2._ What are the chief characteristics of Old English prose?
+
+_3._ What effect had the Norman Conquest on English literature?
+
+_4._ Name the chief poems which mark the transition stage between Old
+English and Modern English.
+
+_5._ In what form did the romantic spirit find its outlet in Middle
+English literature?
+
+_6._ Contrast the literary spirit of Chaucer’s age with that of the
+previous age.
+
+_7._ Who were the chief followers of Chaucer in England and Scotland?
+Briefly contrast any two of them.
+
+_8._ What was Caxton’s special service to English literature?
+
+_9._ Write brief notes on any three of the following: “Widsith,”
+“Pricke of Conscience,” “Sir Gawayne,” “Gesta Romanorum,” the “Prologue
+to the Canterbury Tales,” “Ancren Riwle,” “Mandeville’s Travels,”.
+
+_10._ Name the source and approximate date of any five of the following:
+
+ “Sumer is icumen in.”
+
+ “He was a very parfit gentil knight.”
+
+ “In a somer seson, when softe was the sonne.”
+
+ “He knew the taverns well in every toun.”
+
+ “A freedom is a nobil thing.”
+
+ “His study was but litel in the Bible.”
+
+ “For he that is trewe of his tongue, and of his two handes and doth
+ the werken therewith, and willeth no man ille; He is a god by the
+ gospel.”
+
+
+_Lesson 2 (1500-1630)_
+
+
+PART I.--RENAISSANCE AND REFORMATION (_1500-1579_).
+
+_Forces at Work._--The accession of the Tudors making for peace and
+social development. The introduction and spread of the new learning
+by Erasmus and others. The Reformation. Henry’s struggle with the
+Papacy, and the resulting reconstitution of the English church and
+dissolution of the monasteries. The religious persecutions under Mary
+and Elizabeth, and the beginnings of Puritanism.
+
+_Literary Features._--A period of transition and for the most part poor
+in material. Changes in the language, such as the dropping of the final
+e, are causing new metrical experiments and forms. Barclay introduces
+the ecologue, and Wyatt and Surrey the sonnet. A striking feature is
+the decay of Scottish poetry, which does not revive until the 18th
+century. The drama gradually supersedes the old metrical romance. The
+miracle and morality play give way to the interlude, and later to
+tragedy and comedy proper. Prose is chiefly concerned with religious
+and historical topics. There is a marked decay in the influence of
+Latin models, and some tentative attempts to develop native qualities.
+The bases of all our four prose styles are laid in this period.
+
+_1._ POETRY.--(_a_) _The Scottish Rearguard_: Lyndsay. Maitland.
+Alex. Scott. Alex. Montgomerie. (_b_) _The Spenserian Vanguard_:
+Hawes. Barclay. Skelton. (_c_) _Satirical and Social Literature_: Mock
+testaments. Satires on women. Jest books. Vagabond literature, (_d_)
+_The New English Poetry_: Wyatt and Surrey. Gascoigne. Sackville. _The
+poetical miscellanies._ (_e_) _Verse Translations from the Classics_:
+Their influence as source books for dramatic plots, etc. Jasper
+Heywood. Turberville. Phaer and Golding.
+
+_2._ THE DRAMA.--_The Interlude_: John Heywood and John Rastel. Bale
+and the “mystery play.” The new classical models at court and school.
+_The first comedies_: “Ralph Roister Doister,” “Gammer Gurton’s
+Needle,” etc. Dutch, Spanish, and Italian influences. Gascoigne.
+Edwards and the anonymous “Humanists,” and their tragi-comedy.
+_Romantic comedy_: “Promos and Cassandra,” _Senecan Tragedy_:
+“Gorboduc,” Gascoigne. Kyd. Daniel.
+
+_3._ CRITICAL PROSE.--Elyot and Ascham. Cheke. Wilson.
+
+_4._ THE RENAISSANCE SCHOLARS.--Erasmus. Linacre. Grocyn. Colet. Lyly.
+Fisher. More. Elyot.
+
+_5._ REFORMATION LITERATURE.--Erasmus. “The Book of Common Prayer.”
+Tyndale, Coverdale, and other workers on the English Bible. Cranmer,
+Latimer, and the sermon writers. Sternhold and Hopkins and the Hymnal.
+Foxe’s “Book of Martyrs.” _The Reformation in Scotland_: P. Hamilton.
+J. Knox. R. Lindesay.
+
+_6._ HISTORY AND TRAVEL.--Berners. Bale. Hall. Leland. Harrison.
+Hollinshed.
+
+PART II.--THE ELIZABETHANS (_1579-1630_).
+
+_Forces at Work._--An age of expansion, geographically and mentally.
+England becomes a power of the first rank, and her new position in the
+world of affairs is emphasised by the glorious victory of 1588, and
+the achievements of her explorers, adventures, and business men. The
+influx of new ideas from the east, and the material wealth from the
+west, overshadow the old religious quarrels, and the union of Scotland
+and England helped to settle dynastic problems for a time. The new
+commercial developments, however, raised the position of the middle
+classes, and the reign of James I. is mainly a struggle for economic
+power on their part and the “divine right of kings” idea on the part of
+the crown.
+
+_Literary Features._--The age is characterised by its revolt against
+tradition. Despite the new interest in the classics, translations and
+imitations are rendered in a remarkably free spirit. All borrowings are
+remoulded and re-fashioned, and given a character native to themselves.
+The language, in spite of the introduction of a host of foreign words,
+emerges tempered and polished, and there is a remarkable output in all
+forms of literature. The age is a quest for romance and adventure,
+and nowhere does this spirit show itself so well as in literature.
+The drama makes a wonderful leap into maturity; poetry blossoms forth
+in great and original beauty. Prose attains a first-rate position,
+steadily developing through the “conceits” of Euphuism to the splendid
+models of Bacon and Hooker. The novel _only_ remains in its infancy, as
+blank verse and metrical facility still overshadow the glorious prose
+weapon in the course of development.
+
+The chief poetic forms in use (stated in the order of their popularity)
+were the lyric and the sonnet, the descriptive and narrative poem, from
+pure description to allegory and pastoral; the religious, satirical
+and didactic poem. The drama reaches its summation between _1595_
+and _1615_, and begins to decline with Jonson. After Shakespeare the
+pre-eminence of tragedy is challenged by light comedy, while the
+masque has a brief but glorious run from Jonson to Milton. In prose
+we have the remarkable vogue of the “character sketch,” developing
+into the regular essay with Bacon, while the prose romance, a host of
+miscellaneous pamphlets, theological writings, sermons translations,
+travels, and the remarkable “Anatomy of Melancholy” all serve to form
+the foundation of many important groups of the future.
+
+_1._ POETRY.--(_a_) _Spenser and his successors_: Drummond. Wither.
+Wm. Browne. Greville. Sir John Davis. Giles and Phineas Fletcher,
+(_b_) _The Sonneteers_: Spenser. Sidney. Daniel. Constable. Lodge.
+Barnes. G. Fletcher. Drayton. Shakespeare. (_c_) _Lyrists_: The lyric
+in the drama. Greene. Breton. Lodge. Munday. John Wotton. Barnefield.
+The miscellanies. Campion. Jonson. Shakespeare. (_d_) _Political
+and Patriotic Verse_: Warner. Daniel. Drayton. (_e_) _Religious and
+Philosophical Verse_: Giles and Phineas Fletcher. Sir John Davies.
+Southwell. Wither. Donne. Drummond. (_f_) _Verse Satire_: Drayton.
+Donne. Joseph Hall. Marston.
+
+_2._ THE DRAMA.--(_a_) _Shakespeare’s predecessors_: The “university
+wits”: Lyly. Nash. Peele. Lodge. Greene. Kyd. Marlowe. (Note chiefly:
+historical plays are of a tragical cast; Lyly the only romantic comedy
+writer till Shakespeare). (_b_) _Shakespeare, his contemporaries
+and successors_: Jonson. Beaumont and Fletcher. Chapman. Marston.
+Dekker. Middleton. Heywood. Tourneur. Webster. (_c_) _The Masque_:
+Spenser. Jonson. Campion. Chapman. Beaumont. _(d) Pastoral Drama_:
+The “university wits.” Daniel. Fletcher. Jonson. (_e_) _Dramatic
+Criticism_: The Puritan attack on the stage. Gosson _versus_ Lodge.
+Stubbs _versus_ Heywood, etc.
+
+_3._ PROSE.--(_a_) _The Novel_: Its origins in romance of chivalry
+and pastoral romance. The idylls of Lyly, Sidney, Greene, Lodge. The
+realistic attempts of Nash and Deloney. The collections of tales from
+foreign sources by Brooke, Painter, Fenton, and Pettie. (_b_) _The
+“Character Sketch” and Essay_: Hall. Breton. Overbury. Earle. Bacon.
+(_c_) _The critics_: Sidney. Harvey. Puttenham. Webbe. Harington.
+T. Heywood. Jonson. Campion _versus_ Daniel. War of diction, form,
+and style. (_See also_ Dramatic Criticism), (_d_) _The Satirists_:
+Audelay. Harman. Dekker. Nash (_See also_ verse satire). (_e_) _The
+Translators_: The Bible (A.V.) North. Florio. Holland. Fairfax. _Verse
+translations_--Chapman. Stanyhurst. Harington. (_f_) _Historians and
+Antiquaries_: Bacon. Raleigh. Knolles. Camden. Stow. (_g_) _Travel
+and Geography_: Gilbert. Hawkins. Davies. Best. Hakluyt. Purchas.
+Coryat. The poetry of discovery. (_h_) _Religious Controversialists and
+Theologians_: Hooker. Andrewes. Ussher. Hall. Donne. The Marprelate
+Controversy. (_i_) _Philosophical and Miscellaneous Prose_: Burton.
+Bacon. Jonson. Selden.
+
+
+TEST PAPER--_1500-1630_.
+
+_1._ Briefly outline the developments of the drama from _1500-1630_.
+
+_2._ Name the chief representatives of the English “humanists” and
+Reformation writers. Describe the work of any one of them.
+
+_3._ The Elizabethans have been described as “adventurers all.” Justify
+this in reference to their literary output.
+
+_4._ What were the chief foreign influences at work during the period
+_1500-1630_?
+
+_5._ Who were the chief prose writers of the period _1550-1630_?
+Contrast any two of them.
+
+_6._ Write a brief critical account of any one of the following:
+Marlowe, Jonson, Bacon, or Spenser.
+
+_7._ Discuss the origin and development of the novel in reference to
+this period.
+
+_8._ Shakespeare’s dramatic career is usually classified into periods.
+Describe these, and name three plays belonging to each.
+
+_9._ What were the chief poetical forms in use in Shakespeare’s day?
+Name four users of any one of them.
+
+_10._ Name the author of four of the following quotations, and the
+works in which they appear:--
+
+ “Drink to me only with thine eyes.”
+
+ “Dost thou think because thou art virtuous
+ There shall be no more cakes and ale.”
+
+ “There is a garden in her face
+ Where roses and white lilies blow.”
+
+ “Into the breast which gave the rose
+ Shall I with shuddering fall.”
+
+ “We mark when we hit but rarely when we miss.”
+
+ “Since there’s no help, come let us kiss and part.”
+
+ “Was this the face that launched a thousand ships.”
+
+ “He that plots to be the only figure among ciphers
+ Is in danger of becoming the decay of a whole age.”
+
+
+_Lesson 3 (1630-1746)._
+
+
+PART I.--AGE OF MILTON (_1630-1660_).
+
+_Forces at Work._--The national unity of the Elizabethan age changes
+to one of internal strife and dissension. The struggle between the
+doctrine of the “divine right of kings” and civil liberty becomes most
+acute, and after the failure of the Long Parliament the country is
+involved in civil war. The defeat of the Royalists and the rise of the
+Puritans changes the conflict to one of civil and religious liberty,
+in which the latter gains a temporary triumph. The pendulum of feeling
+sweeps violently back again soon after Cromwell’s death.
+
+_Literary Features._--The clash of parties is deeply reflected in the
+literature of the times. The unsettled state of affairs results in a
+smaller output of poetry, and prose assumes a fierce and disputatious
+character. Milton dominates the period, and with this exception, the
+fashion is towards shorter poems with more fancy and less fervour, as
+witness the metaphysical lyric and its frequent leaps into remote fancy
+and absurdity. The Elizabethan adventurous spirit has gone; a pensive
+and often melancholy attitude takes its place. The religious lyric is
+the only form showing signs of real exaltation: the love lyric, the
+ode, the narrative and descriptive poem all tend towards artificiality.
+The classic emphasis on form steadily develops. The heroic couplet
+begins its long reign, and except in Milton, blank verse is extremely
+slipshod. Prose shows a fairly continuous development. The tendency
+is toward the ornate, but both middle and plain styles are well
+represented. Narrative prose is small, but the age is famous for its
+sermons, philosophical, historical, and miscellaneous types. A special
+development is the journalistic essay. The drama has practically
+collapsed, the only men of note up to the closing of the theatres in
+_1642_, being Ford, Massinger, Shirley, Suckling, Davenant.
+
+_1._ POETRY.--(_a_) _The Caroline Lyrists_: Decline of the sonnet.
+The classical lyric. The Caroline lyric. Jonson’s influence. Herrick.
+Carew. Suckling. Lovelace. Chamberlayne. Kynaston. John Hall. (_b_)
+_The Metaphysical School_: Herbert. Crashaw. Vaughan. Treherne.
+Quarles. (_c_) _The Couplet_: Decline of blank verse. Sir John
+Beaumont. Sandys. Waller. Denham. Cowley. Davenant. Marvell. (_d_)
+_Milton and his poetry_: The epic. The ode. The pastoral. The sonnet.
+The masque.
+
+_2._ THE DRAMA and its decline. The Elizabethan tradition: Massinger.
+Ford. Shirley. Randolph. Brome. Suckling. The masque: Jonson to Milton.
+Davenant and the new heroic play.
+
+_3._ THE NOVEL. Bunyan.
+
+_4._ ESSAYISTS AND CRITICS.--Milton. Hobbes. Davenant. Cowley. Growth
+of literary characterisation and appreciation. Beginnings of journalism.
+
+_5._ THE SATIRE.--Marvell. Denham.
+
+_6._ STUDY AND RESEARCH.--(_a_) _Theology_: Baker. Treherne. Baxter.
+Fuller. Taylor, (_b_) _Philosophy_: Hobbes and his critics. Harington.
+Glanvill. (_c_) _History and Antiquities_: Herbert. Clarendon. Digby.
+Browne. Fuller. Walton. Urquhart.
+
+
+PART II.--AGE OF DRYDEN (_1660-1700_).
+
+_Forces at Work._--The rigour of the Puritans did not long survive
+the death of Cromwell. In _1660_, the Stuarts were restored and the
+pendulum swung from restriction to license. The political power of
+England declined, and the old Stuart tyranny in religion and politics
+served to keep alive religious and political factions. In _1688_,
+James II. fled, to be succeeded by William and Mary. A new era of
+constitutional monarchy, of civil and religious freedom, of decency in
+social life resulted, and England’s position in European affairs rose
+once more. These conditions were strikingly reflected in the literature
+of the times. After _1688_, literature emphasises the political rather
+than the religious side of affairs.
+
+_Literary Features._--The Elizabethan romantic spirit is completely
+spent. The new spirit is all for restraint and convention. Note the
+imitation of Latin models in poetry, and French models in comedy; the
+combination of French and classical models in producing the new “heroic
+play,” and the growth of the “correct school.” As in the previous age
+one figure towers over all the rest. Outside the work of Dryden the age
+is poor in ode, lyric, and narrative poetry, but satirical verse shows
+great development. The use of the heroic couplet spreads throughout
+poetry and drama; blank verse is very rare and very slipshod; while the
+lyric still follows the artificial Caroline tradition. Drama has a new
+lease of life; French example is developing the new play of “Manners”
+of a very licentious character. Prose is not very great in bulk, but
+it shows a tendency towards a plain and forcible style. The new “Royal
+Society,” with its demand for clearness of expression had much to do
+with the new prose. The ornate style of the previous age has but one
+great exponent: Burnet.
+
+_1._ POETRY.--(_a_) _The Lyrists_: Dryden. Marvell. The court poets:
+Rochester, Sedley, etc. (_b_) _Narrative_: Dryden. Butler. (_c_)
+_Satirical and Didactic_: Dryden. Butler. Oldham. Shadwell. (_d_)
+_Criticism in Verse_: Mulgrave and Roscommon.
+
+_2._ THE DRAMA.--Spanish and French influences: Molière, Corneille.
+Racine, etc. (_a_) _The Heroic Play_: _Dryden_. Orrery. Killigrew.
+Settle. Lee. (_b_) _Comedy_: Dryden. Etheredge. Shadwell. Wycherley.
+Congreve. Vanbrugh. Farquhar. Behn. Cibber. Centlivre. (_c_) _Tragedy_:
+Otway. Lee. Crowne. Southerne. Rowe.
+
+_3._ THE NOVEL.--Bunyan. Aphra Behn.
+
+_4._ THE ESSAY.--The beginnings of modern English prose. Science
+and the demand for clarity and simplicity. Pulpit plainness. French
+influences. Dryden. Cowley. Osborne. Temple. Halifax.
+
+_5._ MEMOIRS, LETTERS AND DIARIES.--Evelyn. Pepys. Hamilton. Whitelocke.
+
+_6._ POLITICAL WRITERS.--Locke. Sidney. The pamphleteers and the news
+letter.
+
+_7._ STUDY AND RESEARCH.--(_a_) _Economists_: Locke. Petty. (_b_)
+_Science_: Digby. Newton. Harvey. Boyle. Glanvil. (_c_) _Religion_:
+Barrow. Pearson. Wilkins. Stillingfleet. Tillotson. South. Bunyan. Fox.
+Penn. Barclay, (_d_) _Philosophy_: Locke. Whichcote and the Cambridge
+Platonists. More. Cudworth. Culverwell. Cumberland. Glanvil. (_e_)
+_History, Travel and Antiquities_: Burnet. Ludlow. Temple. Coke. à
+Wood. Dugdale. Ashmole. Knox. Dampier. Molesworth.
+
+
+PART III.--AGE OF POPE (_1700-1740_).
+
+_Forces at Work._--Under Anne the chief influences which left their
+mark on literature were the War of the Spanish succession, the rise of
+political parties, the Act of Settlement and the new study of social
+and industrial conditions. Under George I. history is largely Whig
+politics and the development of English trade. Political life was
+corrupt and cynical and social outlook materialistic. The year _1714_,
+was the culminating point of the strife between Whigs and Tories. The
+accession of the House of Hanover was a triumph for the Low Church and
+the middle classes generally.
+
+_Literary Features._--The age is chiefly one of development in prose
+style. The tendency in poetry is all towards convention and polish
+rather than fervour and freedom. Under Pope and his school the heroic
+couplet reaches its climax as a weapon of criticism and satire, and
+is often no more than rhymed prose. The political strife influenced
+literature in several ways: (_a_) it unloosed an avalanche of pamphlets
+and developed a virulent prose style, (_b_) assisted in the formation
+of those clubs and coffee houses which were to have so great an
+influence on the essay, (_c_) produced a swarm of party periodicals and
+literary journals, (_d_) helped to create an increased reading public
+and led to the development of the new publishing houses and the race of
+hack writers of “Grub Street.”
+
+_1._ POETRY.--(_a_) _The Lyrists_: Prior. Gay. (_b_) _Critical and
+Satirical Verse_: Pope. Swift. Prior. Garth. Parnell. Winchilsea.
+Savage. Young. (_c_) _Pastoral_: Pope. Gay. Ambrose Philips. (_d_)
+_The Ode_: Pope. Winchilsea. (_e_) _Narrative_: Pope’s Homer. Addison.
+Blackmore. (_f_) _The Scottish Revival_: The long blight and the kirk.
+Survival of popular songs. Allan Ramsay. Robt. Fergusson.
+
+_2._ THE DRAMA.--The effect of the new staging and general decline.
+Addison. Ambrose Philips. Steele. Gay. Ramsay. The musical play.
+
+_3._ THE NOVEL.--Defoe. Swift.
+
+_4._ ESSAYISTS AND CRITICS.--Defoe. Addison. Steele. Swift. Rymer.
+Gildon. Dennis. Cibber. Rise of the newspaper.
+
+_5._ MEMOIRS, ETC.--Lady M. W. Montagu. Lady Cowper. Lady Suffolk, etc.
+
+_6._ SATIRE.--(Chiefly political). Defoe. Swift. Arbuthnot. Addison.
+Bolingbroke. Mandeville.
+
+_7._ STUDY AND RESEARCH.--(_a_) _Economists_: Bolingbroke. (_b_)
+_Scholars and Antiquaries_: Bentley. Middleton and the classics.
+(_c_) _History and Travel_: Burnet. Strype. Collier. Neal, etc. (_d_)
+_Burlesques and Translations_: Cotton. John Philips. L’Estrange.
+
+_8._ BEGINNINGS OF AMERICAN LITERATURE.--The colonial period,
+_1607-1764_. (_a_) _Poetry_: Bradstreet. Wigglesworth. “The Bay Psalm
+Book.” (_a_) _Prose_ (_i_) John Smith Bradford. Winthrop and the early
+annalists. (_ii_) The Mather family and other New England divines.
+
+
+TEST PAPER (_1630-1745_).
+
+_1._ In what ways did the struggle between Parliament and the Crown
+affect literature in the period _1630-1660_?
+
+_2._ Who were the Caroline lyrists; compare their work with that of the
+Elizabethan lyrists.
+
+_3._ Compare Milton with Dryden, _or_ Defoe with Bunyan, or Evelyn with
+Pepys.
+
+_4._ Outline the qualities of Restoration drama. Name the chief writers
+in each form of play.
+
+_5._ Trace the development of English prose style from Bacon to Addison.
+
+_6._ What effects had political life on literature in the age of Pope?
+
+_7._ Name three philosophers, three scientific writers and three
+religious authors of the period _1660-1748_. Comment on the work of any
+one of them.
+
+_8._ Name the author and approximate date of any four of the following:
+“Night Thoughts,” “The Gentle Shepherd,” “Moll Flanders,” “Tale of a
+Tub,” “Venice Preserved,” “All for love,” “Grace Abounding.”
+
+_9._ Compare Pope and Swift as satirists, or Addison and Steele as
+essayists.
+
+_10._ Name the source of five of the following:--
+
+ “Words are wise men’s counters.”
+
+ “Stone walls do not a prison make.”
+
+ “Her feet beneath her petticoat
+ Like little mice stole in and out.”
+
+ “A little learning is a dangerous thing.”
+
+ “Still amorous and fond and billing
+ Like Philip and Mary on a shilling.”
+
+ “The proper study of mankind is man.”
+
+ “Tis not in mortals to command success,
+ But well do more, Sempronius, we’ll deserve it.”
+
+ “Man is a noble animal, splendid in ashes and pompous
+ in the grave.”
+
+
+_Lesson 4 (1745-1832)._
+
+
+PART I.--AGE OF JOHNSON (_1745-1798_).
+
+_Forces at Work._--The age is one of rapid and vigorous growth in
+science and speculation. Note particularly the influence of the
+“encyclopedists” and the French “salons.” In politics, England is
+developing a strong imperialistic tendency, and her wealth and
+possessions are growing apace. Whig and Tory still carry on the party
+feud, but with less animosity until the loss of the American colonies
+and the outbreak of the French Revolution. Philosophy is largely
+sceptical and official religion latitudinarian, but there is a growing
+feeling towards evangelism. Note the rise of Wesleyanism, the growing
+moral sense, the struggle for the freedom of the press, the movement
+towards prison reform and abolition of the slave trade, and also the
+beginnings of industrialism. Note above all the tendency towards
+naturalism, the new interest in man and his place in nature, and the
+growing feeling for the lower classes long before the French Revolution
+took place.
+
+_Literary Features._--In literature the tendencies are conflicting.
+The rapid growth of science and speculative thought is in favour of
+critical prose, but it also serves poetry by challenging the received
+ideas. Classicism is still a power with Johnson and his school,
+but there is a growing movement towards naturalism. The new spirit
+gradually led to the following changes. In poetry, a return to natural
+scenes in preference to the artificial pastoral pictures; a revolt
+against formal measures and a renewed interest in old Ballads and in
+the Middle Ages. In philosophy, to a great deal of theorising as to
+man’s place in the world around, and in history to a new critical
+school. In the novel we have realism side by side with sentimentalism,
+and in the latter years weird romance cheek by jowl with the
+philosophical novel and the didactic tale of manners. The drama is in a
+transition stage; the metrical play is giving way to the prose drama;
+tragedy is practically non-existent and comedy is only rescued from
+oblivion by two great names. In miscellaneous prose, letter-writing has
+become popular, and the periodical essay is becoming more literary and
+less political.
+
+
+(_a_) AMERICAN LITERATURE.
+
+_1._ POETRY.--Barlow and the “Hartford Wits.” Trumbull and Dwight’s
+epics. Frenau’s satires and lyrics. Ralph and the Philadelphians.
+
+_2._ DRAMA.--Beginnings. Tyler. Dunlap. Hillhouse.
+
+_3._ THE NOVEL.--Mrs. Foster. Mrs. Rowson and the domestic novel.
+
+_4._ POLITICIANS AND ORATORS.--Franklin. Jefferson. Paine. Dickinson.
+Quincy. Otis. Adams. Henry.
+
+_5._ DIARISTS.--Sewall. Woolman. Franklin.
+
+_6._ STUDY AND RESEARCH.--(_a_) _Philosophy and Religion_: Chauncey.
+Franklin. Woolman. Johnson. (_b_) _History and Travel_: Prince. Irving.
+Carver. Bartram. Lewis and Clark.
+
+
+(_b_) ENGLISH LITERATURE
+
+_1._ POETRY.--(_a_) _The Classical Tradition_: Cibber. Whitehead.
+Pye. Johnson. Goldsmith. Dyer. Blair. Shenstone. Akenside. Glover. E.
+Darwin. (_See also_ Satire). (_b_) _Poets of Transition_: Thomson.
+Collins. Gray. The Wartons. Russell. Smart. Cowper. Blake. Crabbe.
+(_c_) _Influence of the Middle Ages_: Macpherson. Percy’s “Reliques.”
+Ritson. Chatterton and Spenser. The Wartons. Tyrrwhitt and Chaucer.
+(_d_) _The Scottish Revival_: The Hamiltons. Jean Elliott. Beattie.
+Ross. Mickle. Logan. Bruce. Fergusson. Burns.
+
+_2._ DRAMA.--The predominance of repertoire until _1770_. Translations
+from the French, and the influence of Voltaire. (_a_) _Tragedy_:
+Johnson. Lillo. Moore. Home. (_b_) _Panto and Ballad Opera_: Rich.
+Gay. Centlivre. Young. Hughes. Thomson. (_c_) _Burlesque and Farce_:
+Fielding. Foote. (_d_) _Comedy_: Colman. Murphy. Towneley. Garrick.
+Goldsmith. Sheridan. O’Keefe. Macklin. Holcroft. (_e_) _Sentimental
+Drama_: Kelly. Cumberland.
+
+_3._ NOVEL.--The perfecting of the novel proper. (_a_) _The Picaresque
+Romance_: Fielding. Smollett. Sterne. (_b_) _The Novel of Manners and
+Sentiment_: Richardson. Sterne. Mackenzie. Burney. Brooks. (_c_) _The
+Romance of Terror_: Amory. Walpole. Beckford. Radcliffe. Reeve. Lewis.
+(_d_) _The Revolutionary Romance_: Godwin. Holcroft. Bage. Inchbald.
+(_e_) _The Didactic Tale_: Johnson. Goldsmith. H. More.
+
+_4._ ESSAYISTS AND CRITICS.--Johnson. Goldsmith. The Wartons. Gray. The
+periodical press. Mrs. Thrale. Mrs. Trench. Twining.
+
+_5._ ORATORY.--Burke. Fox. Pitt. Sheridan.
+
+_6._ DIARISTS, LETTER-WRITERS AND MEMOIRS.--Boswell. Burdy. Holcroft.
+Walpole. Wolfe Tone. Chesterfield. Burney. Hannah More. The
+Warwickshire coterie: Somervile. Shenstone. Jago. Graves. Cowper. Mrs.
+Montagu.
+
+_7._ SATIRE.--Churchill. Wolcot. Anstey. “The Rolliad.” “The
+Anti-Jacobin,” “The Baviad,” etc. “Junius.” Gifford. Canning. Frere.
+Burns, etc.
+
+_8._ POLITICAL LITERATURE.--Whig and Tory pamphleteers. Smollett.
+Wilkes. Burke. Paine. Godwin. Mary Wollstonecroft. Cobbett.
+
+_9._ STUDY AND RESEARCH.--(_a_) _Philosophy_: Hume. Adam. Smith.
+Hartley. Reid and the “commonsense” school. Bentham. Mill and
+Utilitarianism. Malthus. Young. E. Darwin. Stewart. (_b_) _Religion_:
+Dislike of enthusiasm and general tolerance. The divines: Wake.
+Sherlock. The Apologists: Paley. Horsley. Watson. Lowth. Warburton.
+The Sceptics: Priestley, Middleton, Paine and the deists. The
+evangelists: Whitefield, Fletcher, and the Wesleys. (_c_) _Classical
+Scholars, etc._: Parr. Horne Tooke. Wakefield. Porson. Toup. (_d_)
+_Science and Discovery_: Black. Cavendish. Priestley. Hutton. Dalton.
+White. Pennant. Pinkerton. Bruce. A. Young. (_e_) _Historians_: Gibbon.
+Hume. Robertson. Smollett. Goldsmith. Watson. Walpole. Mitford.
+Middleton. Whitaker. Ferguson. Strutt.
+
+_10._ CHILDREN’S BOOKS.--The Newberys. Edgeworth. Sherwood. Blake.
+Trimmer. Day. Barbauld.
+
+
+PART II.--AGE OF WORDSWORTH (_1798-1832_).
+
+_Forces at Work._--Note the influence of German thought, the effects
+of the French Revolution and of the War between England and France,
+_1793-1815_. Also the attitude of the English liberals to the French
+Republic and the difference between the older revolutionary poets such
+as Wordsworth and the younger such as Shelley. Equally important are
+the effects of the industrial revolution, the congregation of people in
+towns and the growing demand for political and social measures ending
+in the Reform Bill. Note also the War of _1812_, and the emergence of
+American literature proper.
+
+_Literary Features._--Literature is marked by a remarkable activity and
+success in all forms except the drama. Here nothing better could be
+done than low comedy, and the unsuccessful poetic tragedy of Byron and
+others. Poetry is exceedingly fertile. The return to Nature heralded
+in the previous age, and the new interest in the Middle Ages, comes
+to full fruition, while the growing philosophical spirit demands more
+than a mere metrical facility and sympathetic observation. All nature
+is the field, and the meaning thereof the quest. No new metrical forms
+are in vogue, but the new verse is marked by a wider range of subject,
+a freshness of treatment, and a simplicity of style. In the novel we
+have the full development of the historical and domestic types, and
+the introduction of the hybrid “society” novel. A tremendous advance
+takes place in the critical and miscellaneous essay. The vogue of these
+and of the political essay is seen in the number of new magazines and
+newspapers. Prose tends towards the middle style, but all kinds are
+represented from plain Cobbett to fervid De Quincey. Letter writers,
+literary biography and satire hold minor positions, but by no means
+negligible ones, while history and other forms of research are well
+represented.
+
+
+(_a_) AMERICAN LITERATURE.
+
+_1._ POETRY.--Bryant. Paulding. Dana, _Snr._ Woodworth.
+
+_2._ THE DRAMA.--Barker. Payne.
+
+_3._ THE NOVEL.--Brackenridge. Brown. Cooper. Irving. Paulding.
+
+_4._ THE ESSAY.--Channing. Dennie. Wirt. Paulding. Dana, _Snr._
+
+_5._ HUMOR.--Irving and the beginnings of short humorous sketch.
+
+_6._ POLITICIANS AND ORATORS.--Calhoun. Randolph. Clay. Webster.
+
+_7._ PHILOSOPHY AND RELIGION.--Hopkins. T. Dwight. A. Norton.
+
+_8._ HISTORY AND BIOGRAPHY.--Irving.
+
+
+(_b_) ENGLISH LITERATURE.
+
+_1._ POETRY.--(_a_) _Wordsworth Group--Poetry of Man and Nature_:
+Wordsworth. Coleridge. Bowles. Crabbe. Bloomfield. Clare. Elliott,
+(_b_) _Scott Group--Ballad and Song_: Scott. Leyden. Hogg. Cunningham.
+Tannahill. Motherwell. Campbell. Moore. Rogers. Southey. Hemans. (_c_)
+_Religious Poets_: Montgomery. Heber. Milman. K. White, (_d_) _Shelley
+and the younger Revolutionaries_: Shelley. Byron. Keats. Tennant.
+Horace Smith. Beddoes. Wells. Wade. Darley. Proctor. Landor.
+
+_2._ THE DRAMA.--The one region in which romanticism failed. Note
+prevalence of farce and “commercial” comedy, the vogue of Kotzebue and
+the German drama, and of melodrama, and the failure of romantic poetic
+drama. _Comedy_: O’Keefe. Colman, _Junr._ Inchbald. Holcroft, Tobin.
+Reynolds and Morton. _Melodrama:_ Lewis. Maturin. _Poetic Drama_:
+Wordsworth. Coleridge. Baillie. Knowles. Shelley. Beddoes. Byron.
+
+_3._ FICTION.--(_a_) _Novel of Manners_: Edgworth. Lady Morgan. Austen.
+Mitford. _Scotch_--Galt. Ferrier. Moir. Picken. Wilson. _Irish_--The
+Banims. Griffin. Croker. Carleton. (_b_) _The Picaresque Romance_: T.
+Hope. Morier. _The New Fashionable Novel_--Bulwer. Disraeli. Lister.
+_Satire_--Peacock. (_c_) _The Romance of Terror_: Lewis. Maturin. M. W.
+Shelley. (_d_) _The Revolutionary Romance_: Godwin. Mrs. Opie. Hannah
+More. (_e_) _Historical Novel_: The Porters. Miss Lees. M. W. Shelley.
+Scott.
+
+_4._ ESSAYISTS AND CRITICS.--(_a_) _The Johnsonian Tradition_: Jeffrey.
+S. Smith. Gifford. Lockhart. (_b_) _The Romantic School._: Lamb. De
+Quincey. Wilson, Hazlitt. Hunt. Coleridge. Wordsworth. Carlyle.
+
+_5._ LETTER WRITERS.--Keats. Byron. Lamb.
+
+_6._ SATIRE.--Frere. Gifford. Canning and light parody. Byron. Peacock.
+Shelley. More. J. and H. Smith.
+
+_7._ STUDY AND RESEARCH.--(_a_) _Science and Philosophy_: The
+Herschels. Brewster. Davy. W. Smith. Bell. Stewart and Brown,
+and the “commonsense” school. The “association” school. (_b_)
+_Politics and Sociology_: Godwin, Cobbett, and the “democratic
+reformers.” Mill, Ricardo, and the “philosophical radicals.” Malthus.
+Mackintosh. Coleridge. (_c_) _Theology_: (_i_) _The Liberals and
+Evangelicals_--Hall. Chalmers. Coleridge. Erskine. Irving. (_ii_) _The
+Conservatives_--Whately. Thirlwall. (_d_) _Historians_: (_i_) _Hume’s
+Followers_--Mitford. Coxe. Roscoe. (_ii_) _Gibbon’s Followers_--Sharon
+Turner. Lingard. Hallam. (_iii_) _Military History_--Southey. Napier.
+(_e_) _Explorers and Travellers_: Malcolm. Park. Burckhardt. Parry.
+Hall. (_f_) _Biography_: Southey. Moore. Lockhart.
+
+_8._ CHILDREN’S WRITERS.--Edgeworth. Lamb. J. Porter. Mrs. Sherwood.
+The Taylors. Mrs. Pilkington.
+
+
+TEST PAPER. (_1745-1832_).
+
+_1._ Describe briefly the successive phases of the novel from
+Richardson to Scott.
+
+_2._ What were the characteristics of the new romantic poetry from
+_1740-1780_; who were the chief writers?
+
+_3._ What reasons can you offer for the poor position of the drama
+during the period _1740-1830_?
+
+_4._ Trace the development of literary criticism from Johnson to
+Hazlitt.
+
+_5._ “During this period the writing of history was greatly advanced.”
+Discuss this statement.
+
+_6._ Write a brief essay on any one of the following: Austen, Burns,
+Johnson, Crabbe, Blake.
+
+_7._ Contrast Shelley with Byron, _or_ Keats with Wordsworth.
+
+_8._ Who wrote the following and when:--“Rasselas,” “Political
+Justice,” “Tam-o’-Shanter,” “The Task,” “Lyrical Ballads,” “Mrs. Battle
+on Whist,” “A Vision of Judgment”?
+
+_9._ Trace the development of satirical writing from _1745-1830_.
+
+_10._ Name the source of any five of the following quotations:
+
+ “O Sleep it is a gentle thing.”
+
+ “How wonderful is Death,
+ Death and his brother, Sleep.”
+
+ “Where’er we tread, t’is haunted holy ground.”
+
+ “The world is a comedy to those that think,
+ A tragedy to those who feel.”
+
+ “The man recovered of the bite,
+ The dog it was that died.”
+
+ “Knowledge is of two kinds. We know a subject ourselves, or we know
+ where we can find information on it.”
+
+ “The child is father to the man.”
+
+ “I stood tip-toe on a little hill.”
+
+ “Here’s to the maiden of bashful fifteen, Here’s to the widow of
+ fifty.”
+
+ “Nobody is on my side.... Nobody feels for my poor nerves.”
+
+
+_Lesson 5 (1832-1920)._
+
+
+PART I.--THE AGE OF TENNYSON (_1832-1870_).
+
+_Forces at Work._--This was an age of rapid change, and many events
+call for remark. Note especially the transcendental movement and its
+effects in England and America, the spread of democratic government,
+the raise of nationalism in Europe and its results on English poetry,
+the deep feeling for the working classes expressed in the Chartists
+and Christian Socialist movements, the Oxford Movement, the growth of
+commercial enterprise, the conventional outlook of the middle classes
+and the succeeding Pre-Raphaelite revolt, the beginnings of popular
+education and its effect on the reading public, especially in the
+development of magazines and newspapers, and also the cumulative effect
+of the new science on poetry, philosophy, history, and general outlook.
+
+_Literary Features._--As in the last age literature is abundant, the
+only weak section being the drama. In poetry and speculation the
+tendency is away from the hopeful expectations of the revolutionaries.
+Doubt and often despair is the note commonly struck. The old
+foundations are being undermined and man is seen to be not the
+easily perfectible animal he was thought to be. In work of a less
+philosophical character, the increased material prosperity of the
+middle classes tends towards conventionality, and the renewed interest
+in the past to imitative forms. The beginnings of the revolt occur in
+the fifties but it does not fully realise itself until the next period.
+In addition to the meditative element, narrative and lyric poetry are
+well represented. The most important event is the rise of the novel
+to the first place among literary forms. One must also notice the
+beginnings of the short story, the development of the literary lecture,
+and the popularity of the long essay, the new literary criticism and
+critical biography, and the rise of the scientific treatise to real
+literary rank. History is still chiefly “literary,” but there are
+tentative attempts at a philosophy of history and the beginnings of an
+application of scientific method to history.
+
+_1._ POETRY.--(_a_) _The Intellectual Movement_: Browning. Tennyson.
+Arnold. Clough. Fitzgerald. Bailey. Horne. (_b_) _The Pre-Raphaelites_:
+The Rossettis. De Tabley. Morris. Patmore. (_c_) _The Spasmodics_:
+Dobell. Alex. Smith. (_d_) _Religious Verse_: Keble. Newman. Hawker.
+Faber. Williams. Neale. C. Rossetti. (_e_) _Ballad Writers_: Tennyson.
+Browning. Macaulay. Aytoun. Barham. Hawker. Ingelow. Massey. F.
+H. Doyle. A. L. Gordon. (_f_) _Vers de Socitete_: Praed. Milnes.
+Locker-Lampson. (_g_) _Political Poetry_: Cooper. Loft. (_h_) _Wit and
+Humour_: Barham. Hood. Blanchard. Calderley. J. K. Stephen. Aytoun.
+Lear. (_i_) _The Celts_: Mangan. De Vere. Darley. (_j_) _The Ladies_:
+Browning. Rossetti. E. Bronte. Ingelow. Proctor. L.E.L. (_k_) _Dialect
+Writers_: Motherwell. Barnes.
+
+_2._ THE DRAMA.--(_a_) _Poetic Drama_: Browning. Beddoes. Knowles.
+Planché. De Vere. Sir H. Taylor. Lytton. Horne. (_b_) _Melodrama_:
+Boucicault. Tom Taylor. Wills. Jerrold. Poole. (_c_) _Farce and
+Comedy_: Brooks. H. J. Byron. Reade. Robertson. Gilbert.
+
+_3._ THE NOVEL.--(_a_) _Historical Romance_: Ainsworth. James. Lytton.
+Grant. Thackeray. Kingsley. Reade. (_b_) _Domestic Romance_: Warren.
+Wood. Craik. Yonge. Reade. (_c_) _Society Romance_: Lytton. Disraeli.
+(_d_) _The Novel of Manners_: (_i_) _English_--Dickens. Thackeray.
+The Brontës. Gaskell. Kingsley. Eliot. Meredith. Trollope. (_ii_)
+_Scotch_--Oliphant. Macdonald. (_iii_) _Irish_--Carleton. Maginn.
+Mahony. Lover. Lever. (_e_) _Romance of Adventure, etc._: Marryat.
+Whyte-Melville. Borrow. Collins. (_f_) _Children’s Writers_: M. Scott.
+Hughes. Kingsley. Carroll. Gatty. Rands. H. Martineau.
+
+_4._ ESSAYISTS AND CRITICS.--(_a_) _Literary Biography_: Carlyle.
+Lockhart. Stanley. Lewes. Forster. (_b_) _Johnsonian Tradition_:
+Jeffrey. Wilson. Lockhart. (_c_) _Romantic School_: Carlyle. Hunt.
+De Quincey. Macaulay. Wilson. Froude. (_d_) _The New Victorian
+School_: Ruskin. Thackeray. Rossetti. Arnold. Swinburne. (_e_) _The
+Miscellaneous Essay_: John Brown. The Hares. Landor. Helps. Rands.
+(_f_) _The New Literary Lecture_: Carlyle. Thackeray. Dickens.
+
+_5._ LETTERS, DIARIES, ETC.--Carlyle. Macaulay. Thackeray. Dickens.
+Fitzgerald.
+
+_6._ SATIRE AND HUMOUR.--Dickens. Thackeray. Jerrold. _See also_
+Poetry, Sec. (_h_).
+
+_7._ STUDY AND RESEARCH.--(_a_) _Theology_: (_i_) _The
+Tractarians_--Newman. Keble. Pusey. (_ii_) _Liberals_--Whately. T.
+Arnold. Maurice. Thirlwall. Stanley. Church. (_b_) _Philosophy_:
+(_i_) Carlyle and transcendentalism. (_ii_) Hamilton, Mansel, and the
+“commonsense” school (_iii_) J. S. Mill and the utilitarians, (_iv_)
+H. Martineau, Lewes, and the Comtists. (_v_) Spencer, James Martineau.
+Buckle. Bagehot. (_c_) _Science_: Lyell. Miller. Chambers. Spencer.
+Darwin. Huxley. Wallace. _Scientific Travel_--Wallace. Bates. Borrow.
+Livingstone. Speke. Burton. (_d_) _Historians_: (_i_) _Students
+of Origins_--Kemble. Palgrave. Trench. Muller. (_ii_) _Ancient
+History_--Lewis. T. Arnold. Thirlwall. Grote. Finlay. Milman. (_iii_)
+_Literary Historians_--Carlyle. Macaulay. Hallam. Froude. Burton.
+(_iv_) _Scientific and Philosophical_--Buckle. Maine. (_v_) _Military
+history_--Napier. Kinglake. Kaye. (_e_) _Biographers_: Carlyle. _See
+also_ Essayists, Sec. (_a_).
+
+
+AMERICAN LITERATURE (_1830-1865_).
+
+_1._ POETRY.--(_a_) _The New Englanders_: Longfellow. Whittier. Lowell.
+Holmes. Emerson. Willis. (_b_) _The Southerners_: Poe. Lanier. Timrod.
+(_c_) _The Middle States_: Halleck. Drake. B. Taylor. Holland. Boker.
+Whitman.
+
+_2._ THE DRAMA.--Bird. Smith. Conrad. Boker.
+
+_3._ THE NOVEL.--(_a_) _The Romancers_: Hawthorne. Poe. Kennedy. Simms.
+Melville. (_b_) _Novel of Manners_: Stowe. Winthrop. O’Brien. “Ik
+Marvel.” (_c_) _The Short Story_: Hawthorne. Poe. Cooke.
+
+_4._ THE HUMORISTS.--(_a_) Seba Smith. Haliburton. “Josh Billings.”
+“Artemus Ward.” D. R. Locke, (_b_) Saxe. Leland. Whittier. Lowell.
+Holmes.
+
+_5._ ESSAYISTS AND CRITICS.--Emerson. Ticknor. Poe. Lowell. Hudson.
+Willis. Tuckerman. Grant White. Whipple. Curtis. _Natural History
+Essay_: Thoreau. Burroughs.
+
+_6._ POLITICAL WRITINGS AND ORATORY.--Webster. Clay. Choate. Phillips.
+
+_7._ STUDY AND RESEARCH.--(_a_) _Philosophy and Religion_: Channing.
+Alcott. Parker. Emerson. Fuller. Thoreau. Bushnell. Beecher. Hopkins.
+(_b_) _History_: Bancroft. Prescott. Motley. Parkman.
+
+_8._ CHILDREN’S WRITERS.--Sedgwick. Child. Warner. Finley. Whitney.
+Goodrich. Abbott. Dana.
+
+
+LATER VICTORIAN AND GEORGIAN AGE (_1870-1920_).
+
+_Forces at Work._--Amidst ever increasing complexity one may briefly
+note (_a_) The influence of British imperialism and commercialism, the
+development of dominion literature, and the Celtic Revival partly due
+to the frustration of Irish nationalism; (_b_) the rapid development
+of industry and the resulting increase in production and population;
+(_c_) the growth of trade unionism, the widening rift between classes
+and masses, and the resulting emphasis in literature on political and
+social abuses; (_d_) realisation of a national Education Act, its
+further development, and the subsequent growth of popular literature
+and of journalism; (_e_) the spread of the scientific spirit and its
+effects in heightening a critical and analytical attitude; (_f_) the
+influences from France, Russia, and Scandinavia with their trend
+towards crude or impressionistic realism and psychological analysis.
+
+_Literary Features._--The complexity of the age favoured many attitudes
+besides realism and analysis. In poetry one may range from romantic
+lyric or narrative to “satires of circumstance” or “stage-door
+flashlights,” while the feeling towards new models is shown not only
+in choice and treatment of subject but in the wide experimentation in
+new forms of verse. The drama in its first stage is limited to romantic
+comedy, but after Ibsen it becomes realistic and often satirical.
+The novel rises to be the chief instrument of public expression, and
+amidst the vast output, one may note the steady stream of romantic,
+realistic, and propaganda novels, while the short story achieves a
+triumph in itself. Miscellaneous prose writers are prolific; the growth
+of journalism tends to shorten the literary and critical essay, but
+the lengthy literary biography has still many adherents. A prominent
+class is the historical, philosophical and scientific treatise, and
+with the rise of popular education children’s literature achieves a
+special place. In poetry, style ranges from florid Swinburne and ornate
+Thompson to the delicate silver of Bridges, while in prose there are
+masters in every style.
+
+
+LATER VICTORIAN AND GEORGIAN AGE (_1870-1920_).
+
+_1._ POETRY.--(_a_) _The Victorian Tradition_: Tennyson. Browning.
+Austin. Bridges. Blunt. Gosse. Lang. “Owen Meredith.” Phillips.
+Watts-Dunton. Beeching. Benson. Gale. Quiller-Couch. Carpenter.
+Hewlett. Flecker. (_b_) _The Pre-Raphaelites_: Rossetti. Patmore.
+Morris. Swinburne. De Tabley. (_c_) _The Impressionists_: A. Symons.
+Dowson. Wilde. Le Gallienne. (_d_) _Political and Muscular School_:
+Henley. Watson. Kipling. Newbolt. Binyon. (_e_) _The Catholic Poets_:
+L. Johnson. F. Thompson. Meynell. L. Housman. Chesterton. (_f_)
+_Philosophic and Realistic_: E. Arnold. Meredith. Hardy. Watson.
+J. Thomson. Marston. Davidson. A. E. Housman. Gibson. Masefield.
+Abercrombie. Drinkwater. Brooke. Thomas. (_g_) _The New Nature Poets_:
+Davies. De la Mare. Hodgson. (_h_) _The Celts_: (_i_) L. Morris.
+O’Shaughnessy. De Vere. Buchanan. Shairp. (_ii_) Yeats. “A.E.” Jas.
+Stephens. Colum. Hyde. (_j_) _The Ladies_: (_i_) Webster. Woods.
+Meynell. Field. R. M. Watson. (_ii_) Barlow. O’Neill. Hopper. Tynan.
+Shorter. Gore-Booth. (_k_) Adlington, Flint, and the “Imagists.”
+
+_2._ THE DRAMA.--(_a_) _Poetic Drama_: Tennyson. Swinburne.
+Phillips. Davidson. (_b_) _Prose Drama_: (_i_) Wilde. (_ii_) _The
+Romantics_--Pinero. Jones. Grundy. Chambers. Carton. (_iii_) _The
+Realists_--Shaw. Barker. Galsworthy. Hankin. Cannan. Houghton.
+Zangwill. (_iv_) _The Middle School_--Barrie. Sutro. Bennett. Milne.
+Maugham. Davies. Drinkwater. (_v_) _The Irish Literary Theatre_--Yeats.
+“A.E.” Geo. Moore. Synge. Gregory. Ervine. Mayne.
+
+_3._ THE NOVEL.--(_a_) _The Realists and the Novel of Manners_:
+Eliot. Trollope. Reade. Meredith. Gissing. Hardy. Crackanthorpe.
+Harland. Moore. Wilde. Kipling. Phillpotts. Conrad. Zangwill. Wells.
+Bennett. Galsworthy. Walpole. Beresford. Lawrence. Mackenzie. (_b_)
+_Philosophical Novel_: Butler. Morris. Shorthouse. Shaw. Davidson.
+Watts-Dunton. “Mark Rutherford.” (_c_) _The Scotch Novel_: Macdonald.
+McCleod. Black. Munro. “Ian Maclaren.” Crockett. Stevenson. “Geo.
+Douglas.” (_d_) _The Romance_: W. Morris. Collins. Stevenson. Besant
+and Rice. Blackmore. Hudson. Haggard. Baring-Gould. Doyle. Kipling.
+Parker. G. Allen. Merriman. D. C. Murray. Hall Caine. Wells. “A. Hope.”
+Locke. (_e_) _The Ladies_: (_i_) Eliot. Mrs. Oliphant. Lady Ritchie.
+Mrs. Wood. Mrs. Craik. C. M. Yonge. “J. S. Winter.” M. E. Braddon.
+(_ii_) Mrs. H. Ward. “O. Schreiner.” Sarah Grand. “George Egerton.”
+B. Harraden. “Lucas Malet.” “Ouida.” “J. O. Hobbes.” “E. Robins.” May
+Sinclair. Kaye-Smith. (_f_) _Humorous sketch_: Anstey. Jerome. Jacobs.
+Pain. Pett Ridge. Lyons. Milne. Birmingham. Somerville and Ross. (_g_)
+_The Short Story_: Hardy. Kipling. Doyle. Bennett. Wells. Zangwill.
+
+_4._ ESSAY AND CRITICISM.--(_a_) _Literary Criticism_: M. Arnold.
+J. Brown. L. Stephen. W. E. Henley. J. A. Symonds. A. Lang. E. V.
+Lucas. G. K. Chesterton. G. B. Shaw. Garnett. Gosse. “Q.” Archer.
+Clutton-Brock. Nevinson. Harrison. (_b_) _Art Criticism_: Ruskin.
+Pater. Wilde. Wedmore (_c_) _Literary Essay_: Stevenson. Jefferies.
+Pater. Carpenter. Bain. Paget. A. C. Benson. Squire. (_d_) _Literary
+Biography_: Forster. Masson. Smiles. Oliphant. L. Stephen. Pattison.
+Morley. (_e_) _Letters and diaries_: Swinburne. Stevenson. Brooke.
+Cory. “Barbellion.”
+
+_5._ STUDY AND RESEARCH.--(_a_) _Religion and Philosophy_: (_i_) Lewes.
+Eliot. H. Martineau. Congreve and the positivists. (_ii_) Spencer.
+Darwin, Huxley, and the evolutionists (_iii_) Jowett, T. H. Green,
+Caird and the Neo-Hegelians. (_iv_) Newman, Church, Martineau, and the
+theologians. (_b_) _The Scientists_: Darwin. Wallace. Huxley. (_c_)
+_Travel_: A. B. Edwardes. Stanley. Stevenson. Burnaby. Isabella Bird.
+M. Kingsley. (_d_) _The Historians_: (_i_) Buckle. Maine. Bagehot.
+Pearson. Seeley. Acton. Lecky. Maitland. and the philosophical school.
+(_ii_) Froude. Freeman. Stubbs. J. R. Green. Creighton. Gardiner,
+and the Oxford school. (_iii_) Kinglake. Henderson, and the military
+historians.
+
+_6._ CHILDREN’S WRITERS.--(_a_) _English_: Stephenson. Ewing. Carroll.
+Lear. Parry. Farrow. Nesbit. Lucas. Kipling. Barrie. Henty. Fenn, etc.
+(_b_) _American_: Stowe. Hawthorne. Alcott. “Mark Twain.” Harris.
+Field. Ryley. Coffin. Stockton. Pyle. Ellis. Burnett.
+
+_7._ AMERICAN LITERATURE.--(_a_) _Poetry_: T. B. Aldrich. J. Miller.
+R. W. Gilder. J. W. Ryley. E. C. Stedman. R. H. Stoddard. R. Hovey.
+(_b_) _The Drama_: Howells. Daly. Fitch. Howard. The Mackayes. (_c_)
+_The Novel_: H. James. W. D. Howells. G. W. Cable. J. L. Allen.
+E. P. Roe. F. M. Crawford. L. Wallace. J. London. F. Norris. E.
+Wharton. (_d_) _The Essayists_: C. E. Norton. T. W. Higginson. M. W.
+Conway. E. C. Stedman. H. James. G. W. Curtis. H. W. Mabie. E. More.
+(_e_) _The Humorous Sketch and Story_: “Mark Twain.” “Bret Harte.”
+Ambrose Bierce. “Max Adeler.” “Bill Nye.” H. Ade. F. P. Dunne. C. G.
+Leland. “O. Henry.” (_f_) _Religion and Philosophy_: Gladden. Brooks.
+Fiske. Pierce. Schaff. MacCosh. Royce. W. James. Dewey. Baldwin. G.
+Santanyana. (_g_) _Historians_: Lea. Bancroft. Mahan.
+
+
+TEST PAPER (_1832-1920_)
+
+_1._ Who were the Pre-Raphaelites? What was their literary attitude?
+
+_2._ Outline the history of the drama from Robertson to Barker.
+
+_3._ In what respects do Hardy and Meredith agree and differ as poets
+and as novelists?
+
+_4._ Compare Whitman with Swinburne, or Tennyson with Browning.
+
+_5._ Write a brief essay on the cult of the short story from Irving to
+O. Henry.
+
+_6._ Show the development of realism either in poetry or prose fiction
+from _1870_.
+
+_7._ Name three American and three English humorists. Compare the work
+of any two of them.
+
+_8._ Write brief notes on any three of the following: Macaulay, Jas.
+Thomson, Sir W. Watson, O. W. Holmes, E. Fitzgerald. W. B. Yeats, J.
+Conrad, H. G. Wells.
+
+_9._ What do you know of the following: “Eothen,” “Erewhon,” “The Hound
+of Heaven,” “Vailima Letters,” “A Shropshire Lad.”
+
+_10._ Compare Dickens and Thackeray as satirists.
+
+
+
+
+COURSE SIX: LIBRARY AND MUSEUM LEGISLATION, ORGANISATION AND EQUIPMENT.
+
+
+TEXT BOOKS REQUIRED.
+
+American Library Association--Manual of library economy. _Reprints.
+Chaps. 1-32, A.L.A.; also Grafton, 1s. 6d. each._
+
+Bostwick (A. E.)--The American Public Library. _3rd edition revised and
+enlarged. Appleton, 1923. 12s. 6d._
+
+Brown (J. D.)--Manual of library economy. _Library Supply, 1907
+edition; 3rd and memorial edition by W. C. B. Sayers. Grafton, 1919.
+30s._
+
+Brown (J. D.) _and others_. Open-access libraries. _Grafton, 1915. 10s.
+6d._
+
+Fovargue (H. W.)--Summary of the law relating to public libraries in
+England and Wales, Scotland and Ireland. _Grafton, 1922. 2s. 6d._
+
+Roebuck (G. E.) _and_ Thorne (W. B.)--A primer of library practice.
+_Grafton, 1914. 5s._
+
+Sanderson (C. R.)--“Library Law.” _Bumpus, 1925. 6s._
+
+
+_Lesson 1._
+
+LIBRARY AND MUSEUM LEGISLATION.
+
+The first part of this section must be carefully studied and I advise
+all students to thoroughly understand Sanderson’s “Library Law.” It
+is essential to possess a detailed knowledge of the English, Scottish
+and Irish Acts of Parliament relating to Public Libraries and Museums.
+The Public Libraries Act, _1919_, the Public Libraries (Scotland)
+Act, _1920_, The Public Libraries (Ireland) Act, _1920_, The Public
+Libraries (Northern Ireland) Act, _1924_ and the Irish Free State Local
+Government Act, _1925_ must be carefully read, and students should keep
+to British legislation until able to say exactly what may be done under
+the Acts and able to give dates and title of the Acts for particular
+powers. Note particularly Irish legislation (Sanderson, _pp. 40-41_).
+In conjunction with Sanderson’s work read the reports issued by the
+Carnegie United Kingdom Trustees. They include the Annual Reports
+from _1914_ to date. Library provision and policy, by W. G. S. Adams,
+_1915_. Proceedings of the Carnegie Rural Library Conference, _1920_.
+Stirling Conference Report: Extension to Burgh and Parish Library
+areas, _1923_. The Public Library System of Great Britain and Ireland
+(_1921-1923_), _1924_, and the County Library Conference, _1924_.
+
+Having obtained a thorough grounding from the above authorities the
+Reading List may now be commenced. For criticism on the _1919_ Act
+consult the _L.A. Vol. 15, 1920-21, pp. 5-7; 118-124; 135-137. L.A.R.
+Vol. 21, 1919, pp. 333-338 (Scotland), and L.W. Vol. 22, 1919-1926, pp.
+330-333._
+
+For county rural libraries Gray’s County library systems, and Macleod’s
+County rural libraries covers all the ground necessary to the student.
+
+
+READING LIST.
+
+Baker--Public libraries under the new Act (_1919_). _Fortnightly
+Review. February, 1921, pp. 321-333._
+
+Boose--Constitution of Colonial public libraries. _L. Vol. 6, 1894, pp.
+391-401._
+
+Brown--Manual of library economy. _1907 edition. Sects. 1-18. 1919
+edition. Sects. 1-18._
+
+Drury--The library and its organization. _Classics of American
+Librarianship. Wilson: New York, 1924, pp. 131-155; 263-339. County
+Libraries, pp. 343-377._
+
+Encyclopædia Britannica.--Articles: _Libraries. Museums._
+
+Fovargue--Summary of law relating to public libraries in England and
+Wales, Scotland and Ireland. _Revised edition, 1922._
+
+Gray--County library systems: their history, organisation and
+administration. _The Coptic Series. Grafton, 1922, pp. 11-125._
+
+Johnston--The Education (Scotland) Act, _1918_ and public library
+development. _L.A.R. Vol. 22, 1920, pp. 92-97._
+
+Macleod--County rural libraries: their policy and organisation.
+_Grafton, 1923, 10s. 6d., pp. 31-76; 88-109._
+
+Macleod--County library law. _L.A.R. Vol. 24, 1922, pp. 309-321._
+
+Minto--Exemption of libraries from rates and taxes. _L. (N.S.). Vol. 3,
+1902, pp. 256-260._
+
+Minto--Public libraries and museums. _L.A.R. Vol. 5, 1903, pp. 261-269._
+
+Roebuck and Thorne--Primer of library practice. _Grafton, 1914, pp.
+11-28; 149-182._
+
+Sanderson--Library law: a text book for the professional examinations
+in library organisation. _Bumpus, 1925. 6s., pp 15-67, 125-147._
+
+Sparke--Nationalisation of public libraries. _In Librarians’ Guide,
+1923, pp. 9-13._
+
+Statutes relating to public libraries and museums, _1798-1898_. _L.A.
+Year Book, 1899-1907._
+
+Stearns--How to organise State Library Commissions. _L.J. Vol. 24,
+1899. Conference Number, Chaps. 16-18, also in Drury’s Library and its
+organisation; pp. 287-292._
+
+Superannuation. _L.A.R. Vol. 21, 1919, pp. 339-342._
+
+Superannuation, by S. Lord. _N.A.L.G.O. Offices, 1922, 14 page
+pamphlet._
+
+Third Interim Report of the Adult Education Committee ... on Libraries
+and Museums.
+
+
+QUESTIONS:
+
+_1._ Mention current acts of legislation, other than Library Acts,
+which have direct bearing on libraries, museums and art galleries.
+
+_2._ Name the places where there is no fixed limit to the rate that may
+be levied for library purposes, and show the effect of this absence of
+limitation.
+
+_3._ Compare the library legislation of South Africa with that of
+Australia.
+
+_4._ What Act authorises the library authority to make bye-laws, and
+for what purpose?
+
+_5._ What are the main provisions of the State Library Laws of the
+United States?
+
+_6._ Write a brief essay (500 words) on County Rural Library Law.
+
+
+_Lesson 2._
+
+COMMITTEE, FINANCE, STAFF.
+
+Possessing a good knowledge of the powers conferred by the Acts the
+student must now pay special attention to the powers and duties of
+Library Committees; committee routine, accounts, and the provisions
+for loans and rates. Take particular care that the permissive and
+compulsory powers are thoroughly understood. Audit, annual budgets
+and financial factors affecting the buildings, books, salaries, etc.,
+of the library services should be carefully considered and definite
+decisions and figures memorised. The qualifications and duties of
+librarians and assistants, and a knowledge of the facilities available
+for the training of assistants, both in England and America is also
+necessary. The statistics of our large public libraries relating to
+finance, etc., as given in the Librarian’s Guide and the Carnegie
+United Kingdom Trustee reports should be compared and studied.
+
+
+READING LIST.
+
+Ballinger--Constitution of public library committees. _L. Vol. 7, 1895,
+pp. 1-9._
+
+Bostwick--The American Public Library. _3rd edition, revised and
+enlarged, 1923, pp. 201-214._
+
+Brown--Manual of library economy. _1907 edition. Sects. 19-103;
+483-484. 1919 edition. Sects. 19-98._
+
+Fegan--Some thoughts on professional training. _L.A.R. Vol. 13, 1911,
+pp. 237-242._
+
+Hetherington--Library statistics. _L.A.R. Vol. 19, 1917, pp. 1-16;
+280-284._
+
+Guppy--The librarian’s equipment. _L.A. Vol. 6, 1903, pp. 66-71._
+
+Law--Committee work. _L.W. Vol. 12, 1909-10, pp. 127-129._
+
+Lucas--On the delegation of powers to library committees. _L.A.R.,
+1904, pp. 388-393._
+
+McCall.--Library finance. _L.A. Vol. 16, 1922, pp. 24-28; 38-40._
+
+Minto--Education and training for librarianship. _L.A. Vol. 17, 1924,
+pp. 236-242._
+
+Neesham--Cash receipts and petty cash. _L.W. Vol. 10, 1907-8, pp.
+248-251._
+
+Neesham--Committee work. _L.W. Vol. 10, 1907-8, pp. 351-353._
+
+Pacy--Borrowing and rating powers under the Public Libraries Acts. _L.
+Vol. 1, 1899, pp. 132-136._
+
+Piper--Technical training in librarianship in England and abroad.
+_L.A.R. Vol. 14, 1912, pp. 332-351._
+
+Prideaux--Professional registration and education. _L.A.R. Vol. 8,
+1906, pp. 1-6._
+
+Robinson--Public finance. _Camb. Univ. Press. 5s._
+
+Roebuck _and_ Thorne--Primer of library practice, _pp. 29-45; 139-148._
+
+Ross--Technical training in librarianship in England and abroad.
+_L.A.R. Vol. 12, 1910, pp, 99-117._
+
+Sanderson--Summary of library law. _pp. 68-117._
+
+Sayers--Past and present professional training. _L.A.R. Vol. 15, 1913,
+pp. 585-596._
+
+Sayers--Library finance. _L.A.R. Vol. 19, 1917, pp. 17-29._
+
+Sparke--Library assistants and the future. _L.A. Vol. 14, 1918, pp.
+184-8._
+
+Wright--Some principles of rural library economy. _L.W. Vol. 23,
+1920-21, pp. 537-540._
+
+
+QUESTIONS.
+
+_1._ What records should a librarian keep so as to be able to show the
+receipts and expenditure under the chief heads? Give suggested rulings.
+
+_2._ Discuss the advantages to be gained by having co-opted members on
+the Libraries Committee.
+
+_3._ What advantages would be likely to follow if all County Councils
+carried out the duties of library authorities?
+
+_4._ Write an imaginary agenda for a public library committee meeting.
+
+_5._ Compare the British system of training for librarianship with that
+of the United States.
+
+_6._ A public library service has an income of £20,000. Tabulate the
+percentage you would devote under the various heads.
+
+
+_Lesson 3._
+
+BUILDINGS AND FITTINGS.
+
+This lesson is intended to enable the student to obtain a thorough
+grasp of the theory and principles of library architecture. The
+class of library required, its scope and size, the amount of money
+available, the environment, experience of the librarian and the method
+of administration intended are all factors that require careful
+consideration when planning a new library building. Great care must
+also be taken in selecting or accepting a site. Full factors in
+the planning of the various departments, together with the correct
+type of fittings and furniture, should be known to all students.
+I advise students to visit as many libraries as possible that are
+organised and administered on the most modern method of library
+science and to compare them. The factors on population in relation to
+buildings, spacing and cubical contents required for planning, and the
+miscellaneous percentages pertaining to the organisation of a library
+service found on pages _165-8_ should be practised and memorised. _The
+Builder_ should be looked through for specifications and competitions
+and these should be compared with those suggested by Champneys,
+Soule, Marks and others. The influence of the “open access” method
+of administration on planning, fittings and furniture must never be
+overlooked.
+
+
+READING LIST.
+
+Adams--Public libraries: their buildings and equipment. _L.A.R. Vol. 7,
+1905, pp. 161-177 and 220-236._
+
+Bostwick--The American Public Library. _3rd edition revised and
+enlarged, 1923, pp. 282-311._
+
+Brown--Manual of library economy. _1907 edition. Sect. 104-169; pp.
+481-2; 485-8. 1919 edition. Sect. 107-173._
+
+Brown _and others_--Open-access libraries. _Grafton, 1915, pp. 11-104._
+
+Burgoyne--Library construction, architecture and fittings, and
+furniture. _The Library Series. Allen, 1906. O.P. Passim._
+
+Burgoyne--Some points in library planning. _Greenwood’s L.Y.B.,
+1900-01, pp. 12-20._
+
+Champneys--Public libraries: a treatise on their design, construction
+and fittings. _Batsford, 1907, 12s. 6d., pp. 1-60; 61-151._
+
+Coulson--Situation of branch libraries. _L.W. Vol. 12, 1909-10, pp.
+201-4._
+
+Greenhough--Ventilation, heating and lighting. _L. Vol. 2, 1890, pp.
+421-433._
+
+Hadley--Library buildings. Notes and plans. _Amer. Lib. Assoc.,
+Chicago. Grafton, 17s. 6d._
+
+Hare--Some suggestions on the planning of public libraries. _L.A.R.
+Vol. 8, 1906, pp. 148-154._
+
+Hart--Heating, lighting and ventilation. _Greenwoods Y.B., 1897, p. 38._
+
+Lowe--The public library building plan. _1924._
+
+MacLeod--County rural libraries, _pp. 120-130_.
+
+Marks--The principles of planning. _Chap. Library planning._
+
+Philip--Lighting, heating and ventilation of libraries. _L.A.R. Vol. 9,
+1907, pp. 225-230._
+
+Sayers--The children’s library. _The English Library, pp. 78-116 and
+Appendix 1._
+
+Soule--How to plan a library building for library work. _Boston, 1912._
+
+Stansbury--Library buildings from a librarian’s standpoint. _P.L.
+November, 1906, p. 495._
+
+Tilton--Scientific library planning. _L.J. September, 1912, p. 497._
+
+Walter--Interior decoration of libraries. _L.A.R. Vol. 10, 1908, pp.
+649-659._
+
+
+QUESTIONS.
+
+_1._ Plan a combined children’s open-access lending library and reading
+room to accommodate _120_ children at a time, with _2_ assistants on
+duty.
+
+_2._ Tabulate the features or essentials you would look for in
+selecting a site for a public library.
+
+_3._ Give a specification of the principal items of furniture required
+for a library estimated to cost £20,000.
+
+_4._ Describe three different varieties of adjustable shelving; state
+which you would like the best and why.
+
+_5._ Name the principal conditions which should govern an architectural
+competition for a Central library building to cost £50,000.
+
+_6._ Write a brief essay on the organisation and equipment of a
+combined reference library and reading room for business men.
+
+
+_Lesson 4._
+
+BOOK-BUYING AND ACCESSION METHODS.
+
+A knowledge of book purchase and accession methods is necessary in
+organising and administering a library service. The sources of supply,
+and the names of the different classes of publishers and booksellers
+should be known to all students. The steps to be taken in purchasing,
+say, 10,000 volumes, and what classes of books to buy second-hand
+should be carefully considered. Get acquainted with the methods of
+treating donations, and the principles governing the replacement of
+withdrawals should be known. Constant revision of stock is necessary in
+all libraries and advantage should be taken of the special opportunity
+which is presented whenever a new catalogue is contemplated. Note the
+difference between “reprints” and “new editions.” The recognised rules
+and principles on what to withdraw or discard should be carefully read.
+
+
+READING LIST.
+
+Aldred--Book selection and rejection. _L.A.R. Vol. 3, 1901, pp.
+143-156._
+
+Baker--Book selection. _L.A.R. Vol. 13, 1911, pp. 17-29._
+
+Baker--Gift horses. _L.A.R. Vol 11, 1909, pp. 422-423._
+
+Bostwick--American Public Library. _3rd edition, pp. 148-161._
+
+Brown--Book selection. _L.W. Vol. 26, 1923-24, pp. 98-104._
+
+Brown--Manual of library economy. _1907 edition. Sects. 215-235;
+489-495. 1919 edition, Sects. 207-229._
+
+Clarke--Scientific text-books, and the disposal of editions
+out-of-date. _L. Vol. 6, 1894, pp. 164-169._
+
+Doubleday--Weeding out. _L.A.R. Vol. 6, 1904, pp. 327-335._
+
+Duncan--Standardization in accession methods. _L.W. Vol. 9, 1906-07,
+pp. 83-87._
+
+Formby--Donations. _L. Vol. 1, 1889, pp. 197-202._
+
+Hooper--Order and accession department. _Preprint of A.L.A. Manual of
+Lib. Economy. Chap. 17, Passim._
+
+Lord--Notes on book-buying for libraries. _L.J. 1907, pp. 3, 56._
+
+Neesham--Accession methods. _L.W. Vol. 8, 1906, pp. 317-320._
+
+Palmer--Relationships of publishers, booksellers and librarians. _L.J.,
+1901. Conference Number, p. 31._
+
+Pitt--Practical accession work. _L.A.R. Vol. 7, 1905, pp. 68-71._
+
+Roebuck _and_ Thorne--Primer of library practice. _pp. 40-50._
+
+Willcock--Recording, replacing and disposal of worn-out books. _L.W.
+Vol. 4. 1901-02, pp. 91-93._
+
+
+QUESTIONS.
+
+_1._ Name twenty-five “quick-reference” books.
+
+_2._ Describe how you would keep up-to-date with new editions in the
+scientific and technical sections.
+
+_3._ Is a stock register best kept on cards or in book form? Give your
+views on this matter.
+
+_4._ What books are periodically discarded in a lending department?
+What steps would you take in purchasing at one time books to the value
+of £2,000?
+
+
+_Lesson 5._
+
+RULES AND REGULATIONS.
+
+The popularity of a public library used to be conditioned by its rules
+and regulations, but during recent years utility has taken the place
+of hard and fast rules. The student should read the rules of early
+libraries, understand their principles and compare them with present
+day rules. The legal aspect of all sides of the library service
+must also be known and what powers are available for enforcement of
+penalties, etc. The number of hours the different departments are open
+to the public, holiday opening, duration of vacation for the staffs,
+age limits to Juvenile and Senior departments, periods of loans, etc.,
+should be known to all assistants who wish to become qualified and
+efficient in their work.
+
+
+READING LIST.
+
+Barnett--Sunday labour in public libraries. _Greenwood’s Year Book,
+1897, pp. 102-106._
+
+Brown--Manual of library economy. _1907 edition, Sects. 353-382;
+506-509. 1919 edition, Sects. 348-375._
+
+Brown--The small library. _The English Library, pp. 139-148._
+
+Brown and others--Open-access libraries, _pp. 179-198_.
+
+Clark--Care of books. _2nd edition. Camb. Univ. Press, 1902. 24s.
+Useful for early rules._
+
+Dana--Library primer. _pp. 122-139._
+
+Edwards--Memoirs of libraries. _2 vols. Early rules._
+
+Fry--Fines and other penalties. _L.W. Vol. 17, 1914-15, pp. 1-8._
+
+Farrow--Rules and regulations for lending libraries. _L.W. Vol. 13,
+1910-11, pp. 36-41._
+
+Greenwood--Sunday opening of public libraries. _In his Year Book, 1894,
+pp. 458-470._
+
+Johnston--The replacement of “infected” books. _L.W. Vol. 4, 1901-02,
+pp. 6-9._
+
+Local Government Board--Draft rules. _L.A.R. Vol. 5, 1903, pp. 28-30._
+
+Mathews--Public library bye-laws and regulations. _L.A.R. Vol. 6, 1904,
+pp. 279-289._
+
+Sanderson--Library law, _pp. 117-122._
+
+Sayers--The children’s library, _pp. 78-100._
+
+Shaw _and others_--Sunday opening of libraries. _L.A.R. Vol. 7, 1905,
+pp. 580-584. Vol. 8, 1906, pp. 79-88._
+
+Willcock--Notification of infectious disease and the public library.
+_L.W. Vol. 2, 1899-1900, pp. 89-91._
+
+
+QUESTIONS.
+
+_1._ What rule or rules would you include in your bye-laws, if you wish
+to obtain exemption from the payment of rates?
+
+_2._ Make a comparison of the early rules in libraries with those of
+to-day.
+
+_3._ State what steps you would take to obtain the return of a book
+long overdue, and what power you have for the enforcement of payment of
+the fines?
+
+_4._ Discuss the pros and cons of Sunday opening of reading rooms.
+
+_5._ If you saw a person cutting an advertisement from a newspaper in
+the reading room, what action would you take?
+
+_6._ Give the dimensions of tables, chairs and newspaper stands or wall
+stands for a general reading room.
+
+
+TEST EXAMINATION.
+
+_1._ Give a brief account of the Public Libraries Act of _1919_. What
+amendments or additions would you suggest in order to improve the
+Municipal Library System of England?
+
+_2._ Outline the legislation of the United States and state how it
+differs from English legislation.
+
+_3._ Assume that a library is free from debt and that the income from
+the rates and other sources amounts to £20,000, state under the usual
+main headings how you would allocate the expenditure.
+
+_4._ A library authority wishes to raise a loan of £50,000 for the
+building of a library. State the Act or Acts it must work under, the
+period for the repayment of the loan, and the general procedure in
+connection with obtaining loans.
+
+_5._ Draw a plan of a library, on one floor, to serve a population of
+100,000 showing what departments you consider essential, and giving the
+area you would allocate to each.
+
+_6._ State what size you would have the book-cases; what gangway space
+between each stack, and your method of dealing with oversize books in a
+large open access library.
+
+_7._ Name the ten best guides to book selection.
+
+_8._ State how you would proceed to select the nucleus stock for a
+library.
+
+_9._ Draft a set of rules for a lending library.
+
+_10._ Draft twelve rules for the juvenile lending library.
+
+_11._ If a person wished to become a borrower, but worked and lived
+outside the library district, under what conditions could you accept
+his application?
+
+
+FACTORS AND NOTES RELATING TO LIBRARY AND MUSEUM LEGISLATION,
+ORGANISATION AND EQUIPMENT.
+
+
+PRINCIPAL ACTS OF PARLIAMENT AFFECTING PUBLIC LIBRARIES.
+
+ _1843_--Scientific Societies Exemption Act.
+ _1855_--Public Libraries (Ireland) Act.
+ _1861_--Malicious Injuries to Property Consolidation and Amendment
+ (England and Ireland) Act.
+ _1875_--Public Health Act.
+ _1877_--Public Libraries Amendment (Ireland) Act.
+ _1885_--Public Libraries (Ireland) Act.
+ _1887_--Public Libraries Consolidation (Scotland) Act.
+ _1887_--Public Libraries Amendment and Consolidation (Scotland) Act.
+ _1891_--Museums and Gymnasiums Act.
+ _1892_--Public Libraries Consolidation and Amendment Act.
+ _1893_--Public Libraries Amendment Act.
+ _1894_--Public Libraries Amendment and Consolidation (Scotland) Act.
+ _1894_--Public Libraries Amendment (Ireland) Act.
+ _1894_--Local Government Act (England and Wales).
+ _1898_--Libraries Offences Act.
+ _1899_--Public Libraries Amendment (Scotland) Act.
+ _1899_--Local Government Act (Metropolitan Boroughs).
+ _1901_--Public Libraries Museums and Gymnasiums Amendment Act.
+ _1902_--Public Libraries Amendment (Ireland) Act.
+ _1911_--Public Libraries (Ireland) Act.
+ _1918_--Education Act.
+ _1919_--Public Libraries Act.
+ _1920_--Public Libraries (Scotland) Act.
+ _1920_--Public Libraries (Ireland) Act.
+ _1920_--Blind Persons Act.
+ _1924_--Public Libraries Act (Northern Ireland).
+ _1925_--Irish Free State Local Government Act.
+
+
+FIRST TOWNS IN GREAT BRITAIN AND IRELAND TO ADOPT THE PUBLIC LIBRARIES
+ACT.
+
+ _1848_--Warrington.
+ _1849_--Salford.
+ _1850_--Brighton, Norwich.
+ _1851_--Winchester.
+ _1852_--Bolton, Liverpool, Manchester, Oxford.
+ _1853_--Airdrie, Cambridge, Ipswich, Sheffield.
+ _1855_--Hertford, Maidstone.
+ _1856_--Birkenhead, Dundalk, Westminster.
+ _1857_--Leamington, Walsall.
+ _1858_--Canterbury.
+
+
+COMMITTEES.
+
+Most of the Committees are composed partly of the members of the local
+Council and partly of co-opted members who are not on the Council,
+the Council generally being represented by _66%_, with the exception
+of Scotland, where Committees are, by law, half and half. The average
+constitution of a committee is _16_ but some range from _6_ to _40_.
+
+
+LOANS.
+
+The Ministry of Health determine the period for which sums of money for
+particular purposes may be borrowed. The periods usually are:--
+
+ For sites or lands _65_ or _50_ years.
+ For buildings (with fixtures), _30_ years.
+ For books, _10_ years.
+ For furniture (movable only), _10_ years.
+
+
+ESTIMATE OF ANNUAL EXPENDITURE FOR BRITISH MUNICIPAL LIBRARIES, WITH
+AND WITHOUT LOANS.
+
+ With Without
+ Loans. Loans.
+ Salaries and Wages _40_ _45_
+ Books _14_ _18_
+ New _10_ _12_
+ Old _2_ _3_
+ Replacements _2_ _3_
+ Periodicals and Newspapers _6_ _6_
+ Binding _4_ _5_
+ Buildings _12_ _14_
+ Heating _4_ _4_
+ Lighting _4_ _4_
+ Fittings and Repairs _2_ _3_
+ Cleaning _1_ _2_
+ Insurance _1_ _1_
+ Establishment _6_ _9_
+ Stationery and Printing _2_ _5_
+ Postages _1_ _1_
+ Rates _3_ _3_
+ National Insurance _1_ _1_
+ Loans _15_ --
+ Miscellaneous _2_ _2_
+ ---- ----
+ _100_ _100_
+ ---- ----
+
+
+STAFF.
+
+The number of librarians and assistants employed in British Municipal
+Libraries is considerably over _4,000_. The percentage of males is
+_55%_. Our largest staffs are in Liverpool and Glasgow libraries (over
+_200_ each) followed by Manchester and Birmingham with over _150_ and
+_100_ respectively. Bradford, Bristol, Cardiff, Leeds, have each over
+_50_ staff, and Bolton, Brighton, Edinburgh, Newcastle-on-Tyne and
+Sheffield have staffs ranging from _30_ to _50_.
+
+
+STAFF HOURS.
+
+The average number of hours worked by the staffs in our larger
+libraries is _42_ weekly.
+
+
+MISCELLANEOUS PERCENTAGES PERTAINING TO THE ORGANIZATION OF A LIBRARY
+SERVICE.
+
+When a town has adopted the Public Libraries Acts it is possible, by
+taking the population as a basis, to form an idea of the requirements
+necessary to meet the demands that will probably be made upon the
+service.
+
+A careful survey of the statistics of over _500_ British Municipal
+Libraries results in the following figures. The total percentage of
+inhabitants who will make use of the Lending Department is _8_%; the
+Reference Department, ¼%; and the Reading Room, _1_¼%.
+
+As an example of the working of these percentages for a town of 100,000
+inhabitants the following results are obtained:--
+
+The Lending Department must cater for _8_% (_8,000_) of the population.
+We can assume that each borrower will read _28_ books per annum. Thus
+we would have an annual issue of _224,000_. If we assume that the
+Department is open _307_ days in the year we would have a daily average
+of _730_. The Library would be open _11_ to _12_ hours daily giving
+us an hourly average of from _60_ to _66_. Experience has proved that
+more borrowers are present at one time in the evenings and if we allow
+_40_% extra to the hourly average attendance we get the number present
+of from _84_ to _92_. By allowing _25_ square feet for each reader,
+the total floor space required would be from _2,100_ to _2,300_ square
+feet; or, an area _55_ feet by _40_ feet would admirably meet these
+requirements.
+
+
+REFERENCE LIBRARY.
+
+¼% (_250_) of the population will use the Reference Department daily.
+Using the above factors we would have an hourly average attendance of
+_20_, and allowing for crowded periods and _25_ square feet for each
+reader we would require an area of _700_ square feet; or, a room _28_
+feet by _25_ feet.
+
+
+READING ROOM.
+
+_1_¼% (_1,250_) of the population will make use of the Reading Room
+daily. Using the given factors we would have to provide accommodation
+for _144_ readers present at one time. Allow _18_ square feet for each
+reader, and we require an area of _2,592_ square feet; or a room about
+_60_ feet by _44_ feet.
+
+
+JUVENILE DEPARTMENT.
+
+About _500_ square feet will be ample accommodation for this Department
+in a town of this size.
+
+
+LECTURE ROOMS.
+
+Attendances vary so much here that it is impossible to secure reliable
+figures. For a popular lecture room in a town of _100,000_ inhabitants
+upwards of _400_ would have to be accommodated, and allowing _7_ square
+feet for each person including platform, gangway, etc., we would
+require an area of _2,800_ square feet; or, a room _40_ feet by _70_
+feet.
+
+
+FURNITURE AND FITTINGS.
+
+The greater part of the fittings and furniture of public libraries are
+made of wood. Oak is the kind most used, but walnut and mahogany are
+very satisfactory for book-cases, tables and card cabinets.
+
+
+BOOK CASES.
+
+The chief requirements of book-shelving are accessibility and
+adjustability. The best material for book-stacks is undoubtedly fumed
+oak. An oak book-stack _10_ feet _10_ inches in length, _1_ foot _4_
+inches in breadth and _6_ feet _10_ inches in height containing shelves
+_3_ feet _6_ inches in length, _7_ inches in width and _1_ inch in
+depth is an ideal stack for an open-access Lending Library. This stack
+fitted with Tonks’ fittings, the metal studs being about ¾ inch apart,
+contains _7_ shelves to the tier. For Lending Library purposes we can
+estimate that nine books will take one foot of shelf space, and each
+of the shelves will carry thirty books, therefore _7_ shelves or one
+tier will accommodate _210_ books, _3_ tiers, or one bay will take
+_630_ books and the complete stack will hold _1,260_ volumes. If we
+take _1,250_ as an average for each stack we can work out any problem
+arising if we know the number of books. For Reference Libraries _8_
+books to the foot is the usual run. The shelves are _9_ inches apart
+and the top shelf _6_ feet from the floor and the bottom shelf _1_ foot
+from the floor.
+
+Iron and steel book-stacks, standard size, for “closed” libraries
+or for books accessible only to the staff are generally _7_ feet
+_6_ inches by _3_ feet _2_ inches, by _15_ inches, which may be
+joined (generally in bays of three) together. Standard reference
+book-stacks are _7_ feet _6_ inches, by _3_ feet _2_ inches, by _18_
+inches. Special cases must be provided for large books. For detailed
+particulars of shelving _see_ Brown’s “Manual of library economy,”
+_1907_ edition, Sections _139-150_, and _1919_ edition, Sections
+_143-158_; Champney’s “Public Libraries,” _pp. 30-39_; Brown _and
+others_--“Open-access Libraries.”
+
+
+READING TABLES.
+
+Reading-room Tables should be made of oak, and for adults they should
+be _2_ feet _6_ inches high, and the breadth, where both sides are
+used by readers should not be less than _3_ feet. Each reader should
+be allowed _2_ feet _6_ inches. Tables should never be longer than _7_
+feet _6_ inches. Where there is sufficient space tables _5_ feet long
+and _3_ feet in breadth are the best. If a sloping top is required a
+_fillet_ should be placed at the bottom to prevent papers slipping off.
+No more than _4_ to _6_ readers should be accommodated at each table.
+
+
+NEWSPAPER READING SLOPES.
+
+A projecting brass rail, upon which readers may rest their arms, should
+always be fixed at the bottom of the slope. About _4_ feet run should
+be allowed for each paper when possible, but _3_ feet _6_ inches will
+do if space is limited. The usual height of wall slopes is _3_ feet,
+from the floor to the bottom of the slope, and _5_ feet from the floor
+to the title plate, which should take the form of movable boards fitted
+into brass brackets and placed at the top of the slope in the centre
+of the newspaper. The bottom of the slope should be _1_ foot _3_
+inches from the wall. There are several kinds of brass screw clips for
+fastening the newspapers to the stands, but revolving holders should be
+used for illustrated papers.
+
+
+READING ROOM CHAIRS.
+
+Arm-chairs are to be preferred to any others. The height of the seat
+should be _1_ foot _4_ inches except for juvenile readers (when the
+height will range from _12_ inches for children _5-9_ years of age,
+with an additional inch for every four years up to _21_ years of age).
+
+
+“OPEN-ACCESS” ENCLOSURE.
+
+The lending library counter in an open-access library should be _3_
+feet high and _2_ feet wide and the minimum area for the enclosure
+should be _8_ feet by _8_ feet for the smaller libraries and a minimum
+of _10_ feet by _10_ feet for libraries registering a daily issue of
+over _1,000_ volumes. For detailed kinds of barriers, latches, etc.,
+see Brown’s “Manual of library economy,” _1907_ edition, Sections
+_128-129_; _1919_ edition, Sections _131-136_; and Brown _and others_
+“Open-access libraries.”
+
+
+MISCELLANEOUS.
+
+Gangways between double reading tables, with movable chairs should be
+at least _6_ feet. Gangways down the sides of centre of a room should
+be _7_ feet. Space between each book, stack in a closed library should
+be a minimum of _4_ feet and in an open-access library a minimum of _6_
+feet.
+
+In planning buildings _18_ to _24_ inches should be allowed for
+external walls, and _6_ to _9_ inches for internal walls.
+
+
+
+
+COURSE 7: LIBRARY ADMINISTRATION.
+
+
+TEXT BOOKS REQUIRED.
+
+American Library Association--Manual of library economy. _Preprints
+Nos. 1-32. A.L.A. Also Grafton. 1s. 6d. each._
+
+Baker (E. A.)--The public library. _O’Connor, 1922. 12s. 6d._
+
+Bostwick (A. E.)--The American public library. _3rd edition. Appleton,
+1923. 12s. 6d._
+
+Brown (J. D.)--Manual of library economy. _3rd edition, revised by W.
+C. B. Sayers. Grafton, 1919, 30s._
+
+Brown (J. D.) and others--Open access libraries. _Grafton 1915. 10s.
+6d._
+
+Dana (J. C.)--Library primer. _1910. Library Bureau. 6s._
+
+Library Economics. _Grafton, 1909. 2s. 6d._
+
+Rae (W. S. C.)--Public library administration. _Routledge, 1913. Also
+Grafton. 3s. 6d._
+
+Roebuck (G. E.) _and_ Thorne (W. B.)--A primer of library practice.
+_Grafton, 1914. 5s._
+
+
+_Lesson 1._
+
+GENERAL POLICY, ADMINISTRATION AND ARRANGEMENT OF CHIEF DEPARTMENTS.
+
+In conjunction with the study of matters appertaining to the
+administration of libraries, the student will find that a policy of
+visiting as many libraries as possible will prove to be of material
+assistance in demonstrating the comparative value of the various
+details of arrangement, equipment, service, etc.
+
+Note carefully the points taken into consideration in planning the
+interior arrangement of the various departments, paying special
+attention to the essential requirements with regard to accommodation.
+(Read carefully the factors on pages _165-168_).
+
+Several matters are to be taken into consideration in deciding the best
+means of providing library facilities, and the functions and methods
+of administering branch libraries, delivery stations, and travelling
+libraries require studious attention.
+
+The provision of newsrooms is sometimes criticised as unnecessary. Go
+fully into the question, considering their purpose, cost, value, etc.
+Their planning and arrangement, as also of magazine rooms, govern in a
+large measure their success, and should be studied.
+
+The passing of the “1919 Act” has resulted in the rapid establishment
+of County Libraries, and introduced new problems in library policy.
+These will become more acute and consequently require increasing
+attention during coming years as the County Library systems develop.
+The loss of efficiency due to lack of co-operation will become
+more accentuated until means for the latter are provided. Various
+suggestions have already been made and these should receive careful
+consideration when making the necessary survey of the whole question.
+
+Many libraries have adopted a policy of centralising certain branches
+of administrative work, such as cataloguing, classification, etc. Give
+full attention to this and consider in what circumstances and to what
+extent this practice can be advantageously adopted.
+
+
+READING LIST.
+
+
+GENERAL.
+
+Aldred--Matters connected with the organisation of libraries. _L.A.R.
+Vol. 18, 1916, pp. 1-20._
+
+Bond--Some features of recent library practice in Great Britain.
+_L.A.R. Vol. 17, 1915, pp. 227-243._
+
+Bostwick--Administration. _Chap. 12. A.L.A. Manual of library economy._
+
+Bostwick--The American Public Library. _Chap. 21, pp. 282-311._
+
+Brown--Manual of library economy. _1919 edition. Chaps. 8-12, pp.
+106-166._
+
+Brown and others--Open access libraries. _Chaps. 2-4, pp. 16-104._
+
+Rae--Public library administration. _pp. 3-40_.
+
+Roebuck and Thorne--Primer of library practice. _pp. 29-66_.
+
+Sandbach--Inter-library lending. _L.A.R. New Series. Vol. 3, 1925, pp.
+230-241._
+
+Sharp--Adult education and the public library. _L.A. Vol. 18, 1925, pp.
+124-127; 159-164._
+
+
+BRANCH LIBRARIES, DELIVERY STATIONS, TRAVELLING LIBRARIES.
+
+Barrett--Branch libraries ... relations with central library. _L.A.R.
+Vol. 6, 1904, pp. 78-84._
+
+Bostwick--The American Public Library. _Chaps. 8 and 18, pp. 114-121;
+243-260._
+
+Brown--Manual of library economy. _1919 edition. Chap, 26, pp. 366-374._
+
+Eastman--Branch libraries. _Chap. 15. A.L.A. Manual of library economy._
+
+Library economics, _pp. 89-91_.
+
+Rae--Public library administration, _pp. 41-48_.
+
+Roebuck _and_ Thorne--Primer of library practice, _pp. 83-85_.
+
+Savage--Delivery stations and town travelling libraries. _L.A.R. Vol.
+6, 1904, pp. 119-127._
+
+
+RURAL LIBRARIES.
+
+Baker--The Public Library, _pp. 134-168_.
+
+Brown--Manual of library economy. _1919 edition. Chap. 35, pp. 477-485._
+
+Gray--County library systems. _Grafton, 1922. 7s. 6d._
+
+Hetherington--Rural libraries. _L.A.R. Vol 18, 1916, pp. 195-211._
+
+Macleod--County rural libraries. _Grafton, 1923. 10s. 6d._
+
+Savage--Possible means of co-operation between burgh and rural
+libraries. _L.A. Vol 16, 1923, pp. 375-385._
+
+Wright--Some principles of rural library economy. _L.W. Vol. 23,
+1920-21, pp. 537-540._
+
+
+NEWSROOMS. MAGAZINE ROOMS.
+
+Baker--The Public Library. _pp. 55-63._
+
+Bolton--The newsroom as a department of the public library. _L.A.R.
+Vol. 12, 1910, pp. 335-343._
+
+Brown--Manual of library economy. _1919 edition. Chap. 31, pp. 424-438._
+
+Ellison--Newspapers and periodicals: methods of display, etc. _L.W.
+Vol. 17, 1914-15, pp. 129-137._
+
+Evans--Reading room methods. _L.W. Vol. 12, 1909-10. pp. 373-378._
+
+Jones--The newsroom. _L.A.R. Vol. 14, 1912, pp. 182-190._
+
+Library economics. _pp. 7, 38, 97-101, 103._
+
+Rae--Public library administration. _pp. 19-33._
+
+Roebuck _and_ Thorne--Primer of library practice. _pp. 73-82._
+
+
+QUESTIONS.
+
+_1._ State what you know of the rural library movement in England. Can
+you give the administrative arrangements of any particular system?
+
+_2._ What consideration would govern your choice between delivery
+stations and branch libraries?
+
+_3._ Describe the principal methods of arranging newspapers and
+periodicals in a reading room. Give titles of 10 daily, 10 weekly, and
+10 monthly newspapers and periodicals which would be your first choice.
+
+_4._ In a library system with a central department and four branches
+would you place any administrative work under central control? Give
+full reasons for your decision.
+
+5. What do you consider to be the chief services a newsroom renders to
+the public? State what you consider to be the main objections to the
+establishment of newsrooms.
+
+
+_Lesson 2._
+
+SPECIAL DEPARTMENTS.
+
+The several departments of which an up-to-date library is composed
+each have their own peculiar problems, all of which are incapable of
+satisfactory solution without special consideration.
+
+Library work with children is growing in extent and importance, and
+librarians of the immediate future may find this branch of their
+many-sided activities requiring their first attention. Note the
+special provision of lectures, story-hours, exhibitions, etc., and the
+special points to be borne in mind during the planning, equipment and
+arrangement of children’s rooms.
+
+The section dealing with children’s libraries in the appended reading
+list will require more time than many students are able to spare.
+In such cases Sayers’s “Children’s Library” should be read first,
+supplemented by the shorter articles.
+
+Consider also the best methods of co-operation between libraries and
+schools.
+
+The adolescent question is one of the constantly recurring problems
+which have exercised the minds of librarians for a number of years.
+With regard to the fact that the adolescent reader requires special
+attention, opinions may be said to be just as unanimous as they are
+divided in deciding the form in which that special attention is to be
+given, hence the necessity for fully considering the suggestions which
+have been made towards a solution.
+
+A special effort should be made to make the local collection as
+complete as possible. Ascertain the best methods of storing and making
+its contents available, and note what should be included in it.
+
+Increased activity is being shown in meeting business and commercial
+requirements. These vary according to locality, but every effort
+should be made to ascertain what has been accomplished in the large
+centres--Bolton, Bristol, Glasgow, Liverpool, Manchester, etc., where
+a special feature has been made of this work. Obtain if possible, the
+handbooks issued by these towns describing their commercial libraries.
+
+In connection with the provision of music in libraries some
+rather novel suggestions have been put forward, _e.g._, the use
+of gramophones, wireless, etc. These proposals should receive
+consideration, and the replies and views expressed while they have been
+under discussion should be noted.
+
+Study the pros and cons of the policy of providing separate Ladies’
+Room and Students’ Rooms, and their respective requirements in
+equipment, arrangement, supervision, etc.
+
+Attention must be given to the necessary procedure in obtaining
+literature for blind readers, noting specially the sources of supply.
+
+
+READING LIST.
+
+
+LENDING DEPARTMENTS (GENERAL).
+
+Baker--The Public Library. _pp. 33-43._
+
+Parker--Procedure in changing from a closed to an open-access library.
+_L.A. Vol. 9, 1912, pp. 63-70._
+
+Rae--Public library administration. _pp 13-18._
+
+Thorne--Problem of the adolescent. _L.A. Vol. 16, 1923, pp. 206-210._
+
+
+CHILDREN’S LIBRARIES (_see also pp. 41-44._)
+
+Baker--The Public Library. _pp. 63-74._
+
+Brown--Manual of library economy. _1919 edition, Chap. 32, pp. 439-456._
+
+Brown _and others_--Open-access libraries. _Chap. 9, pp. 199-208_.
+
+Dallimore--Object lessons to school children in the use of libraries.
+_L.A.R. Vol. 11, 1909, pp. 49-68._
+
+Downey--Teaching the use of the library. _L.J. Vol. 40, 1915, pp.
+637-641._
+
+Ellison--Library work with children. _L. & B. W. Vol. 6, 1915, pp.
+91-95; 114-117._
+
+Gilbert--Talks and readings to children. _L.W. Vol. 21, 1918-19, pp.
+120-124._
+
+Hazeltine--Library work with children. _Wilson, New York, 1917. Also
+Grafton. 7s. 6d._
+
+Jast--Library work with children. _L.A.R. Vol. 21, 1919, pp. 90-102._
+
+Olcott--Library work with children. _A.L.A. Manual. Chap. 29._
+
+Powell--The children’s library. _Wilson, New York, 1917. Also Grafton.
+10s. 6d._
+
+Price--The story-hour in libraries. _P.L. Vol. 12, 1907. pp. 347-9._
+
+Rees---Libraries for children. _Grafton, 1924. 12s. 6d._
+
+Sayers--The children’s library. _English Library. Routledge, 1911. Also
+Grafton. 3s. 0d. O.P._
+
+Sayers--Some notes on story-telling in libraries. _L.W. Vol. 20,
+1917-18, pp. 288-90; 314-316._
+
+
+SCHOOL LIBRARIES.
+
+Alexander--School libraries. _L.A.R. Vol. 24, 1922, pp. 12-19._
+
+Baker--The Public Library. _pp. 122-134._
+
+Brown--Manual of library economy. _1919 edition. Chap. 33, pp. 457-466._
+
+Frayer--Co-operation between public libraries and elementary schools.
+_L.A.R. Vol. 22, 1920, pp. 61-70._
+
+Green--School libraries. _L.A.R. Vol. 12, 1910, pp. 227-241._
+
+McColvin--The relation between the library and the school. _L.W. Vol.
+22, 1919-20, pp. 360-362._
+
+Rae--Public library administration. _pp. 49-53._
+
+Ward--The high-school library. _A.L.A. Manual. Chap. 7._
+
+Wood--Administration of high-school libraries as branches of public
+libraries. _L.J. Vol. 39, 1914, pp. 659-662_.
+
+
+LOCAL COLLECTIONS. SPECIAL COLLECTIONS. (_See also pp. 47-50_).
+
+Brown--Manual of library economy. _1919 edition. Chaps. 28-9, pp.
+399-417._
+
+Collier--Local records in public libraries. _L.A.R. Vol 13, 1911, pp.
+268-275._
+
+Johnston--Special libraries. _Chap. 8. A.L.A. Manual of library
+economy._
+
+Library Economics. _pp. 19-24._
+
+Pollitt--The duty of the public librarian in relation to local
+literature and bibliography. _L.A.R. Vol. 16, 1914, pp. 119-126._
+
+Rae--Public library administration. _pp. 54-56._
+
+Ridley--Special libraries and information bureaux. _L.A.R. (New
+Series). Vol. 3, 1925, pp. 242-255._
+
+Sayers--Local collection problems. _L.W. Vols. 18-19, 1915-17._
+
+
+COMMERCIAL AND TECHNICAL LIBRARIES (_see also pp. 46-47._)
+
+Baker--The Public Library. _pp. 74-91._
+
+Brown--Manual of library economy. _1919 edition. Chap. 30, pp. 418-423._
+
+Jast--The commercial library. _L.A.R. Vol. 19, 1917, pp. 118-124._
+
+Jast--Organisation of British trade: the commercial library.
+_Manchester: Sherratt & Hughes. 2d._
+
+Pitt--Memoranda on commercial libraries. _L.A.R. Vol. 19, 1917, pp.
+175-178._
+
+Reynolds--The technical library in its relation to the educational and
+industrial development. _L.A.R. Vol. 19, 1917, pp. 250-261._
+
+Savage--Technical libraries. _L.A.R. Vol. 21, 1919, pp. 264-270._
+
+The technical library. _L.A.R. Vol. 22, 1920, pp. 121-157._
+
+
+MUSIC DEPARTMENT.
+
+Bostwick---The American Public Library. _Chap. 24, pp. 336-338._
+
+Bostwick--Popularising music through the library. _In his Library
+Essays._ _Wilson: New York, 1920, pp. 325-340._
+
+McColvin--Music in public libraries. _Grafton, 1924. 7s. 6d._
+
+Riddle--Music in public libraries. _L.A.R. Vol. 16, 1914, pp. 1-10._
+
+Smith--Music and gramophones in public libraries. _L.A. Vol. 18, 1925,
+pp. 60-65._
+
+
+LADIES’ ROOMS. STUDENTS’ ROOMS.
+
+Brown--Manual of library economy. _1919 edition._ Section _479, pp.
+437-438_.
+
+Library Economics. _pp. 27-28._
+
+Rae--Public library administration. _pp. 34-40._
+
+Roebuck _and_ Thorne--Primer of library practice. _pp. 82-83._
+
+Willcock--Ladies’ reading rooms. _L.A.R. Vol. 15, 1913, pp. 80-84._
+
+
+BOOKS FOR THE BLIND.
+
+Austin--National Library for the Blind. _L.A.R. Vol. 12, 1910, pp.
+304-312._
+
+Austin--Present ... possibilities of the public library service to the
+blind. _L.A.R. Vol. 13, 1911, pp. 450-460._
+
+Baker--The Public Library. _pp. 91-95._
+
+Bostwick--The American Public Library. _Chap. 33, pp. 324-335._
+
+Brown--Manual of library economy. _1919 edition. Section 197, pp. 181._
+
+Chamberlain--Library work with the blind. _Chap. 30, A.L.A. Manual of
+Library Economy._
+
+Neisser--Report of the A.L.A. Committee on library work with the blind.
+_A.L.A. Bulletin. Vol. 2, 1908, pp. 216-221._
+
+Smith--Books for the blind. _L.A.R. Vol. 22, 1920, pp. 257-259._
+
+
+QUESTIONS.
+
+_1._ Draw a rough plan of a children’s lending library and reading
+room, 30 feet by 25 feet, showing arrangement of bookcases, tables, and
+other necessary furniture.
+
+_2._ Outline what you consider to be the ideal arrangement for dealing
+with adolescent readers.
+
+_3._ What are the respective purposes of a commercial and a technical
+library? Indicate briefly the nature of the essential stock.
+
+_4._ What subjects would you choose in giving eight short talks to
+children? Give the main points you would include in a talk on “How to
+use the library.”
+
+_5._ What do you consider to be the best method of working school
+libraries? Give the main points you would include in instructions to
+school librarians.
+
+_6._ State exactly what you would include in a local collection, and
+your procedure in the formation of one.
+
+
+_Lesson 3._
+
+
+AIDS TO READERS.
+
+If there is any dividing line in the duties of a librarian, it surely
+falls just when a suitable building has been erected and an adequate
+stock, carefully classified and catalogued, has been provided. From
+this point there is a good deal of what, perhaps, may be termed
+propaganda work to be undertaken. The ideal library should be the
+centre of all literary activity within the locality, but before this
+stage is reached advantage must be taken of every possible opportunity
+to reach and enrol those lukewarm citizens who are to be found in every
+locality.
+
+After the necessary attention has been paid to the ground covered in
+this lesson, the student will find enjoyable, and certainly beneficial,
+the task of compiling a list of all methods of popularising and
+increasing the use of a library. If succeeding in contributing some new
+and practicable suggestion, something solid will have been contributed
+to library science.
+
+A thoroughly efficient Reference Department cannot fail to render
+first-class service to any community, but it must be remembered that
+the very nature of reference work renders compulsory a high state of
+efficiency. A comparison of the duties of reference and lending staffs
+will assist one to visualise the special requirements of the department
+more clearly. In surveying the various reference duties, consider the
+advisability of allowing certain books to be taken out on loan, the
+extent to which you would allow access to the stock, the disposition
+of the various classes, and make a special note of the books which
+are essential for the quick-reference section (_see page 72_). Note
+also the means (indexing, etc.) necessary to render all information
+immediately accessible.
+
+Useful work is done in many places by Information Bureaux. Note the
+information these are expected to supply, the preparation necessary to
+equip them for the purpose they serve, and their possible development.
+
+The success of a series of lectures depends chiefly on their proper
+organization. See what arrangements are essential to their success,
+and the best methods of ensuring that the interest created results in
+increased use being made of the library. University Extension and other
+movements, by wise co-operation, can serve the library in this respect.
+
+Study the various points in connection with the formation of Reading
+Circles, and the efforts required in order to guarantee their retention
+as a live factor contributing to the success of the library.
+
+The Central Library for Students renders assistance to libraries. Study
+the nature of this, the conditions and the potentiality of the Library
+as the centre of a more ambitious scheme of a national reservoir
+library for the distribution of certain classes of books.
+
+Consider the utility of the Bulletin, the information it should
+contain, the policy of including advertisements to defray cost, and the
+various points in connection with its production. Several libraries
+issue bulletins (_see page 111_). If possible, obtain copies of these.
+
+Up to the present the usual publicity methods have not been called to
+the service of the library to the same extent in England as in America.
+View the question from all aspects, note what is at present being done
+by various libraries, and consider the numerous suggestions which have
+been made for the expansion of this form of activity.
+
+Note the importance of good shelf and stack guiding as aids to readers.
+(_See pages 84-5 and read the articles given under the names of Coutts,
+Savage and Stewart._)
+
+
+READING LIST.
+
+
+GENERAL.
+
+Fay _and_ Eaton--Instruction in the use of books and libraries. _2nd
+edition, revised. Faxon & Co.: Boston, 1919. Also Grafton. 22s. 6d._
+
+Fearnside--Co-operation between a town library and local societies and
+bodies. _L.A.R. Vol. 20, 1918, pp. 140-149._
+
+Jones--Some aids to readers. _L.W. Vol. 13, 1910-11, pp. 225-233._
+
+Roebuck _and_ Thorne--Primer of library practice. _pp. 87-90._
+
+Spofford--Book for all readers. _3rd edition. Putnam, 1905. O.P. Chap.
+10, pp. 190-214._
+
+Stewart--How to use a library. _Elliot Stock, 1910._
+
+
+REFERENCE WORK.
+
+A.L.A.--Manual of library economy. _Chap. 22._
+
+Baker--The Public Library. _pp. 44-55._
+
+Ballinger--The reference library. _L. Vol. 9, 1908, pp. 353-369._
+
+Bostwick--The American Public Library. _Chap. 5, pp. 63-80._
+
+Brown--Manual of library economy. _1919 edition. Chap. 27, pp. 375-398._
+
+Library Economics. _pp. 12-15; 52-55._
+
+Pitt--Possible co-operation in reference library work. _L.A.R. Vol. 15,
+1913, pp. 408-412._
+
+Powell--The reference library. _L.A.R. (N.S.). Vol. 2, 1924, pp. 77-86._
+
+Rae--Public library administration. _pp. 4-12._
+
+Roebuck _and_ Thorne--Primer of library practice, _pp. 64-66_.
+
+
+INFORMATION BUREAUX.
+
+Brown--Manual of library economy. _1919 edition. Section 421, pp.
+396-7._
+
+Information Bureaux and special libraries. Report of Proceedings of the
+First Conference, _1924_. _Library Association, 1925. 3s. 6d._
+
+Krauss--Information bureaux in public libraries. _L.A.R. Vol. 12, 1910,
+pp. 14-22._
+
+Rae--Public library administration. _pp. 57-62._
+
+Ridley--Special libraries and information bureaux. _L.A.R. (N.S.) Vol.
+3, 1925, pp. 242-255._
+
+Smither--Information bureaux in public libraries. _L.W. Vol. 13,
+1910-1911, pp. 99-106._
+
+
+LECTURES.
+
+Baker--The Public Library. _pp. 100-114._
+
+Ballinger--Lectures and extensions. _L. Vol. 10, 1909, pp. 188-200._
+
+Brown--Manual of library economy. _1919 edition. Sections 526-536, pp.
+467-475._
+
+Curran--The public lecture in relation to public library work. _L.A.R.
+Vol. 13, 1911, pp. 313-321._
+
+Gordon--Library lectures. _L.A.R. Vol. 16, 1914, pp. 316-323._
+
+Haxby--History, organisation, and educational value of municipal
+library lectures. _L.A.R. Vol. 13, 1911, pp. 123-132._
+
+Jast--A note on library readings. _L.A.R. Vol. 18, 1916, pp. 53-62._
+
+Newcombe--Raison d’etre of library lectures. _L.A.R. Vol. 9, 1907, pp.
+231-243; 261-266._
+
+Rae--Public library administration. _pp. 89-95._
+
+
+READING CIRCLES.
+
+Harris--Organization and conduct of reading circles. _L.W. Vol. 17,
+1914-15, pp. 69-72._
+
+Pomfret--Reading circles. _L.W. Vol. 13, 1910-11, pp. 289-294._
+
+Rae--Public library administration. _pp. 96-102._
+
+
+EXHIBITIONS.
+
+Brown--Manual of library economy. _1919 edition. Sections 537-8, pp.
+475-6._
+
+Library Economics. _pp. 32-33._
+
+Piper--Library exhibitions. _L.W. Vol. 12, 1909-10, pp. 275-280._
+
+Rae--Public library administration. _pp. 128-130._
+
+Ward--Publicity for public libraries. _Wilson, New York: 1924. Also
+Grafton. (Chap. 12, pp. 155-202, Displays and exhibits)._
+
+Warner--Holiday literature and picture exhibitions. _L.W. Vol. 12,
+1909-10, pp. 49-54._
+
+Wheeler--The library and the community. _A.L.A., 1924. Also Grafton.
+(Chap. 26, pp. 291-307, Exhibits and displays)._
+
+
+CENTRAL LIBRARY FOR STUDENTS.
+
+Central Library for Students, by A. W. Pollard. _L.A.R. Vol. 19, 1917,
+pp. 372-378._
+
+
+LIBRARY MAGAZINES, BOOK LISTS, etc.
+
+Brown--Manual of library economy. _1919 edition. Section 264, pp.
+251-254._
+
+Rae--Public library administration. _pp. 117-120._
+
+Sayers _and_ Stewart--Library magazines. _L.W. Vols. 7 and 8, 1904-6._
+
+Ward--Publicity for public libraries. _Chap. 9, pp. 91-110._
+
+Wheeler--The library and the community. _Chaps. 22 and 23, pp. 243-267._
+
+
+PUBLICITY.
+
+A.L.A.--Manual of library economy. _Chapter 31._
+
+Briscoe--Library advertising. _Coptic Series. Grafton, 1921. 7s. 6d._
+
+Piper--Library advertising methods. _L.A.R. Vol. 15, 1913, pp. 71-79._
+
+Ward--Publicity for public libraries. _Wilson, New York: 1924. Also
+Grafton._
+
+Wheeler--The library and the community. _A.L.A., 1924. Also Grafton.
+15s._
+
+
+QUESTIONS.
+
+_1._ What steps would you take to ensure that the library obtained
+full publicity and benefit from co-operation in a course of University
+Extension lectures?
+
+_2._ Give a brief account of the National Home Reading Union, and state
+how you would conduct a reading circle.
+
+_3._ In what way can the Central Library for Students assist the public
+library?
+
+_4._ What is an information bureau?
+
+_5._ By what principal means would you advertise a library?
+
+_6._ What steps would you take to keep readers fully acquainted with
+new additions?
+
+
+_Lesson 4._
+
+BOOKBINDING. STATIONERY. PRINTING.
+
+ _Note.--Bookbinding is dealt with in Course I, Lesson 7 on pp. 16-18,
+ which should be treated as part of the present lesson._
+
+All assistants should be thoroughly familiar, not merely with the
+various forms used in their own library, but with the several
+variations which are used in others. Study methods of storing
+stationery, recording supplies, and note the means of checking supplies
+in stock in order to avoid the irritating experience of finding some
+particular item out of stock when most urgently required.
+
+The necessary procedure, agreements, and arrangements in dealing with
+the printer, and the checking of proof, should be noted.
+
+
+READING LIST.
+
+
+PRINTING.
+
+Brown--Manual of library economy. _1919 edition. Sections 265-266, pp.
+254-257._
+
+Proof reading marks and signs. _L.W. Vol. 13, 1910-11, pp. 308-09._
+
+Walter--Library printing. _Chap. 32, A.L.A. Manual of library economy._
+
+Ward--Publicity for public libraries. _Chap. 16, pp. 271-298. Library
+printing and printing economies._
+
+Wheeler--The library and the community. _Chap. 21, pp. 223-242. Layout
+and typography of printed matter._
+
+
+STATIONERY.
+
+Brown--Manual of library economy. _1919 edition. Sections 322-327, pp.
+296-301._
+
+Jast--Classification of office papers. (Originally published in Brown’s
+Subject Classification).
+
+Madeley--Classification of office papers. _L.A.R. Vol. 6, 1904, pp.
+367-387._
+
+
+QUESTIONS.
+
+_1._ Outline in full the method you would adopt in dealing with
+stationery supplies, giving ruling of any record you would use.
+
+_2._ Give as many proof correction marks, with explanations, as you can.
+
+
+_Lesson 5._
+
+ROUTINE AND CORRESPONDENCE DETAILS.
+
+Assistants are reminded that no matter how wisely the general policy
+and administration of a library may be directed, no small measure of
+its ultimate success is dependent on a scrupulous regard for accuracy
+in the discharge of the many and varied details which make up the daily
+routine. The various library duties are so co-ordinated that it is
+almost impossible to make mistakes singly, and the slightest inaccuracy
+or inattention to minor details will reduce the efficiency of a
+library’s service.
+
+Everything appertaining to staff routine, accession methods,
+replacements, revision of stock, discarding, registration of borrowers,
+checks on work and readers, charging and filing methods, accounting,
+statistics, etc., can be done in different ways, but only work based on
+a careful study and comparison of the various methods can achieve real
+success.
+
+
+READING LIST.
+
+ACCESSION METHODS.
+
+Brown--Manual of library economy. _1919 edition. Chap. 14, pp. 189-205._
+
+Collier--A rational accession method. _L. & B.W. Vol. 9, 1908, pp. 1-8._
+
+Hopper--Order and accession department. _Chap. 17, A.L.A. Manual of
+library economy._
+
+Jast--Accessions: the checking processes. _L. Vol. 1, 1899, pp.
+152-163._
+
+Library Economics. _pp. 8-10._
+
+Roebuck _and_ Thorne--Primer of library practice. _pp. 46-50._
+
+
+CHECKS ON WORK. TIME SHEETS.
+
+Brown--Manual of library economy. _1919 edition. Sections 89-90, pp.
+90-92._
+
+Library Economics. _pp. 80-83._
+
+McGill--A form of work-sheet. _L.W. Vol. 13, 1910-11, pp. 204-206._
+
+
+REGISTRATION OF BORROWERS.
+
+Brown--Manual of library economy. _1919 edition. Chap. 24, pp. 341-349._
+
+Library Economics. _pp. 87-89._
+
+Neesham--Registration of borrowers. _L.W. Vol. 12, 1909-10, pp.
+341-343._
+
+Rae--Public library administration. _pp. 78-88._
+
+Roebuck _and_ Thorne--Primer of library practice. _pp. 50-53._
+
+
+ISSUE METHODS.
+
+Brown--Manual of library economy. _1919 edition. Chap. 25, pp. 350-365_.
+
+Brown _and others_--Open access libraries. _Chap. 7, pp. 155-178._
+
+Library Economics. _pp. 1-5; 57-63; 10-12._
+
+Pollitt--Principles of book charging. _L.W. Vol. 15, 1912-13, pp.
+340-343._
+
+Rae--Public library administration. _pp. 63-77._
+
+Roebuck _and_ Thorne--Primer of library practice. _pp. 54-58; 65-66._
+
+
+STORING. MAPS. PRINTS. PAMPHLETS. PHOTOGRAPHIC SURVEYS, ETC.
+
+A.L.A.--Manual of library economy. _Chap. 25._
+
+Brown--Manual of library economy. _1919 edition. Sects. 300-313., pp.
+414-5; 429-442._
+
+Goss--Methods of ... preserving prints. _L.A.R. Vol. 17, 1915, pp.
+349-362._
+
+Jast--The treatment of pamphlets. _L.W. Vol. 4, 1901-2, pp. 60-63._
+
+Sparke--Newspaper rack for bound volumes. _L.W. Vol. 3, 1900-01, pp.
+127-128._
+
+Spofford--Book for all readers. _Chap. 7, pp. 145-156._
+
+Warner--Photographic surveys in connection with public libraries. _L.A.
+Vol. 6, 1909, pp. 240-245._
+
+Woodbine--Modern methods of book storage. _L.A.R. Vol. 12, 1910, pp.
+446-454._
+
+
+STATISTICS. ANNUAL REPORT.
+
+Bostwick--The American Public Library. _Chap. 20, pp. 266-281._
+
+Brown--Manual of library economy. _Chap. 4, pp. 60-70._
+
+Hetherington--Library statistics. _L.A.R. Vol. 19, 1917, pp. 1-16._
+
+Minto--Public library statistics. _L. New Series. Vol. 2, 1900, p. 164._
+
+Willcock--What should an annual report contain? _L.A.R. Vol. 8, 1906,
+pp. 363-371; 392-397._
+
+
+MISCELLANEOUS ADMINISTRATIVE DETAILS.
+
+Coutts--Overdue books and the treatment of defaulters. _L.W. Vol. 14,
+1911-12, pp. 241-246._
+
+Dixon--the bespoken file. _L.W. Vol. 15, 1912-13, pp. 316-7._
+
+Fry--Fines and other penalties. _L.W. Vol. 17, 1914-15, pp. 1-8._
+
+Hatcher--Stocktaking methods. _L.A. Vol. 5, 1904, pp. 43-46._
+
+Library Economics. Reserved Books, _p. 92_.
+
+
+QUESTIONS.
+
+_1._ Draw up a weekly time and work sheet for a library containing
+lending, reference, and juvenile departments, open _9-30_ a.m. to _8-0_
+p.m. each week day. The staff consists of five senior and ten junior
+assistants, working forty-two hours per week.
+
+_2._ State what information you would include in an annual report.
+
+_3._ Give the ruling of (_a_) accession book (_b_) overdue book (_c_)
+cash receipt book (_d_) donation book.
+
+_4._ Mention the various methods of indicating ownership of books,
+stating which you prefer for reference and lending library books,
+newspapers, and periodicals.
+
+_5._ Give in their correct order the various processes through which a
+book has passed from entering the library to the time it is issued to a
+reader.
+
+_6._ By what means would you ascertain the number of books consulted in
+(_a_) an open access and (_b_) a closed reference department?
+
+
+TEST EXAMINATION.
+
+_1._ Describe what you consider to be the best means of advertising a
+library.
+
+_2._ Assume that legal proceedings are about to be taken for the
+recovery of a book. By what steps has the case reached this stage? Give
+wording of the necessary correspondence in connection with the case.
+
+_3._ Show, by a rough plan, how you would arrange the bookcases,
+barriers, and necessary furniture and fittings for an open-access
+library 50 feet by 40 feet, not top-lighted.
+
+_4._ Discuss the policy of providing special reading rooms for ladies.
+
+_5._ State how the public library can most usefully collaborate with
+the Education Committee in relation to continuation schools.
+
+_6._ Describe what aids you would provide in a closely classified
+lending library to indicate the exact location of a book, and give what
+you consider to be the best method of dealing with “oversize” books.
+
+_7._ Give the approximate initial cost of establishing a home bindery,
+stating what requisites you would provide. What advantages would be
+gained by having such a department?
+
+_8._ Discuss the policy of allowing children free access to the whole
+of the stock in their department.
+
+_9._ Name twenty works which you consider essential to the success of a
+quick-reference section.
+
+_10._ Outline the duties of an assistant in a (_a_) children’s library
+(_b_) lending library (_c_) information desk.
+
+_11._ Give a list of ten newspapers and six general, six trade, six
+political, and six ladies’ periodicals you would recommend for a
+general reading room. State what you consider to be the best means of
+displaying them, and outline fully the instructions you would give with
+regard to filing the periodicals you select.
+
+_12._ Discuss the value of statistics in estimating the work done by a
+public library.
+
+
+
+
+COURSE 8: HISTORY OF LIBRARIES.
+
+
+There are not wanting those who claim as the first and greatest of
+all libraries that vast and glorious “stone book of nature.” It was
+by observing the ability of hard substances to leave their impress on
+those of a softer nature--the means by which this great stone-book
+was written--that man acquired the art of writing, of recording his
+opinions and the various incidents of his life and the lives of those
+around him. In the earliest stages of his progress in this art this
+was done on the walls of his rough habitations, but later man adopted
+a more permanent and convenient form on bark, leaves, skin, tablets of
+clay and like substances.
+
+It was for the preservation of these that “houses of the records”
+came to be established throughout the countries of the ancient
+peoples, sometimes as parts of their temples and sometimes as distinct
+buildings, and it is from these that our modern libraries have evolved.
+
+As a study, the history of libraries only appeals to a small portion
+of the library profession, therefore, I am not giving special reading
+lists, but simply a brief outline of the requirements necessary, a
+select bibliography of the more important works, and the questions
+one would expect a student to be able to answer should he present
+himself for examination. For a general idea of primitive libraries
+Edward Clodd’s “Story of the alphabet” _Library of Useful Stories_,
+Richardson’s “Beginnings of libraries,” _1914_, and Rawlings’ “Story of
+books,” _1912_ should be read as an introduction to the subject.
+
+
+REQUIREMENTS.
+
+Origin, varieties and history of libraries in general. The ancient
+libraries of Assyria, Babylonia, Chaldea, Egypt, Persia, Greece and
+Rome. Mediæval libraries and their modern successors--Monastic, Royal
+and University libraries. Private libraries should also be known, and
+students must become familiar with the lives of eminent book-collectors
+from the earliest times to the present day. Such names as the
+following should be noted: Benedict; Richard de Bury; Nicholas V.;
+the Medici Family; Jean Grolier; Sir Thomas Bodley; Gabriel Naudé;
+Jules Mazarin; Robert Harley; Sir Hans Sloane; J. A. Zaluski; Duke of
+Roxburghe; Lord Spencer; Lord Crawford; P. Morgan; H. E. Widener.
+
+The principal British libraries are:--
+
+ British Museum, London (including the departments at South
+ Kensington); Bodleian Library, Oxford; University Library, Cambridge;
+ John Rylands Library, Manchester; Chetham Library, Manchester; London
+ Library; Guildhall Library, London; Sion College, London; Lambeth
+ Palace, London; Trinity College, Dublin; National Library of Ireland;
+ National Library of Scotland, _formerly_ The Advocate’s Library,
+ Edinburgh; University Libraries of Aberdeen, St. Andrews, Edinburgh
+ and Glasgow; Signet Library, Edinburgh; National Library of Wales,
+ Aberystwyth.
+
+The principal American libraries are:--
+
+ Boston Public Library; Chicago Public Library; Harvard University;
+ John Crerar Library, Chicago; Newberry Library, Chicago; Yale
+ University Library, New Haven; New York Public Library; Columbia
+ University, New York; New York State Library, Albany; Public Library,
+ Pittsburg, Philadelphia University; Library of Congress, Washington;
+ University Library, Chicago; Cornell University, Ithaca.
+
+The principal European libraries are:--
+
+_Austria._--Royal Library, Vienna; University Library, Vienna.
+
+_Belgium._--Royal Library, Brussels; University Library, Ghent.
+
+_Denmark._--Royal Library, Copenhagen.
+
+_France._--Arsenal Library, Paris; Bibliotheque Nationale, Paris;
+St. Geneviéve, Paris; University Library (Sorbonne), Paris; Mazarin
+Library, Paris.
+
+_Germany._--Royal Library, Berlin; Ducal Library, Darmstadt; Royal
+Library, Dresden; University Library, Gottingen; University Library,
+Heidelberg; University Library, Leipzig; Royal Library, Munich;
+University Library, Munich; University Library, Strassburg; Royal
+Library, Stuttgart; City Library, Hamburg.
+
+_Greece._--University Libraries, Athens.
+
+_Holland._--Royal Library, Hague; University Libraries, Leyden and
+Utrecht; Municipal University, Amsterdam.
+
+_Hungary._--Hungarian National Museum, Buda-Pest.
+
+_Italy._--National Library, Florence; Mediceo-Laurenzian Library,
+Florence; Vatican Library, Rome; Victor Emmanuel Library, Rome; Marcian
+Library, Venice; Ambrosian Library, Milan; National Library, Naples;
+University Library, Bologna; National Library, Turin.
+
+_Norway._--University Library, Oslo.
+
+_Portugal._--National Library, Lisbon.
+
+_Russia._--Imperial Library, Leningrad; University Library, Moscow.
+
+_Spain._--Royal Library, Escorial; National Library, Madrid.
+
+_Sweden._--Royal Library, Stockholm; University Library, Upsala.
+
+_Switzerland._--Cantonal and State Library, Zurich.
+
+
+SELECT BIBLIOGRAPHY.
+
+Americana--Article _Libraries_.
+
+Axon--Ancient and modern libraries. _In British Almanac Companion,
+1876, pp. 103-122._
+
+Blades--On chained libraries. _L. Vol. 1, 1889, pp. 411-416._
+
+Boyd--Public libraries and literary culture in ancient Rome. _1915._
+
+Clark--The care of books: an essay on the development of libraries and
+their fittings, from the earliest times to the end of the eighteenth
+century. _C.U.P._, _1901_.
+
+Clark--Libraries in the Mediæval and Renaissance Periods. _1894._
+
+Clarke--Repertorium bibliographicum; or some account of the most
+celebrated British libraries. _2 vols. Clarke._
+
+Cowper--Notices of ancient libraries. _Notes and Queries, 1855. Vol. 2,
+pp. 258, 337, 361, 493, 512._
+
+Dechelette--Manuel d’archéologie prehistorique Celtique et
+Galto-Romaine. _Vol. 1. Paris, 1908._
+
+Edwards--Memoirs of libraries: including a handbook of library economy.
+_2 vols. Trubner, 1859._
+
+ _Contents_:--_Vol. 1, Book 1._--Libraries of the Ancients, _p.
+ 3-82_. _Book 2._--Libraries of the Middle Ages, _pp. 83-415_. _Book
+ 3._--Modern libraries of Great Britain and Ireland, _pp. 416-820_.
+ _Vol. 2, Book 3 (cont.)_--Modern libraries of Great Britain and
+ Ireland, _pp. 3-162_. _Book 4._--Libraries of the United States of
+ America, _pp. 163-242_. Book 5.--Modern libraries of Continental
+ Europe, _pp. 243-568_.
+
+Encyclopædia Britannica, _last two editions_.--Articles _Libraries_.
+
+Fay _and_ Eaton--Instruction in the use of books and libraries. _Chap.
+12, pp. 163-178._
+
+Graesel--Handbuch der Bibliothekslehre. _Weber: Leipzic, 1902._
+
+Greenwood--Free public libraries: their organisation, uses and
+management. _1886._
+
+Greenwood--Public libraries: a history of the movement and a manual
+for the organisation and management of rate-supported libraries. _4th
+edition, 1894._
+
+Horne--Introduction to the study of bibliography. _2 vols. Cadell and
+Davies, 1814._
+
+ _Vol. 1._--Memoir of the public libraries of the ancients, _pp. 1-25
+ and part 1, pp. 30-143_.
+
+Kirkwood--Proposals made in _1699_ to found public libraries in
+Scotland. _1889._
+
+Koch--Portfolio of Carnegie Libraries.
+
+Libraries, Public--Return showing the names of all places in England,
+in Scotland, and in Ireland, in which the Public Libraries Acts have
+been adopted prior to the end of the last financial year, etc. _1912._
+
+Morgan--Monastic libraries. _L.A.R. Vol. 6, 1904, pp. 290-297._
+
+New International Encyclopedia--Article _Libraries_.
+
+Ogle--The free library: its history and present condition. _The Library
+Series, 1897._
+
+Phillips--The monastic libraries of Wales. _1913._
+
+Prideaux--Library economy in the _16_th century. _L.A.R. Vol. 10, 1909,
+pp. 152-174._
+
+Rau--Did Omar destroy the library of Alexandria. _Nineteenth Century,
+1894, pp. 555-571._
+
+Rawlings--Story of books. _Useful Knowledge Series. Hodder & Stoughton,
+1912, pp. 9-70._
+
+Richardson--The beginnings of libraries. _1914._
+
+Richardson--Biblical libraries: a sketch of library history from B.C.
+_3400_ to A.D. _150_. _Princeton Univ. Press. Milford, 1915. 5s. 6d._
+
+Rye--The libraries of London: a guide for students. _1908._
+
+Sandys--A history of classical scholarship, from the _6_th century B.C.
+to the end of the Middle Ages. _3 vols., 1906-08._
+
+Savage--Old English Libraries, the making, collection and use of books
+during the Middle Ages. _The Antiquary’s Library. Methuen, 1911._
+
+Savage--The story of libraries and book-collectors. _The English
+Library. Routledge, 1908._
+
+Smith--Babylonian and Assyrian libraries. _North British Review, 1870,
+pp. 305-324._
+
+Spofford--The history of libraries. _In his “A book for all readers.”
+Putnam, 1905, Chap. 15, pp. 287-320._
+
+Teggart--Contribution towards a bibliography of ancient libraries,
+_1899_. _Also in L.J. Vol. 24, p. 5._
+
+Universal Cyclopædia.--Article _Libraries_.
+
+Wheatley--Assyrian Libraries. _L.A.T. 1880, pp: 87-90._
+
+Williams _and_ Meredith, _editors_.--The Librarians’ Guide. _Annually
+from 1923._
+
+Wynkoop--Commissions, state aid and state agencies. (_A.L.A. Manual of
+library economy. Chap. 27_).
+
+
+BOOK COLLECTORS:--
+
+Elton--Great book collectors. _1893._
+
+Edwards--Free town libraries. _Book-collectors, pp. 224 to end._
+
+Fletcher---English book collectors. _1902._
+
+Savage--The story of libraries and book collectors. _1909, pp. 211-220._
+
+Stephen--One hundred book collectors. _L.W. Vol. 10, 1907, pp. 194.
+Also in Library Economics; pp. 63-80._
+
+
+SPECIAL LIBRARIES.
+
+_Note._--Cannons’ “Bibliography of library economy” [_1876-1923_]; the
+“Story of the Nations” and “Countries and Peoples” series, should be
+consulted for each country.
+
+
+GREAT BRITAIN AND IRELAND.
+
+_Bodleian Library, Oxford._
+
+Bodleian Library Tercentenary. _L.W. Vol. 5, 1902, pp. 113-119._
+
+Bolton--History of the Bodleian library. _L.W. Vol. 12, 1909-10, pp.
+241-246._
+
+Clark--A Bodleian guide for visitors. _1906._
+
+Cowley--Recent history of the Bodleian library. _L.A.R. Vol. 23, 1921,
+pp. 316-325._
+
+Machray--Annals of the Bodleian library, _1598-1867_. _1868._
+
+
+_British Museum, London._
+
+Cowtan--Memories of the British Museum. _1872._
+
+Edwards--Lives of the founders of the British Museum: with notices of
+its chief augmentors and other benefactors, _1570-1870_. _2 Vols. 1870._
+
+Greenwood--Public libraries, _1894, pp. 493-501_.
+
+Rawlings--British Museum Library. _1916._
+
+Shelley--The British Museum: its history and treasures. _Pitman, 1911._
+
+
+_Cambridge University Library._
+
+Aldis--Organization and methods of the Cambridge University Library.
+_L.A.R. Vol. 7, 1905, pp. 625-636._
+
+Huck--University Library, Cambridge. _L.W. Vol. 13, 1910-11, pp.
+257-266._
+
+Protheroe--A memoir of Henry Bradshaw. _1888._
+
+
+_Chetham Library, Manchester._
+
+Nicholson--The Chetham Hospital and Library. _1910._
+
+
+_John Rylands Library, Manchester._
+
+John Rylands Library, Manchester: a brief historical description of
+the library and its contents, illustrated with thirty-seven views and
+facsimiles. _1914. John Rylands Library, 6d._
+
+John Rylands Library. _L.A.R. Vol. 1, 1899. pp. 564-571; 679-688._
+
+Lyell--John Rylands Library. _L.W. Vol. 19, 1916-17, pp. 312-314._
+
+
+_London Library._
+
+Purnell--The London Library. _L.A.R. Vol. 23, 1921, pp. 102-112._
+
+
+_London University Library._
+
+Baker--The library of the University of London. _L.A.R. Vol. 16, 1904,
+pp. 28-38._
+
+Chambers--Library of the University College of London. _L.A.R. Vol 11,
+1909, pp. 350-358; 361-363._
+
+
+_Marsh’s Library, Dublin._
+
+White--An account of Marsh’s library. _L.A.R. Vol. 1, 1899, pp.
+132-145._
+
+
+_National Library of Ireland._
+
+Vine--National Library of Ireland. _L.A.R. Vol 4, 1902, pp. 95-109._
+
+
+_National Library of Wales._
+
+The National Library of Wales. _L.W. Vol 14, 1911-12, pp. 79-82._
+
+The National Library of Wales. _L.A.R. Vol. 13, 1911, pp. 211-215;
+276-284._
+
+
+_Sion College Library, London._
+
+Pearce--Sion College and Library. _1913._
+
+
+FRANCE.
+
+Mortet--The public libraries of France, national, communal and
+university. _L.A.R. Vol 3, (N.S.), 1925, pp. 145-159._
+
+Turnbull--The libraries of France. _L.W. Vol 12, 1909-10, pp. 125-127._
+
+_Bibliotheque Nationale._
+
+The National Library of France. _L. Vol 4, 1892 pp. 277-287._
+
+ITALY. _Vatican Library._
+
+Sayle--The Vatican Library. _L. Vol 6, 1894, pp. 327-343._
+
+SPAIN. _Escorial Library._
+
+Lyell--The Escorial and its library. _L.W. Vol. 24, 1921-22, pp. 81-84._
+
+
+UNITED STATES.
+
+Bolton--American library history. _A.L.A. Manual of library economy.
+Chap. 1._
+
+Bolton--Proprietary libraries. _A.L.A. Manual of library economy. Chap.
+5._
+
+Fletcher--Public libraries in America. _English Bookman’s Library,
+1902._
+
+Flint--Statistics of public libraries in the United States, _1893_.
+
+Green--The public library movement in the United States, _1853-1893_;
+from _1876_, reminiscences of the writer. _Useful Reference Series, No.
+8._
+
+
+_Library of Congress._
+
+Bishop--Library of Congress. _A.L.A. Manual of library economy. Chap.
+2._
+
+Johnston--History of the Library of Congress. _1904. Vol. I. 1800-1864._
+
+Library of Congress and its work. _21 pp. Library of Congress._
+
+
+QUESTIONS.
+
+_1._ Write a brief account of the origin of the British Museum, and
+describe three of the notable collections of books or manuscripts which
+it contains.
+
+_2._ Where were public libraries usually situated in ancient Rome, and
+what was the nature of the books kept in them?
+
+_3._ Give an account of the library of the Abbey of Monte Cassino and
+of the rule of St. Benedict so far as it relates to the use of books.
+
+_4._ Describe the various forms and kinds of books preserved in the
+ancient libraries before the invention of printing.
+
+_5._ What do you know of the method of chaining books in libraries?
+State where chained books may still be seen.
+
+_6._ Give a short account of the lives of two of the following: Andrew
+Carnegie; Edward Edwards; Henry Bradshaw; James Duff Brown; H. E.
+Widener.
+
+_7._ Describe the physical properties of early forms of books, and
+their method of storage.
+
+_8._ Name some monastic libraries that existed in England, and briefly
+describe four of them.
+
+_9._ Give a brief historical sketch of four of the following
+libraries:--British Museum; Library of Congress; Bibliotheque
+Nationale, Paris; Vatican Library; Escorial Library; Royal Library,
+Copenhagen; John Rylands Library; National Library of Wales; National
+Library of Scotland; Trinity College, Dublin.
+
+_10._ State briefly what you know of the following:--Richard de
+Bury; T. F. Dibdin; Henry Bradshaw; Matthias Corvinus; Petrarch;
+Assurbanipal; Sixtus IV.; Dr. Bray; Henry Huth; J. A. Zaluski; Lord
+Amhurst of Hackney; C. A. Cutter.
+
+[Illustration: HOPKINS & SONS, “CENTRAL PRESS,” BOLTON.]
+
+
+
+
+Corrections
+
+The first line indicates the original, the second the correction.
+
+The word “libaries” was converted to “libraries” throughout the book.
+
+p. xii
+
+ Cloth. pp. 154. Chicago: Amercian Library Association.
+ Cloth. pp. 154. Chicago: American Library Association.
+
+p. 25
+
+ Crown Octovo
+ Crown Octavo
+
+p. 28
+
+ jusqu’a la fin du seiziéme siécle
+ jusqu’à la fin du seizième siècle
+
+ en langue francaise
+ en langue française
+
+ La minature Francaise
+ La miniature Française
+
+p. 32
+
+ English Cataogue of books
+ English Catalogue of books
+
+p. 46
+
+ lending departmant
+ lending department
+
+p. 52
+
+ Bibliographie der socialismus und cummunismus
+ Bibliographie der Sozialismus und Kommunismus
+
+p. 61
+
+ Describe briefly not nore
+ Describe briefly not more
+
+p. 62
+
+ Committee of the Bibliograhpical
+ Committee of the Bibliographical
+
+p. 74
+
+ Arcticles very brief
+ Articles very brief
+
+p. 108
+
+ These may be had at a triflng cost
+ These may be had at a trifling cost
+
+p. 113
+
+ carry out the work in accorddance
+ carry out the work in accordance
+
+p. 120
+
+ Manley (J. M.) _and_ Rickert (E.)--Contemporary British literature:
+ bibliographies and study outlines. _1923._
+
+ Manly (J. M.) _and_ Rickett (E.)--Contemporary British literature:
+ bibliographies and study outlines. _1923._
+
+p. 135
+
+ outbreak of of the French Revolution
+ outbreak of the French Revolution
+
+p. 143
+
+ The Brontes.
+ The Brontës.
+
+p. 146
+
+ The Pre-Raphaelities
+ The Pre-Raphaelites
+
+p. 162
+
+The numbers 7 and 8 were in reverse order in the original.
+
+p. 172
+
+ Newrooms. Magazine Rooms.
+ Newsrooms. Magazine Rooms.
+
+p. 191
+
+ formerly The Advocate’s Library, Ebinburgh;
+ formerly The Advocate’s Library, Edinburgh;
+
+ Belgium.--Royal Library, Brussells
+ Belgium.--Royal Library, Brussels
+
+*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK 77611 ***
diff --git a/77611-h/77611-h.htm b/77611-h/77611-h.htm
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c1014b4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/77611-h/77611-h.htm
@@ -0,0 +1,10679 @@
+<!DOCTYPE html>
+<html lang="en">
+<head>
+ <meta charset="UTF-8">
+ <title>
+ Courses of study in library science | Project Gutenberg
+ </title>
+ <link rel="icon" href="images/cover.jpg" type="image/x-cover">
+ <style>
+
+body {margin-left: 25%;
+ margin-right: 25%;}
+
+ h1,h2,h3,h5,h6 {
+ text-align: center; /* all headings centered */
+ clear: both;}
+h4 {text-align: left; clear: both;}
+h4.inline {text-align: left; display: inline;}
+
+p {
+ margin-top: .51em;
+ text-align: left;
+ margin-bottom: .49em;}
+
+.hang {text-indent: -1em; margin-left: 1em;}
+.p2 {margin-top: 2em;}
+
+hr {
+ width: 33%;
+ margin-top: 2em;
+ margin-bottom: 2em;
+ margin-left: 33.5%;
+ margin-right: 33.5%;
+ clear: both;
+}
+.ib {display: inline-block; margin-left: 2em;}
+hr.tb {width: 45%; margin-left: 27.5%; margin-right: 27.5%;}
+hr.chap {width: 65%; margin-left: 17.5%; margin-right: 17.5%;}
+@media print { hr.chap {display: none; visibility: hidden;} }
+hr.full {width: 95%; margin-left: 2.5%; margin-right: 2.5%;}
+
+div.chapter {page-break-before: always;}
+h2.nobreak {page-break-before: avoid;}
+ul {list-style-type: none;}
+
+blockquote.interlinear > DIV {padding-top: 0px; padding-right: 0px;
+padding-left: 0px; padding-right: 0px; margin-bottom: 0em; margin-top: 0.5em; vertical-align: baseline;
+display: block; line-height: 1.2em;}
+table {
+ margin-left: auto;
+ margin-right: auto;}
+table.autotable { border-collapse: collapse; }
+table.autotable td,
+table.autotable th { padding: 0.25em; }
+
+.tdl {text-align: left;}
+.tdr {text-align: right;}
+.tdc {text-align: center;}
+
+.pagenum { /* uncomment the next line for invisible page numbers */
+/* visibility: hidden; */ /* define the position */
+position: absolute; right: 3%; margin-right: 0em;
+text-align: right; /* remove any special formating that could be inherited */
+font-style: normal; font-weight: normal; font-variant: normal;
+letter-spacing: 0em; text-decoration: none; text-indent: 0em;
+font-size: x-small; /* never wrap this */ white-space: nowrap;}
+.pagenum span { /* do not show text that is meant for non-css version*/
+visibility: hidden;}
+.pagenum a {display: inline-block; color: #808080;
+padding: 1px 4px 1px 4px;}
+
+.antiqua {font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold; font-style: normal;}
+.fancy {font-family: cursive; }
+
+.err {border-bottom: thin dotted red;}
+
+.blockquot { margin-left: 5%;
+ margin-right: 10%;}
+
+.dropcap:first-letter {font-size: 2.5em; line-height: 80%; padding: 0em;
+text-indent: 0em; margin: 0 0.2em 0 0; float: left;}
+.bb {border-bottom: 2px solid;}
+
+.bl {border-left: 2px solid;}
+
+.bt {border-top: 2px solid;}
+
+.br {border-right: 2px solid;}
+
+.bbox {border-style: solid; padding: 1em;
+ margin-right: 20%; margin-left: 20%;}
+
+.center {text-align: center;}
+
+.right {text-align: right;}
+
+.smcap {font-variant: small-caps;}
+
+.allsmcap {font-variant: small-caps; text-transform: lowercase;}
+
+.u {text-decoration: underline;}
+.large {font-size: 120%;}
+.big {font-size: 120%;}
+.small {font-size: 85%;}
+.dropcap:first-letter {font-size: 2.5em; line-height: 80%; padding: 0em;
+text-indent: 0em; margin: 0 0.2em 0 0; float: left;}
+
+figcaption {font-weight: bold;}
+
+/* Images */
+
+img {
+ max-width: 100%;
+ height: auto;}
+img.w100 {width: 100%;}
+
+.figcenter {
+ margin: auto;
+ text-align: center;
+ page-break-inside: avoid;
+ max-width: 100%;}
+
+/* Transcriber's notes */
+.transnote {background-color: #E6E6FA;
+ color: black;
+ font-size:small;
+ padding:0.5em;
+ margin-bottom:5em;
+ font-family:sans-serif, serif;}
+
+/* Illustration classes */
+.illowp70 {width: 70%;}
+.x-ebookmaker .illowp70 {width: 100%;}
+.illowp100 {width: 100%;}
+ </style>
+</head>
+<body>
+<div style='text-align:center'>*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK 77611 ***</div>
+<div class="transnote"><h3>Transcriber’s note</h3>
+
+<p>Variable spelling and hyphenation have been retained. Minor punctuation
+inconsistencies have been silently repaired. A list of the changes made
+can be found <a href="#Corrections">at the end of the book</a>.</p> </div>
+<h1>
+COURSES OF STUDY
+IN LIBRARY SCIENCE</h1>
+
+<p class="center"><span class=small>BEING THE</span></p>
+
+<p class="center">ASSISTANTS’ GUIDE
+TO LIBRARIANSHIP.</p>
+
+<p class="center p2"><i>BY</i></p>
+
+<p class="center"><strong>REGINALD G. WILLIAMS, F.L.A.,</strong></p>
+
+<p class="center"><i>Deputy Librarian, Bolton Public Libraries</i>.</p>
+
+<p class="center"><i>Author of “The Great Civil War: a Graded Course<br>
+of Reading;” “Writers of the Nineteenth Century;”<br>
+“The French Revolution, 1789-1795; a Graded<br>
+Course of Reading;” “A Manual of Book<br>
+Selection for the Librarian and<br>
+Book-Lover,” Etc., Joint<br>
+Author, “The Librarians’<br>
+Guide,” Etc.</i></p>
+
+<p class="center"><i>SECOND REVISED AND ENLARGED EDITION.</i></p>
+<hr class="tb">
+<p class="center">COPYRIGHT.</p>
+<hr class="tb">
+<p class="center">THE CENTRAL PRESS<br>
+(<i>Hopkins &amp; Sons</i>)<br>
+BOLTON</p>
+<table class="autotable">
+<tr><td class="br">Sole English Agents:</td>
+<td>Sole American Agents:</td>
+</tr>
+<tr><td class="br tdc"><span class="smcap">Messrs. Grafton &amp; Co.</span>,</td>
+<td class="tdc"><span class="smcap">Messrs. R. R. Bowker Co.</span>,</td></tr>
+<tr><td class="br tdc">Coptic House,</td> <td>&nbsp;</td> </tr>
+<tr><td class="br tdc">51, Great Russell Street,</td>
+<td class="tdc">62, West 45th Street,</td></tr>
+<tr><td class="br tdc"><span class="smcap">London, W.C.</span></td>
+<td class="tdc"><span class="smcap">New York</span>.</td></tr>
+</table>
+<p class="center">1926.
+</p>
+
+<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop">
+
+<div class="bbox">
+<p class="center"><strong>WE ARE</strong></p>
+
+<p class="center"><strong>Library &amp; University Agents,<br>
+Export Booksellers</strong></p>
+
+<p class="center"><strong>? ARE YOU REQUIRING ANY</strong></p>
+
+<ul>
+<li>BOOKS</li>
+<li>MAGAZINES </li>
+<li>DAILY OR WEEKLY PAPERS
+<br>or </li>
+<li>ANY OTHER PUBLICATIONS?</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p class="center"><strong>IF SO, SEND TO US.</strong></p>
+<hr class="tb">
+<p class="center">Personal attention given to all Orders, however
+small.</p>
+<hr class="tb">
+<p>Shipments made.</p>
+
+<p class="hang">1st Editions obtained on publication and sent
+to order.</p>
+
+<p class="hang">Continuation Orders. Further Volumes or Parts
+(of Books already supplied) sent on publication.</p>
+
+<hr class="tb">
+<p class="center">
+<strong><span class="big">C. D. Cazenove &amp; Son,</span></strong><br>
+
+12-13, Henrietta Street,<br>
+Covent Garden, LONDON, W.C.2.,</p>
+<p class="right">ENGLAND.</p>
+
+<table><tr><td>Telegraphic and<br>
+Cable Address:</td> <td>Telephone:</td></tr>
+<tr><td class="tdc"><strong>EIKON, LONDON.</strong></td>
+
+
+<td class="tdc"><strong>GERHARD 4060.</strong></td> </tr></table>
+<p class="center">
+<strong>ESTABLISHED 1868.</strong>
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop">
+<div class="chapter"><h2 class="nobreak" id="CONTENTS">CONTENTS</h2></div>
+
+<table>
+<tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td>&nbsp;</td>
+<td class="tdc">PAGE.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td>Preface</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td>&nbsp;</td>
+<td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_ix">ix.</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td colspan="3">General Text and Reference Books. Periodicals</td>
+<td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_1">1</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td>Course</td><td>1.</td> <td>Practical Bibliography </td>
+<td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_3">3</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="tdc">”</td><td>2. </td><td>Book Selection</td>
+<td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_29">29</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="tdc">”</td> <td>3.</td> <td>Classification</td>
+<td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_76">76</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="tdc">”</td> <td>4.</td> <td>Cataloguing</td>
+<td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_88">88</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="tdc">”</td> <td>5.</td> <td>English Literary History</td>
+<td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_114">114</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="tdc">”</td> <td>6.</td> <td>Library and Museum Legislation, Organisation
+and Equipment</td>
+<td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_150">150</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="tdc">”</td> <td>7.</td> <td>Library Administration</td>
+<td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_169">169</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="tdc">”</td> <td>8.</td> <td>History of Libraries</td>
+<td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_190">190</a></td></tr>
+
+</table>
+
+<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop">
+<div class="bbox"><p class="center"><i>To the<br>
+MEMORY<br>
+of<br>
+THE AUTHOR<br>
+who died at<br>
+Bolton,<br>
+March 11th, 1926.</i></p></div>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_ix">[Pg ix]</span></p>
+
+<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop">
+<div class="chapter"><h2 class="nobreak" id="PREFACE">PREFACE</h2>
+</div>
+
+<p class="dropcap">THESE courses of study have been compiled mainly for
+the use of Library Assistants all over the world who
+wish to make themselves more efficient in the technical
+side of their profession, and to aid them in securing the
+professional certificates awarded by the examining bodies for
+proficiency in Library Science. They make no pretence to
+satisfy the needs of the specialist in any of the selected subjects,
+but the author assures students that each course covers
+sufficient ground to enable them to pass the examinations
+if they will work diligently and well throughout the course.</p>
+
+<p>The first edition of this work was out of print within
+eighteen months of publication. This is sufficient testimony
+that the work has been well received, and has proved very
+popular with the student members of the profession. This
+edition has been completely revised and brought up to date.</p>
+
+<p>The amount of time to be devoted to each lesson will
+depend on the individual, but it is essential that the
+prescribed reading lists should be read carefully before
+attempting any answers. These lists could easily be amplified,
+but the difficulty has been to keep them within reasonable
+length and at the same time representative. A large number
+of American journals are included at the special request of
+American and Colonial students.</p>
+
+<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop">
+
+<div class="bbox">
+<figure class="figcenter illowp70" id="picture" style="max-width: 12.5em;">
+ <img class="w100" src="images/picture.jpg" alt="" data-role="presentation">
+
+</figure>
+
+<p class="center">
+<strong>Correspondence Tuition</strong><br>
+for<br>
+LIBRARY ASSOCIATION<br>
+EXAMINATIONS<br>
+by Experienced Librarians.
+</p>
+
+<p class="center">Fees moderate.</p>
+
+
+<p>The Courses will cover the whole of the syllabus
+of the Examination. Studies can be started at any
+time and spread over the period until the date of
+the examination.</p>
+
+<p>A special discount is allowed to members of
+N.A.L.G.O. Fees can be paid by instalments if
+desired—a small extra percentage is charged for
+this method of payment.</p>
+
+<hr class="tb">
+
+<p><b>For further particulars and enrolment
+form send stamped addressed envelope to
+the General Secretary, N.C.I., Caxton Hall,
+Westminster, S.W.1.</b></p></div>
+<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop">
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_xi">[Pg xi]</span></p>
+<p>Most students will find the practice of taking notes, and
+representing in their own words a summary of what has been
+read, to be most helpful. These notes should be compared with
+the text to ensure that essential points have not been missed.
+The questions and tests should be answered without the aid
+of text books or notes.</p>
+
+<p>I gladly avail myself of the opportunity to express my
+gratitude to my wife for her help and valuable suggestions,
+my indebtedness to Mr. James Cranshaw, for his contribution
+on English Literary History; to the large number
+of Librarians and Assistants who have written appreciative
+letters to me, and to Mr. H. Hamer, F.L.A., for looking over
+the manuscript and proof, but responsibility for any mistakes
+is mine.</p>
+
+<p class="right">
+REGINALD G. WILLIAMS.</p>
+<p>
+Astley Bridge,<br>
+Bolton.<br>
+23rd January, 1926.
+</p>
+
+<figure class="figcenter illowp100" id="decoration" style="max-width: 12.5em;">
+ <img class="w100" src="images/decoration.jpg" alt="" data-role="presentation">
+</figure>
+
+
+<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop">
+<div class="bbox">
+<p class="center"><span class="big">Grafton Books for Librarians</span></p>
+
+<p class="center"><i>SUPPLEMENTARY TO THE GENERAL CATALOGUE</i>.</p>
+
+
+<p><strong>A Manual of Classification</strong></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<p>A Handbook of the Rules and methods of applying
+classification to Books, Shelves, Files and other matters,
+by W. C. Berwick Sayers. Demy 8vo. Cloth.
+Illustrated</p>
+
+<p class="right">
+<b>Price £1 10s. 0d. net.</b>
+</p>
+</div>
+
+
+<p><strong>The Theory of Book Selection for Public
+Libraries</strong></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<p>By Lionel R. McColvin. Cr. 8vo. Cloth, pp. 190.</p>
+
+<p class="right">
+<b>Price 7s. 6d. net.</b>
+</p>
+</div>
+
+
+<p><strong>The Public Library</strong></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<p>By Ernest A. Baker, D.Litt. Demy 8vo. Cloth.
+Illustrated, pp. 246.</p>
+
+<p class="right">
+<b>Price 10s. 6d. net.</b>
+</p>
+</div>
+
+
+<p><strong>County Library Service</strong></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<p>By Harriet Catherine Long. Demy 8vo. Cloth.
+Illustrated, pp. 206. Chicago: American Library
+Association. London: Grafton &amp; Co.</p>
+
+<p class="right">
+<b>Price 10s. 0d. net.</b>
+</p>
+</div>
+
+
+<p><strong>The Library and the Community</strong></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<p>Increased Book Service through Library Publicity
+based on Community Studies. By Joseph L. Wheeler.
+Illustrated. Demy 8vo. Cloth. pp. 418. Chicago:
+American Library Association. London: Grafton &amp;
+Co.</p>
+
+<p class="right">
+<b>Price 17s. 6d. net.</b>
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<p><strong>Library Buildings</strong></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<p>Notes and Plans. By Chalmers Hadley. Demy 8vo.
+Cloth. pp. 154. Chicago: <span class="err" title="original: Amercian">American</span> <a id="Library_Association"></a>Library Association.
+London: Grafton &amp; Co.</p>
+
+<p class="right">
+<b>Price 17s. 6d. net.</b>
+</p>
+</div>
+
+
+<p><strong>Wynkyn de Worde and his contemporaries</strong></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<p>From the death of Caxton to 1535. A chapter in
+English Printing. By Henry R. Plomer. Cr. 4to.
+Buckram, Gilt Top. pp. 250. Illustrated. Limited
+to 1,000 copies.</p>
+
+<p class="right">
+<b>Price £1 1s. 0d. net.</b>
+</p>
+</div>
+
+
+<p class="center">
+<span class="big">GRAFTON &amp; CO.</span><br>
+Coptic House, 51 Gt. Russell Street<br>
+LONDON, W.C. 1.
+</p></div>
+<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop">
+<div class="chapter"><span class="pagenum" id="Page_1">[Pg 1]</span>
+
+
+<p class="center"><span class="big">COURSES OF STUDY IN
+LIBRARY SCIENCE</span></p>
+
+<hr class="tb">
+<h2>GENERAL TEXT AND REFERENCE BOOKS</h2></div>
+
+
+<p class="hang">American Library Association—Manual of library economy.
+<i>Preprints Nos. 1-32. A.L.A., also Grafton &amp; Co., 1s. 6d.
+each.</i></p>
+
+<p>Brown (J. D.)—Manual of library economy, <i>revised edition,
+1907. O.P.</i></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<p><i>or The third edition revised by W. C. B. Sayers. Grafton,
+1919. 30s.</i></p>
+</div>
+
+<p class="hang">Cannons (H. G. T.)—Bibliography of library economy, 1876-1909.
+<i>Russell &amp; Co., 1910. O.P.</i></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot"><p><i>A revised edition is in preparation, and will be published
+by the American Library Association at an early date.</i></p></div>
+
+<p class="hang">Encyclopædia Britannica; or, any other good encyclopædia.
+<i>Articles on Books, Libraries, Printing, etc.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Friedel (J. H.)—Training for librarianship: library work as
+a career. <i>Lippincott’s Training Series. Lippincott:
+Philadelphia, 1921. 7s. 6d.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Library Association—Syllabus of information on facilities for
+training in librarianship and the professional examinations.
+<i>Various issues from 1894, 1904, 1907 and then
+periodically. Library Association. 2s. 6d.</i></p>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_2">[Pg 2]</span></p>
+
+<h3>PERIODICALS.</h3>
+
+<p class="hang">Librarian and Book World, <i>1910 to date. Monthly. Gravesend.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">The Library, <i>1889-1919</i> (<i>continued as</i> “The Transactions of
+the Bibliographical Society: The Library”). <i>Quarterly.
+London.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Library Assistant, <i>1898 to date. Monthly. London.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Library Association Record, <i>1899 to date. Quarterly. London.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Library Journal, <i>1876 to date. Monthly. New York.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Library World, <i>1898 to date. Monthly. London.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Ontario Library Review, <i>1916 to date. Quarterly. Toronto.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Public Libraries, <i>1896 to date. Monthly. Chicago.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang p2"><i>Note</i>: Cannons’s “Bibliography of library economy” indexes
+the above periodicals from <i>1876-1909</i>.</p>
+
+<p class="center"><strong>Abbreviations.</strong></p>
+
+<table>
+<tr><td><i>A.L.A.</i></td> <td>American Library Association.</td></tr>
+<tr><td><i>L.</i></td> <td>Library.</td></tr>
+<tr><td><i>L.A.</i></td> <td>Library Assistant.</td></tr>
+<tr><td><i>L. &amp; B.W.</i></td> <td>Librarian and Book World.</td></tr>
+<tr><td><i>L.A.R.</i></td> <td>Library Association Record.</td></tr>
+<tr><td><i>L.J.</i></td> <td>Library Journal.</td></tr>
+<tr><td><i>L.W.</i> </td> <td>Library World.</td></tr>
+<tr><td><i>Ont. Lib. Rev.</i></td> <td>Ontario Library Review.</td></tr>
+<tr><td><i>P.L.</i></td> <td>Public Libraries.</td></tr>
+<tr><td><i>Trans. Bib. Soc.</i></td> <td>Transactions of the Bibliographical Society.</td>
+</tr></table>
+
+<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop">
+<div class="chapter"><p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_3">[Pg 3]</span></p>
+
+<h2>COURSE ONE—PRACTICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY.</h2></div>
+
+<p>This course covers the collation and description of books
+which includes the irregularities found in the make-up of
+early books. The collation by quires, by the aid of water-marks,
+signatures, catchwords, blank pages, etc. Parts of a
+modern book. Difficulties in ascertaining when books are
+perfect. What constitutes a new issue, a new edition, a reprint.
+Forms of bibliographical descriptions and the essentials
+of standard descriptions of various classes of books. Then we
+pass on to the requisites of standard book production. Typography.
+Presswork. Inks. The constituents and essentials
+of good book paper. Objects of book illustration, including
+the advantages and disadvantages of the various methods in
+use. Library bookbinding. Materials and methods in use,
+and finally the compilation of bibliographies in which the
+student is expected to know the principles of arrangement of
+Author, Subject and Classified bibliographies, and the practical
+methods of compiling various bibliographies.</p>
+
+<h3><span class="smcap">Text Books Required.</span></h3>
+
+<p class="hang">Brown (J. D.)—Manual of practical bibliography. <i>The
+English Library. Routledge, 1906. Also Grafton. 3s.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Brown (J. D.)—The small library. <i>The English Library.
+Routledge, 1907. Also Grafton. 3s.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Davenport (Cyril)—The book: its history and development.
+<i>Westminster Series. Constable, 1907. 6s.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Fay (L. E.) <i>and</i> Eaton (A. T.)—Instruction in the use of books
+and libraries. <i>2nd edition, revised. Faxon &amp; Co.:
+Boston, 1919. Also Grafton. 22s. 6d.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Hitchcock (F. H.), <i>editor</i>.—The building of a book: a series
+of practical articles written by experts in the various
+departments of book making and distributing. <i>T. W.
+Laurie. O.P.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Jacobi (C. T.)—Printing: a practical treatise on the art of
+typography as applied more particularly to the printing
+of books. <i>6th edition, reprinted. Bell &amp; Sons, 1925.
+10s. 6d.</i></p>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_4">[Pg 4]</span></p>
+<p class="hang">Jacobi (C. T.)—Some notes on books and printing. <i>4th
+edition. Whittingham, 1912. 6s.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Library Association—Interim Report of the Book Production
+Committee. <i>Library Association. 1s.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Mudge (I.G.)—Bibliography. (Preprint of Manual of library
+economy. <i>Chapter 24</i>). <i>A.L.A. Pub. Board: Chicago,
+1915, may be obtained also from Grafton &amp; Co.</i></p>
+
+<p><i>Note.</i>—Other text books pertaining to specific subjects will
+be mentioned in the Lesson dealing with that subject.</p>
+
+<p>Take particular note of the factors and notes to be found
+at the end of each Course.</p>
+
+<h3><i>Lesson 1.</i></h3>
+
+<p class="center"><span class="smcap">Introduction. Theory. Utility. Bibliographical
+Terms.</span></p>
+
+<p>This lesson is intended to make clear to the student the
+derivation and meaning of the words bibliography and bibliographer,
+in their original and present use. The aims of bibliography.
+What is the ideal in bibliographical work? The
+different kinds of bibliographies in print. The standards of
+bibliographical work. The value and uses of bibliography
+in the library profession. Bibliographical terms. An index of
+the Latin names of towns in which printing was established
+during the fifteenth century, with their vernacular equivalents
+will be found on pp. <i>43-50</i> of Peddie’s “Fifteenth-century
+books” and on pp. <i>163-172</i> of Brown’s “Manual of practical
+bibliography.”</p>
+
+<p><i>Note.</i>—Such subjects as the histories of printing, paper-making,
+bookbinding, authorship, etc., do not come within the
+province of modern practical bibliography.</p>
+
+<h4><span class="smcap">Reading List.</span></h4>
+
+<p class="hang">Brown—Manual of practical bibliography. <i>pp. 1-20; 157-162.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Brown—Practical bibliography. <i>L. (New Series). Vol. 4,
+1903, pp. 144-151. Reply by A. W. Pollard, pp. 151-162.</i></p>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_5">[Pg 5]</span></p>
+<p class="hang">Campbell—The bibliography of the future. <i>1895.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Campbell—Theory of national and international bibliography.
+<i>Library Bureau. 1896. 10s. 6d.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Duff—Early printed books. <i>Books about Books. K. Paul.
+1893, pp. 201-205.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Clarke—Some points in practical bibliography. <i>L.A.R. Vol.
+6. 1904, pp. 192-205.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Encyclopædia Britannica.—Articles <i>Bibliography</i>; <i>Book</i>.</p>
+
+<p class="hang">Fay <i>and</i> Eaton—Instruction in the use of books and libraries.
+<i>Chap. 10, pp. 125-134.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Feipel—Elements of bibliography. <i>Chicago, 1916. Passim.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Ferguson—Some aspects of bibliography. <i>Johnstone: Edinburgh,
+1900, pp. 1-52 (Should be read after Mudge’s book).</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Greg—What is bibliography? <i>Trans. Bib. Soc. Vol. 12, 1911-13,
+pp. 39-53.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Guppy—Science of bibliography and what it embraces. <i>L.A.R.
+Vol 2, 1900, pp. 171-175.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Horne—An introduction to the study of bibliography. <i>2 vols.
+Cadell and Davies, 1814. Early chapters.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Keogh—Practical bibliographies. <i>A.L.A. Bulletin. Vol. 1,
+1907, pp. 35-39.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Jacobi—Some notes on books and printing. <i>pp. 83-96.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Moth—Technical terms used in bibliographies, and by the
+book and printing trades. <i>Boston Book Co.</i>: Boston,
+<i>1915. 10s.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Mudge—Bibliography. <i>(Preprint of Manual of library economy,
+Chapter 24.) This is a splendid introduction to modern
+practical bibliography, bringing in the derivation, present
+meaning, kinds of bibliography, etc.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Murray—Bibliography: its scope and methods. <i>Maclehose,
+1917. pp. 1-20; 51-58.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Parsons—Introduction to elementary bibliography. <i>London,
+1913. Also in L. &amp; B. W. Vol 3, 1912, pp. 43-47.</i></p>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_6">[Pg 6]</span></p>
+<p class="hang">Peddie—The bases of bibliographical research. <i>L.W. Vol.
+25, 1922-23, pp. 329-331.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Spofford—A book for all readers. <i>Putnam: New York,
+1905. Chap. 27, pp. 459-500.</i></p>
+
+<h4><span class="smcap">Questions.</span></h4>
+
+<p class="hang"><i>1.</i> What is bibliography? Compare the original meaning
+of the term with that of to-day.</p>
+
+<p class="hang"><i>2.</i> There are certain standards by which the reference
+value of bibliographies is judged: What do these
+standards relate to?</p>
+
+<p class="hang"><i>3.</i> Define the following terms:—bibliographer; codex;
+colophon; edition de luxe; format; grangerizing;
+index expurgatorius; incunabula; recto; signatures;
+octavo; cliché; bowdlerize.</p>
+
+<p class="hang"><i>4.</i> Give an account of the value of bibliography to the
+library profession.</p>
+
+<p class="hang"><i>5.</i> Printed bibliographies fall naturally into recognised
+classes. Name four of these classes.</p>
+
+<p class="hang"><i>6.</i> Discuss the field of bibliographical work for local
+bibliographical societies.</p>
+
+
+<h3><i>Lesson 2.</i></h3>
+
+<p class="center"><span class="smcap">Irregularities in the make up of books. Collation.
+Parts of a modern book. Bibliographical description.</span></p>
+
+<p>The student should note carefully the various meanings of
+the word “collation,” especially in relation to bibliography
+as distinct from cataloguing. Why early printed books
+often resembled manuscripts. Early books had no title pages.
+Irregularities to be found in the make up of early printed books.
+Bibliographical information usually found in the colophon.
+Title pages appeared about 1480. For printers’ marks or
+devices, the student is advised to consult McKerrow’s
+“Printers’ and publishers’ devices in England and Scotland,
+<i>1485-1640</i>”; Plomer’s “English printers’ ornaments,” or
+“Printers’ marks,” <i>1893</i>, by W. Roberts. Note the importance
+of the value of date and place of publication. Why
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_7">[Pg 7]</span>early printed books were not paged. How they should be
+collated by the aid of watermarks, catchwords, signatures,
+etc. Numbered pages began about 1470. Parts of a modern
+book: half-title, title page, dedication, preface, table of
+contents, list of plates or illustrations, errata, text, notes,
+appendices, index, and printer’s colophon. Sometimes a
+frontispiece may be found between the half and full title
+page. Difficulties in ascertaining if a book is perfect. Note
+the difference between a new issue, a reprint, and a new edition.
+Why prefatory pages, or introductory matter are separately
+numbered in Roman numerals. Catchwords were introduced
+in 1469 as a guide to the binder. Signatures also used as a
+guide to the binder. How the sizes of books are determined
+by the number of folds into which certain sheets of paper are
+divided. It is very important for the student to understand
+the different forms of bibliographical description and to distinguish
+the early forms from that applied to present day work.
+For this reason the entries in the standard bibliographies
+should be noted and compared.</p>
+
+
+<h4><span class="smcap">Reading List.</span></h4>
+
+<p class="hang">Aldis—The printed book. <i>Cambridge Univ. Press, 1916, pp. 1-27.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Blades—On signatures in old books. <i>L. Vol. 1, 1889, pp.
+121-131.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Brown—Manual of practical bibliography. <i>pp. 21-58; 87-97.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Clarke—The modern book. <i>L.A. Vol. 7, 1910, pp. 266-270.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Coupland—Irregularities in the make-up of early printed
+books. <i>L.W. Vol. 16, 1913-14, pp. 118-119.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Davenport—The book: its history and development. <i>pp.
+30-33; 64-76.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Duff—Early printed books. <i>pp. 206-212.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Edmond—Suggestions for the description of books printed
+between <i>1501-1640. L.A.R. Vol. 3, 1901, pp. 133-142.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Encyclopædia Britannica. Articles <i>Bibliography</i>; <i>Collation</i>.</p>
+
+<p class="hang">Fay <i>and</i> Eaton—Instruction in the use of books and libraries.
+<i>Chap. 3, pp. 25-39.</i></p>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_8">[Pg 8]</span></p>
+<p class="hang">Garnett—Some colophons of the early printers. <i>L. Vol. 2,
+1890, pp. 125-132.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Jacobi—Some notes on books and printing. <i>Chap. 6. pp.
+62-65.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">McKerrow—Printers’ and publishers’ devices in England and
+Scotland. <i>1485-1640. (Illus. Monographs No. 16).
+Bibliographical Society, 1913.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">McKerrow—Note on variations in certain copies of the
+“Return of Pasquil.” <i>L. (New Series). Vol. 4, 1903,
+pp. 384-391.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">McKerrow—Notes on bibliographical evidence. <i>Trans. Bib.
+Soc. Vol. 12, 1911-13, pp. 237-306.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Madan—Degressive bibliographies. <i>Trans. Bib. Soc. Vol.
+9, 1906-08, pp. 53-65.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Madan—Method in bibliography. <i>Trans. Bib. Soc. Vol 1,
+1892-3, pp. 91-96.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Parsons—Introduction to elementary bibliography. <i>Also
+in L. &amp; B. W. Vol. 3, 1912, pp. 47-50.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Plomer—English printers’ ornaments. <i>1924. Grafton, £2 2s.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Pollard—Objects and methods of bibliographical collations
+and descriptions. <i>L. (New Series). Vol. 8, 1907, pp.
+209-217.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Pollard—An essay on colophons. <i>1905.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Pollard—Last words on the history of the title page, with
+notes on some colophons and 27 facsimiles of title pages.
+<i>1891.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Pollard <i>and</i> Greg—Some points in bibliographical descriptions.
+<i>Trans. Bib. Soc. Vol. 9. 1906-08, pp. 31-52.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Powell—Publishers and publishing. <i>L.A.R. Vol. 4, 1902,
+pp. 590-601.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Proctor—Notes on signatures. <i>L. Vol. 3, 1891, pp. 177-180;
+267-269.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Rawlings—The story of books. <i>Hodder &amp; Stoughton. Chap.
+15, pp. 159-164.</i></p>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_9">[Pg 9]</span></p>
+<p class="hang">Roberts—Printers’ marks. <i>1893.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Sharp—Practical bibliography. <i>L.W. Vol. 13, 1910-11, pp.
+298-302.</i></p>
+
+
+<h4><span class="smcap">Questions.</span></h4>
+
+<p class="hang"><i>1.</i> The early printers were responsible for many inconsistencies
+and irregularities in the make-up of their books.
+Explain, giving examples.</p>
+
+<p class="hang"><i>2.</i> Why are blank pages often found in the middle of the
+text in early printed books?</p>
+
+<p class="hang"><i>3.</i> Sketch the relative positions of watermarks or wire-lines
+in books of different sizes, and state how a watermark
+may be used in book collation.</p>
+
+<p class="hang"><i>4.</i> Make out an entry of a modern book (which may be
+imaginary) comprising every bibliographical detail
+necessary to describe it completely, and give reasons
+for the particular order adopted.</p>
+
+<p class="hang"><i>5.</i> Give an account of the evolution of the title page.</p>
+
+<h3><i>Lesson 3.</i></h3>
+
+<p class="center"><span class="smcap">Essentials of Good Book Production.</span></p>
+
+<p class="center"><span class="smcap">Printing. Typography. Presswork.</span></p>
+
+<p>The essentials of good printing include a good, firm, clean
+and sharp impression with a really good black ink. The
+student must be able to recognise the difference between
+good and bad type. The two most important factors of modern
+book production are the selection of suitable type and the
+precise format of the page when the size of the volume is
+given. Note the various founts of type. Classes of
+type, sizes, and the point system, methods of composition,
+type-casting and type-setting machines, <i>e.g.</i>, monotype,
+linotype, and others. Stereotype work. Methods of mounting
+plates for printing. Different kinds of stereotype and electrotype
+plates. Hand-press work. Kinds of presses used. The
+student should endeavour to examine Stanley Morison’s
+“Modern fine printing: an exhibit of printing issued in
+England, the United States of America, France, Germany,
+Italy, Switzerland, Czecho-Slovakia, Holland and Sweden
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_10">[Pg 10]</span>during the twentieth century and with few exceptions since
+the outbreak of the war.” <i>Benn, 1925. £13 2s. 6d.</i> and <i>his</i>
+“Four centuries of fine printing: upwards of six hundred
+examples of the work of presses established during the years
+<i>1500-1914</i>.” <i>Benn, 1924. £11 0s. 6d.</i> These two books
+are beautiful examples of fine printing, and will probably be
+found in most of our large Public Libraries.</p>
+
+<h4><span class="smcap">Reading List.</span></h4>
+
+<p class="hang">Aldis—The printed book. <i>Chaps. 6 and 7, pp. 57-91.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">British Museum Guide to the exhibition of printed books.</p>
+
+<p class="hang">Davenport—The book: its history and development.
+<i>Chap. 4, pp. 85-101.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Encyclopædia Britannica—Articles <i>Typography</i>, <i>Printing</i>.</p>
+
+<p class="hang">Hitchcock, <i>editor</i>.—The building of a book. <i>pp. 25-76;
+99-138.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Hodges—The printing press: its place in librarianship.
+<i>L.A. Vol. 17, 1924, pp. 68-71; 97-102.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Jacobi—Printing. <i>Passim, with special attention devoted
+to Chaps. 1, 16 and 21.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Jacobi—Some notes on books and printing. <i>Chap. 3, pp.
+27-39.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Legros <i>and</i> Grant—Typographical printing surfaces: the
+technology and mechanism of their production. <i>Longmans
+Green, 1916. 42s.</i> <i>Passim.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Meynell—Typography. The written word and the printed
+word. Some tests for types. Concerning printers’
+flowers. The pioneer work of the Pelican Press. The
+points of a well-made book. A glossary of printers’
+terms. Type specimens. A display of borders and
+initials. <i>The Pelican Press, 1923. 7s 6d.</i> <i>Passim.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Morison—On type faces: examples of the use of type for the
+printing of books. <i>The Medici Society, 1923. 30s.</i>
+<i>Passim.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Plomer—The history of printing, <i>1476-1898. The English
+Bookman’s Library. K. Paul, 1900.</i> <i>Passim.</i></p>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_11">[Pg 11]</span></p>
+<p class="hang">Report of the Committee appointed to select the best faces
+of type and modes of display for Government printing,
+<i>1922. H.M.S.O. 4s. also</i> Note on the legibility of
+printed matter, prepared by M. A. Legros. <i>1922.
+H.M.S.O. 1s. 6d.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Sharp—Practical bibliography. <i>L.W. Vol. 13, 1910-11, pp.
+327-330.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Times Printing Number (The)—Reprinted from the 40,000
+issue of <i>The Times</i>, Tuesday, September <i>10</i>th, <i>1912.
+Times Office, 1913. 6s.</i> Articles <i>Stereotyping</i>; <i>Composition</i>;
+<i>Typography</i>.</p>
+
+<h4><span class="smcap">Questions.</span></h4>
+
+<p class="hang"><i>1.</i> Name three methods of moulding plates for printing
+purposes.</p>
+
+<p class="hang"><i>2.</i> Give six essential features of good type.</p>
+
+<p class="hang"><i>3.</i> What is the best style of type face for book work?
+State your reasons for your preference.</p>
+
+<p class="hang"><i>4.</i> Give an account of the use of the matrix in type-founding.</p>
+
+<p class="hang"><i>5.</i> Define the following terms:—stereotyping; ligature;
+sans serif; forme; quoins; shorts; point system;
+italics; large paper; black letter.</p>
+
+<h3><i>Lesson 4.</i></h3>
+
+<p class="center"><span class="smcap">Paper.</span></p>
+
+<p>The student should know how to distinguish the difference
+between papyrus, parchment, vellum and paper. The article
+“paper” in the Encyclopædia Britannica will be quite sufficient
+for the history of its use and introduction into Europe.
+English paper-making dates from the fifteenth century. The
+manufacture of paper must be closely followed, first, the
+materials, then, their reduction to the pulp, the conversion
+of the pulp into paper, and finally the finishing. How to tell
+the difference between hand-made and machine made paper,
+by wire marks, deckle edge, colour, tear and rougher side.
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_12">[Pg 12]</span>The effect of the “dandy roll” on “wove” and “laid”
+paper. Chain lines. Essentials of first class manufacture.
+The merits and defects of different kinds of paper. Antique,
+India, art, imitation art, Japanese vellum, super-calendar,
+etc.</p>
+
+
+<h4><span class="smcap">Reading List.</span></h4>
+
+<p class="hang">Blades—Paper and paper marks. <i>L. Vol. 1, 1889, pp.
+217-223.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Chivers—Paper and binding of lending library books. <i>L.J.
+Vol. 34, 1909, pp. 350-354.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Chivers—The paper of lending library books, with some
+remarks on their bindings. <i>Illus. Chivers, 1910.</i>
+<i>Passim.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Coutts <i>and</i> Stephen—Library bookbinding. <i>Grafton, 1911.
+7s. 6d. Chaps. 5 and 6, pp. 62-82.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Davenport—The book: its history and development.
+<i>Chap. 3, pp. 62-84.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Encyclopædia Britannica—Article <i>Paper</i>.</p>
+
+<p class="hang">Hitchcock, <i>editor</i>.—The building of a book. <i>pp. 89-98.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Jenkins—Paper making in England (<i>1495-1714</i>). <i>L.A.R.
+Vol. 2, 1900, pp. 479-488; 577-588. Vol. 3, 1901, pp.
+239-251.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Jacobi—Printing. <i>Chap. 32, pp. 328-339, and samples of
+paper found at the end of the book.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Jacobi—Some notes on books and printing. <i>Chap. 5, pp.
+56-61 and samples of paper found at the end of the book.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Library Association Book Production Committee—Interim
+Report, <i>1913</i>.</p>
+
+<p class="hang">Madan—Books in manuscript, their study and use. <i>K.
+Paul, 1893. 6s. pp. 6-12.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Maddox—Paper: its history, sources and manufacture.
+<i>Pitman, 1916.</i> <i>Passim.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Sindall—Manufacture of paper. <i>Westminster Series. Constable,
+1908.</i> <i>Passim.</i></p>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_13">[Pg 13]</span></p>
+<p class="hang">Sindall—Physical qualities of paper. <i>L.A.R. Vol. 10.
+1908, pp. 24-35; 60-62.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Sindall—Manufacture of wood pulp for paper making.
+<i>L.A.R. Vol. 10, 1908, pp. 336-341.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Times Printing Number (The)—Articles <i>Hand-made paper</i>;
+<i>Modern printing papers</i>; <i>Wood pulp.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Williams—<i>In</i> Manual of book selection, <i>Appendix 2. Notes
+on paper making, pp. 93-103.</i></p>
+
+
+<h4><span class="smcap">Questions.</span></h4>
+
+<p class="hang"><i>1.</i> Give the essential and outstanding requirements of a
+modern book paper.</p>
+
+<p class="hang"><i>2.</i> The strength of a paper is determined by the constitution
+and structure of the fibrous elements of which
+it is composed. Explain.</p>
+
+<p class="hang"><i>3.</i> What substances are now principally used in paper-making?
+State the qualities of the different papers.</p>
+
+<p class="hang"><i>4.</i> What should be the requirements in the paper for a
+book of reference of over 1,000 pages?</p>
+
+<p class="hang"><i>5.</i> What is a featherweight paper?</p>
+
+
+<h3><i>Lesson 5.</i></h3>
+
+<p class="center"><span class="smcap">Ink.</span></p>
+
+<p>The process of making printing ink consists of grinding a
+pigment, black, white, or coloured, into a suitable varnish.
+Pigment is responsible for making the impression visible.
+Varnish responsible for the holding together of the pigment
+during its distribution on the press to the type. The different
+kinds of ink. The ingredients of good printing inks. Its
+stages of manufacture. Ink used for book work must be of
+the best quality. Hand-press requires different kind of ink to
+that used in machine presses. “Jobbing ink.” “Cut ink.”</p>
+
+
+<h4><span class="smcap">Reading List.</span></h4>
+
+<p class="hang">Andes—Oil colours and printers’ inks. <i>Scott Greenwood,
+1918.</i> <i>Passim.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Encylopædia Britannica—Article <i>Ink</i>.</p>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_14">[Pg 14]</span></p>
+<p class="hang">Hitchcock, <i>editor</i>—The building of a book. <i>pp. 139-143.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Jacobi—Printing. <i>Chap. 19, pp. 214-217.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Mitchell—Ink. <i>Pitman.</i> <i>Passim.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Seymour—Modern printing inks: a practical handbook for
+printing-ink manufacturers. <i>Scott Greenwood, 1910.</i>
+<i>Passim.</i></p>
+
+
+<h4><span class="smcap">Questions.</span></h4>
+
+<p class="hang"><i>1.</i> Define the difference between printing inks and writing
+inks.</p>
+
+<p class="hang"><i>2.</i> Give the ingredients of a good printing ink to be used
+for book work.</p>
+
+<p class="hang"><i>3.</i> Explain the following terms:—coloured inks; cut
+ink; copying inks; sympathetic inks; printers’
+inks.</p>
+
+<p class="hang"><i>4.</i> How is the impression conditioned by the flow of the ink?</p>
+
+
+<h3><i>Lesson 6.</i></h3>
+
+<p class="center"><span class="smcap">Book Illustration.</span></p>
+
+<p>The illustration of books began before the invention of
+printing, and the purpose of illustration is to carry the spirit
+of action rather than to serve as a basis for deft expression of
+technical skill. Illustrations are pictorial matter (plates,
+diagrams, etc.) generally used for the purpose of elucidating
+the text, the object being to enable the reader to obtain a
+better grasp and a more realistic view of the subject which the
+author would seek to present whether in connection with
+science, travel, or fiction. Illustrations make clearer to the
+imagination their stories and their songs by reflecting manners
+of life, interests and pursuits in a way that brightens what
+would otherwise often be commonplace.</p>
+
+<p>The student will be expected to know the purpose of book
+illustration. The merits and defects of different methods of
+illustrations now in use. The hand processes include;—in
+relief, intaglio, flat surface. Photographic processes:—in
+relief, intaglio, and flat surface. The colour processes. The
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_15">[Pg 15]</span>need for really good blocks. Students are recommended to
+purchase the booklet issued by the British Museum at 6d.
+and entitled “A guide to the processes and schools of engraving.”
+<i>2nd edition, 1923.</i></p>
+
+
+<h4><span class="smcap">Reading List.</span></h4>
+
+<p class="hang">Aldis—The printed book. <i>Chap. 8, pp. 92-113.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Coupland—Methods of book illustration. <i>L.W. Vol. 15,
+1912-13, pp. 356-362.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Davenport—The book: its history and development.
+<i>Chap. 5, pp. 102-140.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Crane—Of the decorative illustrations of books. <i>2nd
+edition. Bell, 1901. 6s.</i> <i>Passim.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Encyclopædia Britannica—Articles <i>Illustration</i>; <i>Process
+and under the various methods</i>.</p>
+
+<p class="hang">Fay <i>and</i> Eaton—The use of books and libraries. <i>Chap.
+11, pp. 156-162.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Hitchcock, <i>editor</i>—The building of a book. <i>pp. 154-215.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Hardie—English coloured books. <i>Connoisseurs’ Library.
+Methuen, 1906. 25s.</i> <i>Passim.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Jacobi—Printing. <i>Chaps. 22-24. pp. 236-253.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Jacobi—Some notes on books and printing. <i>Chap. 4, pp.
+40-55.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Jennings—Early wood-cut initials. <i>Methuen, 1908. 21s.</i>
+<i>Passim.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Pennell—Modern illustration. <i>Ex Libris Series. Bell &amp;
+Sons, 1895. 10s. 6d.</i> <i>Passim.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Pennell—The illustration of books. <i>T. F. Unwin, 1896.
+3s. 6d.</i> <i>Passim.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Pollard—Early illustrated books. <i>Books about Books.
+K. Paul, 1893.</i> <i>Passim.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Sharp—Practical bibliography. <i>L.W. Vol 13, 1910-11,
+pp. 333-336.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Sketchley—English book illustration of to-day. <i>K. Paul,
+1903. 10s. 6d.</i> <i>Passim.</i></p>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_16">[Pg 16]</span></p>
+
+<h4><span class="smcap">Questions.</span></h4>
+
+<p class="hang"><i>1.</i> Define the objects of book illustration.</p>
+
+<p class="hang"><i>2.</i> What in your opinion is the best method of book illustration?</p>
+
+<p class="hang"><i>3.</i> Name the different methods of book illustration in use
+at the present day, and draw special attention to their
+respective merits and defects.</p>
+
+<p class="hang"><i>4.</i> What has been the effect upon book-papers of the
+introduction of the “half-tone” method of illustration?</p>
+
+<p class="hang"><i>5.</i> Give a brief account of the technical development of
+modern book illustration.</p>
+
+
+<h3><i>Lesson 7.</i></h3>
+
+<p class="center"><span class="smcap">Bookbinding.</span></p>
+
+<p>It is not necessary for the student to devote much time to
+the historical side of the subject if he intends taking the
+Library Association Examination. It is to the practical side
+that most attention must be given. It is essential to possess
+an elementary knowledge of binding, with special attention
+given to library bookbinding. The processes, hand and machine
+bookbinding and their relation to library bookbinding must
+be noticed. The principal qualities for a library binding are:
+flexibility, strength and durability, solidity, good materials,
+neatness, lightness, cheapness, and suitability of style. These
+qualities should be carefully followed, and the materials
+must be considered. How the quality of paper affects the
+binding. The pro and con of home binderies, and finally
+tenders and specifications.</p>
+
+
+<h4><span class="smcap">Reading List.</span></h4>
+
+<p class="hang">Aldis—The printed book. <i>Chap. 9, pp. 114-135.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">American Library Association—Binding for small libraries:
+suggestions prepared by the A.L.A. Committee on
+Bookbinding. <i>1915. 25c.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Bailey—Library bookbinding. <i>H. W. Wilson Co.: New
+York. 1916.</i> <i>Passim.</i></p>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_17">[Pg 17]</span></p>
+<p class="hang">Bliss—Better bookbinding for libraries. <i>L.J. Vol. 30,
+1905, pp. 849-857. Also in P.L. Vol. 11, 1906, pp.
+294-9.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Chivers—Relative value of leathers and other binding
+materials. <i>Illus. Chivers, 1911.</i> <i>Passim.</i>
+<i>Also in L.A.R. Vol. 13, 1911, pp. 415-430.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Cochrane—Costing data in bookbinding. <i>L.W. Vol. 25,
+1922-23, pp. 345-347.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Cockerell—Bookbinding, and the care of books. <i>4th edition.
+Pitman, 1923. 10s. 6d. First published 1901.</i> <i>Passim.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Coutts <i>and</i> Stephen—Manual of library bookbinding.
+<i>Passim.</i> <i>The best book on the subject for the library
+assistant.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Dana—Lettering the backs of books when rebound for
+libraries. <i>P.L. Vol. 12, 1907, pp. 306-307.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Dana—Notes on bookbinding for libraries. <i>Latest edition.</i>
+<i>Passim.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Davenport—The book: its history and development.
+<i>Chaps. 2, 7, 8 and 9, pp. 26-61, 169-180, 181-204, 205-243.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Encyclopædia Britannica—Article <i>Bookbinding</i>.</p>
+
+<p class="hang">Hitchcock, <i>editor</i>—The building of a book. <i>pp. 216-256.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Jacobi—Some notes on books and printing. <i>Chap. 7, pp.
+66-69.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Library Association—Interim report on book production.</p>
+
+<p class="hang">Library Association. <i>Sound Leather Committee.</i>—Leather
+for libraries, by E. W. Hulme and others. <i>Library
+Supply Co., 1905.</i> <i>Passim.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Society of Arts.—Report of the Committee on leather for
+bookbinding. <i>G. Bell &amp; Sons, 1905. First published
+1901.</i> <i>Passim.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Spofford—A book for all readers. <i>Chap. 3, pp. 50-87.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Stephen—Edition binding. <i>L.A. Vol. 6, 1904, pp. 326-330.</i></p>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_18">[Pg 18]</span></p>
+<p class="hang">Stephen—Machine book sewing, with remarks on publishers’
+binding. <i>Library Association, 1908. 6d. Also
+in L.A.R. Vol. 10, 1908; pp. 261-280.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Stephen—Notes on materials for library bookbinding.
+<i>L.A. Vol. 5, 1905-07, pp. 143-146; 162-164.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Stephen—Publishers’ bindings. <i>L.A.R. Vol. 12, 1910.
+pp. 9-13.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Stephen—Commercial bookbinding. <i>Stonehill. 7s. 6d.</i>
+<i>Passim.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Times Printing Number—Article <i>Bookbinding</i>.</p>
+
+
+<h4><span class="smcap">Questions.</span></h4>
+
+<p class="hang"><i>1.</i> Discuss the values and uses of the following binding
+materials:—pigskin, rexine, cloth, buckram, morocco,
+calf.</p>
+
+<p class="hang"><i>2.</i> Discuss the merits or demerits of three leathers suitable
+for library bookbinding. State which you consider
+the best.</p>
+
+<p class="hang"><i>3.</i> Can you name any library which has a binding establishment
+of its own? Give some idea of the initial cost
+and upkeep of such an establishment.</p>
+
+<p class="hang"><i>4.</i> Describe the essential features which you consider
+necessary for the binding of a book for the public
+lending library.</p>
+
+<p class="hang"><i>5.</i> Define the following terms:—re-inforced; tipping;
+head-band; kettle-stitch; bleed; blind-tooling;
+marbling; plough; hollow-back; forwarding.</p>
+
+
+<h3><i>Lesson 8.</i></h3>
+
+<p class="center"><span class="smcap">Compilation of Bibliographies.</span></p>
+
+<p>Principles of arrangement, will differ with each type of
+bibliography. Six methods of arrangement. An author
+bibliography best arranged chronologically by dates of publication,
+supplemented with subject and title indexes. For a
+subject bibliography the best arrangement may be classified,
+with an alphabetical index to authors and subjects. The best
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_19">[Pg 19]</span>bibliography is arranged and indexed so that its contents
+may be found from the point of view of author, title, subject,
+place, or personal names. The student should examine as
+many bibliographies as possible, and note their arrangements.
+He should also possess a thorough knowledge of the practical
+methods of compiling bibliographies.</p>
+
+
+<h4><span class="smcap">Reading List.</span></h4>
+
+<p class="hang">American Library Association and Library Association—Code
+of cataloguing rules. <i>Passim.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Brown—Manual of practical bibliography. <i>Chaps. 5 and 6,
+pp. 45-86; 99-111.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Cole—Compiling a bibliography: practical hints; with
+illustrative examples. <i>New York, 1902. 20 pp. Also in
+L.J. Vol. 26, 1901 pp. 791-795; 859-863.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Coupland—Arrangement and compilation of bibliographies.
+<i>L.W. Vol. 15, 1912-13, pp. 180-185.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Guppy—Wigan and county bibliographies. <i>L.A.R. Vol 3,
+1925 (New series), pp. 94-102.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Greg—What is bibliography? <i>In Trans. Bib. Soc. Vol.
+12, 1911-13, pp. 39-53.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Hysett—County bibliography. <i>In Trans. Bib. Soc. Vol.
+3, 1895-6, pp. 27-40; 167-170. Parts 1 and 2.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Madan—Method in bibliography. <i>In Trans. Bib. Soc.
+Vol. 1, 1892-3, pp. 91-103.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Murray—Bibliography: its scope and methods. <i>pp. 78-97.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Parsons—Introduction to elementary bibliography. <i>L. &amp;
+B. W. Vol. 3, 1912, pp. 84-88.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Peddie—The bases of bibliographical research. <i>L.W. Vol.
+25, 1922-23, pp. 348-350.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Peplow—Some tentative proposals for the compilation of a
+catalogue of best books. <i>L.A.R. Vol. II, 1909, pp.
+222-228. Discussion pp. 245-249.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Pollard—Arrangement of bibliographies. <i>L. (New series.)
+Vol. 10, 1909, pp. 168-187.</i></p>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_20">[Pg 20]</span></p>
+<p class="hang">Sharp—Practical bibliography. <i>L.W. Vol. 13, 1910-11,
+pp. 377-380.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Sparke—Town bibliographies. <i>L.A.R. Vol. 15, 1913,
+pp. 366-371.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Stephen—Norfolk bibliography. <i>L.A.R. Vol. 22, 1920,
+pp. 352-364.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Wheatley—The present condition of English bibliography.
+<i>In Trans. Bib. Soc. Vol. 1, 1892-3, pp. 61-102. (Model
+author bibliography is appended).</i></p>
+
+
+<h4><span class="smcap">Questions.</span></h4>
+
+<p class="hang"><i>1.</i> What principles would you consider before setting to
+work on the compilation of a bibliography?</p>
+
+<p class="hang"><i>2.</i> State briefly the different methods of compiling bibliographies.</p>
+
+<p class="hang"><i>3.</i> Arrange the form headings you would use in compiling
+a bibliography of Shakespeare.</p>
+
+<p class="hang"><i>4.</i> Discuss the value and method of the preparation of a
+county bibliography.</p>
+
+<p class="hang"><i>5.</i> Give three examples (which may be imaginary) of the
+ideal bibliographical entries for a subject bibliography.</p>
+
+<p class="hang"><i>6.</i> Describe generally the plan, contents, and aim of the
+two following books:—</p>
+
+<p class="hang">Sparke (Archibald)—Bibliographia Boltoniensis: being a
+bibliography, with biographical details, of Bolton
+authors, and the books written by them from 1550-<i>1912</i>;
+books about Bolton; and those printed and
+published in the town from <i>1785</i> to date. Bolton,
+<i>1913</i>.</p>
+
+<p><i>and</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Hawkes (A. J.)—Lancashire printed books: a bibliography
+of all the books printed in Lancashire down to the year
+<i>1800</i>. Wigan, <i>1925</i>.</p>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_21">[Pg 21]</span></p>
+
+<h4 class="center">TEST EXAMINATION.</h4>
+
+<p><i>Questions to be answered without the aid of text-books, notes, etc.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang"><i>1.</i> Bibliography is now considered from two standpoints:
+the practical and utilitarian; or, the historical and
+dilettante. Explain.</p>
+
+<p class="hang"><i>2.</i> By what means would you check a quarto book printed
+before 1750 to ascertain if it is complete?</p>
+
+<p class="hang"><i>3.</i> The <i>Kelmscott Press</i> publications, though beautiful
+specimens of artistic design applied to typography are
+at fault from the utility point of view. Explain.</p>
+
+<p class="hang"><i>4.</i> State the essentials of good press-work.</p>
+
+<p class="hang"><i>5.</i> What are the chief properties of modern book paper?</p>
+
+<p class="hang"><i>6.</i> Why is the fibrous direction of paper important to book-work?</p>
+
+<p class="hang"><i>7.</i> Explain the difference between “edition” and
+“library” binding.</p>
+
+<p class="hang"><i>8.</i> What details should be specified in a full bibliographical
+description of an early printed book?</p>
+
+<p class="hang"><i>9.</i> What principles should be observed in the annotation of
+bibliographies?</p>
+
+<p class="hang"><i>10.</i> How would you proceed in compiling “a bibliography
+of guides to book selection since 1900?”</p>
+
+<h3>FACTORS AND NOTES RELATING TO PRACTICAL
+BIBLIOGRAPHY.</h3>
+
+<p>(<i>1</i>) <span class="smcap">What is the meaning of the word Bibliography?</span></p>
+
+<p>Bibliography derives its name from two Greek words,
+which translated literally mean “the writing of books.”
+This meaning was originally adopted in the English language,
+the first recorded use of which in English is found in Blount’s
+“Dictionary” (<i>1656</i>), but with the growth of literature and
+consequent output of books, the connotation of the term
+increased rapidly, and rendered the original definition obsolete.</p>
+
+<p>The number of sciences included in the term “bibliography”
+probably reached its zenith with Gabriel Peignot, a noted
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_22">[Pg 22]</span>French bibliographer of the last century. In his enthusiasm
+for the subject he arrogated to bibliography a knowledge of
+such subjects as philosophy, logic, philology, history, mathematics,
+geography, etc., in addition to typography, the
+composition of books, material and literary, and all that
+appertains to the books themselves. In short, bibliography
+was to him the <i>scientia scientiarum</i>.</p>
+
+<p>Peignot’s English contemporary, Thomas Hartwell Horne,
+<i>1780-1862</i> gives a more concise definition in his “Study of
+bibliography” (<i>1814</i>) but he errs in the same manner, though
+in a lesser degree by claiming for bibliography an encyclopædic
+knowledge of the history, values and contents of books.</p>
+
+<p>The modern tendency for specialisation renders such
+erroneous conceptions of the subject impossible, for palæography,
+typography, history, etc., rank as distinct topics,
+though, of course, they will always be correlated.</p>
+
+<p>Many attempts have been made in recent times to give a
+concise definition of what is understood by the term “bibliography,”
+but there is little uniformity of opinion, and much
+confusion. The confusion is undoubtedly caused by the application
+of one term to what should remain distinct studies.
+The subject now resolves itself into two standpoints—the
+historical-and-dilettante; or, the practical-and-utilitarian.</p>
+
+<p>Historical bibliography to the general public is yet very
+vague in its limits, it includes the history of printing, book-collecting,
+study of the rare and curious in books, etc.; but
+among experts it is slowly and surely being limited to the
+history of printing, and in the future the historical side of
+bibliography will be known as the “history of printing.”</p>
+
+<p>When this understanding comes to pass “bibliography”
+can be applied to what is now known as “practical bibliography,”
+which is defined by the late J. D. Brown in his
+“Manual of bibliography” (<i>1906</i>) as “the science which treats
+of the description, cataloguing, and preservation of books.”</p>
+
+<p>The word “bibliography” is also applied to the literature
+of a subject, but in this sense there is little likelihood of
+confusion as it is generally used in conjunction with another
+topic, as, “A Bibliography of Cotton Spinning.”</p>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_23">[Pg 23]</span></p>
+
+<p>(<i>2</i>) <span class="smcap">Kinds of bibliography.</span></p>
+
+<p>There are six recognised classes of bibliographies:—</p>
+
+<p class="hang"><i>1.</i> General Bibliographies—Books not limited to those of
+any period, locality, author, or subject, <i>e.g.</i> Brunet’s
+“Manual du Libraire.”</p>
+
+<p class="hang"><i>2.</i> National Bibliographies—Books printed in a given
+country or about a given country, <i>e.g.</i> “The English
+Catalogue of Books.”</p>
+
+<p class="hang"><i>3.</i> Trade Bibliographies—Books in print or on sale by publishers,
+with full particulars as to size, price, pages,
+etc., <i>e.g.</i> Whitaker’s “Reference Catalogue of Current
+Literature.”</p>
+
+<p class="hang"><i>4.</i> Author Bibliographies—Books or articles by, or by and
+about, a particular author, <i>e.g.</i>, “Bibliography of the
+works of Shakespeare,” by W. Jaggard.</p>
+
+<p class="hang"><i>5.</i> Subject Bibliographies—Books and articles about a
+special subject, <i>e.g.</i>, Woodbury’s “Bibliography of
+Cotton Manufacture.”</p>
+
+<p class="hang"><i>6.</i> Bio-Bibliographies—a compilation giving the biographies
+of writers and lists of their writings, <i>e.g.</i>, Allibone’s
+“Dictionary of Authors.”</p>
+
+
+<p>(<i>3</i>) <span class="smcap">Why prefatory pages are sometimes numbered in
+roman figures.</span></p>
+
+<p>Prefatory pages are numbered in Roman figures because
+they are usually printed after the body of the book has been
+“set up.” In many cases the printer has no estimate of prefatory
+matter and to overcome the difficulty he numbers the
+text in Arabic and the preliminary pages in Roman figures.</p>
+
+<p>(<i>4</i>) <span class="smcap">“Natural history” bibliography.</span></p>
+
+<p>Panzer has been spoken of as “the one true naturalist
+among general bibliographers,” and since his day two distinct
+methods of bibliography have grown up.</p>
+
+<p>One method treats specimens of early printing simply as
+curiosities, and their value only depending according to their
+rarity or intrinsic worth, or again to some peculiar characteristic
+found in them. This method is generally associated
+with the name of Dibden.</p>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_24">[Pg 24]</span></p>
+<p>The other method, which is called by Henry Bradshaw the
+“natural history method of bibliography” is associated with
+the name of Panzer, who was the first practical exponent.
+By this method each press must be looked upon as a <i>genus</i>,
+and each book as a <i>species</i>, and the more or less close connection
+of the different members of the family must be traced
+by the characters which they present to our observation. Bradshaw’s
+own work is the best example of this method, and the
+beginner can follow no better model than the papers he wrote
+on early printing.</p>
+
+
+<p>(<i>5</i>) <span class="smcap">Typography. “point system.”</span></p>
+
+<p>A unit of measurement has been accepted as a standard
+for the purpose of enabling the products of different manufacturers
+to be used together. The unit of measurement adopted
+in this country and America is the Pica which is approximately
+one-sixth of an inch in width.</p>
+
+<p class="center">TYPE BODY SIZES.</p>
+
+<table>
+
+<tr><td class="tdc">Pts.</td> <td class="tdc">Eng &amp; Amer.</td> <td class="tdc">Didot.</td> <td class="tdc">English (Old).</td><td>&nbsp;</td></tr>
+<tr><td><i>5</i></td> <td><i>.0692</i></td> <td><i>.074</i></td> <td><i>.066</i></td> <td>Pearl.</td></tr>
+<tr><td><i>5½</i></td> <td><i>.0761</i></td> <td class="tdc">—</td> <td><i>.0725</i></td> <td>Ruby.</td></tr>
+<tr><td><i>6</i></td> <td><i>.083</i> </td> <td><i>.0888</i></td> <td><i>.0835</i></td> <td>Nonpareil</td></tr>
+<tr><td><i>7</i></td> <td><i>.0969</i></td> <td><i>.1036</i></td> <td><i>.0987</i></td> <td>Minion.</td></tr>
+<tr><td><i>8</i></td> <td><i>.1107</i></td> <td><i>.1184</i></td> <td><i>.1083</i></td> <td>Brevier.</td></tr>
+<tr><td><i>9</i></td> <td><i>.1245</i></td> <td><i>.1332</i></td> <td><i>.118</i></td> <td>Bourgeois.</td></tr>
+<tr><td><i>10</i></td> <td><i>.1384</i></td> <td><i>.148</i></td> <td><i>.135</i></td> <td>Long Primer.</td></tr>
+<tr><td><i>11</i></td> <td><i>.1522</i></td> <td><i>.1628</i></td> <td><i>.145</i></td> <td>Small Pica</td></tr>
+<tr><td><i>12</i></td> <td><i>.166</i></td> <td><i>.1776</i></td> <td><i>.1667</i></td> <td>Pica</td></tr>
+<tr><td><i>14</i></td> <td><i>.1937</i></td> <td><i>.2072</i></td> <td><i>.188</i></td> <td>English</td></tr>
+<tr><td><i>16</i></td> <td><i>.2214</i></td> <td><i>.2368</i></td> <td>—</td> <td>2-line Brevier.</td></tr>
+<tr><td><i>18</i></td> <td><i>.2490</i> </td> <td><i>.2664</i></td> <td><i>.235</i></td> <td>Great Primer.</td></tr>
+<tr><td><i>20</i></td> <td><i>.2767</i> </td> <td><i>.296</i></td> <td><i>.2626</i></td> <td>Paragon.</td></tr>
+<tr><td><i>22</i></td> <td><i>.3044</i></td> <td><i>.3256</i></td> <td><i>.289</i></td> <td>Double Pica.</td></tr>
+<tr><td><i>24</i></td> <td><i>.332</i></td> <td><i>.3552</i></td> <td><i>.3362</i></td> <td>2-line Pica</td></tr>
+<tr><td><i>28</i> </td> <td><i>.3874</i></td> <td><i>.4144</i></td> <td><i>.375</i></td> <td>2-line English</td></tr>
+<tr><td><i>30</i></td> <td><i>.4151</i></td> <td><i>.444</i></td> <td>—</td> <td>—</td></tr>
+<tr><td><i>32</i></td> <td><i>.4428</i></td> <td><i>.4736</i></td> <td><i>.469</i></td> <td>2-line Gt. Primer</td></tr>
+<tr><td><i>36</i></td> <td><i>.498</i></td> <td><i>.5328</i></td> <td><i>.498</i></td> <td>3-line Pica.</td></tr>
+</table>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_25">[Pg 25]</span></p>
+
+<p>(<i>6</i>) PRINCIPAL SIZES OF TYPE NOW USED IN BOOKS.</p>
+
+<figure class="figcenter illowp100" id="fonts_2" style="max-width: 25.0em;">
+ <img class="w100" src="images/fonts.jpg" alt="type-size">
+</figure>
+
+<p class="p2"><span class="large">This line is Pica (12 point) Modern 12345.</span></p>
+<p>This line is Long Primer (10 point) Old Style</p>
+<p><span class="small">This line is Brevier (8 point) Old Style 12345.</span></p>
+<p><span class="small">This line is Nonpariel (6 point) Modern 12345.</span></p>
+
+
+<p class="p2"><span class="smcap">Type faces.</span></p>
+<figure class="figcenter illowp100" id="fontstwo" style="max-width: 25.0em;">
+ <img class="w100" src="images/fontstwo.jpg" alt="type-faces">
+</figure>
+<table>
+<tr><td>Old Style</td> <td>English Literary History, 1234.</td></tr>
+<tr><td>Modern Face</td> <td>Factors and Notes 1234.</td></tr>
+<tr><td>Fancy Face </td> <td><span class="fancy">Commercial Index 1234.</span></td></tr>
+<tr><td>Text Letter</td> <td><span class="antiqua">Of German Origin 1234.</span></td></tr>
+</table>
+
+
+<p>(7) SIZES OF BOOKS.</p>
+<table>
+<tr><td>Royal folio</td> <td class="tdr">20</td> <td class="tdc">×</td> <td class="tdr">12½</td> <td>ins.</td></tr>
+<tr><td>Demy folio</td> <td class="tdr">17¾</td> <td class="tdc">×</td> <td class="tdr">11¼</td> <td class="tdc">”</td></tr>
+<tr><td>Crown folio</td> <td class="tdr">15</td> <td class="tdc">×</td> <td class="tdr">10</td> <td class="tdc">”</td></tr>
+<tr><td>Foolscap folio</td> <td class="tdr">13½</td> <td class="tdc">×</td> <td class="tdr">8½</td> <td class="tdc">”</td></tr>
+<tr><td>Royal Quarto</td> <td class="tdr">12½</td> <td class="tdc">×</td> <td class="tdr">10</td> <td class="tdc">”</td></tr>
+<tr><td>Demy Quarto</td> <td class="tdr">11¼</td> <td class="tdc">×</td> <td class="tdr">8⅞</td> <td class="tdc">”</td></tr>
+<tr><td>Crown Quarto</td> <td class="tdr">10</td> <td class="tdc">×</td> <td class="tdr">7½</td> <td class="tdc">”</td></tr>
+<tr><td>Foolscap Quarto</td> <td class="tdr">8½</td> <td class="tdc">×</td> <td class="tdr">6¾</td> <td class="tdc">”</td></tr>
+<tr><td>Royal Octavo</td> <td class="tdr">10</td> <td class="tdc">×</td> <td class="tdr">6¼</td> <td class="tdc">”</td></tr>
+<tr><td>Demy Octavo</td> <td class="tdr">8⅞</td> <td class="tdc">×</td> <td class="tdr">5⅝</td> <td class="tdc">”</td></tr>
+<tr><td>Crown <span class="err" title="original: Octovo">Octavo</span></td> <td class="tdr">7½</td> <td class="tdc">×</td> <td class="tdr">5</td> <td class="tdc">”</td></tr>
+<tr><td>Foolscap Octavo</td> <td class="tdr">6¾</td> <td class="tdc">×</td> <td class="tdr">4¼</td> <td class="tdc">”</td></tr>
+<tr><td>Royal 12mo</td> <td class="tdr">8¼</td> <td class="tdc">×</td> <td class="tdr">5</td> <td class="tdc">”</td></tr>
+<tr><td>Demy 12mo</td> <td class="tdr">7½</td> <td class="tdc">×</td> <td class="tdr">4⅜</td> <td class="tdc">”</td></tr>
+<tr><td>Demy 16mo</td> <td class="tdr">5⅜</td> <td class="tdc">×</td> <td class="tdr">4½</td> <td class="tdc">”</td></tr>
+<tr><td>Demy 18mo</td> <td class="tdr">6⅛</td> <td class="tdc">×</td> <td class="tdr">3⅞</td> <td class="tdc">”</td></tr>
+<tr><td>Demy 24mo</td> <td class="tdr">5½</td> <td class="tdc">×</td> <td class="tdr">3⅛</td> <td class="tdc">”</td></tr>
+<tr><td>Demy 32mo</td> <td class="tdr">5⅞</td> <td class="tdc">×</td> <td class="tdr">3⅛</td> <td class="tdc">”</td></tr>
+
+</table>
+
+<p>(8) <span class="allsmcap">Books containing excellent bibliographies.</span></p>
+
+<p>Aflalo—Natural history of the British Isles (Vertebrates).
+<i>1898. 18 pp.</i></p>
+
+<p>Amherst—History of gardening in England. <i>1910. 50 pp.</i></p>
+
+<p>Baldwin—Dictionary of philosophy and psychology. <i>Vol. 3.</i></p>
+
+<p>Berg—Vitamins. <i>Allen &amp; Unwin, 1923.</i> (<i>List of 1556 Books</i>).</p>
+
+<p>Freeman—A portrait of George Moore. <i>1922. 53 pp.</i></p>
+
+<p>Handschin—Methods of teaching modern languages. <i>Harrop,
+1923, 65 pp.</i></p>
+
+<p>Hazen—Europe since 1815. <i>1910. 36 pp.</i></p>
+
+<p>Hind—A history of engraving and etching. <i>Constable, 1923.
+26 pp. and 68 pp.</i></p>
+
+<p>Nicoll—A history of Restoration drama. <i>1923. 28 pp.</i></p>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_26">[Pg 26]</span></p>
+<p>Rees—Libraries for children. <i>Grafton, 1924. 55 pp.</i></p>
+
+<p>Schelling—English literature during the life-time of Shakespeare.
+<i>1910. 30 pp.</i></p>
+
+<p>Simpson—The rise of Louis Napoleon. <i>1909. 18 pp.</i></p>
+
+<p>Singer &amp; Strang—Etching and other methods of printing
+pictures. <i>1897.</i> (<i>List of 441 Books</i>).</p>
+
+<p>Sindall—The manufacture of paper. <i>1908. 20 pp.</i></p>
+
+<p>Webb—History of trades unionism. <i>1894. 44 pp.</i></p>
+
+<p><i>Note particularly</i> the very full lists of books and articles
+appended to the “Cambridge Modern History,” the “Cambridge
+Medieval History,” and the “Cambridge History of
+British Foreign Policy” and the “Cambridge History of
+English and American Literature.”</p>
+
+
+<p>(9) <span class="smcap">Some interesting books.</span></p>
+
+<p>In the research work entailed in compiling this course a
+great number of very beautiful books came under my notice.
+I made a careful examination of them, and it was with a pang
+of regret I had to omit them from the Reading Lists. However,
+I received so much joy in looking through them—the beauty
+not always being from the physical side—that I decided to
+make a select list and advise students to be on the <i>qui vive</i>
+for any of them. All the books mentioned should be in the
+possession of our large public reference libraries, and students
+wishing for a little more than the examination side of their
+studies would do well to avail themselves of any opportunity
+they may have of examining the books for themselves. If they
+are anything like true book-lovers they will be delighted with
+all they see and read.</p>
+
+<p class="hang">Briquet (Ch. M.)—Les filigranes: dictionnaire historique des
+marques du papier dès leur apparition, vers <i>1282</i> jusqu’
+en 1600. <i>4 vols. Leipzig, 1923.</i></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot"><p>This is the standard work on watermarks and first
+appeared in <i>1907</i>. There are <i>39</i> illustrations in the
+text, and <i>16,112</i> facsimilies of water-marks on <i>1,500</i>
+plates.</p></div>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_27">[Pg 27]</span></p>
+<p class="hang">The Fleuron—A journal of typography; <i>edited by</i> Oliver
+Simon. Issued annually since 1923. Contains many
+interesting and valuable articles such as, in No. <i>1</i> “A
+treatise on the development of the title-page,” by the
+editor. In No. <i>2</i>, S. Morison’s article supplies a detailed
+and documented study of the relation of capitals
+to lower case letters. In No. <i>3</i>, an article on “The
+development of the book,” by P. Angoulvent. In No.
+<i>4</i>, “Script types,” by S. Morison, and so on.</p>
+
+<p class="hang">Fournier—Manuel typographique, utile aux gens de lettres,
+et à ceux qui exercent les differentes parties de l’imprimerie.
+<i>2 vols. Paris, 1764-66. £14 14s. 0d.</i></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<p>A work which every student of French typography should
+consult. Contains specimens of type.</p>
+</div>
+
+<p class="hang">Fry (Joseph) <i>and</i> Sons—A specimen of printing types, <i>by
+Joseph Fry and Sons, letter-founders, Worship Street,
+Moorfields, London, 1785</i>.</p>
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<p>Includes specimens of Roman and Italic types. Vignettes
+of King’s Arms, ships, etc.</p>
+</div>
+
+<p class="hang">Guigard—Nouvel armorial du bibliophile; guide de l’amateur
+des livres armoriés. With numerous armorial illustrations.
+<i>2 vols, Paris, 1890.</i></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<p>One of the best works on armorial bindings.</p>
+</div>
+
+<p class="hang">Grolier Club—Catalogue of an exhibition of illuminated and
+painted manuscripts, together with a few early printed
+books with illuminations; also some examples of Persian
+manuscripts, with plates in facsimile and an introductory
+essay. <i>New York, privately printed, the Grolier
+Club, 1892.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Humphreys—The illuminated books of the Middle Ages.
+An account of the development and progress of the art of
+illumination as a distinct branch of pictorial ornamentation
+from the <i>4</i>th to the <i>17</i>th centuries. <i>London,
+1849.</i></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<p>A standard work on the illuminated books of the Middle
+Ages.</p>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_28">[Pg 28]</span></p></div>
+
+<p class="hang">Martin—La <span class="err" title="original: minature Francaise">miniature Française</span> du <i>13</i>th au <i>15</i>th siècle. <i>Paris
+and Brussels, 1923.</i></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<p>A standard work on French illuminated manuscripts.</p>
+</div>
+
+<p class="hang">Periods of Typography—A series of handbooks to historic
+style in printing. Under the general editorship of Stanley
+Morison. The first volumes are now issued and others will
+follow from time to time. Each volume will contain an
+essay which will introduce the reader to the principal
+formative influences and to outstanding examples of the
+respective periods. The introductions are written from
+the standpoint of the amateur interested in the part
+played by the printed book in the society and culture of
+its period, each by experts.</p>
+
+<p class="hang">Plomer (Henry R.)—English printers’ ornaments. <i>Grafton,
+London.</i></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot"><p>The subject of printers’ ornaments can be clearly defined
+in its stricter meaning as the decoration of books apart
+from book illustration. Printers’ ornaments include
+head and tail pieces, initial letters, borders to title pages
+or text, and decorative blocks such as those which were
+used freely by the 16th century printer, Henry Bynneman,
+and others.</p></div>
+
+<p class="hang">Pollard (A. W.)—Fine books. <i>Illus. 1912.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Silvestre (L. C.)—Marques typographiques on recueil des
+monogrammes, chiffres, enseignes, emblèmes, devises,
+rébus et fleurons des libraires et imprimeurs qui ont
+exercé en France, depuis l’introduction de l’Imprimerie,
+en <i>1470</i>, jusqu’à la fin du <span class="err" title="original: seiziéme">seizième</span> siècle; a ces marques
+sont jointes celles des Libraires et Imprimeurs qui
+pendant la meme période ont publié, hors de France,
+des livres en langue <span class="err" title="original: francaise">française</span>. <i>2 vols. Paris, 1853-67.</i>
+This work contains over thirteen hundred reproductions
+of printers’ marks and is looked upon as the standard
+work on printers’ marks.</p>
+
+<p class="hang">Sotheby (S. Leigh)—The typography of the Fifteenth Century:
+being specimens of the productions of the early Continental
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_29">[Pg 29]</span>printers, exemplified in a collection of facsimilies
+from 100 works, together with their water-marks.
+<i>London, 1845.</i></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<p>Contains <i>26</i> plates of water-marks.</p>
+</div>
+
+<p class="hang">Steele (Robert)—The revival of printing. A bibliographical
+catalogue of works issued by the chief modern
+English presses, with an introduction by Robert Steele.
+<i>London, 1912.</i></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<p>Imprinted in the Riccardi Press Fount, by Charles T.
+Jacobi, with facsimiles of the type employed by other
+presses.</p>
+</div>
+
+<p class="hang">Updike (D. B.)—Printing types, their history, forms, and use,
+a study in survivals. With <i>367</i> specimens of various
+famous presses, from the invention of printing until the
+present day. <i>2 vols. Cambridge: U.S.A., 1923.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Wardle (B. L.)—Music title pages, <i>1500-1925</i>. A selection of
+examples, with an introduction. <i>London, 1926.</i></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<p>This work is announced to be ready in the Spring of 1926
+and should be looked for by all students interested in
+decorative typography. The special nature of fine
+music production has called for the most lavish use of
+decoration and illustration, and a selection of the outstanding
+examples among these titles is therefore of real
+value to the designer and student of typography.</p>
+</div>
+
+
+<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop"><div class="chapter"><h2 class="nobreak" id="COURSE_2_BOOK_SELECTION">COURSE 2: BOOK SELECTION.</h2></div>
+
+<h3><span class="smcap">Text Books Required.</span></h3>
+<div class="hang">
+<p>Brown (J. D.)—Manual of practical bibliography. <i>The
+English Library. Routledge, 1906. 3s.</i></p>
+
+<p>Fay (L. E.) <i>and</i> Eaton (A. T.)—Instruction in the use of books
+and libraries: a text book for normal schools and colleges.
+<i>2nd edition, revised. Faxon &amp; Co., Boston, 1919. 22s. 6d.</i></p>
+
+<p>Hopkins (F. M.)—Reference guides that should be known,
+and how to use them. <i>Willard: Michigan, 1916. $1.50</i></p>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_30">[Pg 30]</span></p>
+<p>Mudge (I. G.)—New guide to reference books: based on the
+third edition of “Guide to the study and use of reference
+books,” by Alice B. Kroeger, as revised by I. G. Mudge.
+<i>A.L.A. Pub. Board: Chicago, 1923; Grafton. 15s.</i></p>
+</div>
+<div class="blockquot">
+<p>Miss Mudge’s great work is a text-book for the student
+who is beginning a systematic study of reference books,
+and is our best guide for the research worker requiring a
+guide to the reference tools available for some particular
+investigation. Complete with detailed index of authors,
+titles, subjects, and analytical references.</p>
+
+<p class="hang"><i>or</i> Kroeger (A. B.)—Guide to the study and use of reference
+books. <i>2nd edition, with supplement, 1908; or, 3rd
+edition, with supplement. A.L.A. Pub. Board:
+Chicago, 1917.</i></p>
+</div>
+<div class="hang">
+<p>Stewart (J. D.) <i>and</i> Clarke (O. E.)—Book selection. <i>Grafton,
+1909. 1s. Also published in the Library World, May-June,
+1909.</i></p>
+
+<p>Williams (Reginald G.)—A manual of book selection for the
+librarian and book-lover. <i>Grafton, 1920. 10s. 6d.</i></p>
+
+<p><i>Note.</i>—Other text-books will be introduced as required.</p>
+</div>
+<p>Take particular note of the factors and notes to be found
+at the end of each course.</p>
+
+<h3><i>Lesson 1.</i></h3>
+
+<p class="center"><span class="smcap">Knowledge of Books of Reference.</span></p>
+
+<p class="hang">(<i>a</i>) Different kinds of bibliographies: universal, national,
+trade and subject.</p>
+
+<p>The student is advised to read “Bibliography,” by Isadore
+Gilbert Mudge; preprint of “Manual of library economy,”
+chapter 24, published by the A.L.A. Publishing Board,
+Chicago, <i>1915</i>. For the derivation and present meaning of
+the word “bibliography,” and a description of the value of
+reference books, this chapter forms a splendid introduction.</p>
+
+<p>For the various kinds of bibliographies see Mudge’s “New
+guide to reference books” (or Kroeger’s “Guide to study
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_31">[Pg 31]</span>and use of reference books”), Stewart <i>and</i> Clarke’s
+“Book selection,” “List of bibliographical works in the
+Reading Room of the British Museum,” Brown’s “Manual of
+practical bibliography,” and Gross’s “List of books and
+articles chiefly bibliographical, designed to serve as an introduction
+to the bibliography and methods of English literary
+history.” The Universal bibliographies by Brunet, British
+Museum, Burger, Ebert, Graesse, Hain, Maittaire, Panzer,
+Peddie, Pellechet, Proctor, Watt, etc.</p>
+
+<p>For a comprehensive list of National bibliographies of 49
+countries <i>see</i> Peddie’s “National bibliographies: a descriptive
+catalogue of the works which register the books published
+in each country.” <i>London, Grafton, 1912.</i> <i>Add the</i>
+United States Catalog: books in print to January, 1912;
+edited by M. E. Potter and others, and the Cumulative book
+index. <i>White Plains, New York, Wilson, 1898-1922. Vols.
+1-24.</i> (These two are not included in Peddie’s work;) also the
+New York State Library. Selected National bibliographies.
+<i>3rd edition. Albany. University of the State of New York,
+1915. (Library School Bulletin, No. 38). 10c.</i></p>
+
+<p>The following trade bibliographies should be noted:—American
+catalogue of books, Book auction records, Publishers’
+trade list annual, United States Catalogue, Livingstone
+(America). Arber, Book prices current, British Science Guild,
+English catalogue of books, Growoll, Whitaker, etc. (English);
+Catalogue Annuel. Lorenz, etc. (France); Heinrich, Heinsius,
+Kayser, etc. (Germany); For general bibliographies the
+most important are Sonnenschein’s “Best books,” Nelson’s
+“Standard books,” Gray’s “Books that count,” Robertson’s
+“Courses of study”; and for American books, the A.L.A.
+book list, 1905 to date.</p>
+
+<p>A mere acquaintance with the titles of the bibliographies
+etc., will be of little service. Students must know the general
+scope, method of arrangement, standpoint, and comparative
+usefulness of each. It must be remembered also that
+many of our best bibliographies and guides appear in the
+Latin, French, and German languages.</p>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_32">[Pg 32]</span></p>
+
+<h4><span class="smcap">Reading List.</span></h4>
+<div class="hang">
+<p>Brown—Manual of practical bibliography. <i>Chap. 8, pp.
+113-135.</i></p>
+
+<p>Clarke—English publishing trade bibliographies. <i>L.W. Vol.
+13. 1910-11, pp. 197-201.</i></p>
+
+<p>Courtney—A register of national bibliography. <i>3 vols.,
+1905-1912. Passim.</i></p>
+
+<p>Fay <i>and</i> Eaton—Instruction in the use of books and libraries.
+<i>Part I. Chaps. 4, 5 and 10, pp. 40-83; 125-137.</i></p>
+
+<p>Ferguson—Some aspects of bibliography. <i>Johnston: Edinburgh,
+1900. Passim. A splendid introduction.</i></p>
+
+<p>Mudge—New guide to reference books. <i>1923, pp. 207-223.</i></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<p><i>or</i> Kroeger—Guide to study and use of reference books.
+<i>1908 edition, pp. 99-111. Supplement, pp. 16, 20 and
+21.</i></p>
+</div>
+
+<p>Peddie—National bibliographies. <i>Grafton, London, 1912.
+5s. Passim. Also published in the Library World,
+Vols. 12, 13, 24 and 26.</i></p>
+
+<p>Stewart <i>and</i> Clarke—Book selection. <i>Passim.</i></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<p><i>Also in Library World, Vol II. 1908-1909, pp. 409-417;
+445-450.</i></p>
+</div>
+
+<p>Williams—Manual of book selection. <i>pp. 8-12; 67-71.</i></p>
+
+</div>
+<h4><span class="smcap">Questions</span>:—</h4>
+<div class="hang">
+<p><i>1.</i> Name four universal bibliographies, and state the method
+of arrangement of two of them.</p>
+
+<p><i>2.</i> Describe the plan and contents, and give an estimate of
+their value as aids to book selection, of any three of the
+following works:—</p>
+</div>
+
+<ul class="blockquot"><li>Nelson—Standard books.</li>
+<li>Sonnenschein—Best books.</li>
+<li>Graesse—Tresor de livres rares et précieux.</li>
+<li>Mudge—New guide to reference books.</li>
+<li>English <span class="err" title="original: Cataogue">Catalogue</span> of books, <i>1801-1925</i>.</li>
+<li>Brunet—Manuel du libraire.</li></ul>
+
+<div class="hang"><p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_33">[Pg 33]</span>
+<i>3.</i> Name two author, two subject, and two classified bibliographies.
+State their approximate prices.</p>
+
+<p><i>4.</i> Name three trade bibliographies, pointing out any differences
+in their method of arrangement and scope.</p>
+
+<p><i>5.</i> Name the various kinds of bibliographies known to you,
+giving the special features of each.</p>
+</div>
+
+<h3><i>Lesson 2.</i></h3>
+
+<p class="center"><span class="smcap">Knowledge of books of reference</span>—<i>continued</i>.</p>
+<ul>
+<li>(<i>b</i>) Catalogues of libraries.</li>
+<li>(<i>c</i>) Bibliographies of bibliography. </li>
+<li>(<i>d</i>) Special bibliographies, and </li>
+<li>(<i>e</i>) Books containing bibliographies.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>Every effort should be made to examine and
+compare the catalogues of the following libraries:—British
+Museum; Cambridge University; Chemical Society
+of London; Dr. Williams’ Library; Glasgow University;
+John Rylands Library; London Library; Pharmaceutical
+Society of London; Royal College of Surgeons; Royal
+Geographical Society; Royal Institute of Great Britain;
+Royal Medical and Chirurgical Society; St. Bride Foundation
+Library; Society of Writers to H.M. Signet; University of
+Gottingen, and University of London.</p>
+
+<p>Bibliographies of bibliography by the following authors
+must be carefully noted:—British Museum; Courtney;
+Langlois; Peignot; Petzholdt; Stein; Vallée, etc.</p>
+
+<p>For bibliographies of special subjects <i>see</i> Mudge’s “New
+guide to reference books”; Brown’s “Manual of practical
+bibliography”; “List of bibliographical works in the Reading
+Room of the British Museum,” etc.</p>
+
+<p>For short list of books containing bibliographies <i>see</i> pages <i>25-26</i>,
+and make a note of any important bibliography you come
+across during your studies.</p>
+
+
+<h4><span class="smcap">Reading List.</span></h4>
+<div class="hang">
+<p>Brown—Manual of practical bibliography. <i>Chap. 8, pp.
+128-142.</i></p>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_34">[Pg 34]</span></p>
+<p>Courtney—A register of national bibliography. <i>3 vols.
+Passim.</i></p>
+
+<p>Ferguson—Some aspects of bibliography. <i>Passim.</i></p>
+
+<p>Josephson—Bibliographies of bibliography chronologically
+arranged with occasional notes and index. <i>2nd edition.
+Bib. Soc. of America: Chicago, 1913.</i></p>
+
+<p>Mudge—New guide to reference books. <i>pp. 229-230;
+223-224.</i></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<p><i>or</i> Kroeger—Guide to reference books, <i>1908 edition.
+pp. 7-9; 108-110; 116-117</i>.</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>Stewart <i>and</i> Clarke—Book selection. <i>Passim.</i></p>
+
+<p>Williams—Manual of book selection. <i>Note the select bibliographies
+at the end of each chapter.</i></p>
+
+</div>
+<h4><span class="smcap">Questions.</span></h4>
+
+<div class="hang"><p><i>1.</i> Describe briefly six catalogues of libraries specially
+serviceable as aids to book selection.</p>
+
+<p><i>2.</i> Give a brief account of four bibliographies of bibliography
+stating the method and arrangement of two
+of them.</p>
+
+<p><i>3.</i> Give a suggestive list of twelve reference books valuable
+as aids to book selection.</p>
+
+<p><i>4.</i> Name ten modern books containing valuable bibliographies.</p>
+
+<p><i>5.</i> Name six special bibliographies giving their plan of
+arrangement.</p>
+</div>
+
+<h3><i>Lesson 3.</i></h3>
+
+<p class="center"><span class="smcap">Principles of selection.</span></p>
+
+<p>Book knowledge of the ideal selector should be both
+professional and technical, connoting familiarity with bibliographical
+aids, ability to compile bibliographical lists, and a
+thorough understanding of good bookmaking. A knowledge
+of printing and an acquaintance with the book trade, and a
+sense of personal intimacy with the books themselves is also
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_35">[Pg 35]</span>necessary. Book selection is the most important part of a
+librarian’s work.</p>
+
+<p>To be efficient the student must make a study of the many
+important aids to book selection and bibliographical guides.
+His general education should include a wide knowledge of
+literary and general history, with a smattering of the arts and
+sciences, followed by a close study of the textual characteristics
+of books in comparison with editions and reprints, in analysis
+of the many and various translations of standard books and
+classics. General principles and theory of selection. Remember
+that public libraries cater for all readers, those who seek
+instruction, and others seeking recreation. Attempt made to
+satisfy all classes of readers. Principles governed by the
+student’s estimation, of the field of choice; the kind of library
+to be catered for; size of the library; amount of money available
+for book purchase. Even large libraries can only make a
+selection; the smaller the library the smaller the selection
+within a selection. Selection for public libraries differs from
+that necessary for private libraries, the former selects, the
+latter collects. Geographical position of the library to other
+libraries. Social conditions of the population. Proportional
+representation. Methods of selection. Choice between
+editions. Withdrawals and replacements. Unfinished publications.
+Donations. Duplication. Classification as an aid
+to selection. Second-hand books. Reader’s suggestions.
+Revision of stock.</p>
+
+
+<h4><span class="smcap">Reading List.</span></h4>
+<div class="hang">
+<p>Adams—The problem of the small public library. <i>L.J.
+Vol. 29, 1904, pp. 365-367.</i></p>
+
+<p>Bacon—Principles of book selection. <i>N.Y. Libraries.
+Vol. I. 1907, pp. 3-6.</i></p>
+
+<p>Baker—Book selection for public libraries. <i>In The Librarian’s
+Guide, 1923. pp. 13-17.</i></p>
+
+<p>Baker—Book selection: fundamental principles and some
+application. <i>L.A.R. Vol. 13, 1911, pp. 17-29.</i></p>
+
+<p>Baker—Wanted a guide to books. <i>L.A.R. Vol. 2, 1900,
+pp. 89-97.</i></p>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_36">[Pg 36]</span></p>
+<p>Barrett—On the selection of books for branch libraries.
+<i>L.A.R. Vol. 6, 1904, pp. 179-191.</i></p>
+
+<p>Bascom—Book selection. <i>(A.L.A. Manual of library
+economy. Chap. 16). Published separately, 1922.</i></p>
+
+<p>Bostwick—The American public library. <i>3rd edition.
+Appleton: New York, 1923. Chaps. 10 and 11, pp.
+132-161.</i></p>
+
+<p>Bostwick—How to raise the standard of book selection.
+<i>P.L., Vol. 14, 1909, pp. 163-67.</i></p>
+
+<p>Brown—Manual of library economy. <i>1907 edition. Chap.
+II. Paras. 170-196, pp. 141-160.</i></p>
+
+<p><i>or</i> Revised edition by W. C. B. Sayers. <i>Chap. 13. Paras.
+174-206, pp. 167-188.</i></p>
+
+<p>Brown—The small library. <i>The English Library. Chap. 9,
+pp. 109-138.</i></p>
+
+<p>Brown—Plea for a select list of books. <i>L. Vol. 7, 1895,
+pp. 363-366.</i></p>
+
+<p>Brown—Book selection. <i>L.W. Vol. 26, 1923-24, pp. 98-104.</i></p>
+
+<p>Burgoyne—On the choice of books for small libraries.
+<i>L.A.R. Vol. 3, 1901, pp. 189-197.</i></p>
+
+<p>Burgoyne—Selection and purchase of books. <i>L.A.R. Vol.
+I., 1899, pp. 136-157, also in L.W., Vol. I., 1898, pp.
+157-159.</i></p>
+
+<p>Cutler-Fairchild—Principles of selection of books. <i>L.J.,
+Vol. 20, 1895, pp. 339-341.</i></p>
+
+<p>Cutter—Should libraries buy only the best books or the
+best books that people will read? <i>L.J., Vol. 26, 1901,
+pp. 70-72.</i></p>
+
+<p>Dana—Library primer. <i>pp. 39-45.</i></p>
+
+<p>Fay <i>and</i> Eaton—Instruction in the use of books and
+libraries. <i>Part 2. Chaps. 13 and 25, pp. 181-192; 392-396.</i></p>
+
+<p>Foster—Where ought the emphasis to be placed in library
+purchases? <i>L.J., Vol. 29, 1904, pp. 229-237.</i></p>
+
+<p>Harrison—On the choice of books. <i>Macmillan, 1903. 5s.</i></p>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_37">[Pg 37]</span></p>
+<p>Lindsay—Some general principles of book selection. <i>P.L.
+Vol. 10, 1905, pp. 267-271.</i></p>
+
+<p>McColvin—The theory of book selection for public libraries.
+<i>Grafton, 1925. 7s. 6d. Passim.</i></p>
+
+<p>Mudge—New Guide to reference books. <i>1923. Introduction.</i></p>
+
+<p><i>or</i> Kroeger—Guide to ... reference books. <i>Introduction.</i></p>
+
+<p>Public Library’s aim in bookbuying. <i>L. Vol. 6, 1906.
+Also in L.J., Vol. 31, 1906, pp. 119-123.</i></p>
+
+<p>Savage—Book selection. <i>L.A. Vol. 4., 1901, pp. 190.</i></p>
+
+<p>Savage—A plea for the analytical study of the reading
+habit. <i>L.A.R., (New Series), Vol. 2, 1924, pp. 210-225.</i></p>
+
+<p>Spofford—A book for all readers. <i>Putnams Sons: New
+York. Chap. I., pp. 3-32.</i></p>
+
+<p>Stewart <i>and</i> Clarke—Book selection. <i>pp. 1-7.</i></p>
+
+<p>Walker—Practical book selection methods. <i>L.A.R. (New
+series). Vol. 2, 1924, pp. 157-164. Also published
+separately.</i></p>
+
+<p>Willcock—Proportional representation. <i>L.A.R., Vol. 6,
+1904, pp. 336-344.</i></p>
+
+<p>Williams—Manual of book selection for the librarian and
+book lover. <i>Chap. I., pp. 1-6.</i></p>
+
+<p>Williams—Some principles of book selection. <i>L.A., Vol.
+13, 1916, pp. 133-136; 140-144.</i></p>
+
+</div>
+<h4><span class="smcap">Questions.</span></h4>
+<div class="hang">
+<p><i>1.</i> You are asked to select books for a public library in a
+town of 200,000 inhabitants. State what number of
+volumes you would allocate to the lending and reference
+departments respectively, and add a table showing
+the proportional representation of the different main
+classes in each department.</p>
+
+<p><i>2.</i> State what guides to selection you would consult in
+selecting an initial stock of 25,000 volumes.</p>
+
+<p><i>3.</i> Do you consider it advisable to draw up a series of
+principles to be followed in book selection? If so
+state these principles briefly.</p>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_38">[Pg 38]</span></p>
+<p><i>4.</i> In forming a collection of 10,000 volumes for a small
+public library, how would you ensure that no great
+author or important subject had been missed?</p>
+
+<p><i>5.</i> In forming the initial stock for a public library what
+class of books would you endeavour to purchase
+second-hand?</p>
+
+<p><i>6.</i> A public library has an income of £15,000 per annum.
+State how much should be spent on (<i>1</i>) Lending department;
+new books; old books; replacements,
+and (<i>2</i>) Reference library books?</p>
+</div>
+
+<h3><i>Lesson 4.</i></h3>
+
+<p class="center"><span class="smcap">Aids and guides to book selection.</span></p>
+
+<p>The number of guides to book selection is very large and
+the student will find the best selections in Mudge’s “New
+guide to reference books,” pp. <i>224-226</i>; Kroeger’s “Guide
+... to reference books”; pp. <i>111-112</i>; Williams’s
+“Manual of book selection”; and Stewart and Clarke’s
+“Book selection.” The numerous guides named in these
+books should be carefully noted. If possible try to examine
+the books themselves and note their scope, standpoint, arrangement,
+and special features (if any).</p>
+
+
+<h4><span class="smcap">Reading List.</span></h4>
+<div class="hang">
+<p>Baker—Book reviews. <i>L.A.R. Vol. 4, 1902, pp. 28-36.</i></p>
+
+<p>Bostwick—Librarian as censor. <i>L.J. Vol. 33, 1908, pp.
+237-244; 257-264.</i></p>
+
+<p>Brown—Manual of practical bibliography. <i>Chap. 7, pp.
+115-142.</i></p>
+
+<p>Fay <i>and</i> Eaton—Instruction in the use of books and libraries.
+<i>Part I. Chaps. 4-7, pp. 40-109.</i></p>
+
+<p>Hulme—Librarian’s aids. <i>L.A.R. Vol. 5, 1903, pp. 119-132.</i></p>
+
+<p>Mudge—New guide to reference books. <i>pp. 224-226.</i></p>
+
+<p><i>or</i> Kroeger—Guide to ... reference books, <i>pp. 111-117</i>.</p>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_39">[Pg 39]</span>
+Peplow—Some tentative proposals for the compilation of a
+catalogue of best books. <i>L.A.R. Vol. II., 1909,
+pp. 222-228. Discussion, pp. 245-249.</i></p>
+
+<p>Stewart—How to use a library. <i>pp. 24-31.</i></p>
+
+<p>Stewart <i>and</i> Clarke—Book selection. <i>Chap. 2, pp. 7-16.</i></p>
+
+<p>Value of reviews: discussion. <i>L.J. Vol. 33, 1908, pp. 101.</i></p>
+
+<p>Williams—Manual of book selection. <i>Chap. 2, pp. 7-16.</i></p>
+
+<p>Williams—Book selection. <i>L. &amp; B.W. Vol. 7, 1917,
+pp. 164-166; 182-5; 202-5.</i></p>
+
+</div>
+<h4><span class="smcap">Questions.</span></h4>
+<div class="hang">
+<p><i>1.</i> Name six guides to book selection in general, and add
+notes describing the scope and plan of compilation
+of three of them.</p>
+
+<p><i>2.</i> State how you would ascertain what later editions are
+available of books mentioned in the standard guides.</p>
+
+<p><i>3.</i> Mention two standard works on each of the following
+subjects you would select for a lending library:—wireless
+telegraphy; French Revolution; English
+literature; modern history; and political economy.</p>
+
+<p><i>4.</i> State what you consider to be the six most important
+contributions to bibliographical literature during the
+last ten years.</p>
+
+<p><i>5.</i> What are the principal aids to book selection in the
+following subjects:—education; music; science;
+juvenile literature, and philosophy.</p>
+
+</div>
+<h3><i>Lesson 5.</i></h3>
+
+<p class="center"><span class="smcap">Prose Fiction. Young People’s Literature. Reference
+Section.</span></p>
+
+<h4>(<i>a</i>) <span class="smcap">Prose Fiction</span>:—</h4>
+
+<p>The selection of prose fiction is not an easy task. Selection
+should be made on principles as given in Lesson 3. Consideration
+must be given to the percentage of fiction in relation
+to other classes, also the class of fiction in demand. Principal
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_40">[Pg 40]</span>authors of all countries should be represented. Foreign masterpieces
+should be obtainable in the original. Exclusion of
+immoral works essential. The librarian or selector will soon
+realise that he has the most difficult class of reader to satisfy.
+Selection of novelists will differ with each selector, as in most
+cases it will be found possible to make only a selection from a
+selection. About 50 new novels are published weekly, and only
+the largest libraries are able to purchase most of the suitable
+fiction. The question of duplication must be carefully considered.
+The replacement of worn-out and withdrawn books.
+The second-hand book market. A knowledge of the many
+guides to fiction necessary, supplemented by periodical
+literature. Note the literary histories of the various countries,
+especially the “Cambridge history of English literature” as
+useful guides to selection. For lists of bibliographies consult
+Williams’s “Manual of book selection,” pp. <i>45-47</i>, and Mudge’s
+“New guide to reference books,” pp. <i>141-143</i>.</p>
+
+
+<h4><span class="smcap">Reading List.</span></h4>
+<div class="hang">
+<p>Bacon—What makes a novel immoral? <i>L.A. Vol. 13,
+1910-13, pp. 129. Also in Wisconsin Library Bulletin,
+Vol. 6, 1910, pp. 83-95.</i></p>
+
+<p>Baker—French fiction in public libraries. <i>L.W. Vol. 2,
+1899-1900, pp. 68-81.</i></p>
+
+<p>Baker—Standard of fiction in public libraries. <i>L.A.R.
+Vol. 9, 1907, pp. 70-80; 98-103.</i></p>
+
+<p>Bascom—Selection of fiction. <i>Wisconsin Lib. Bul. Vol.
+9, 1913, pp. 34-40.</i></p>
+
+<p>Brown—In defence of Emma Jane. <i>L.W. Vol. II.,
+1908-09, pp. 161-6.</i></p>
+
+<p>Brown—Manual of library economy. <i>1907 edition. Chap.
+11, para. 177, pp. 145-6.</i></p>
+
+<p><i>or</i> Revised edition by W. C. B. Sayers. <i>Sect. 181.</i></p>
+
+<p>Crunden—New novel problem. <i>L. (New Series). Vol. I.,
+1899-1900, pp. 92-100.</i></p>
+
+<p>Guppy—French fiction and French juvenile literature for
+the public library. <i>L.A.R. Vol. 2, 1900, pp., 357-371.</i></p>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_41">[Pg 41]</span></p>
+<p>Herdman—Place and treatment of fiction in public libraries.
+L.A. <i>Vol. 6, 1909, pp. 357-380. Discussion, pp. 381-2.</i></p>
+
+<p>McIntosh—Fiction selection. <i>P.L. Vol. 19, 1914, pp.
+389-392.</i></p>
+
+<p>Sawyer—Questionable books. <i>L.J. Vol. 40, 1915, pp.
+691-699.</i></p>
+
+<p>Shuman—How to judge a novel. <i>P.L. Vol. 14, 1909, pp.
+259-260.</i></p>
+
+<p>Sinclair—In defence of the novel. <i>L.A. Vol. 18, 1925,
+pp. 35-47; 56-57.</i></p>
+
+<p>Walsh—What our libraries should supply. <i>L.J. Vol. 40,
+1915, pp. 297-298.</i></p>
+
+</div>
+<h4><span class="smcap">Questions.</span></h4>
+<div class="hang">
+<p><i>1.</i> You are called upon to form a collection of 10,000
+volumes of prose fiction. State what works you would
+consult to aid you in your selection?</p>
+
+<p><i>2.</i> Compare the following bibliographies, as aids to the
+selection of prose fiction:—</p>
+
+<div class="blockquot"><p>Baker—A guide to the best fiction in English.</p>
+
+<p>Bowen—Descriptive catalogue of historical novels
+and tales.</p>
+
+<p>Nield—-Guide to the best historical novels and
+tales.</p></div>
+</div>
+
+<p><i>3.</i> Give your opinion on how far foreign fiction should be
+represented in a public library. State whether you
+are in favour of the original works or of translations.</p>
+
+<h4>(<i>b</i>) <span class="smcap">Young people’s literature</span>:—</h4>
+
+<p>Great care should be taken in the selection of books for the
+Young People’s department. The tastes of the children must
+be the <i>chief</i> guide, and this will depend to a considerable
+extent upon the locality in which the child lives. The facts
+of child psychology are always subject to local conditions.
+The selection of books for young people who reside in a
+residential town will differ, even if very slight, to the
+selection that should be made for children living in a busy
+industrial or manufacturing centre. Classical literature must
+not be forced upon young people, but it should be well represented
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_42">[Pg 42]</span>in beautifully illustrated editions, to encourage the
+young people to read “the best.” The physical form of books
+selected must receive special consideration. Good paper, clear
+type and beautiful illustrations appeal to all readers. Cheap
+editions should be avoided. The aim of a juvenile collection
+is to create a reading adult with the ability to discriminate
+what he ought to read, for this reason educational editions
+are not recommended for purchase. Sensational literature is
+undesirable. Collections should be composed of works of
+romance and adventure, school stories, fairy tales, stories
+of home and domestic life. Books of a more serious nature
+however, must not be overlooked, and a choice selection made
+treating with the lives of the great men and women of all ages,
+botany, electricity, conduct of life, engineering, geology,
+history, sports and pastimes, aviation, wireless telegraphy,
+gardening, painting, art, natural history, etc.</p>
+
+
+<h4><span class="smcap">Reading List.</span></h4>
+<div class="hang">
+<p>Bostwick—The making of an American’s library. <i>Boston,
+1915, pp. 91-123.</i></p>
+
+<p>Brown—The small library. <i>Chaps. 2 and 4, pp. 11-27; 55-70.</i></p>
+
+<p>Brown—Books for very young children. <i>L.W. Vol. 9,
+1906-07, pp. 282-9.</i></p>
+
+<p>Cannons—Selection of books and editions for children.
+<i>L.A.R. Vol. 20, 1918, pp. 68-76.</i></p>
+
+<p>Fay <i>and</i> Eaton—Instruction in the use of books and
+libraries. <i>Part 2. Chaps. 14-23, pp. 193-381.</i></p>
+
+<p>Field—Finger posts to children’s reading. <i>6th edition.
+Chicago, 1911.</i></p>
+
+<p>Forbes <i>and</i> Derthick—Children’s books and what constitutes
+a good edition. <i>P.L. Vol. 17, 1912, pp. 118-20.</i></p>
+
+<p>Hazeltine, <i>editor</i>—Library work with children. <i>Classics of
+American Librarianship. H. W. Wilson Co.: New
+York, 1917; also Grafton, 7s. 6d. Special attention to
+pp. 23-45; 363-366.</i></p>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_43">[Pg 43]</span></p>
+<p>Hulst—The organisation of the course in literature in
+secondary schools. <i>English Journal. Vol. I., 1912,
+pp. 72-83.</i></p>
+
+<p>Hunt—Selection of children’s books. <i>In her Library work
+with children. A.L.A. Manual of library economy.</i></p>
+
+<p>Jackson—The older girl and her reading. <i>Ont. Lib. Rev.
+Vol. 9, 1915, pp. 54-56.</i></p>
+
+<p>Kelly—Selection of juvenile books for a small library.
+<i>P.L. Vol.14, 1909, pp. 308-9; 367-372.</i></p>
+
+<p>Lawrence—How shall children be led to love good books?
+<i>P.L. Vol. 11, 1906, pp. 179-183.</i></p>
+
+<p>Olcott—-Childrens’ reading. <i>Boston, 1912.</i></p>
+
+<p>Pearson—The children’s librarian <i>versus</i> Huckleberry Finn.
+<i>L.J. Vol. 32, 1907, pp. 312-314.</i></p>
+
+<p>Powell—The Children’s library: a dynamic factor in
+education. <i>H. W. Wilson Co., New York, 1917; also
+Grafton, 10s. 6d. Chap. II. pp. 287-319. The bibliography
+on book selection on pp. 437-452 is most valuable
+and should be carefully read.</i></p>
+
+<p>Sayers—The children’s library. <i>Chaps. 1, 15, 16, pp. 1-14;
+156-203.</i></p>
+
+<p>Smith—Some story book children of England. <i>Ont. Lib.
+Rev. Vol. 9, 1925, pp. 51-54.</i></p>
+
+<p>Terman <i>and</i> Lima—Children’s reading: a guide for parents
+and teachers. <i>Appleton: New York, 1926. $2.</i></p>
+
+<p>Thompson—On the selection of books for children. <i>L.J.
+Vol. 32, 1907, pp. 427-233.</i></p>
+
+<p>Williams—Manual of book selection. <i>pp. 47-51.</i></p>
+</div>
+<p>In addition to the above consult the “Children’s Catalogue,”
+<i>3rd edition, revised and enlarged</i>, compiled by Minnie
+Earl Sears based on “Children’s Catalog of thirty-five hundred
+books,” compiled by Corinne Bacon, containing <i>4,100</i>
+titles with <i>863</i> books analyzed, <i>640</i> pages. <i>H. W. Wilson Co,
+1925, $12.</i> The Glasgow Corporation Public Libraries
+“Guide for young readers,” the “Descriptive handbook to
+juvenile literature in the Finsbury Public Libraries,” the
+“Requisition list of books for school lending libraries, by the
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_44">[Pg 44]</span>London County Council,” “The Pittsburgh Carnegie Library
+graded juvenile catalogues,” and the bibliographical lists
+given in Sayers’s “Children’s Library.”</p>
+
+<h4><span class="smcap">Questions.</span></h4>
+
+<div class="hang"><p><i>1.</i> Name six modern guides to juvenile selection, and
+describe any three of them.</p>
+
+<p><i>2.</i> Prepare a list of 20 books which you consider the best
+works of reference for the shelves of a Young People’s
+Room, to enable the children to improve their scholastic
+studies.</p>
+
+<p><i>3.</i> In selecting books for the Young People’s section how
+far would you be governed by the physical form of
+the book?</p></div>
+
+
+<h4>(<i>c</i>) <span class="smcap">Reference books</span>:—</h4>
+
+<p>Select collection of reference books is the foundation of a
+good reference library. Its utility reckoned by extent and
+quick service its selection will furnish when demands are made.
+Large reference libraries should satisfy all demands. Small
+library collection from a selection, with “quick reference”
+books its strongest section. How to judge whether a book
+is more suitable for the reference than the lending department.
+Place books in the department where they will be
+most useful. Such works as encyclopedias, directories,
+dictionaries, atlases, maps, etc., state and parliamentary
+papers are obviously reference books; antiquarian works and
+exceptionally large books are also reference books. Allocation
+of rare, art, and large books. Cost of a book should not be
+a consideration in deciding lending <i>versus</i> reference books.
+How far should duplication be carried? Great number of
+reference works may be obtained second hand. Latest
+editions, excepting art, essential. Occasional text-books
+necessary. Local industries well represented. How a
+reference library is supplemented when in the same building
+as the lending library. If lending library books are available
+in the reference library decision of allocation becomes easier.
+Special facilities available for the loan of reference books.
+Periodical literature is a valuable asset to a reference library.
+Many good articles never appear in book-form.</p>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_45">[Pg 45]</span></p>
+
+<h4><span class="smcap">Reading List.</span></h4>
+
+<div class="hang"><p>Ballinger—Municipal library and its public. <i>L. (.N.S.).
+Vol 9, 1909, p. 309.</i></p>
+
+<p>Barrett—Selection of books for a reference library. <i>L.
+Vol. 8, 1896, pp. 473-481.</i></p>
+
+<p>Borrajo—Books for the reference library. <i>L.A.R. Vol.
+1, 1899, pp. 770-780.</i></p>
+
+<p>Brown—Manual of library economy. <i>1907 edition. Chap.
+11, para. 185, pp. 152-3.</i></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<p><i>or</i> Revised edition by W. C. B. Sayers. <i>Sects. 188; 411;
+pp. 176-177; 382-386.</i></p>
+</div>
+
+<p>British Museum.—<i>Department of printed books.</i> List of
+books forming the reference library in the reading room.
+<i>2 vols., 1910.</i></p>
+
+<p>Dent—Notes on the formation of a small reference library.
+<i>L. Vol. 8, 1896, pp. 531-535.</i></p>
+
+<p>Moore—Municipal reference libraries. <i>In Public Libraries,
+1917, pp. 70-85.</i></p>
+
+<p>Mudge—New guide to reference books. <i>A.L.A. Chicago,
+1923. Introduction.</i></p>
+
+<p>Reference work and reference works. <i>Ont. Lib. Rev. Vol.
+4, 1920, pp. 98-131. Every effort should be made to read
+this valuable article.</i></p>
+
+<p>Richardson—Reference books. <i>L.J. Vol. 18, 1892, pp.
+245-247.</i></p>
+
+<p>Williams—Manual of book selection. <i>pp. 66-71.</i></p>
+
+<p>Williams—Reference book selection. <i>L. &amp; B. W. Vol.
+8, 1917, pp. 4-6; 23-25.</i></p>
+
+<p>Wood—Selection of books for a reference library. <i>L. Vol.
+8, 1896, pp. 522-530.</i></p>
+</div>
+
+<h4><span class="smcap">Questions.</span></h4>
+<div class="hang">
+<p><i>1.</i> In forming a reference collection of 10,000 volumes,
+how would you ensure that no important author or
+subject had been missed?</p>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_46">[Pg 46]</span></p>
+<p><i>2.</i> What principles would guide you in deciding whether a
+book is more suitable for the reference than the
+lending <span class="err" title="original: departmant">department</span>?</p>
+
+<p><i>3.</i> Give a list of 25 books (excluding local directories)
+which you think indispensable for “quick reference”
+in a reference library.</p>
+
+<p><i>4.</i> What bibliographical guides would you provide in a
+reference library?</p></div>
+
+
+<h3><i>Lesson 6.</i></h3>
+
+<p class="center"><span class="smcap">Commercial Libraries. Local Collections. Other
+Special Collections.</span></p>
+
+<h4>(<i>a</i>) <span class="smcap">Commercial Libraries</span>:—</h4>
+
+<p>Originally organised to meet trade conditions after the
+European War. Should be the centre where business men may
+obtain reliable commercial information immediately on demand,
+and should contain Commercial and Industrial data (reports of
+Boards of Trade and Agriculture and Fisheries, Consular
+and Colonial reports, Parliamentary publications relating to
+commerce, trade periodicals and catalogues, reports of
+Chambers of Commerce, statistical publications). Geographical
+information (atlases, maps, gazetteers, directories,
+books of travel written from the standpoint of commercial
+development). Transport and communication (shipping,
+railway and postal guides, telephone directories, telegraphic
+codes). Financial information (tariffs, foreign exchanges,
+banking, company reports). Commercial and industrial law.
+Business organisation (office methods, advertising, salesmanship,
+works management, accountancy, costing, etc.). Working
+collection of special and general reference books. Journals
+of commerce, industry and finance.</p>
+
+<p>The following bibliographical aids should be examined:—</p>
+
+<div class="blockquot hang">
+<p>Cannons (H. G. T.)—Bibliography of industrial efficiency
+and factory management. <i>1920.</i> Greenwood (E.)—Classified
+guide to technical and commercial books;
+a subject list of the principal British and American
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_47">[Pg 47]</span>works in print. <i>1904.</i> Morley (L. H.) <i>and</i> Knight
+(A. C.)—2,400 business books and guide to business
+literature; [compiled] under the direction of J. C.
+Dana. <i>1920. Grafton, 30s.</i></p>
+</div>
+
+
+<h4><span class="smcap">Reading List.</span></h4>
+<div class="hang">
+<p>Brown—Manual of library economy. <i>Revised edition by
+W. C. B. Sayers. Sects. 450-459, pp. 418-423.</i></p>
+
+<p>Jast—The commercial library. <i>L.A.R. Vol. 19, 1917,
+pp. 118-124.</i></p>
+
+<p>Pitt—Memoranda on commercial libraries. <i>L.A.R. Vol.
+19, 1917, pp. 175-178.</i></p>
+
+<p>Pitt <i>and others</i>—Commercial libraries. <i>In Public Libraries,
+1917, pp. 47-64; 117-120.</i></p>
+
+<p>Savage—Technical and commercial libraries. <i>L.A.R., Vol.
+20, 1918, pp. 159-162.</i></p>
+
+<p>Sparke—How the public library can help the business man.
+<i>Bolton Public Libraries. 1s. Passim.</i></p>
+
+<p>Whitton—Proposed library of municipal affairs. <i>L.J. Vol.
+33, 1908, pp. 224.</i></p>
+</div>
+<p><i>Refer also to</i> Handbooks on commercial libraries issued by
+the Glasgow, Manchester, Bolton, Birmingham and other
+important libraries.</p>
+
+
+<h4><span class="smcap">Questions.</span></h4>
+<div class="hang">
+<p><i>1.</i> What bibliographies would you place in a commercial
+library? Give reasons for your choice.</p>
+
+<p><i>2.</i> Give a list of 25 books essential to the man of business.</p>
+
+<p><i>3.</i> Discuss the value of consular and colonial reports in a
+commercial library.</p>
+
+<p><i>4.</i> From what sources may the commercial librarian
+supply up-to-date information on any trade or industry?</p>
+</div>
+
+<h4>(<i>b</i>) <span class="smcap">Local Collections</span>:—</h4>
+
+<p>Every public library should have its local collection, and
+the book selector should keep a careful look out for (<i>1</i>) all
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_48">[Pg 48]</span>literature referring to the locality; (<i>2</i>) maps, plans, prints,
+drawings, photographs, etc., of the locality; (<i>3</i>) writings
+of local authors; (<i>4</i>) newspapers and periodicals issued
+locally; (<i>5</i>) literature printed locally; (<i>6</i>) local records,
+such as parish registers, rate books, and other MSS., printed
+transactions of the local authorities, local Acts of Parliament,
+etc., and (<i>7</i>) specimens of the work of local binders, if of any
+eminence. Many local works may be selected from the
+second-hand booksellers’ catalogues. County bibliographies
+are useful in guiding selection, and the columns of the “Publishers’
+Circular” must not be overlooked.</p>
+
+
+<h4><span class="smcap">Reading List.</span></h4>
+<div class="hang">
+<p>Anderton—On planning a printed catalogue of local literature.
+<i>L.A.R. Vol. 15, 1913, pp. 542-552.</i></p>
+
+<p>Baker—Our local collections and local documents. <i>L.A.R.
+Vol. 11, 1909, pp. 96-98.</i></p>
+
+<p>Brown—Manual of library economy. <i>1907 edition, Chap.
+11, para 186, pp. 153-4.</i></p>
+
+<p><i>or</i> Revised edition by W. C. B. Sayers. <i>Chap. 28, paras.
+422-444.</i></p>
+
+<p>Collier—Local records in public libraries. <i>L.A.R. Vol.
+13, 1911, pp. 268-275.</i></p>
+
+<p>Minto—Bibliography of local literature. <i>L.A.R. Vol.
+4, 1902, pp. 37-44.</i></p>
+
+<p>Reese—What is a local author? <i>L.J. Vol. 44, 1919,
+p. 43.</i></p>
+
+<p>Ross—Book selection; local collections. <i>L.W. Vol.
+10, 1907. pp. 71-76.</i></p>
+
+<p>Sparke—Local collections in public libraries. <i>L.W. Vol.
+2, 1899-1900, pp. 185-187.</i></p>
+
+<p>Webb—Function of the public library in respect to the
+political sciences. <i>L.A.R., Vol. 7, 1905.</i></p>
+
+<p>Williams—<i>In</i> Manual of book selection. <i>pp. 61-62.</i></p>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_49">[Pg 49]</span></p>
+<p>Wright—Local collections: what should be collected and
+how to obtain material. <i>L.A.R. Vol. 7, 1905, pp.
+1-11.</i></p>
+
+</div>
+<h4><span class="smcap">Questions.</span></h4>
+<div class="hang">
+<p><i>1.</i> State briefly what class of books you would select in
+forming a local collection.</p>
+
+<p><i>2.</i> What principles would you follow in compiling a
+bibliography or catalogue of local books?</p>
+
+<p><i>3.</i> What examples of local bibliographies are known to
+you? Describe any three.</p>
+
+<p><i>4.</i> Describe generally the plan, contents and aim of the
+two following books:—</p>
+</div>
+<div class="blockquot hang">
+<p>Sparke (A)—Bibliographia Boltoniensis: being a bibliography
+of Bolton authors, <i>and</i></p>
+
+<p>Hawkes (A. J.)—Lancashire printed books: a bibliography
+of all the books printed in Lancashire down
+to the year 1800. <i>1925.</i></p>
+</div>
+
+<h4>(<i>c</i>) <span class="smcap">Other Special Collections</span>:—</h4>
+
+<p><i>Technical Libraries.</i>—Technical libraries are now essential
+both to technical education and to manufacture. They
+should consist of all modern text-books, encyclopædias,
+directories, etc. Polyglot and technological dictionaries.
+Current digests and indexes to periodical literature and state
+publications.</p>
+
+<h4><span class="smcap">Reading List.</span></h4>
+<div class="hang">
+<p>Hulme—Technical libraries. <i>L.A.R. Vol. 19, 1917, pp.
+484-497.</i></p>
+
+<p>Hulme <i>and others</i>—Technical libraries. <i>In Public Libraries,
+1917, pp. 65-77; 114-117.</i></p>
+
+<p>Matthews—The technical library. <i>L.A.R. Vol. 22, 1920,
+pp. 141-157.</i></p>
+
+<p>Reynolds—The technical library in its relation to the educational
+and industrial development. <i>L.A.R. Vol.
+19, 1917, pp. 250-261.</i></p>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_50">[Pg 50]</span></p>
+<p>Savage—Technical libraries. <i>L.A.R. Vol. 21, 1919, pp.
+264-270.</i></p>
+
+<p>Savage—Technical and commercial libraries. <i>L.A.R. Vol.
+20, 1918, pp. 159-162.</i></p>
+
+<p>Simmett—Technical libraries and intelligence. <i>L.A.R.
+Vol. 22, 1920, pp. 124-140.</i></p>
+
+</div>
+<h4><span class="smcap">Questions.</span></h4>
+<div class="hang">
+<p><i>1.</i> What critical and specialised aids has the librarian
+to help him in his selection of technical books?</p>
+
+<p><i>2.</i> How far is a library justified in forming special technical
+collections?</p>
+</div>
+
+<h4><i>Foreign Collections</i>:—</h4>
+
+<h5><span class="smcap">Reading List.</span></h5>
+<div class="hang">
+<p>American Library Association—Foreign book lists. Nos.
+1-7. Boston and Chicago. <i>A.L.A. Publishing Board,
+1907-16. Contents—1.—German. 2.—Hungarian. 3.—French.
+4.—Norwegian and Danish. 5.—Swedish.
+6.—Polish. 7.—Russian.</i></p>
+
+<p>Williams—<i>In</i> Manual of book selection. <i>pp. 72-75.</i></p>
+
+<p>Williams—Selection of foreign literature. <i>L. &amp;. B.W.
+Vol. 8, 1917, pp. 25-26; 44-46.</i></p>
+</div>
+
+<h4><span class="smcap">Questions.</span></h4>
+<div class="hang">
+<p><i>1.</i> What bibliographical or other guides would you consult
+in forming a representative collection of standard
+French and German literature?</p>
+
+<p><i>2.</i> What classes of modern foreign literature would you
+purchase for a lending library catering for a population
+of 200,000.</p></div>
+
+<h4><i>Books for the Blind.</i></h4>
+
+<h5><span class="smcap">Reading List.</span></h5>
+<div class="hang">
+<p>Neisser—Report of the A.L.A. Committee on library work
+with the blind. <i>A.L.A. Bulletin. Vol. 2, 1908, pp.
+216-221.</i></p>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_51">[Pg 51]</span>
+Roebuck—Literature for the blind, and the public library
+movement in connection therewith. <i>L.A. Vol. 3,
+1902, pp. 253-260.</i></p>
+</div>
+
+<h3><i>Lesson 7.</i></h3>
+
+<p class="center"><span class="smcap">Selection of Special Classes of Literature</span>—<i>continued</i>.</p>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">Philosophy and Religion.</span>—Should the selection of
+philosophical and religious works be made without principles
+the result will be unsatisfactory. Consecutive reading must
+always be borne in mind. One-sided selection avoided.
+Nelson’s “Standard Books, Vols. <i>1</i> and <i>2</i>, Sonnenschein’s
+“Best Books, Part <i>1</i>,” and Robertson’s “Courses of study,”
+should be carefully consulted when selection is being made.
+Sectarian and “crank” literature should be avoided in
+selecting religious works. Jastrow’s “Study of religion” is
+recommended for careful reading as an introduction to
+religion. Hurst’s “Biblioteca theologia” and <i>his</i> “Literature
+of theology,” Frazer’s “Golden Bough,” Vol. <i>12</i> (for bibliography)
+and Rands’ “Bibliography,” in Baldwin’s “Dictionary
+of philosophy and psychology,” Vol. <i>3</i> are useful in selection.
+In both these classes modern thought must be well represented.</p>
+
+
+<h4><span class="smcap">Reading List.</span></h4>
+<div class="hang">
+<p>Ayres—Theological literature in libraries. <i>L.J. Vol. 28,
+1903, pp. 601-603.</i></p>
+
+<p>Bisseker—A student’s library. <i>Kelly, 1911, pp. 46-122;
+184-208; 243-265; 271-280.</i></p>
+
+<p>Bowerman—Principles governing the choice of religious
+and theological books for public libraries. <i>L.J. Vol.
+30, 1905, pp. 137-140.</i></p>
+
+<p>Deane—A library of religion. <i>Mowbray, 1918.</i></p>
+
+<p>Jastrow—Study of religion. <i>Cont. Science Series. Scott,
+1901. Take particular note of the Bibliography on pp.
+399-415.</i></p>
+
+<p>Williams—<i>In</i> Manual of book selection. <i>pp. 20-24.</i></p></div>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_52">[Pg 52]</span></p>
+
+<h4><span class="smcap">Questions.</span></h4>
+<div class="hang">
+<p><i>1.</i> What guide books would you consult in selecting a
+nucleus stock of books in philosophy and religion?</p>
+
+<p><i>2.</i> How would you be guided in the discarding of obsolete
+books in this section?</p>
+
+<p><i>3.</i> What are the principal periodical guides to new books
+of religion and philosophy?</p>
+</div>
+
+<h4 class="inline"><span class="smcap">Sociology.</span></h4><p>—Always a popular class of literature with the
+reading public. Frequent revision of stock is essential to
+retain a “live” class. Subjects like political science and
+statistics must be represented by the latest editions. The
+following are the chief guides to selection:—Nelson’s “Standard
+books,” Vol. <i>1</i>; Bisseker’s “Student’s library,” <i>pp.
+209-239; 281-297</i>; Bliss’s “Handbook of socialism”;
+Bowker and Isle’s “Readers guide to economic, social, and
+political science”; Fabian Society’s “What to read on
+social and economic subjects”; Robertson’s “Courses of
+study”; Sonnenschein’s “Best books,” Vol. <i>2</i>; Stammhammer’s
+“Bibliographie der sozialismus und <span class="err" title="original: cummunismus">kommunismus</span>”;
+“Bibliographie der sozialwissenschaften,” <i>1905</i> to date;
+Bulkeley’s “Bibliographical survey of contemporary sources
+for the economic and social history of the War”; Zimand’s
+“Modern social movements”; and <i>in</i> Williams’s “Manual of
+book selection,” <i>pp. 24-26</i>.</p>
+
+
+<h4><span class="smcap">Questions.</span></h4>
+<div class="hang">
+<p><i>1.</i> How would you find out what later editions are available
+of books given in the standard guides?</p>
+
+<p><i>2.</i> Give a brief account of Gross’s “Bibliography of
+British municipal history,” and its value in the
+selection of books on sociology.</p>
+
+<p><i>3.</i> Draw up a graded reading course of not more than
+twelve books on political economy.</p>
+</div>
+
+<h4><span class="smcap">Science and Technology</span>:—</h4>
+
+<p>The two most important sections in a public library, as
+the subjects in both classes continually change and develop.
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_53">[Pg 53]</span>In no other classes do works so soon become obsolete. Before
+making selection for an initial stock it is advisable to read
+through as many brief histories of the sciences as possible as
+they will enumerate the writers whose influence in the various
+sciences have been greatest. The standard bibliographies
+must be consulted in selecting initial stock, but when formed,
+it must be kept alive by a careful reading of the periodical
+literature, where the latest information will be obtained.
+As new editions of works in stock are published, they must be
+purchased if they contain additional or revised material,
+and take the place of the old edition on the shelf. The
+British Science Guild’s “Catalogue of British scientific
+and technical books,” first published in 1921, new and
+revised edition, 1925, complete with author and subject
+indexes, together with the numerous guides mentioned in
+Mudge’s “New guide to reference books,” pp. <i>23</i> (technical
+lists); <i>97-104</i> and <i>104-114</i> will render ample assistance to the
+selector, who will also find the British Museum Subject Index
+most useful for the titles of books in these classes published
+in England.</p>
+
+<h4><span class="smcap">Reading List.</span></h4>
+<div class="hang">
+<p>Bisseker—A student’s library. <i>pp. 156-183; 266-270.</i></p>
+
+<p>Clarke—Scientific text books and the disposal of books
+out-of-date. <i>L. Vol. 6, 1894, pp. 164-167.</i></p>
+
+<p>Craver—The library in relation to special classes of readers.
+<i>L.J. Vol. 31, 1906, pp. 72.</i></p>
+
+<p>Hulme <i>and others</i>—Technical libraries. <i>In Public Libraries:
+their development and future organisation,
+1917, pp. 65-77; 114-117.</i></p>
+
+<p>Jast—Technical libraries. <i>L.A.R. Vol. 5, 1903, pp.
+467-472.</i></p>
+
+<p>Morris—Popular science for the public library. <i>Ont. Lib.
+Rev. Vol. 7, 1922, pp. 27-50.</i></p>
+
+<p>Savage—Some difficulties in the selection of scientific and
+technological books. <i>L.A.R. Vol. 10, 1908, pp. 162-174.</i></p>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_54">[Pg 54]</span></p>
+<p>Savage—Science and technology in public libraries. <i>L.
+Vol. 12, 1909, pp. 1-4; 46-48.</i></p>
+
+<p>Sohon (J. A.) <i>and</i> Schaaf (W. L.)—A reference list of bibliographies,
+chemistry, chemical technology and chemical
+engineering published since <i>1900</i>. <i>Wilson: New York,
+1924.</i> <i>$2.50.</i></p>
+
+<p>Williams—<i>In</i> Manual of book selection. <i>pp. 17-19;
+28-30.</i></p>
+
+</div>
+<h4><span class="smcap">Questions.</span></h4>
+<div class="hang">
+<p><i>1.</i> “This section requires constant revision and weeding
+out if it is to be a live section.” Discuss this statement.</p>
+
+<p><i>2.</i> Name a bibliography on each of the following subjects:
+astronomy; physics; botany; wireless telegraphy;
+chemical technology.</p>
+
+<p><i>3.</i> Describe six general guides to book selection in this
+section.</p></div>
+
+<h4><span class="smcap">Literature</span>:—</h4>
+
+<p>Very little material has been published on what is best to
+select in pure literature. Probably the article “Literature”
+in the Encyclopædia “Britannica” is the best introduction,
+followed by W. H. Hudson’s “An introduction to the study
+of literature”, H. B. Charlton’s “Art of literary study: an
+approach to literature for the plain man,” and Bisseker’s “A
+student’s library,” <i>pp. 11-45</i>, for general literature. For
+English the “Cambridge history of English literature,” <i>14</i> vols.,
+Knowlson’s “How to study English literature,” Manly and
+Rickert’s “Contemporary British literature,” and Williams’s
+“Craft of literature,” may be profitably read and Cant’s
+“Bibliography of English drama from <i>1890-1920</i>, giving
+separate titles and short annotations.” <i>L.A.R. Vol. 24,
+1922, pp. 41-57</i> and Brown’s “The realm of poetry,” <i>1921</i>
+should be consulted. Pancoast’s “American literature,”
+and “History of American literature,” being supplementary
+volumes to the “Cambridge history of English literature,”
+should be followed for American literature. The bibliographies
+and many guides mentioned on <i>pp. 120-150</i> in Mudge’s “New
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_55">[Pg 55]</span>guide to reference books,” should be carefully looked through.
+“A register of bibliographies of the English language and
+literature, by C. S. Northup <i>and others</i>.” Milford, <i>1925</i>, should
+also be consulted. The general principles of book selection
+must now be applied, and care taken to be certain that the
+principal dramatists, poets, essayists, etc., are well represented.
+Text books dealing with the literary histories of all countries
+should be available, as well as all guides to literary forms.</p>
+
+<h4><span class="smcap">Questions</span></h4>
+<div class="hang">
+<p><i>1.</i> What are the principal aids to book selection in the
+following subjects:—drama; American literature;
+English poetry; and Spanish literature?</p>
+
+<p><i>2.</i> Name six dictionaries of quotations, and two of similes.</p>
+
+<p><i>3.</i> Where several translations of a standard foreign work
+are available, how would you be guided in making
+your choice of one?</p></div>
+
+<h4><span class="smcap">Language</span>:—</h4>
+
+<p>Systematic selection essential if the stock is to prove
+valuable and useful. The standard modern works on all
+languages should be represented and attention paid to the
+historical side. Naturally, works on our own language will
+have preference over all others, followed by a good selection of
+works on the French, German, Italian, Spanish and Russian
+languages. Other nationalities should be represented according
+to the demands made by the public. Students should read
+the article “Language” in the Encyclopædia Britannica,
+and as aids to selection consult the following works:—Nelson’s
+“Standard books,” Vol. <i>3</i>; Sonnenschein’s “Best
+books,” Vol. <i>3</i>; Breule’s “Handy bibliographical guide to
+the study of German language and literature”; Braunholtz’s
+“Books of reference and teachers of French”;
+Robertson’s “Courses of study”; and Williams’s “Manual
+of book selection,” <i>pp 26-27</i>.</p>
+
+
+<h4><span class="smcap">Questions.</span></h4>
+<div class="hang">
+<p><i>1.</i> Give your opinion as to the best dictionary of the
+English language when the purchase is limited to one.</p>
+
+<p><i>2.</i> Name dictionaries for the following subjects:—
+synonyms; slang; rhymes.</p>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_56">[Pg 56]</span></p>
+<p><i>3.</i> Name the best dictionaries for the following languages:
+Anglo-Saxon; French; German; Italian and
+Spanish.</p></div>
+
+
+<h3><i>Lesson 8.</i></h3>
+
+<p class="center"><span class="smcap">Fine and Recreative Arts. History. Biography.
+Geography. Travel.</span></p>
+
+<p>Fine and Recreative Arts.—Another class where
+principles must be carefully followed, otherwise a lot of money
+may be wasted. The general histories, text-books and outlines
+should present no difficulty. It is when we come to books
+where the illustrations form the predominating feature that
+difficulties arise. Many splendid guides are available, including
+Nelson’s “Standard books,” compiled by the staff
+of the National Art Library, South Kensington; Sturgis
+and Krehbiel’s “Annotated bibliography of Fine Art,”
+compiled by experts; and the British Museum Subject Index.
+For reference:—the “Universal catalogue of books on art,”
+<i>1870-77</i>; and Macfall’s “History of painting” are also useful.
+Bibliographical articles in the encyclopædias should not be
+overlooked. Note the bibliographies and guides mentioned
+in Mudge’s “Reference books,” <i>pp. 114-120</i>. Guides to special
+subjects are too numerous to mention here, and the student
+is referred to the lists published by the South Kensington
+Museum.</p>
+
+
+<h4><span class="smcap">Reading List.</span></h4>
+<div class="hang">
+<p>Batsford—Some suggestions on the formation of a small
+library of reference books on ornament and the decorative
+arts. <i>L. Vol. 9, 1897, pp. 251-269.</i></p>
+
+<p>Books valuable in the study of art. <i>P.L. Vol. 13, 1908, pp.
+253-4.</i></p>
+
+<p>Hitchcock—Books on fine and decorative arts suggested for
+small public libraries. <i>P.L. Vol. 7, 1902, pp. 25-27.</i></p>
+
+<p>McColvin—Music in public libraries. <i>Grafton, 1924. 7s. 6d.
+Passim.</i></p>
+
+<p>Mathews—Libraries and music. <i>L. Vol. 5, 1893, pp. 190-2.</i></p>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_57">[Pg 57]</span></p>
+<p>Musical libraries: discussion. <i>P.L. Vol. 3, pp. 53-4.</i></p>
+
+<p>Weale—Two notes for art libraries. <i>L. (N.S.), Vol. 1,
+1899-1900, pp. 365-7.</i></p>
+
+<p>Williams—Manual of book selection. <i>pp. 30-32.</i></p>
+
+</div>
+<h4><span class="smcap">Questions.</span></h4>
+<div class="hang">
+<p><i>1.</i> What principles would you be guided by in deciding
+what edition of a book should be purchased out of a
+number of editions?</p>
+
+<p><i>2.</i> Mention the principal aids to book selection in any two
+of the following subjects:—Christian art; ceramics;
+decorative art; painting; freehand drawing;
+Italian art; schools of painting; music.</p>
+
+<p><i>3.</i> Make a selection of periodicals useful as aids to book
+selection of fine and recreative arts.</p>
+
+<p><i>4.</i> Discuss the advisability of co-operation by neighbouring
+libraries in the purchase of the larger and more expensive
+art books.</p>
+
+<p><i>5.</i> State what books you would use to find the market
+price of the older art books.</p>
+
+<p><i>6.</i> Name four booksellers who specialise in fine art books.</p></div>
+
+<p>History, Biography, Geography and Travel:—Consecutive
+selection necessary. All epochs should be represented and
+British history well covered. The chief guides to selection
+are Sonnenschein’s “Best books,” Vol. <i>3</i>; Nelson’s “Standard
+books”; Robertson’s “Courses of study”; Langlois’s
+“Manuel de bibliographie historique,” part <i>1</i> (<i>1907</i>); Adams’s
+“Manual of historical literature” (<i>3rd revised edition, 1903</i>);
+Annual bulletin and select lists of the Historical Association.
+Gross’s “Sources and literature of English history” and <i>his</i>
+“Bibliography of British municipal history” are excellent
+for British history. Sir P. Protheroe’s “Select analytical
+list of books concerning the Great (European) War” is the
+best guide to the literature of the European War.</p>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_58">[Pg 58]</span></p>
+<p>Bibliographies found in Mudge’s “Reference books,”
+<i>pp. 183-196</i>, the Cambridge Histories and the “Story of
+the Nations” series are valuable aids.</p>
+
+<p>Guides to biography are scarce but Chambers’s “Biographical
+dictionary,” Chambers’s “Encyclopædia,” and
+the “Dictionary of National biography” supplemented by
+Mudge, <i>pp. 150-168</i>, will answer most calls made upon them.</p>
+
+<p>Voyages and travels always command a good reading
+public but care should be taken to exclude ephemeral “globe-trotting”
+variety.</p>
+
+<p>For geography and travel Mill’s “Guide to geographical
+books and appliances,” revised by A. J. Herbertson and N. E.
+MacMunn will be found indispensable. It includes geographical
+novels, general reference works, lists of text-books,
+in fact nearly a bibliography of geography. The bibliographies
+found at the end of each chapter of Mill’s “International
+geography” will also be found useful. In the selection of the
+older books Anderson’s “Book of British topography” although
+now a little out of date is still valuable, and Mudge, <i>pp. 172-183</i>
+should also be consulted.</p>
+
+
+<h4><span class="smcap">Reading List.</span></h4>
+<div class="hang">
+<p>Adams—Manual of historical literature. <i>Harper: New
+York, 1903.</i></p>
+
+<p>Bibliographies in the “Story of the Nations” series.</p>
+
+<p>Bisseker—A student’s library. <i>pp. 123-155.</i></p>
+
+<p>Gross—Bibliography of British municipal history. <i>Longmans:
+New York, 1897.</i></p>
+
+<p>Gross—Sources and literature of English history from the
+earliest times to about 1485. <i>Longmans, 1915.</i></p>
+
+<p>Hall—Methods of teaching history. <i>Harrap, 1913.</i></p>
+
+<p>Larned—Literature of American history. <i>A.L.A. Pub.
+Board, Boston.</i></p>
+
+<p>Langlois—Manuel de bibliographie historique. <i>2 vols.</i>
+<i>Hachette, Paris, 1901-04.</i></p>
+
+<p>Robertson—Courses of study. <i>pp. 139-328; 366-370.</i></p>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_59">[Pg 59]</span></p>
+<p>Sykes—Biography for a small library. <i>Ont. Lib. Rev.
+Vol. 2, 1918, pp. 116-119.</i></p>
+
+<p>Williams—Manual of book selection. <i>pp. 52-55.</i></p>
+
+</div>
+<h4><span class="smcap">Questions.</span></h4>
+<div class="hang">
+<p><i>1.</i> Mention two books on each of the following subjects
+which you would recommend to a reader:—Joan of
+Arc; French Revolution; Oliver Cromwell; European
+War; London; Gunpowder Plot.</p>
+
+<p><i>2.</i> Draw up an annotated reading course of not less than
+ten books on British history.</p>
+
+<p><i>3.</i> Name six periodicals valuable as aids to book selection
+in this section.</p>
+</div>
+
+<h3><i>Lesson 9.</i></h3>
+
+<p class="center"><span class="smcap">Selection of Periodicals.</span></p>
+
+<p>Primary object in the selection of periodicals should be to
+supplement the stock of books in the library by up-to-date
+literature not available in book form. The second consideration
+should be to aim at supplying magazines for recreation as well
+as instruction. On the same principle that crank and sectarian
+works are prohibited from the best book stocks so should
+periodicals of this nature be excluded. Trade, scientific,
+technical, and special periodicals should receive first consideration,
+and special attention given to the papers that
+cover the chief industries of the town to be served. A good
+selection of periodicals dealing with literature, art, science,
+etc., will add attractiveness to the room. Newspapers selected
+should represent the political parties impartially. The various
+press guides, lists published by large libraries, such as the
+Mitchell Library and Cannons’s “Classified guide to <i>1,700</i>
+annuals, directories and year books,” <i>Grafton. 1923, 5s.</i>, will
+be found useful in the selection of this class of literature.</p>
+
+
+<h4><span class="smcap">Reading List.</span></h4>
+<div class="hang">
+<p>Briscoe—Selection of periodicals. <i>L.W. Vol. 12, 1909-10,
+pp. 215-216.</i></p>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_60">[Pg 60]</span>
+Brown—Manual of library economy. <i>1907 edition.</i> <i>Chap.</i> 11.
+<i>para. 200, pp. 163-165</i>.</p>
+
+<p><i>or</i> Revised edition by W. C. B. Sayers. <i>Chap. 13, paras.
+203-204.</i></p>
+
+<p>Brown—Selection of current periodicals. <i>L.A.R. Vol. 6,
+pp. 591-597.</i></p>
+
+<p>Dana—Periodicals for a small library. <i>P.L. Vol. 11,
+1906, p. 367.</i></p>
+
+<p>Mudge—New guide to reference books. <i>pp. 5-23.</i></p>
+
+<p>Kroeger—Guide to ... reference books. <i>pp. 1-31.</i></p>
+
+<p>Steele—A selected list of periodicals which review books.
+<i>Ont. Lib. Rev., Vol. 8, 1923, pp. 12-13.</i></p>
+
+<p>Walter—Periodicals for a small library. <i>1919 edition.
+A.L.A. Pub. Board, Chicago. 1919. 15c.</i></p>
+
+</div>
+<h4><span class="smcap">Questions.</span></h4>
+<div class="hang">
+<p><i>1.</i> Make an annotated list of the monthly and quarterly
+periodicals you would consider necessary in a reading
+room serving a population of 100,000.</p>
+
+<p><i>2.</i> Briefly describe how you would deal with periodicals
+offered gratis.</p>
+
+<p><i>3.</i> Make a selection of newspapers and periodicals on:—economics,
+education, engineering, not more than
+six on each, indicating their valuable features and
+giving published prices.</p>
+
+<p><i>4.</i> Describe the general contents and special features of
+any three of the following periodicals, and any two of
+the annuals:—</p>
+</div>
+<table>
+<tr><td>English Review</td> <td>Connoisseur</td></tr>
+<tr><td>Whitaker’s Almanack</td> <td>Ueber Land und Meer</td></tr>
+<tr><td>Revue des deux mondes</td> <td>British Trade Year Book</td></tr>
+<tr><td>The Reader</td> <td>Librarians’ Guide</td></tr>
+<tr><td>Annual Register</td>
+<td>Decimal Educator</td></tr>
+</table>
+
+<div class="hang"><p><i>5.</i> Make an annotated list of ten periodicals you would
+select for a Young People’s Reading Room.</p></div>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_61">[Pg 61]</span></p>
+
+<h4 class="center"><span class="smcap">Test Examination.</span></h4>
+
+<p><i>Questions to be answered without the aid of text-books, notes, etc.</i></p>
+<div class="hang">
+<p><i>1.</i> Write a short essay on the principles of book selection
+as applied to public libraries.</p>
+
+<p><i>2.</i> Name the various kinds of bibliographies available as
+aids to book selection, and give an account of two in
+each section.</p>
+
+<p><i>3.</i> State briefly what you know of the following catalogues,
+giving the method of arrangement of each:—British
+Museum; London Library; John Rylands Library,
+and Cambridge University.</p>
+
+<p><i>4.</i> What do you consider to be the twelve best guides to
+book selection?</p>
+
+<p><i>5.</i> Discuss the value of “The Annual Register” as an aid
+to book selection.</p>
+
+<p><i>6.</i> What books of reference would you consult for anonymous
+and pseudonymous works in (<i>1</i>) English, (<i>2</i>)
+French and (<i>3</i>) German?</p>
+
+<p><i>7.</i> What authors would you recommend to a reader desirous
+of being acquainted with Napoleon I.; psychoanalysis;
+parliament; philately; Marie Antoinette;
+Spanish literature; League of Nations, and wireless
+telegraphy.</p>
+
+<p><i>8.</i> Give reasons for and against the desirability of not
+purchasing fiction until a year after publication.</p>
+
+<p><i>9.</i> Describe briefly not <span class="err" title="original: nore">more</span> than six catalogues of libraries
+specially serviceable as aids to book selection.</p>
+
+<p><i>10.</i> State briefly on what principles you would be guided in
+accepting or declining donations of books.</p>
+
+<p><i>11.</i> Give an annotated list of twelve periodicals you would
+consider necessary in a Ladies’ Reading Room.</p>
+
+<p><i>12.</i> Name twelve periodicals that should be permanently
+stored in a public reference library.</p></div>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_62">[Pg 62]</span></p>
+
+<h3>FACTORS AND NOTES RELATING TO BOOK
+SELECTION.</h3>
+
+<p>(<i>1</i>) <span class="smcap">Select List of Universal Bibliographies.</span></p>
+
+<p class="hang"><i>Note.—An universal bibliography has not yet been compiled
+but the following are recognised as units towards such a
+work.</i></p>
+<div class="hang">
+<p><i>1.</i> Bibliographical Society of America.—Census of fifteenth
+century books owned in America; compiled by a
+Committee of the <span class="err" title="original: Bibliograhpical">Bibliographical</span> Society of America.
+<i>New York, 1919.</i></p>
+
+<p><i>2.</i> British Museum Library.—Catalogue of books printed
+in the 15th century now in the British Museum.
+<i>London, 1912-1916. Parts 1-4.</i></p>
+
+<p><i>3.</i> Brunet (Jacques Charles)—Manuel du libraire et de
+l’amateur de livres. 5 éd. originalt entiérement
+refinde et augm d’un tiers. <i>Paris, Didot, 1860-65.
+6 Vols.</i></p>
+
+<p>——Supplément, par P. Deschamps et G. Brunet. <i>Paris,
+Didot, 1878-80. 2 Vols.</i></p>
+
+<p><i>4.</i> Ebert (Friedrich Adolf)—General bibliographical dictionary,
+from the German of F. A. Ebert. <i>Oxford
+University Press, 1837. 4 Vols.</i></p>
+
+<p><i>5.</i> Georgi (Gottlieb)—Allgemeines europaisches bucherlexicon
+in wilchem die allermeisten autores zu finden,
+welche noch vor dem anfange des XVI. seculi bis
+1739, in vire theile abgetheilet. <i>Leipzig, Gorgi, 1742.
+4 parts in one.</i></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<p>——Fünffter theil. In welchem die franzosischen
+auctores und bücher von allen disciplinen, in alphabetischer
+ordung zu finden. <i>Leipzig, 1753.</i></p>
+
+<p>——Erstes (bis drittes) supplement, <i>1739-1757.
+Leipzig, 1750-1758. 3 vols.</i></p>
+</div>
+
+<p><i>6.</i> Græsse (Johann Georg Theodor)—Trésor de livres rares
+et précieux. <i>Dresden, 1859-1869. 7 vols.</i></p>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_63">[Pg 63]</span></p>
+<p><i>7.</i> Hain (Ludwig Friedrich Theodor)—Repertorium bibliographicum
+ad annum M.D. <i>Stuttgart, Cottæ, 1826-38.
+2 vols, in 4.</i></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<p>——Supplement to Hain’s “Repertorium bibliographicum”;
+or, collection towards a new edition
+of that work, <i>par</i> W. A. Copinger. <i>London, Sotheran,
+1895-1902. 2 vols. in 3.</i></p>
+
+<p>——Appendices ad Hainii-Copingeri “Repertorium
+bibliographicum”; additiones et emendationes editit
+Dietericus Reichling. <i>Monachii, Rosenthal, 1905-11.
+7 vols.</i></p>
+
+<p>——Supplementum cum indice urbium et typographorum.
+Accedit index auctorum generalis totius operis. <i>Monasterii
+Guestphalorum, Theissingianis, 1914.</i></p>
+
+<p>——Supplement zu Hain und Panzer. Beiträge zur
+inkunabel bibliographie. Nummern—concordanz von
+Panzer’s lateinischen und deutschen Annalen und
+Ludwig Hain’s “Repertorium bibliographicum” par
+Konrad Burger. <i>Leipzig, Hiersemann, 1908.</i></p>
+
+<p>——Ludwig Hain’s “Repertorium bibliographicum
+Register.” Die drucker des XV. jahrhunderts. <i>Leipzig.
+Harrassowitz, 1891.</i></p>
+</div>
+
+<p><i>8.</i> Maittaire (Michael)—Annales typographici ab artis
+inventae origine ad annum 1664. <i>Hagae-Comitum,
+1719-41. 5 Vols.</i></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<p>——Supplementum adornavit M. Denis. <i>Viennae,
+1789, 2 vols.</i></p>
+</div>
+
+<p><i>9.</i> Panzer (Georg Wolfgang Franz)—Annales typographici ab
+artis inventae origine ad annum 1536. <i>Norimbergae,
+1793-1803. 11 vols.</i></p>
+
+<p><i>10.</i> Peddie (Robert Alexander)—Conspectus incunabulorum:
+an index catalogue of fifteenth century books, with
+references to Hain’s “Repertorium,” Copinger’s
+“Supplement,” Proctor’s “Index,” Pellechet’s “Catalogue,”
+Campbell’s “Annales” and other bibliographies.
+<i>London, 1910-1914. 2 vols.</i></p>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_64">[Pg 64]</span></p>
+<p><i>11.</i> Pellechet (Marie Léontine Catherine)—Catalogue général
+des incunables des bibliothèques publiques de France.
+<i>Paris, Picard, 1897-1909. Vols. 1-3.</i></p>
+
+<p><i>12.</i> Proctor (Robert)—Index to the early printed books in
+the British Museum from the invention of printing
+to the year 1500, with notes of those in the Bodleian
+Library. <i>London, Paul, 1898-99. 4 vols.</i></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<p>—— Part <i>2</i>, <i>1501-20</i>. Section <i>1</i>, Germany. <i>London,
+Paul, 1903.</i></p>
+
+<p>—— Supplements, <i>1898-1902</i>. <i>London, 1900-03.
+5 parts.</i></p>
+</div>
+
+<p><i>13.</i> Prussian Board of Education—Gesamtkatalog der Wiegendrucke.
+Herausgegeben von der Kommission fur
+den Gesamtkatalog der Wiegendrucke. <i>Band 1.
+Abano-Alexius, Leipzig, 1925, Verlag von Karl W.
+Hiersemann. Quaritch, 1925. £3 7s. 6d. To be
+completed in 12 volumes. The most complete catalogue
+of Incunabula.</i></p>
+
+<p><i>14.</i> Quaritch (Barnard)—General catalogue of books offered
+to the public at the affixed prices. <i>London, 1887-97.
+7 vols. and Supp.</i></p>
+
+<p><i>15.</i> Watt (Robert)—Bibliotheca Britannica; or, A general
+index to British and Foreign literature. <i>2 parts.
+Edinburgh, Constable, 1824. 4 vols.</i></p></div>
+
+
+<p>(<i>2</i>) <span class="smcap">Select List of Trade Bibliographies</span>.</p>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">American</span>:—</p>
+<div class="hang">
+<p>Roorbach (Orville Augustus)—Bibliotheca Americana <i>1820-61</i>.
+<i>New York, Roorbach, 1852-61. 4 vols.</i></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot"><p>A catalogue of American publications arranged alphabetically
+by authors and titles. Publisher, date, size
+and price also given.</p></div>
+
+<p>Kelly (James)—American catalogue of books published in the
+United States from January, 1861 to January, 1871.
+<i>New York, Wiley, 1866-71. 2 vols.</i></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot"><p>Alphabetical arrangement under authors, titles and
+subjects. Gives full particulars of publishers and prices.
+Well annotated. A continuation of Roorbach’s work.
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_65">[Pg 65]</span>American catalogue of books <i>1876-1910</i>. <i>New York, Publisher’s
+Weekly, 1881-1911 9 vols.</i></p></div>
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<p>The standard American list for the period covered (Mudge).</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>United States catalog: books in print January, 1912; edited
+by Marion E. Potter and others. <i>3rd edition. White
+Plains, New York, Wilson, 1912.</i></p>
+
+<p>—— Supplement, <i>1912-17</i>. <i>New York, Wilson, 1918.</i></p>
+
+<p>—— Supplement, January, <i>1918</i>—June, <i>1921</i>. <i>New York,
+Wilson, 1921.</i></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot"><p>Indispensable to the American book selector.</p></div>
+</div>
+
+<p><i>Annual:—</i></p>
+
+<p>Annual American Catalogue, 1886-1910. <i>New York, Publisher’s
+Weekly, 1887-1911. No more published.</i></p>
+
+<p>United States catalog. Annual. <i>New York, Wilson.</i></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<p>An annual dictionary catalogue.</p>
+</div>
+
+
+<p><i>Monthly:—</i></p>
+
+<div class="hang"><p>Cumulative book index. <i>White Plains, New York, Wilson,
+1898-1922. Vols. 1-24.</i></p></div>
+
+
+<p><span class="smcap">English:—</span></p>
+<div class="hang">
+<p>Arber (Edward)—Term catalogues, <i>1668-1709</i> <span class="allsmcap">A.D.</span> with a
+number for Easter term, <i>1711</i> <span class="allsmcap">A.D.</span>; a contemporary
+bibliography of English literature in the reigns of Charles
+II., James II., William and Mary, and Anne; edited
+from the very rare quarterly lists of new books issued by
+booksellers of London. <i>3 vols. London, Arber, 1903-06.</i></p>
+
+<p>—— Transcript of the registers of the Company of Stationers
+of London, <i>1554-1640</i>. <i>London, 1875-77. 4 vols. Index.
+1894.</i></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<p>A record of all books deposited at Stationers’ Hall during
+the period covered.</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>English catalogue of books published <i>1801-1920</i>. <i>London,
+Low, 1864-1901. Publisher’s Circular, 1912-21. 11 vols.</i></p>
+
+<p>—— Index to the English catalogue of books. <i>London, Low,
+1858-93. 4 vols.</i></p></div>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_66">[Pg 66]</span></p>
+<div class="blockquot">
+<p>An annual catalogue, with five yearly cumulations.
+Comprising an alphabetical list under authors, titles
+and subjects of the books issued in the United Kingdom.
+Full imprint, particulars of price, month of publication,
+publisher, etc. Contains also lists of publications of
+societies and a full directory of publishers.</p>
+</div>
+
+<p class="hang">Reference catalogue of current literature, containing the full
+titles of books now in print and on sale, with the prices
+at which they may be obtained of all booksellers, and an
+index containing nearly one hundred and eighty-five
+thousand references. <i>3 vols. London, Whitaker.</i></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<p>The most important English trade bibliography. Issued
+every few years. Consists of the catalogues of the principal
+English publishers arranged alphabetically by name
+of publisher.</p>
+</div>
+
+<p class="hang">Book auction records (formerly known as “Sale records,”)
+a priced and annotated record of London, Dublin, Edinburgh,
+Glasgow and Amercian book auctions. June,
+<i>1902</i> to date. <i>London, Stevens.</i></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<p>Each number is arranged alphabetically by authors,
+with an index in each volume.</p>
+</div>
+
+<p class="hang">Book-prices current. December, <i>1886</i> to date. <i>London,
+Stock.</i></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<p>Index to the first ten volumes. <i>1887-1896. London,
+Stock, 1901.</i></p>
+
+<p>Index for the second decade. <i>1897-1906</i>. <i>London, Stock,
+1909.</i></p>
+
+<p>Index for the third decade. <i>1907-1916. London, Stock,
+1920.</i></p>
+</div>
+
+
+<p><span class="smcap">French:—</span></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Catalogue général de la librairie française, <i>1840-1918</i>. <i>Paris,
+Jordell, 1867-1921. 28 vols.</i></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot hang">
+<p>The standard French trade bibliography, and a most
+valuable modern national bibliography.</p>
+</div>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_67">[Pg 67]</span></p>
+
+<p><i>Annual:—</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Catalogue mensuel de la librairie francaise.</p>
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<p>Monthly numbers bound together forming the annual
+volume. Contains indexes of authors, titles and subjects.</p>
+</div>
+
+
+<p><i>Monthly:—</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Catalogue mensuel de la librairie française. <i>1876-1921. Paris.</i></p>
+
+<p>A classified list.</p>
+
+
+<p><span class="smcap">German:—</span></p>
+<div class="hang">
+<p>Heinsius (Wilhelm)—Allgemeines bucher-lexikon, <i>1700-1892</i>.
+<i>Leipzig, Brockhaus, 1812-1894. 19 vols.</i></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<p>No more published.</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>Kayser (Christian Gottlob)—Vollstandiges bucher-lexikon,
+<i>1750-1910</i>. <i>Leipzig, 1834-1910. 36 vols.</i></p>
+
+<p>Hinrichs (J. C.) <i>Publishers</i>—Funfjahrs-katalog der im deutschen
+buchhandel erschienenen bucher, zeitschriften,
+landkarten, etc., titel verzeichnis und sachregister,
+1851-1912. <i>Leipzig, Hinrichs, 1857-1913. 13 vols.</i></p>
+
+<p>Deutsches bucherverzeichnis der jahre <i>1911-20</i>. <i>4 vols.</i></p>
+</div>
+<div class="blockquot">
+<p>A continuation of Heinsius, Kayser, and Hinrichs,
+Funfjahrs-katalog.</p>
+</div>
+
+
+<p><i>Monthly:—</i></p>
+
+
+<p>Allgemeine bibliographie. <i>Leipzig, Brockhaus, 1856 to date.</i></p>
+
+
+
+<p>(<i>3</i>) <span class="smcap">Select List of General Bibliographies.</span></p>
+
+<p class="hang">American Library Association—A.L.A. Catalog. <i>8,000</i> volumes
+for a popular library; with notes, <i>1904</i> ...
+edited by Melvil Dewey. <i>Government Printing Office:
+Washington, 1904. $1.</i></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<p>The chief aim of this selection is to assist in the formation
+of a public library stock, and is specially adopted for the
+use of smaller libraries.</p>
+</div>
+
+<p class="hang">A.L.A. Catalog, <i>1904-1911</i>. Class List, 3,000 titles for a
+popular library; edited by Elva L. Bascom. <i>Chicago:
+A.L.A. Pub. Board, 1912. 350 pp. 26 cm. $1.50.</i></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<p>Supplement to the A.L.A. Catalog <i>1904</i>.</p>
+</div>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_68">[Pg 68]</span></p>
+<p class="hang">Nelson, Thomas <i>and</i> Sons, <i>Publishers</i>.—Standard Books:
+an annotated and classified guide to the best books in all
+departments of literature; with copious index of
+subjects and biographical notes of authors. <i>4 vols.
+1910-14.</i></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot"><p class="hang"><i>Contents</i>:—<i>Vol. 1</i>—General Works. History. Geography.
+Biography and Travel. Sociology. Philosophy.
+Sport. Law and Administration. Education.</p>
+
+<p class="hang"><i>Vol. 2.</i>—Religion. Science. Useful Arts.</p>
+
+<p class="hang"><i>Vol. 3.</i>—Fine and Recreative Arts. Philology. Literature.
+Children’s Books.</p>
+
+<p class="hang"><i>Vol. 4.</i>—Author Index. General Subject Index. Index of
+Publishers.</p>
+
+<p>Each subject is edited by a specialist in collaboration
+with one or more librarians. Annotations are very full
+and publishers and prices are given.</p></div>
+
+<p class="hang">Sonnenschein, William Swan—The Best Books: a reader’s
+guide to the best available books (about <i>100,000</i>) ...;
+with the dates of the first and last editions, and
+the price, size, and publisher’s name (both American
+and English) of each book. <i>3rd edition, entirely re-written.
+George Routledge &amp; Sons, Ltd., London. Putnam,
+New York. 3 parts. In Progress. 1910. £2 2s. net.</i>
+
+<i>Contents</i>:—<i>Part 1.</i>—Theology. Mythology and folk-lore.
+Philosophy.</p>
+
+<div class="blockquot hang"><p><i>Part 2.</i>—Society. Geography. Travel and Topography.
+Education. Ethnology.</p>
+
+<p><i>Part 3.</i>—History, Biography. Science. Arts. Philology.
+Literature. Complete Indexes.</p></div>
+
+<p>A very useful classified bibliography.</p>
+
+
+<p>(<i>4</i>) <span class="smcap">Bibliographies of Bibliography.</span></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Courtney (William Prideaux)—Register of national bibliography;
+with, a selection of the chief bibliographical
+books and articles printed in other countries. <i>London,
+Constable, 1905-12. 3 vols.</i>
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_69">[Pg 69]</span>
+Arranged alphabetically by the subjects of the bibliographies
+listed.</p>
+
+<p class="hang">Josephson (Aksel Gustav Salomon)—Bibliographies of bibliography
+chronologically arranged, with occasional notes
+and an index. <i>Bibliographical Society of Chicago,
+Chicago, 1901. Second edition, 1913.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Petzholdt (Julius)—Bibliotheca bibliographica. <i>Leipzig,
+Engelmann, 1866.</i></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot"><p>A careful and accurate bibliography. Classified, with
+an author index and full annotations.</p></div>
+
+<p class="hang">Stein (Henri)—Manuel de bibliographie générale: bibliotheca
+bibliographica nova. <i>Paris, Picard, 1897.</i></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot hang"><p><i>Contents.</i>—Universal bibliographies. National and
+regional bibliographies. Subject bibliographies, and
+appendices. A classified bibliography with critical and
+descriptive annotations, and a subject index.</p></div>
+
+<p class="hang">Vallée (Léon)—Bibliographie des bibliographies. <i>Paris,
+Terquem, 1883.</i></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot"><p>Supplement. <i>Paris, Terquem, 1887.</i></p>
+
+<p>An alphabetical author list with a subject index. A
+useful work if used as an author index to Stein’s “Manuel
+de bibliographie générale.”</p></div>
+
+
+<p><i>Bibliographical Works</i>:—</p>
+
+<p class="hang">British Museum—List of bibliographical works in the Reading
+Room of the British Museum. <i>2nd edition, revised.
+1889.</i> Much out of date, but useful for older books.</p>
+
+
+<p>(<i>5</i>) <span class="smcap">Annual Output of Books in the United Kingdom.</span></p>
+
+<p><i>Books in 1925.</i></p>
+
+<p>According to the “Publishers’ Circular” more books were
+published during <i>1925</i> than in any previous year in the history
+of British book production. A total of <i>13,202</i> is recorded as
+having been published in the United Kingdom. This is an
+increase of <i>496</i> over the total for <i>1924</i>. This increase has
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_70">[Pg 70]</span>taken place in the “new books” as distinguished from “new
+editions,” etc., and is shown in detail in the following figures
+for this year and last year:—</p>
+
+<table>
+<tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="tdr"><i>1924</i></td> <td class="tdr"><i>1925</i></td></tr>
+<tr><td>New books</td> <td>&nbsp;</td> <td class="tdr"><i>8024</i></td> <td class="tdr"><i>8520</i></td></tr>
+<tr><td>Translations</td><td>&nbsp;</td> <td class="tdr"><i>321</i></td> <td class="tdr"><i>307</i></td></tr>
+<tr><td>Pamphlets</td> <td>&nbsp;</td> <td class="tdr"><i>1168</i></td> <td class="tdr"><i>1150</i></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td>Total new books</td><td>&nbsp;</td> <td class="tdr bt"><i>9513</i></td> <td class="tdr bt"><i>9977</i></td></tr>
+<tr><td>New editions</td> <td>&nbsp;</td> <td class="tdr"><i>3193</i></td> <td class="tdr"><i>3225</i></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td>Total</td> <td class="tdr bt"><i>12,706</i></td> <td class="tdr bt"><i>13202</i></td> </tr>
+
+</table>
+<p>The following details show how the totals for the various
+classes of books vary from those of the previous year. Increases
+are shown in Juvenile Literature (<i>108</i>), Law (<i>88</i>),
+Military and Naval (<i>74</i>), Philology (<i>60</i>), Biography (<i>55</i>),
+Agriculture and Gardening (<i>46</i>) and Science (<i>32</i>). The decreases
+are General Works (<i>49</i>), Fine Arts (<i>44</i>), Fiction (<i>32</i>), Philosophy
+(<i>29</i>), and Poetry and Drama (<i>16</i>).</p>
+
+<p>The following totals for the years since <i>1913</i> (the pre-war
+record year) are of considerable interest:—</p>
+
+<table>
+<tr><td class="tdc">Year.</td> <td class="tdc">New Books.</td> <td class="tdc">New Editions.</td> <td class="tdc">Total</td></tr>
+<tr><td><i>1913</i></td> <td class="tdr"><i>9541</i></td> <td class="tdr"><i>2838</i></td> <td class="tdr"><i>12379</i></td></tr>
+<tr><td><i>1914</i></td> <td class="tdr"><i>8863</i></td> <td class="tdr"><i>2674</i></td> <td class="tdr"><i>11537</i></td></tr>
+<tr><td><i>1915</i></td> <td class="tdr"><i>8499</i></td> <td class="tdr"><i>2166</i></td> <td class="tdr"><i>10665</i></td></tr>
+<tr><td><i>1916</i></td> <td class="tdr"><i>7537</i></td> <td class="tdr"><i>1612</i></td> <td class="tdr"><i>9149</i></td></tr>
+<tr><td><i>1917</i></td> <td class="tdr"><i>6606</i></td> <td class="tdr"><i>1525</i></td> <td class="tdr"><i>8131</i></td></tr>
+<tr><td><i>1918</i></td> <td class="tdr"><i>6750</i></td> <td class="tdr"><i>966</i></td> <td class="tdr"><i>7716</i></td></tr>
+<tr><td><i>1919</i></td> <td class="tdr"><i>7327</i></td> <td class="tdr"><i>1295</i></td> <td class="tdr"><i>8622</i></td></tr>
+<tr><td><i>1920</i></td> <td class="tdr"><i>8738</i></td> <td class="tdr"><i>2266</i></td> <td class="tdr"><i>11004</i></td></tr>
+<tr><td><i>1921</i></td> <td class="tdr"><i>8757</i></td> <td class="tdr"><i>2269</i></td> <td class="tdr"><i>11026</i></td></tr>
+<tr><td><i>1922</i></td> <td class="tdr"><i>8754</i></td> <td class="tdr"><i>2088</i></td> <td class="tdr"><i>10842</i></td></tr>
+<tr><td><i>1923</i></td> <td class="tdr"><i>9246</i></td> <td class="tdr"><i>3028</i></td> <td class="tdr"><i>12274</i></td></tr>
+<tr><td><i>1924</i></td> <td class="tdr"><i>9513</i></td> <td class="tdr"><i>3193</i></td> <td class="tdr"><i>12706</i></td></tr>
+<tr><td><i>1925</i></td> <td class="tdr"><i>9977</i></td> <td class="tdr"><i>3225</i></td> <td class="tdr"><i>13202</i></td></tr>
+
+</table>
+<p>The above tables show that during the years <i>1913-1925</i>
+no fewer than <i>139,253</i> books were published in the United
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_71">[Pg 71]</span>Kingdom. It is when we realise such a fact as this that we
+should appreciate the great importance of book selection to the
+librarian.</p>
+
+
+<p>(<i>6</i>) <span class="smcap">Initial Stock for a Public Library.</span></p>
+
+<p>In selecting the initial stock for a Public Library the following
+principles should be considered: (<i>a</i>) size of the locality;
+(<i>b</i>) the sum of money available for books; (<i>c</i>) the geographical
+position of the library in relation to other libraries.
+Before any books are actually purchased, the tables of the
+classification to be adopted should be taken and each section
+checked with the corresponding section of proposed purchases.
+This will immediately show any important omissions.</p>
+
+
+<p>(<i>7</i>) <span class="smcap">Proportional Representation of Classes.</span></p>
+
+<p>The proportion of books to be purchased in each class of
+literature will depend largely upon the social conditions of the
+locality and the prominence of local industries.</p>
+
+<p>The following table is merely suggestive:—</p>
+<table>
+<tr><td>General Works</td> <td class="tdr"><i>3%</i></td></tr>
+<tr><td>Philosophy</td> <td class="tdr"><i>3%</i></td></tr>
+<tr><td>Religion</td> <td class="tdr"><i>6%</i></td></tr>
+<tr><td>Sociology</td> <td class="tdr"><i>6%</i></td></tr>
+<tr><td>Philology </td> <td class="tdr"><i>2%</i></td></tr>
+<tr><td>Natural Science </td> <td class="tdr"><i>8%</i></td></tr>
+<tr><td>Useful Arts </td> <td class="tdr"><i>9%</i></td></tr>
+<tr><td>Fine and Recreative Arts</td> <td class="tdr"><i>7%</i></td></tr>
+<tr><td>Literature</td> <td class="tdr"><i>35%</i></td></tr>
+<tr><td>History, Travel and Biography</td> <td class="tdr"><i>21%</i></td></tr>
+
+</table>
+
+<p>(<i>8</i>) <span class="smcap">Reference and Lending Library Stocks.</span></p>
+
+<p>The average proportions of Lending and Reference Library
+stocks are: Lending, 62%; Reference, 38%.</p>
+
+
+<p>(<i>9</i>) <span class="smcap">Proportion of Income for Books After Organisation.</span></p>
+
+<p>18% of income should be spent on books, including old
+books and replacements.</p>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_72">[Pg 72]</span></p>
+
+<p>(<i>10</i>) <span class="smcap">Twenty-five “quick-reference” Books for The
+Open Shelves in a Reference Library.</span></p>
+
+<p><i>(Arranged according to the Dewey Classification as a mnemonic
+aid).</i></p>
+
+<ul>
+<li>Encyclopædia Britannica.</li>
+<li>Baldwin—Dictionary of psychology and philosophy.</li>
+<li>Hastings—Dictionary of religion and ethics.</li>
+<li>Hastings—Dictionary of the Bible.</li>
+<li>Cruden—Concordance.</li>
+<li>Palgrave—Dictionary of political economy.</li>
+<li>Mulhall—Dictionary of statistics.</li>
+<li>Every Man’s Own Lawyer.</li>
+<li>Webster—English dictionary.</li>
+<li>Murray—New English dictionary.</li>
+<li>Clifton and Grimaux—English-French and French-English dictionary.</li>
+<li>Grimm—Deutsches Worterbuch.</li>
+<li>Lewis and Short—Latin dictionary.</li>
+<li>Liddell and Scott—Greek Lexicon.</li>
+<li>Watts—Dictionary of chemistry.</li>
+<li>Quain—Medical dictionary.</li>
+<li>Knight—Business cyclopædia and legal adviser.</li>
+<li>Thorpe—Dictionary of applied chemistry.</li>
+<li>Bryan—Dictionary of painters and engravers.</li>
+<li>Grove—Dictionary of music and musicians.</li>
+<li>Cambridge History of English literature.</li>
+<li>Haydn—Dictionary of dates.</li>
+<li>Dictionary of national biography.</li>
+<li>Chambers’s Biographical dictionary.</li>
+<li>Low and Pulling—Dictionary of English history.</li>
+
+</ul>
+
+<p>(<i>11</i>) <span class="smcap">Fourteen Author Concordances.</span></p>
+
+<p class="hang"><span class="smcap">Burns.</span> Reid—Complete word and phrase concordance to
+the poems and songs of Robert Burns.</p>
+
+<p class="hang"><span class="smcap">Cowper.</span> Neve—Concordance to the poetical works of
+William Cowper.</p>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_73">[Pg 73]</span></p>
+<p class="hang"><span class="smcap">Dante Alighieri.</span> Fay—Concordance of the Divina Commedia.</p>
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<p>Sheldon <i>and</i> White—Concordanz a delle opere italiane in
+prosae del Canzoniere di Dante Alighieri.</p>
+</div>
+
+<p class="hang"><span class="smcap">Gray.</span> Cook—A concordance to the English poems of Thomas
+Gray.</p>
+
+<p class="hang"><span class="smcap">Homer.</span> Dunbar—Complete concordance to the Odyssy and
+Hymns of Homer.</p>
+
+<p class="hang"><span class="smcap">Milton.</span> Lockwood—Lexicon to the English poetical works
+of John Milton.</p>
+
+<p class="hang"><span class="smcap">Pope.</span> Abbott—Concordance to the works of Alexander Pope.</p>
+
+<p class="hang"><span class="smcap">Scott.</span> Redfern—The wisdom of Sir Walter.</p>
+
+<p class="hang"><span class="smcap">Shakespeare.</span> Bartlett—New and complete concordance of
+William Shakespeare.</p>
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<p>Clarke—Complete concordance to Shakespeare.</p>
+</div>
+
+<p class="hang"><span class="smcap">Shelley.</span> Ellis—Lexical concordance to the poetical works
+of P. B. Shelley.</p>
+
+<p class="hang"><span class="smcap">Tennyson.</span> Baker—Concordance to the poetical and
+dramatic works of Alfred Lord Tennyson.</p>
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<p>Brightwell—Concordance to the entire works of Alfred
+Tennyson.</p>
+</div>
+
+
+<p>(<i>12</i>) <span class="smcap">Forty Useful Books for the Young People’s Room.</span></p>
+<div class="hang">
+<p>Bailey (M. E.)—Boys’ and girls’ ask at home questions. <i>Illus.
+1917.</i> Explains many things in nature and life which
+puzzle children.</p>
+
+<p>Baker (E. A.)—Cassell’s New English Dictionary; with an
+appendix. <i>1919.</i> Includes a supplement of War words.</p>
+
+<p>Bartlett (J.), <i>editor</i>.—Familiar quotations. <i>1917.</i> From
+ancient and modern literature.</p>
+
+<p>Brewer (E. C.)—The reader’s handbook. <i>1919.</i> Famous
+names in fiction, allusions, references, proverbs, plots,
+stories and poems.</p>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_74">[Pg 74]</span></p>
+<p>Chambers’s Biographical Dictionary; edited by D. Patrick and
+F. H. Groome. <i>1908.</i> Brief lives of “the great of all
+times and nations.”</p>
+
+<p>Chambers’s Twentieth Century Dictionary of the English
+Language; edited by T. Davidson. <i>Illus. 1916.</i></p>
+
+<p>Champlin (J. D.) <i>Junior</i>.—The young folks cyclopædia of
+common things. <i>2nd edition, enlarged. Illus. 1896.</i>
+An attempt to bring encyclopædic knowledge within
+the range of a child’s intellect. <span class="err" title="original: Arcticles">Articles</span> very brief and
+simply told. Index.</p>
+
+<p>Champlin (J. D.) <i>Junior</i>.—The young folks’ cyclopædia of
+natural history; with editorial co-operation and an
+introduction by F. A. Lucas. <i>Illus. 1905.</i> The cyclopædia
+covers the entire animal kingdom in an elementary
+manner.</p>
+
+<p>Crawford (W. R.)—Common words commonly mispronounced.
+<i>1894.</i> A dictionary of correct pronunciation.</p>
+
+<p>Dalgleish (W. S.)—The great authors of English literature.
+<i>Illus. 1917.</i> Contains their lives, and selections from
+their writings.</p>
+
+<p>Dana (Mrs. W. S.)—How to know the wild flowers. The
+flowers are arranged according to colour.</p>
+
+<p>Dickinson (A. D.)—One thousand best books. <i>1924.</i> Compiled
+from over fifty published lists of best books made
+by the librarian and scholars of the University of Pennsylvania.</p>
+
+<p>Everyman’s Encyclopædia; edited by Boyle. <i>12 vols.
+Illus.</i></p>
+
+<p>Fallows (S.)—A complete dictionary of synonyms and antonyms.
+<i>1898.</i> A dictionary of words with the same
+and opposite meanings.</p>
+
+<p>Gibson (C. R.)—The great ball on which we live. <i>1915.</i> Description
+of the earth and the forces of nature.</p>
+
+<p>Gibson (C. R.)—Great inventions and how they were invented.
+<i>1924.</i> Descriptions of wonderful machines and appliances.</p>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_75">[Pg 75]</span></p>
+<p>Hall (Cyril)—Conquests of engineering. <i>Illus. 1926.</i> Describes
+the construction of bridges, tunnels, canals, docks
+and harbours.</p>
+
+<p>Hawks (E.)—The boys’ book of astronomy. <i>1914.</i></p>
+
+<p>Haydn—Dictionary of dates. A record of the chief events
+in the world’s history.</p>
+
+<p>Holden (E. S.)—The sciences. <i>Illus. 1903.</i> On astronomy,
+physics, chemistry, meteorology, etc., and their application
+to the arts and to daily life.</p>
+
+<p>Kernahan (C.)—The reading girl. <i>1925.</i> Chats on the choice
+of books and methods of reading.</p>
+
+<p>Kirkby (M.) <i>and</i> Kirkby (E.)—The world at home. <i>Illus.
+1912.</i> Describes the life of the people, and the animals,
+birds, plants, and insects of foreign countries.</p>
+
+<p>Lyttelton (Mary), <i>editor</i>.—A girl’s book of verse. <i>1925.</i></p>
+
+<p>Maule (H. E.)—The boys’ book of inventions. <i>2 vols. Illus.
+1921.</i> Describes the new inventions. The aeroplane.
+Wireless telegraphy. Tesla turbine. Submarines, etc.</p>
+
+<p>Marshall (H. E.)—English literature for boys and girls. <i>1924.</i></p>
+
+<p>Mee (Arthur)—The children’s Bible. <i>1923.</i> Beautifully
+illustrated from the Art Galleries of the world.</p>
+
+<p>Mee (Arthur)—The children’s encyclopædia. <i>8 vols. Col.
+Illus.</i> Articles very brief and simply told.</p>
+
+<p>Mee (Arthur)—One thousand beautiful things. <i>1925.</i> Chosen
+from the life and literature of the World.</p>
+
+<p>Morison (R. C. H.), <i>editor</i>.—Chambers’s Recitations for
+children. Specially selected for the young.</p>
+
+<p>Olcott (W. T.)—Book of the stars for young people.</p>
+
+<p>O’Neill (Elizabeth)—The world’s story: a simple history for
+boys and girls. <i>1923.</i></p>
+
+<p>Patrick (D.) <i>and</i> Geddie (W.), editors.—Chambers’s Concise
+gazetteer of the world. <i>1919.</i></p>
+
+<p>Philip (George), <i>editor</i>.—Senior School Atlas. <i>1921.</i></p>
+
+<p>Philip (A. M.), <i>editor</i>.—A boy’s book of verse. <i>1925.</i></p>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_76">[Pg 76]</span></p>
+<p>Pritchard (A. M.) <i>and</i> Hobbs (E. W.)—Wireless construction.
+<i>1925.</i></p>
+
+<p>Roget (P. M.)—Thesaurus of English words and phrases.
+<i>1918.</i> An aid to English composition.</p>
+
+<p>Synge (M. B.)—The story of the world. <i>2 vols. Maps.
+Illus. Vol. 1</i>—Abraham to A.D. <i>1745. Vol. 2—1745-1903.</i></p>
+
+<p>Things all scouts should know. <i>Illus. 1919.</i> Information
+about the navy, army, ships, railways, things seen in
+town and country, etc.</p>
+
+<p>Turley (Charles)—The voyages of Captain Scott. <i>1914.</i>
+Shows the heroism of the men who gave their lives in the
+search for the South Pole.</p>
+
+<p>Williams (Archibald)—The boys’ guide. <i>Illus. 1921.</i> Indoor
+and outdoor games, sports, and recreations, photography,
+model making, use of tools, motor cycles, pets, stamp
+collecting, reading, etc.</p>
+</div>
+
+
+<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop"><div class="chapter"><h2 class="nobreak" id="COURSE_3_THEORY_OF_CLASSIFICATION">COURSE 3: THEORY OF CLASSIFICATION.</h2></div>
+
+
+<h3><span class="smcap">Text Books Required.</span></h3>
+<div class="hang">
+<p>Brown (J. D.)—Library classification and cataloguing. <i>Grafton,
+1912. 10s. 6d.</i></p>
+
+<p>Jevons (W. S.)—Elementary lessons in logic. <i>Macmillan,
+1909. 3s. 6d.</i></p>
+
+<p>Richardson (S. C.)—Classification, theoretical and practical;
+together with an appendix, containing an essay towards
+a bibliographical history of systems of classification.
+<i>Scribner, 1912. Also Grafton, 6s. 3d.</i></p>
+
+<p>Sayers (W. C. B.)—Canons of classification applied to “The
+Subject,” “The Expansive,” “The Decimal,” and
+“Library of Congress” classifications: a study in
+bibliographical classification method. <i>Grafton, 1915.
+3s. 6d.</i></p>
+
+<p>Sayers (W. C. B.)—An introduction to library classification,
+theoretical, historical and practical; and, A short
+course in practical classification; with readings, questions
+and examination papers. <i>Grafton, 1922. 10s. 6d.</i></p>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_77">[Pg 77]</span></p>
+</div>
+<h3><i>Lesson 1.</i></h3>
+
+<p class="center"><span class="smcap">Introduction. Meaning, Purpose, and Utility.
+Terminology. Logical Bases.</span></p>
+
+<p>In classification, more than in any other branch of library
+science, practical application is dependent on a sound knowledge
+of theoretical principles, and students are warned that
+a thorough grasp of the logical bases is an absolutely essential
+preliminary to successful practical work.</p>
+
+<p>Importance of classification in our daily life is not fully
+appreciated, classification being the sole foundation of all
+order. It would be impossible for the mental faculties to
+function efficiently without classification, the simplest thought
+or reason requiring its use.</p>
+
+<p>Note the purpose of classification and the mutual dependence
+of classification and cataloguing.</p>
+
+<p>It is essential to know the exact logical meaning of terms
+used in classification.</p>
+
+<p>Understand the Five Predicables. After mastering their
+definition, study Tree of Porphyry for their application. A
+close study of the latter will amply repay students. It admirably
+illustrates meaning of Extension and Intension, and
+demonstrates how in the framing of the scheme the hierarchy
+must proceed gradually from terms of great Extension and
+little Intension to terms of little Extension but of great Intension.</p>
+
+<p>The student is strongly advised not to pass Jevons until
+he has thoroughly mastered the chapters set out below.</p>
+
+
+<h4><span class="smcap">Reading List.</span></h4>
+<div class="hang">
+<p>Brown—Library classification. <i>Chap. 6.</i></p>
+
+<p>Encyclopædia Britannica—Article <i>Classification</i>.</p>
+
+<p>Jast—Classification and discovery. <i>L.W. Vol. 13, 1910-11,
+pp. 353-355.</i></p>
+
+<p>Jast—Library classification. <i>In Greenwood’s Library Year
+Book, 1900-01, pp. 21-36.</i></p>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_78">[Pg 78]</span></p>
+<p>Jevons—Logic. (<i>Give special attention to Chaps. 5, 12 and
+32</i>).</p>
+
+<p>Jevons—Principles of science. <i>Chapter on classification.</i></p>
+
+<p>Mill—Logic. <i>Chapter on classification.</i></p>
+
+<p>Richardson—Classification. <i>Introduction and Chap. 1.</i></p>
+
+<p>Sayers—Classification in modern life. <i>L.A. Vol. 17, 1924,
+pp. 8-16; 35-40.</i></p>
+
+<p>Sayers—Introduction. <i>Chaps. 1-2.</i></p>
+
+</div>
+<h4><span class="smcap">Questions.</span></h4>
+<div class="hang">
+<p><i>1.</i> Give an example where classification resulted in the
+discovery of new facts.</p>
+
+<p><i>2.</i> State what you consider to be the purpose of classification.</p>
+
+<p><i>3.</i> Define the following terms:—characteristic; denotation;
+correlation of property; extension; genus;
+connotation; difference; intension.</p>
+
+<p><i>4.</i> Describe the Tree of Porphyry and its relation to
+classification.</p>
+
+<p><i>5.</i> The functions of classification and those of cataloguing
+are often confused. Explain.</p>
+</div>
+
+<h3><i>Lesson 2.</i></h3>
+
+<p class="center"><span class="smcap">Principles. Kinds of Classification. Schedules.</span></p>
+
+<p>The survey of the logical bases in Lesson 1 leads to a more
+definite consideration of the main principles of classification
+and schedule formation. A close study of natural and artificial
+classification must be made at this stage. An investigation
+of the difference between them will stress the importance
+of the choice of characteristic. It will be emphasised
+during this lesson that the characteristic selected must be
+essential to the purpose for which the classification is intended.</p>
+
+<p>Botany and zoology have provided notable instances of
+natural and artificial classification. In studying these schemes
+notice particularly the process of division, the gradual modulation
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_79">[Pg 79]</span>from Class to Division, Sub-Division, and Section, the
+Extension of the terms becoming smaller and the Intension
+greater as the process of division is continued.</p>
+
+<p>One fault which can create endless confusion is Cross-Division.
+To avoid this the terms used in the schedule must be
+mutually exclusive.</p>
+
+<p>The classification of books cannot reach the perfection of
+a classification of knowledge. The latter is limited only by the
+limitation of knowledge, but the former by the physical form
+of books. All bibliographical schemes, however, should be
+based on the classification of knowledge.</p>
+
+<p>Realise clearly the necessity for and the functions of the
+topic and form classes which form part of every bibliographical
+scheme. Throughout this lesson it will be seen that classification
+is governed by the principles laid down in the Five
+Predicables.</p>
+
+<p>If attention has been duly paid to the ground covered in
+Lessons 1 and 2 no difficulty will in future be experienced with
+regard to the theory, bases, or principles of classification,
+but if, on the other hand, any difficulty is felt in answering
+questions bearing upon these principles, students have devoted
+insufficient time to their study, and are strongly advised to
+make good the deficiency before proceeding further.</p>
+
+
+<h4><span class="smcap">Reading List.</span></h4>
+
+<div class="hang">
+<p>Brown—Library classification. <i>Chaps. 1 and 2.</i></p>
+
+<p>Coulson—An outline on the theory of classification.
+<i>L.W. Vol. 14, 1911-12, pp. 37-42; 67-70.</i></p>
+
+<p>Johns—Flowers of the field. <i>Study introduction.</i></p>
+
+<p>Richardson—Classification. <i>Lecture 2.</i></p>
+
+<p>Savage—Form and alphabetic book classification. <i>L.A.R.
+Vol. 9, 1907, pp. 375-383.</i></p>
+
+<p>Sayers—Canons. <i>Chaps. 1 and 2.</i></p>
+
+<p>Sayers—Grammar of classification. <i>L.A.A. Series, 1912.
+Principles 1-20.</i></p>
+
+<p>Sayers—Introduction. <i>Chaps. 3-5.</i></p>
+</div>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_80">[Pg 80]</span></p>
+
+<h4><span class="smcap">Questions.</span></h4>
+
+<div class="hang">
+<p><i>1.</i> What is meant by “cross-division”?</p>
+
+<p><i>2.</i> What are essential and accidental characteristics in
+classification?</p>
+
+<p><i>3.</i> The process of division is governed by “difference.”
+Explain.</p>
+
+<p><i>4.</i> Name the difference between philosophical classification
+and bibliographical classification.</p>
+
+<p><i>5.</i> What is the difference between a rigid and a flexible
+classification?</p>
+
+<p><i>6.</i> What is meant by “form” as compared with “subject”
+in classification?</p>
+</div>
+
+
+<h3><i>Lesson 3.</i></h3>
+
+<p class="center"><span class="smcap">History. Principal Schemes. Comparisons. Special
+Classes.</span></p>
+
+<p>A glance at the list of schemes which have been devised
+is sufficient to convince us of the formidable task it would be
+to acquire detailed knowledge of each one. This, however, is
+not essential. Apart from the principal epoch-making schemes,
+only sufficient attention need be paid to them to trace the
+development of classification. Bacon’s scheme has had a great
+influence and must receive full consideration. Sayers’s Introduction
+contains the most satisfactory outline of this. In the
+same work brief outlines of the principal schemes are given,
+and good accounts are available in Brown’s Library Classification.
+These two books cover sufficient ground for the
+general student, but those who wish to make a more exhaustive
+survey of the various schemes will find further details in
+Edwards’s Memoirs of libraries, <i>Vol. 2</i>.</p>
+
+<p>Of the schemes in use at the present time the Decimal,
+Subject, Expansive, and Library of Congress are selected as
+the most important, and while a good knowledge of the two
+latter is required, students are urged to concentrate their
+main study upon and confine their practical exercises to the
+Decimal and Subject schemes, chiefly because they are almost
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_81">[Pg 81]</span>in exclusive use so far as British libraries are concerned, but
+also on account of the fact that candidates for the Library
+Association certificate are required to pass a practical test in
+these two.</p>
+
+<p>Pay particular attention to the Introductions.</p>
+
+<p>The popular method of systematically comparing the two
+class by class is the best. It will be found most convenient to
+take the classes in the order appearing in the Decimal, and
+compare with the corresponding portions of the Subject.
+Make full use of Sayers’s Canons here. Valuable for analysis
+of the four main schemes. The Indexes should also be included
+in the comparison.</p>
+
+<p>Study carefully the criteria of a practical book classification
+as given in Richardson’s Classification, page <i>42</i>, and consider
+to what extent these requirements are met.</p>
+
+<p>Special consideration must be given to those classes which
+at various times have been severely criticised, and the student
+should be completely <i>au fait</i> with the arguments for and against
+the treatment of the forms and subjects upon which opinions
+vary, e.g., Biography.</p>
+
+<p>Hulme’s Principles of book classification, in L.A.R., Vol.
+<i>13</i>, <i>1911</i>, <i>pp. 354-358</i>; <i>389-394</i>; <i>444-449</i>. <i>Vol. 14</i>, <i>1912</i>,
+<i>pp. 39-46</i>; <i>174-181</i>; <i>216-221</i> (summarised in Sayers’s Introduction,
+Appendix <i>1</i>) takes a view of classification not entirely
+supported by the reading matter set in this course. For this
+reason the student is advised to reserve his study of these
+articles until having covered the reading prescribed, so that
+he may read them more critically and make a clearer comparison
+of the points of view.</p>
+
+
+<h4><span class="smcap">Reading List.</span></h4>
+
+<div class="hang">
+<p>Aldred—The expansive classification. <i>L.A.R. Vol. 7,
+1905, pp. 207-219; 196-201.</i></p>
+
+<p>Brown—Library classification. <i>Chaps. 3 and 4.</i></p>
+
+<p>Brown—Manual of library economy. <i>3rd edition. Chap. 16.</i></p>
+
+<p>Brown—Subject classification. <i>Introduction.</i></p>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_82">[Pg 82]</span></p>
+<p>Dewey—Decimal classification. <i>Introduction.</i></p>
+
+<p>Dickie—Critical examination of the arrangement of History
+and Geography in the Decimal and Subject classifications.
+<i>L.W. Vol. 25, 1922-23, pp. 401-407.</i></p>
+
+<p>Hale—The decimal classification as applied to small libraries.
+<i>L.W. Vol. 16, 1913-14, pp. 263-268; 311-316.</i></p>
+
+<p>Mash—Classification of technology. <i>L.W. Vol. 15, 1912-13,
+pp. 1-5; 50-55.</i></p>
+
+<p>Mould—Wanted, a classification. <i>L.A.R. Vol. 8, 1906, pp.
+127-147; 208-211.</i></p>
+
+<p>Pepper—Classification of biography. <i>L.A.R. Vol. 15,
+1913, pp. 328-334.</i></p>
+
+<p>Richardson—Classification. <i>Appendix.</i></p>
+
+<p>Sayers—Canons. <i>Chaps. 3-6.</i></p>
+
+<p>Sayers—The Dewey decimal classification after thirty
+years. <i>L.A.R. Vol. 12, 1910, pp. 314-334.</i></p>
+
+<p>Sayers—Introduction. <i>Chaps. 7-10.</i></p>
+
+<p>Smith—Library classifications: a comparison by classes.
+<i>Supp. to. L.W. Vol. 21, 1918-19.</i></p>
+
+<p>Smither—Library of Congress classification. <i>L.W. Vol.
+16, 1913-14, pp. 130-136.</i></p>
+
+<p>South Kensington Museum; Board of Education. Classification
+for works on pure and applied science in the
+Science Library, the Science Museum. <i>2nd edition.
+Stationery Office, 1921.</i></p>
+</div>
+<div class="blockquot">
+<p>This classification affords a clear and accurate view
+of the anatomy of the literature of the pure and
+applied sciences in the twentieth century.</p>
+</div>
+<div class="hang">
+<p>Walker—Suggested re-arrangement of the Dewey classes of
+<i>100</i> and <i>200</i>. <i>L.W. Vol. 16, 1913-14, pp. 163-165.</i></p>
+
+<p>Wright—Technological classification. <i>L.W. Vol. 18, 1915-16,
+pp. 312-316; 344-347. Vol. 19, 1916-17, pp. 9-10.</i></p>
+</div>
+
+<p>Brown’s Subject Classification was published in 1906 and
+reviews and criticisms of the work can be read in the following
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_83">[Pg 83]</span>professional periodicals:—Savage (E. A.) <i>in L.W. Vol. 9,
+1906-07, pp. 48-55</i>. Lyster (T. W.) <i>in L.A.R. Vol. 8, 1906,
+pp. 384-386</i>. Coutts (A. T.) <i>in L.A. Vol. 6, 1909, pp. 304-318</i>.
+Brown’s Revisions, etc., <i>in L.W. Vol. 12, 1909-10,
+pp. 41-45; 81-86; 121-124; 153-160</i>.</p>
+
+
+<h4><span class="smcap">Questions.</span></h4>
+
+<div class="hang">
+<p><i>1.</i> Write a brief essay on the history of classification.</p>
+
+<p><i>2.</i> Outline Bacon’s Scheme and its influence on classification.</p>
+
+<p><i>3.</i> Give a brief account of any natural scheme of classification.</p>
+
+<p><i>4.</i> State in which class or classes it is preferable to adopt an
+alphabetical arrangement, and why.</p>
+
+<p><i>5.</i> The Divisions 140 Philosophic Systems, 180 Ancient
+Philosophers, and 190 Modern Philosophers in the
+Decimal Classification are not satisfactory to the
+classifier. Explain.</p>
+
+<p><i>6.</i> What means are provided in the Decimal, Subject and
+Expansive Classifications for obtaining alphabetical
+and chronological arrangements of a particular subject?</p>
+</div>
+
+
+<h3><i>Lesson 4.</i></h3>
+
+<p class="center"><span class="smcap">Notation. Expansions. Mnemonics. Author Marks.
+Arrangement. Guiding.</span></p>
+
+<p>Notation affects in a very large degree the usefulness and
+even the librarian’s choice of a scheme.</p>
+
+<p>A notation must be simple, brief, and flexible. Consider
+the extent to which the principal schemes meet these requirements,
+and weigh the advantages and disadvantages of a
+“pure” notation, as in the Decimal, or a “mixed” notation,
+as in the Subject scheme. The most notable expansion of the
+Decimal notation is the “Brussels,” which should be carefully
+surveyed.</p>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_84">[Pg 84]</span>
+Note the mnemonic features of the various notations, as
+these assist in the rapid interpretation of the symbols, and
+enable one’s mind to more readily grasp the linking-up of the
+whole scheme. Notation is of itself insufficient for practical
+arrangement on the shelves, as the necessity arises for some
+method of regulating the order of the books within each Division,
+Section, etc., hence the use of Author Marks. Several
+tables have been compiled, but the most detailed and best
+known is Cutter’s, although the other tables must receive due
+attention as the Cutter Author Marks are not in exclusive
+use.</p>
+
+<p>The arrangement of the books on the shelves is most important,
+and it is essential to reach the best solutions of the
+problems regarding “broken sequence,” “oversize books,”
+etc.</p>
+
+<p>It must be remembered that the Library is intended for the
+use of people who do not want to study the intricate details of a
+notation in order to find what they want, and it should be made
+possible for readers not merely to find the subjects they
+require, but also to find their way about the various classes
+intelligently, but unaided. To achieve this a most carefully
+devised method of guiding will be necessary, and all methods
+and contrivances should be studied, as faulty or insufficient
+guiding will minimise the benefits of exact classification.</p>
+
+
+<h4><span class="smcap">Reading List.</span></h4>
+
+<div class="hang">
+<p>Brown—Library classification. <i>Chap. 5.</i></p>
+
+<p>Brown—Manual of library economy. <i>3rd edition.</i> <i>Chap. 17.</i></p>
+
+<p>Coutts—Classification and shelf-guiding. <i>In Brown and
+others. Open Access Libraries. Grafton, 1915.</i></p>
+
+<p>Hopwood—Dewey expanded. <i>L.A.R. Vol. 9, 1907, pp.
+307-322; 340-345</i> (<i>also L.J. Vol. 32, 1907</i>).</p>
+
+<p>Jast—A new book number. <i>L.W. Vol. 3, 1900-01, pp.
+120-123; 150-152.</i></p>
+
+<p>Purnell—Development of notation in classification. <i>L.A.
+Vol. 8, 1911, pp. 25-33; 44-50.</i> (<i>Also published
+separately in L.A.A. Series, but now o.p.</i>)</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_85">[Pg 85]</span>
+
+Savage—Classification guides and indexes. <i>L.W. Vol. 8,
+1905-6, pp. 261-266.</i></p>
+
+<p>Sayers—Canons. <i>Chap. 7.</i></p>
+
+<p>Sayers—Elements of notation. <i>L.W. Vol. 15, 1912-13,
+pp. 226-231.</i></p>
+
+<p>Sayers—Grammar. <i>Principles 21-23.</i></p>
+
+<p>Sayers—Introduction. <i>Chaps. 6 and 13.</i></p>
+
+<p>Stephen—Application of exact classification to shelf arrangement.
+<i>L.W. Vol. 11, 1909, pp. 251-255; 325-331.</i></p>
+
+<p>Stewart—Guiding an open-access lending library. <i>L.W.
+Vol. 7, 1904-05, pp. 113-118.</i></p>
+
+<p>Stewart—Oversize books. <i>L.W. Vol. 9, 1906-07, pp.
+208-211.</i></p>
+</div>
+
+
+<h4><span class="smcap">Questions.</span></h4>
+
+<div class="hang">
+<p><i>1.</i> What are the essentials of a good notation?</p>
+
+<p><i>2.</i> How would you mark book-stacks, shelves, etc., in a
+large open-access library in order to guide readers to
+specific subjects?</p>
+
+<p><i>3.</i> Compare the notations of the Decimal and Subject
+Schemes.</p>
+
+<p><i>4.</i> After the classification number has been applied it is
+still necessary to individualise the books within the
+limits of a subject. Describe what you consider to be
+the best method, with alternatives.</p>
+
+<p><i>5.</i> Illustrate by examples from the Decimal Scheme the
+advantages derived from its mnemonic features.</p>
+
+<p><i>6.</i> Give the chief marks, with explanations, used in the
+Brussels extension of the Decimal classification.</p>
+</div>
+
+<h3><i>Lesson 5.</i></h3>
+
+<p class="center"><span class="smcap">Practical.</span></p>
+
+<p>As a preliminary to actual classification it is essential to
+obtain a thorough grasp of certain rules which, in a general
+sense, govern the placing of books.</p>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_86">[Pg 86]</span>
+With this aim in view students should first read Chapter <i>12</i>
+of Sayers’s “Introduction,” and again read Jast’s “Library
+classification” in Greenwood’s Library Year Book, <i>1900-1901</i>,
+and the Introductions to the Decimal and Subject Schemes.</p>
+
+<p>Students may afterwards pass on to Sayers’s “Introduction,”
+part <i>3</i>—A short course in practical classification,
+with special reference to the Decimal and Subject schemes.
+This provides a thorough test of ability in classification, bringing
+forward examples requiring a decision on the points which
+present most difficulty in practice.</p>
+
+<p>It is important that students should guard against misuse
+of the index. In placing a book reference must be made direct
+to the schedules, and the index used only as an aid to, not a
+means of classification.</p>
+
+<h4 class="center">TEST EXAMINATION.</h4>
+
+<p><i>Questions to be answered without the aid of text-books, notes, etc.</i></p>
+
+<div class="hang">
+<p><i>1.</i> It is impossible to think or to reason aright unless we
+classify. Explain.</p>
+
+<p><i>2.</i> In what way may the physical form of a book affect the
+classifying of it?</p>
+
+<p><i>3.</i> The Decimal Classification contains instances of “cross-division.”
+Name as many as you can.</p>
+
+<p><i>4.</i> What are the respective advantages of a relative and a
+specific index?</p>
+
+<p><i>5.</i> Explain the geographical divisions in the Decimal,
+Subject, and Expansive Schemes.</p>
+
+<p><i>6.</i> In a classified library the shelf arrangement is affected
+by the size of the books. What arrangement would
+you adopt, and in what way would this affect the
+guiding?</p>
+
+<p><i>7.</i> What does Brown mean by “locality” <i>versus</i> “subject”?
+Give examples.</p>
+
+<p><i>8.</i> Explain the difference between history as a “topic” and
+as a “form.”</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_87">[Pg 87]</span>
+
+<i>9.</i> Detail the respective advantages and disadvantages of
+a “pure” and a “mixed” notation.</p>
+
+<p><i>10.</i> State briefly the arguments for and against separating
+a complete set of an author’s works.</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>A practical test is not included, as this, in its best form, is
+easily accessible in the papers set at past Library Association
+examinations, which are obtainable from the office of the
+Association.</p>
+
+<p>The student must bear in mind that it is far better to
+classify from the actual book, but where this entails any
+inconvenience the articles appearing in the “Nineteenth
+Century and After” and the books reviewed in the “Times
+Literary Supplement” may be classified.</p>
+
+<p>Further, I would urge the student to be ever on the <i>qui vive</i>
+for books which seem to present most difficulty, as herein lies
+the best practice.</p>
+
+<h4 class="center">FACTORS AND NOTES.</h4>
+
+<p class="center">Brief chronological list of the principal schemes of
+classification.</p>
+
+<ul>
+<li><i>250</i> <span class="allsmcap">B.C.</span> Callimachus</li>
+<li><i>1548</i> Conrad Gesner</li>
+<li><i>1623</i> Francis Bacon</li>
+<li><i>1678</i> Jean Garnier</li>
+<li><i>1679</i> Ismael Bouillaud</li>
+<li><i>1773</i> Cels</li>
+<li><i>1806</i> Barbier</li>
+<li><i>1810</i> Schrettinger</li>
+<li><i>1836-38</i> British Museum</li>
+<li><i>1842</i> Brunet</li>
+<li><i>1857</i> Royal Institution (Vincent)</li>
+<li><i>1859</i> Edward Edwards</li>
+<li><i>1870</i> W. T. Harris</li>
+<li><i>1873</i> Cutter. Published <i>1876</i></li>
+<li><i>1876</i> Melvil Dewey</li>
+<li><i>1879</i> Schwarz</li>
+<li><i>1887</i> Sonnenschein</li>
+<li><i>1888</i> Hartwig</li>
+<li><i>1890</i> Bonazzi</li>
+<li><i>1894</i> Quinn-Brown</li>
+<li><i>1898</i> Brown’s Adjustable </li>
+<li class="ib">Brussels Expansion of Dewey</li>
+<li><i>1902</i> Library of Congress</li>
+<li><i>1906</i> Brown’s Subject</li>
+</ul>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_88">[Pg 88]</span></p>
+
+<h5><span class="smcap">Classification Systems Used in British Municipal
+Libraries.</span></h5>
+
+<p>In looking over the statistics of nearly 600 British Municipal
+Libraries I find the systems of classification adopted stated as
+“Main Classes,” “Brown,” “Sectional,” “Adjustable,”
+“Fixed Location,” “Various,” etc., and to compile a list
+under the various heads would serve no useful purpose. I find,
+however, that the Dewey Decimal System, sometimes modified,
+is in use in over 300 libraries, Brown’s “Subject” and
+Brown’s “Adjustable” in over 100 libraries, Cutter’s “Expansive”
+in about 10, and the remainder various.</p>
+
+<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop"><div class="chapter"><h2 class="nobreak" id="COURSE_4_CATALOGUING">COURSE 4: CATALOGUING.</h2></div>
+
+<h3><span class="smcap">Text Books Required.</span></h3>
+
+<p class="center">(<i>See also</i> <a href="#CATALOGUERS_REFERENCE_SHELF">The Cataloguer’s Reference Shelf</a>).</p>
+
+<div class="hang">
+<p>A.L.A. &amp; L.A.—Cataloguing Rules. Author and title entries,
+compiled by Committees of the American Library
+Association and of the Library Association. <i>Library
+Association, 1908. 5s.</i></p>
+
+<p>Bishop (W. W.)—Practical handbook of modern library
+cataloguing. <i>2nd edition. Williams &amp; Wilkins: Baltimore,
+1924., Also Grafton, 8s. 6d.</i></p>
+
+<p>British Museum—Rules for compiling catalogues in the Department
+of Printed Books. <i>British Museum, 1920.
+2s. 6d.</i></p>
+
+<p>Brown (J. D.)—Library classification and cataloguing.
+<i>Grafton, 1912. 10s. 6d.</i></p>
+
+<p>Cutter (C. A.)—Rules for a dictionary catalogue. <i>Government
+Printing Office: Washington, 1904. Also Grafton, 3s.</i></p>
+
+<p>Fellows (D.)—Cataloguing rules with explanation and introduction.
+<i>Grafton, 1922. 20s.</i></p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_89">[Pg 89]</span>
+
+Hitchler (Theresa)—Cataloguing for small libraries. <i>A.L.A.,
+1915. Also Grafton, 12s.</i></p>
+
+<p>Quinn (J. H.)—Library cataloguing. <i>Truslove &amp; Hanson,
+1913. 6s. Also Grafton.</i></p>
+</div>
+
+
+<h3>THE <a id="CATALOGUERS_REFERENCE_SHELF"></a>CATALOGUER’S REFERENCE SHELF.</h3>
+
+<p class="center">(<i>Books other than those named in “Text Books,” and “Reading
+Lists” in this Course.</i>)</p>
+
+<h4><span class="smcap">General.</span></h4>
+
+<p class="hang"><i>Note.</i>—The British Museum catalogue of printed books is
+one of the most useful works for finding any bibliographical
+data.</p>
+
+<div class="blockquot"><p>A good atlas and gazetteer.</p></div>
+<div class="hang">
+<p>Aldred (Thomas), <i>compiler</i>—A list of English and American
+sequel stories. <i>1922.</i></p>
+
+<p>Corns (A. R.) <i>and</i> Sparke (Archibald)—A bibliography of
+unfinished books in the English language; with annotations.
+<i>1915.</i></p>
+</div>
+<div class="blockquot"><p>Crabbe—Synonyms.</p></div>
+<div class="hang">
+<p>Haydn (Joseph)—Dictionary of dates and universal information
+relating to all ages and all nations. <i>25th edition.</i>
+<i>1910.</i></p>
+
+<p>Walker (F. H.)—Abbreviations and technical terms used in
+book catalogs and bibliographies. <i>Boston, 1912.</i></p>
+</div>
+<div class="blockquot"><p><i>Also</i> standard English, French, German and Latin dictionaries.</p>
+</div>
+
+<h4><span class="smcap">Pseudonyms, Anonyms.</span></h4>
+
+<div class="hang">
+<p>Barbier (A. A.)—Dictionnaire des ouvrages anonymes.
+<i>4 vols.</i> <i>1872-79.</i></p>
+
+<p>Brunet (Gustave)—Supplément au Dictionnaire des Ouvrages
+Anonymes de Barbier et aux Supercheries Littéraires Dévoilées
+de Quérard. <i>1889.</i></p>
+
+<p>Courtney (W. P.)—Secrets of our national literature. <i>1908.</i></p>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_90">[Pg 90]</span>
+Cushing (William)—Initials and pseudonyms: a dictionary
+of revealed disguises. <i>2 vols. 1885-88.</i></p>
+
+<p>Halkett (Samuel) <i>and</i> Laing (John)—Dictionary of the
+anonymous and pseudonymous literature of Great
+Britain. <i>Edinburgh. 4 vols. 1882-88.</i></p>
+
+<p>Quérard (J. M.)—Les supercheries littéraires dévoilées. <i>2nd
+edition. 3 vols. Paris, 1869-71.</i></p>
+
+<p>Weller (E.)—Lexicon pseudonymorum worterbuch der
+pseudonymen aller zeiten und volker. <i>2 vols. Regensburg,
+1886.</i></p>
+
+<p>Who’s Who in Literature, <i>1925</i>—Fictitious and pseudonymous
+names compiled by Reginald G. Williams and
+Mark Meredith. <i>pp. 502-533.</i></p>
+</div>
+
+<h4><span class="smcap">Places, Names, etc.</span></h4>
+
+<div class="hang">
+<p>Ballhorn (Freid)—Grammatography: a manual of reference
+to the alphabets of ancient and modern languages. <i>1861.</i></p>
+
+<p>Chambers’s Biographical Dictionary; edited by D. Patrick
+and F. H. Groome, 1902. Contains an index of pseudonyms.</p>
+
+<p>Cousin (John W.)—Short biographical dictionary of English
+literature. <i>Dent, 1918.</i></p>
+
+<p>Peddie (R. A.)—Fifteenth century books; a guide to their
+identification. <i>Grafton, 1913. 5s.</i></p>
+
+<p>Phillips (L. B.)—Dictionary of biographical reference. <i>1889.</i></p>
+
+<p>Smith (B. E.), editor.—The Century cyclopædia of names.
+<i>1903.</i></p>
+
+<p>Smith (<i>Sir</i> William)—Classical dictionary of Greek and
+Roman biography and mythology. <i>3 vols. 1880.</i></p>
+
+<p>Vapereau (L. G.)—Dictionnaire universel des contemporains.
+<i>1893.</i></p>
+
+<p>Who’s Who.</p>
+
+<p>Who Was Who.</p>
+
+<p>Who’s Who in America.</p>
+</div>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_91">[Pg 91]</span>
+The list could be considerably extended, but for more
+detailed information on cataloguer’s reference tools the following
+will answer most enquiries:—</p>
+
+<div class="hang">
+<p>Austin—Reports on aids and guides: a summary of bibliographical
+aids to cataloguers. <i>L.J. Vol. 19, 1894, pp.
+77-80.</i></p>
+
+<p>Blanchard—Some cataloguer’s reference books of recent
+years. <i>A.L.A. Bulletin, Vol 11, 1917, pp. 203-207.</i></p>
+
+<p>New York State Library—Cataloguer’s reference books.
+<i>Bulletin 84, 1904.</i></p>
+
+<p>New York State Library—Selection of reference books for
+the use of cataloguers in finding full names. <i>Bulletin 5.
+1898.</i></p>
+</div>
+
+<h3><i>Lesson 1.</i></h3>
+
+<p class="center"><span class="smcap">Scope and Purpose. Qualifications of a Cataloguer.
+History. Definitions.</span></p>
+
+<p>It should be realised at the beginning of this course that the
+sole purpose of cataloguing is to construct a tool (not merely
+for the staff but primarily for the public) the use of which
+will render available the full resources of the library. In your
+practical work remember always that the best criterion is the
+extent to which a reader is led to the information sought for.</p>
+
+<p>The difficulty of the task and the amount of care required
+are reflected in the qualifications deemed necessary. Read
+thoughtfully Bishop, <i>pp. 60-63</i>, and Quinn, <i>pp. 2-3</i>.</p>
+
+<p>Although the earlier examples of catalogues provide little
+guide to present-day practice, much can be learnt by tracing
+the development of cataloguing and the history of the various
+codes.</p>
+
+<p>Where possible examine the outstanding catalogues, British
+Museum, Bibliothèque Nationale, Boston Athenæum, London
+Library Catalogue and Subject Index, and the two parts of the
+1923 edition of the American Library Association catalogue.
+Good examples of classified catalogues are those issued by the
+Bolton, Brighton, Finsbury and Glasgow Public Libraries.</p>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_92">[Pg 92]</span></p>
+<p>Develop a critical habit, and in handling as many catalogues
+as possible, pay special attention to their style and
+peculiarities, applying to them the tests of efficiency outlined
+in the various readings of this course.</p>
+
+<p>Learn thoroughly the exact meaning of bibliographical
+and cataloguing terms. An imperfect knowledge of these not
+merely retards progress, but prevents one acquiring uninterruptedly
+the full significance of the matter under consideration.</p>
+
+
+<h4><span class="smcap">Reading List.</span></h4>
+
+<div class="hang">
+<p>Anglo-American Code—Definitions. <i>pp. IX.-XII.</i></p>
+
+<p>Bishop—Library cataloguing. <i>Chaps. 1, 2, and 4.</i></p>
+
+<p>Bolton—The Anglo-American joint code of cataloguing
+rules, <i>1908</i>. <i>L.W. Vol. 12, 1909-10, pp. 382-390.</i></p>
+
+<p>Brown—Manual of practical bibliography. <i>The English
+Library. Routledge. Appendix 1, Definitions. pp. 157-162.</i></p>
+
+<p>Cutter—Rules. <i>Definitions, pp. 13-24.</i></p>
+
+<p>Edwards—Memoirs of libraries. <i>Part 2, book 3, Chaps.
+on catalogues.</i></p>
+
+<p>Guppy—Lectures on cataloguing. <i>L.A.R. Vol. 22, 1920,
+pp. 19-21.</i></p>
+
+<p>Hitchler—Cataloguing. <i>Definitions, pp. 287-309.</i></p>
+
+<p>Quinn—Library cataloguing. <i>Chaps. 1 and 2.</i></p>
+
+<p>Sayers—The Anglo-American cataloguing code. <i>L.W. Vol.
+11, 1908-9, pp, 467-472.</i></p>
+
+<p>Wheatley—How to catalogue a library. <i>1889. Chaps. 1
+and 2.</i></p>
+</div>
+
+<h4><span class="smcap">Questions.</span></h4>
+
+<div class="hang">
+<p><i>1.</i> What do you consider to be the purpose of (<i>a</i>) a catalogue
+(<i>b</i>) a bibliography?</p>
+
+<p><i>2.</i> Define:—Colophon, imprint, syndetic, diagram, edition,
+collation, synonym, facsimile, reference, chronogram,
+caption, reprint, cross-reference, impression.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_93">[Pg 93]</span></p>
+
+<p><i>3.</i> State, in the form of a brief essay, what you know of
+the Anglo-American Cataloguing Code.</p>
+
+<p><i>4.</i> Outline the history of the British Museum catalogue.</p>
+</div>
+
+<h3><i>Lesson 2.</i></h3>
+
+<p class="center"><span class="smcap">Style of entry. Order of information. Collation.
+Punctuation. Abbreviations. Numerals. Size.</span></p>
+
+<p>Cataloguing practice varies in most libraries, but the
+reasons for the various modifications in use do not enter into
+consideration here, the purpose being to show what are
+generally accepted as the best style and method.</p>
+
+<p>If care is taken during the present lesson to adopt a correct
+form of entry this will become more familiar to the student
+while covering the practice outlined in succeeding lessons,
+and the exactness and careful attention to detail which are so
+essential will thus be automatically acquired.</p>
+
+<p>Note the exact order in which the information should be
+given (see example on page <i>114</i>). Follow this in all practice,
+giving fullest information required by the particular form of
+entry being made out.</p>
+
+<p>The clearness and uniformity of entries are largely affected
+by punctuation and the extent to which items of the collation
+are abbreviated. The latter is too often overdone. Note the
+various abbreviations used and the considerations as to whether
+the gain of space is commensurate with the loss of clearness
+to the reader.</p>
+
+<p>Obtain a complete understanding of the respective uses of
+Arabic and Roman numerals, and the methods of giving the
+sizes of books.</p>
+
+
+<h4><span class="smcap">Reading List.</span></h4>
+
+<div class="hang">
+<p>Anglo-American Code—Rules <i>136-166; 172-174; Appendix 1</i>.</p>
+
+<p>Bishop—Library cataloguing. <i>Chap. 6.</i></p>
+
+<p>Cutter—Rules <i>197-297</i>.</p>
+
+<p>Fellows—Cataloguing rules, <i>pp. 8-15</i>.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_94">[Pg 94]</span>
+
+Guppy—Lectures on cataloguing. <i>L.A.R. Vol. 23, 1921,
+pp. 274-278.</i></p>
+
+<p>Hitchler—Cataloguing. <i>Chap. 2.</i></p>
+
+<p>Quinn—Library cataloguing. <i>Chap. 4; Appendix B.</i></p>
+</div>
+
+
+<h4><span class="smcap">Questions.</span></h4>
+
+<div class="hang">
+<p><i>1.</i> Give an entry, which may be imaginary, containing full
+collation and imprint, demonstrating the use of capitals
+and punctuation signs, and showing how you would
+treat numerals.</p>
+
+<p><i>2.</i> Give some of the common abbreviations you would use
+in cataloguing. To what extent would you carry
+abbreviation?</p>
+
+<p><i>3.</i> Show the exact order in which you would give the
+information for a full author entry.</p>
+
+<p><i>4.</i> In what ways are the sizes of books shown? Which
+method do you prefer, and why?</p>
+</div>
+
+
+<h3><i>Lesson 3.</i></h3>
+
+<p class="center"><span class="smcap">Main Entry. Author Entry. Analytical Entries.</span></p>
+
+<p>Rules governing Main and Author entries take up the
+major portion of most codes of rules, but as they are better
+studied as a complete series they are all included in this lesson.</p>
+
+<p>It will be found that the various codes disagree in the form
+of entry for certain names, etc. Study the reasons for each
+variation, and after making comparison, attempt an independent
+decision as to the best form.</p>
+
+<p>Many of the rules are quite simple and easily remembered,
+but in those cases where the procedure does not appear to be
+straightforward the student is advised to trace a book which
+meets the description of the rule under consideration. In
+most instances the actual handling and examination of an
+example will assist one to grasp much more readily the
+instructions and the reason for the ruling.</p>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_95">[Pg 95]</span></p>
+<p>The best method of working is to study primarily the
+Anglo-American Code, comparing rule by rule with the
+corresponding portion of other codes, noting differences as they
+occur.</p>
+
+<p>Necessity often arises for dealing separately with the contents
+of a book. Consider the extent to which analytical
+treatment should be carried out, and the form of the entries
+necessary.</p>
+
+
+<h4><span class="smcap">Reading List.</span></h4>
+
+<div class="hang">
+<p>Anglo-American Code—Rules <i>1-111; 130-135; 167-171</i>.</p>
+
+<p>Bolton—Anglo-American joint code of cataloguing rules,
+<i>1908</i>. <i>L.W. Vol. 12, 1909-10, pp. 382-390.</i></p>
+
+<p>Cutter—Rules <i>1-119; 193-196; 352-369</i>.</p>
+
+<p>Fellows—Cataloguing rules. <i>pp. 16-37; 58-86; 97-130;
+144-257</i>.</p>
+
+<p>Guppy—Cataloguing of anonymous literature. <i>L.A.R.
+Vol. 3, 1901, pp. 298-313.</i></p>
+
+<p>Hitchler—Cataloguing. <i>Chap. 3; pp. 7-16; 19-22</i>.</p>
+
+<p>Quinn—Library cataloguing. <i>Chaps. 4-13.</i></p>
+</div>
+
+
+<h4><span class="smcap">Questions.</span></h4>
+
+<div class="hang">
+<p><i>1.</i> Under what name or form of name would you enter:—(<i>a</i>)
+authors with compound surnames; (<i>b</i>) noblemen;
+(<i>c</i>) trials; (<i>d</i>) monarchs; (<i>e</i>) authors who have changed
+their names.</p>
+
+<p><i>2.</i> Show by examples how you would catalogue books by
+a married woman who has written under maiden and
+married names.</p>
+
+<p><i>3.</i> Give the ruling of the various codes with reference to
+the treatment of anonymous books.</p>
+
+<p><i>4.</i> What is the Anglo-American Code rule governing (<i>a</i>)
+a book showing initials instead of an author’s name
+upon the title page; (<i>b</i>) government reports? Give
+examples.</p>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_96">[Pg 96]</span>
+<i>5.</i> Define “analytical entry,” and say what works compel
+the use of this entry.</p>
+
+<p><i>6.</i> How would you catalogue (<i>a</i>) a commentary; (<i>b</i>) an
+anthology; (<i>c</i>) a dissertation; (<i>d</i>) transactions of a
+society.</p>
+
+<p><i>7.</i> Give a full entry, with the necessary references, for a
+work written pseudonymously.</p>
+</div>
+
+
+<h3><i>Lesson 4.</i></h3>
+
+<p class="center"><span class="smcap">Subject Entry. References. Form Entry.</span></p>
+
+<p>Here we face the most difficult and vital part of cataloguing,
+requiring the maximum amount of care, ability, and discretion,
+so essential is the choice of correct headings to the success of a
+catalogue.</p>
+
+<p>There are no fixed rules as in the case of author entries, and
+few cataloguers, even of long experience, feel completely
+satisfied with their work in this direction. As a warning to the
+unwary, it has truly been said that in the choice of subject
+headings and cross references more absurdities can be perpetrated
+than in any other branch of library work.</p>
+
+<p>The appended reading matter is amply suggestive of the
+best practice, and illustrative of the errors to be avoided, and
+should be read with studious attention. Note the insistent
+emphasis on uniformity and consistency, attainment of which
+requires a definite adherence to a decision once taken; the
+choice of popular, rather than scientific or technical names;
+use of terms of permanent character; avoidance of foreign
+terms where there are English equivalents; choice of most
+specific subject; constant aim at ease of consultation, best
+obtained by placing oneself in the position of a reader; constant
+guard against the occurrence of synonymous headings
+and the useless multiplication of headings; care not to misuse
+national adjectives and geographical sub-divisions; inclusion
+of the necessary references, etc.</p>
+
+<p>Do not overlook the utility of a card list of the subject
+headings in use.</p>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_97">[Pg 97]</span>
+The A.L.A. list of subject headings for a dictionary catalogue;
+Library of Congress list of subject headings; A.L.A.
+Catalogue, with supplements; Mann’s Subject headings for
+juvenile catalogues; Sears’s List of subject headings for small
+libraries; and good encyclopædias, are extremely useful
+guides and should be closely studied.</p>
+
+<p>Students should make a special point of reading those
+portions of the preface to the London Library Catalogue which
+deal with our subject, and examine the separately published
+Subject Index.</p>
+
+<p>The inclusion of form entries is often carried too far. Weigh
+carefully the value of such entries, and in examining catalogues
+give special consideration to the question as to whether the
+advantage of their inclusion is commensurate with the space
+required.</p>
+
+
+<h4><span class="smcap">Reading List.</span></h4>
+
+<div class="hang">
+<p>Bishop—Library cataloguing. <i>Chap. 7.</i></p>
+
+<p>Cutter—Rules <i>161-192</i>.</p>
+
+<p>Fellows—Cataloguing rules. <i>pp. 38-51; Appendix 1</i>.</p>
+
+<p>Fry—Subject analytical cataloguing. <i>L.W. Vol. 18,
+1915-16, pp. 36-41.</i></p>
+
+<p>Guppy—Lectures on cataloguing. <i>L.A.R. Vol. 23, 1921,
+pp. 410-413; Vol. 24, 1922, pp. 5-11.</i></p>
+
+<p>Hasse—Subject headings for state documents. <i>L.J. Vol.
+31, 1906, pp. 123-126.</i></p>
+
+<p>Hitchler—Cataloguing. <i>Chaps. 5-6.</i></p>
+
+<p>Hulme—Construction of the subject catalogue. <i>L.A.R.
+Vol. 3, 1901, pp. 507-513.</i></p>
+
+<p>Hulme—Principles of dictionary subject cataloguing. <i>L.A.R.
+Vol. 2, 1900, pp. 571-576.</i></p>
+
+<p>Quinn—Library cataloguing. <i>Chap. 14.</i></p>
+
+<p>Tyler—Modification of subject entries for card catalogues.
+<i>L.J. Vol. 28, 1903, pp. 21-22.</i></p>
+</div>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_98">[Pg 98]</span></p>
+
+<h4><span class="smcap">Questions.</span></h4>
+
+<div class="hang">
+<p><i>1.</i> What do you consider to be the general principles
+governing the choice of subject headings?</p>
+
+<p><i>2.</i> Synonymous subject headings are sometimes found in
+a dictionary catalogue. How would you guard against
+this?</p>
+
+<p><i>3.</i> How would you choose between subject and country?
+Catalogue the following to illustrate your decision:—“Flowers
+and fruit of Spain.”</p>
+
+<p><i>4.</i> In cataloguing books on the following subjects, state
+under what headings you would place them, and
+what references would be required:—acoustics,
+anthropology, aves, economics, entomology, eschatology,
+natural philosophy, oology, pisces, psychology.</p>
+
+<p><i>5.</i> Name six form headings which you would bring into
+use in a dictionary catalogue.</p>
+</div>
+
+
+<h3><i>Lesson 5.</i></h3>
+
+<p class="center"><span class="smcap">Title and Series Entries.</span></p>
+
+<p>Catalogues are often uselessly encumbered with superfluous
+title entries. Realise the legitimate function of a title
+entry, and note the works for which this is necessary, <i>e.g.</i>,
+works published anonymously, plays, fiction, books with
+catchy titles, some music, etc.</p>
+
+<p>In studying best form of entry, note the necessary transposition
+of some titles, and the use of title-subject entry. See
+recommendations <i>re</i> books published under different titles,
+and the selection of correct title when binder’s title, translator’s
+title, etc., do not agree with the title page.</p>
+
+<p>A careful decision must be made as to which series require
+entry, as this is not necessary in all cases. Study examples
+of various methods of arranging items under a series heading,
+the necessary entries or references for the editor of a series,
+and the correct practice in cases where the editor of a series
+has written one or several of the books in that series.</p>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_99">[Pg 99]</span></p>
+
+<h4><span class="smcap">Reading List.</span></h4>
+
+<div class="hang">
+<p>Anglo-American Code—Rules <i>112-129</i>.</p>
+
+<p>Cutter—Rules <i>120-160</i>.</p>
+
+<p>Fellows—Cataloguing rules. <i>pp. 55-57; 87-96; 131-143.</i></p>
+
+<p>Guppy—Lectures on cataloguing. <i>L.A.R. Vol. 24, 1922,
+pp. 5-11.</i></p>
+
+<p>Hitchler—Cataloguing. <i>Chaps. 4, 17, 18.</i></p>
+
+<p>Quinn—Library cataloguing. <i>Chap. 14.</i></p>
+
+<p>Stewart—Rules for an author and title sheaf catalogue.
+<i>L.W. Vol. 10, 1908, pp. 364-7.</i></p>
+</div>
+
+
+<h4><span class="smcap">Questions.</span></h4>
+
+<div class="hang">
+<p><i>1.</i> How, and for what purpose, are title and subject entries
+combined? Give example.</p>
+
+<p><i>2.</i> State which classes of books usually require title entries.</p>
+
+<p><i>3.</i> Books have been published at different times under
+changed titles. How would you catalogue such works?</p>
+
+<p><i>4.</i> What is a “series” entry? Give example. What
+method of arranging the entries under a series heading
+would you adopt, and why?</p>
+
+<p><i>5.</i> Give four examples of title entries for works other than
+fiction. State the reason why title entries are
+necessary.</p>
+</div>
+
+
+<h3><i>Lesson 6.</i></h3>
+
+<p class="center"><span class="smcap">Annotation.</span></p>
+
+<p>Unless annotation is done very well, and the information
+given is very accurate, it is better not attempted. Study the
+object of annotation, and when it is necessary. Remember
+that the need of the readers is the chief guiding principle.</p>
+
+<p>Each class of literature has its own special requirements
+in annotation, and after noting the general principles, the
+student will find it profitable to study the classes individually.</p>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_100">[Pg 100]</span></p>
+<p>The subject is treated fully in Savage’s Manual, and the
+shorter articles in the following list deal specially with selected
+points or add emphasis to some particular aspect of the
+subject.</p>
+
+
+<h4><span class="smcap">Reading List.</span></h4>
+
+<div class="hang">
+<p>Baker—Co-operative annotation and guides. <i>L.A.R. Vol.
+7, 1905, pp. 272-283.</i></p>
+
+<p>Bostwick—Book annotation. <i>P.L. Vol. 24, 1919, pp. 87-90.</i></p>
+
+<p>Brown—Manual of practical bibliography. <i>Chap. 6, pp.
+92-94.</i></p>
+
+<p>Eastwood—Principles of book annotation. <i>N.Y. State
+Library School, Bulletin 34, 1913. pp. 73-76.</i></p>
+
+<p>Peplow—Evaluative annotation. <i>L.A. Vol. 5, 1907, pp.
+211-213.</i></p>
+
+<p>Savage—Manual of descriptive annotation. <i>Grafton. 1906. 6s.</i></p>
+
+<p>Savers—The children’s library. <i>pp. 45-51. Routledge. 1911.
+O.P.</i></p>
+
+<p>Sayers and Stewart—Annotation. <i>L.W. Vol. 8, 1905,
+pp. 36-39; 91-94.</i></p>
+</div>
+
+
+<h4><span class="smcap">Questions.</span></h4>
+
+<div class="hang">
+<p><i>1.</i> When are annotations necessary, and what are the
+general principles to be observed in framing them?</p>
+
+<p><i>2.</i> What is the essential difference between evaluative and
+descriptive annotation?</p>
+
+<p><i>3.</i> State the kind of books for which you would give annotations
+dealing with (<i>a</i>) standpoint; (<i>b</i>) period;
+(<i>c</i>) qualifications of author.</p>
+
+<p><i>4.</i> In framing annotations for (<i>a</i>) a historical work; (<i>b</i>)
+a scientific work; (<i>c</i>) a biography; (<i>d</i>) a work on
+some controversial topic, what information would
+you give?</p>
+</div>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_101">[Pg 101]</span></p>
+
+<h3><i>Lesson 7.</i></h3>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">Varieties of catalogues. Co-operative cataloguing.
+Central Cataloguing Bureau; Union catalogues.
+Cataloguing for special purposes:—children’s catalogues,
+bulletins, lists, etc.</span></p>
+
+<p>Study definition of each style of catalogue, author, subject,
+dictionary, classified, alphabetical-classed, etc. The dictionary
+and classified forms are mostly in use, and opinion is
+divided as to which is the more suitable style for a public
+library, each claiming merits not possessed by the other. In
+order to decide which style most adequately serves the needs
+of the particular public using the library, consider what
+questions are likely to be asked of a catalogue which it may
+be reasonably expected to answer, and see to what extent
+these are met by the respective styles of catalogues.</p>
+
+<p>The policy of establishing a Central Cataloguing Bureau
+in England is under constant reference. Study the advantages
+claimed for, and difficulties to be surmounted by, such a department.
+To what extent does the Library of Congress card
+scheme satisfy requirements in this direction?</p>
+
+<p>Many suggestions have been made with a view to co-operation
+in cataloguing. Consider what it is claimed possible
+to accomplish in this direction, and note what has been
+attempted towards this end.</p>
+
+<p>The Manchester and Glasgow union catalogues are notable
+examples of co-operation in order to give fullest information
+on a particular subject available in the locality.</p>
+
+<p>Carefully consider the utility of these attempts at co-operation,
+and the possibilities underlying the various
+suggestions which have been made.</p>
+
+<p>Note the extent to which the usual cataloguing practice
+is modified when compiling children’s catalogues, lists,
+bulletins, etc.</p>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_102">[Pg 102]</span></p>
+
+<h4><span class="smcap">Reading List.</span></h4>
+
+<h5><span class="smcap">Varieties of catalogues:—</span></h5>
+
+<div class="hang">
+<p>Barrett—Alphabetical and classified forms of catalogues
+compared. <i>International Library Conference, 1897.
+Transactions, pp. 67-71.</i></p>
+
+<p>Bishop—Library cataloguing. <i>Chap. 3.</i></p>
+
+<p>Bond—Classified versus dictionary: a comparison of printed
+catalogues. <i>L.A.R. Vol. 2, 1900, pp. 313-318.</i></p>
+
+<p>Brown—Manual of library economy. <i>3rd edition. Chap. 18.</i></p>
+
+<p>Doubleday—Dictionary versus classified catalogues for
+lending libraries. The dictionary catalogue. <i>L.A.R.
+Vol. 3, 1901, pp. 521-531.</i></p>
+
+<p>Funnell—Sketch of the history of the classified catalogue
+in the British Isles. <i>L.W. Vol. 14, 1911-12, pp.
+197-200.</i></p>
+
+<p>Guppy—Lectures on cataloguing. <i>L.A.R. Vol. 22, 1920,
+pp. 19-21.</i></p>
+
+<p>Kroeger—Dictionary catalogues versus bibliographies. <i>L.J.
+Vol. 27, 1902, pp. 180-186.</i></p>
+
+<p>Lillie—Merits of the classified and dictionary catalogues.
+<i>L.W. Vol. 17, 1914-15, pp. 97-102.</i></p>
+
+<p>Quinn—Library cataloguing. <i>Chap. 3.</i></p>
+
+<p>Sayers—Introduction to library classification. <i>Chap. 11.
+The classified catalogue.</i></p>
+</div>
+
+<h5><span class="smcap">Co-operative cataloguing; Central cataloguing dept.;
+Union catalogues.</span></h5>
+
+<div class="hang">
+<p>Blease—Co-operative cataloguing. <i>L.A.R. Vol. 16, 1914,
+pp. 513-525.</i></p>
+
+<p>Hastings—Library of Congress printed cards: how to order
+and use them. <i>2nd edition, 1914. Government Printing
+Office, Washington.</i></p>
+
+<p>Library of Congress—Handbook of card distribution. <i>3rd
+edition, 1914. Government Printing Office, Washington.</i></p>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_103">[Pg 103]</span></p>
+<p>Mattern—National and international co-operation in the
+field of analytical cataloguing. <i>L.J. Vol. 37, 1912,
+pp. 370-376.</i></p>
+
+<p>Richardson—Cumulative printed catalogue for large
+libraries. <i>L.J. Vol. 41, 1916, pp. 28-31.</i></p>
+
+<p>Wright—Co-operative cataloguing. <i>L.W. Vol. 25, 1922-3,
+pp. 417-421; Vol. 26, 1923-4, pp. 10-16.</i></p>
+</div>
+
+<h5><span class="smcap">Cataloguing for special purposes:—Children’s
+Catalogues, Bulletins, Lists, etc.</span></h5>
+
+<div class="hang">
+<p>Collar—Classification and cataloguing of children’s books.
+<i>L.J. Vol. 28, 1903, pp. 57-68.</i></p>
+
+<p>Mann—Subject headings for juvenile catalogues. <i>A.L.A.,
+1916.</i></p>
+
+<p>Savage—Reading lists. <i>L.W. Vol. 2, 1899-1900, pp.
+259-262.</i></p>
+
+<p>Sayers—The children’s library. <i>Chap. 3, Cataloguing, pp.
+25-51.</i></p>
+
+<p>Sayers <i>and</i> Stewart—Catalogues for children. <i>L.A.R.
+Vol. 7, 1905, pp. 379-391.</i></p>
+
+<p>Sayers <i>and</i> Stewart—Library magazines. <i>L.W. Vols.
+7-8, 1905-6.</i></p>
+</div>
+
+
+<h4><span class="smcap">Questions.</span></h4>
+
+<div class="hang">
+<p><i>1.</i> What are the criteria of a good catalogue?</p>
+
+<p><i>2.</i> In which special objects or in which direction will
+better results be achieved by co-operation in cataloguing?</p>
+
+<p><i>3.</i> Make a brief evaluative comparison between a dictionary
+and a classified catalogue.</p>
+
+<p><i>4.</i> Outline briefly the special purposes of a (<i>a</i>) bibliography;
+(<i>b</i>) catalogue; (<i>c</i>) bulletin; (<i>d</i>) reading list.</p>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_104">[Pg 104]</span></p>
+<p><i>5.</i> What would be your main considerations in compiling
+a children’s catalogue, and in what way would the usual
+cataloguing practice be modified?</p>
+
+<p><i>6.</i> Describe briefly the various kinds of catalogues. State
+which you prefer in an open-access library, giving
+reasons for your choice.</p>
+</div>
+
+
+<h3><i>Lesson 8.</i></h3>
+
+<p class="center"><span class="smcap">Forms of Catalogues:—Card, Sheaf, Printed, Placard,
+etc. Methods of display.</span></p>
+
+<p>The librarian’s choice of catalogue does not end with the
+decision on a dictionary or a classified variety. The form
+of the catalogue has also to be considered. Of the three main
+forms—card, sheaf, and printed, the number of each kind in
+use at the present time testifies to the varying opinions held as
+to their suitability.</p>
+
+<p>Study the considerations affecting the choice of any one of
+these, and the advantages claimed for each.</p>
+
+<p>In order to ensure the fullest use being made of the catalogues
+by the public, no effort should be spared in making
+them most conveniently accessible. Although the devices
+invented to achieve this end are so numerous, many of them are
+mere variations of the same principle, and although opportunity
+must be taken to see as many different kinds as possible,
+an examination of a device illustrating each principle will
+enable the student to grasp the underlying idea of all.</p>
+
+
+<h4><span class="smcap">Reading List.</span></h4>
+
+<div class="hang">
+<p>Brown—Library classification and cataloguing. <i>Chaps. 8
+and 9.</i></p>
+
+<p>Brown—Manual of library economy. <i>3rd edition, 1919.
+Chaps. 18 and 19.</i></p>
+
+<p>Brown—Tyranny of the catalogue. <i>L.W. Vol. 11, 1908,
+pp. 1-6.</i></p>
+
+<p>Jast—The sheaf and card catalogues: a comparison. <i>L.W.
+Vol. 5, 1902, pp. 129-131.</i></p>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_105">[Pg 105]</span></p>
+<p>Sayers <i>and</i> Stewart—The card catalogue. <i>Grafton, 1915. 5s.</i></p>
+
+<p>Stewart—The sheaf catalogue. <i>Grafton, 1908. 5s.</i></p>
+
+<p>Willcock—Is the printed catalogue doomed? <i>L.A.R.
+Vol. 9, 1907, pp. 384-389; 400-406.</i></p>
+</div>
+
+<h4><span class="smcap">Questions.</span></h4>
+
+<div class="hang">
+<p><i>1.</i> Enumerate the advantages claimed for (<i>a</i>) a card catalogue;
+(<i>b</i>) a printed catalogue; (<i>c</i>) a sheaf catalogue;
+(<i>d</i>) a placard catalogue.</p>
+
+<p><i>2.</i> Outline the points which would influence your decision
+in choosing between a card and a sheaf catalogue.</p>
+
+<p><i>3.</i> How would you guide a card catalogue? Illustrate by
+a rough sketch.</p>
+
+<p><i>4.</i> Describe the principal methods of displaying catalogues.
+Which method do you prefer, and why?</p>
+</div>
+
+<h3><i>Lesson 9.</i></h3>
+
+<p class="center"><span class="smcap">Preparation of the printed catalogue.</span></p>
+
+<p>Note the various decisions required in planning a catalogue—edition,
+size, type, paper, binding.</p>
+
+<p>Draw up a sample specification. Study the practice in
+obtaining tenders, and considerations necessary in deciding
+upon the most suitable.</p>
+
+<p>Careful preparation and marking of the copy will save
+troublesome corrections at a later stage. It must be clearly
+marked to show the printer the various changes of type.</p>
+
+<p>Learn the correction marks used in checking proof. Attention
+must be given to the necessary captions, etc., when
+checking page proof.</p>
+
+<p>Considerations regarding type will be simplified by a
+knowledge of the Point System of type measurement (see
+paragraph on <a href="#Page_24">page <i>24</i></a>).</p>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_106">[Pg 106]</span></p>
+
+<h4><span class="smcap">Reading List.</span></h4>
+
+<div class="hang">
+<p>Philip—-Production of the printed catalogue.</p>
+
+<p>Quinn—Library cataloguing. <i>Chapter 15; Appendix A</i>.</p>
+
+<p>Walter—Library printing. <i>A.L.A. Manual. Chapter 32.</i></p>
+
+<p>Ward—Publicity for public libraries. <i>N. Y.: Wilson, 1924.
+Also Grafton. Chap. 16, pp. 271-298.</i> Library printing.</p>
+
+<p>Wheeler—The library, and the community. <i>A.L.A., 1924.
+Also Grafton, 15s. Chap. 21, pp. 222-242.</i> Lay-out
+and typography of printed matter.</p>
+</div>
+
+
+<h4><span class="smcap">Questions.</span></h4>
+
+<div class="hang">
+<p><i>1.</i> Prepare a specification for the printing of a catalogue
+of <i>20,000</i> volumes.</p>
+
+<p><i>2.</i> State what kinds of type you would bring into use in a
+classified catalogue of 10,000 volumes, and how you
+would mark the copy for the printer’s guidance.</p>
+
+<p><i>3.</i> Give as many proof correction marks, with explanations,
+as you can.</p>
+</div>
+
+<h3><i>Lesson 10.</i></h3>
+
+<p class="center"><span class="smcap">Indexing. Arrangement. Alphabetising.</span></p>
+
+<p>Efficient indexing is an absolute necessity if the information
+contained in the Library or in the catalogue, if in classified form,
+is to be made fully and readily available.</p>
+
+<p>Lack of experience in this direction accounts in many
+cases for the impression that indexing requires no great amount
+of discretion or ability, and students are warned that this
+erroneous estimate is invariably a preliminary to unsatisfactory
+work.</p>
+
+<p>Compare the manner in which relative and specific indexes
+respectively achieve their object.</p>
+
+<p>A decision will be required upon several points in compiling
+an index to a catalogue, <i>e.g.</i>, use of page or location
+number for reference, form of entry, etc. Some entries are
+short almost to the point of being cryptic, others apparently
+contain matter superfluous in an index.</p>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_107">[Pg 107]</span></p>
+<p>Even in the matter of arranging the entries custom varies.
+Study the rules laid down by Cutter. Make a special point of
+consistency in alphabetising.</p>
+
+<h4><span class="smcap">Reading List.</span></h4>
+
+<div class="hang">
+<p>Clarke—Manual of practical indexing.</p>
+
+<p>Cutter—Rules <i>298-350</i>.</p>
+
+<p>Hawkes—Alphabetization of catalogues. <i>L.W. Vol. 15,
+1912-13, pp. 262-266.</i></p>
+
+<p>Hitchler—Cataloguing. <i>Chap. 23.</i></p>
+
+<p>Neesham—Amplified indexing. <i>L.W. Vol. 24, 1922, pp.
+67-70.</i></p>
+
+<p>Prideaux—Some thoughts on indexing. <i>L.A.R. (N.S.),
+Vol. 3, 1925, pp. 160-169.</i></p>
+
+<p>Quinn—Library cataloguing. <i>pp. 70-79.</i></p>
+
+<p>Wheatley—How to catalogue a library. <i>Chap. 6.</i></p>
+</div>
+
+
+<h4><span class="smcap">Questions.</span></h4>
+
+<div class="hang">
+<p><i>1.</i> Describe the subject index you would provide for a
+classified catalogue on cards.</p>
+
+<p><i>2.</i> Give the main points to be observed in alphabetising.</p>
+
+<p><i>3.</i> Show the order in which you would arrange the following
+entries for a dictionary catalogue:—Stone and
+gravel—<i>Title.</i> Stone (E. M.)—<i>Person.</i> Stone—<i>Subject.</i>
+Stonecroft—<i>Place.</i></p>
+
+<p><i>4.</i> Explain what is meant by “something follows nothing.”</p>
+</div>
+
+<h4 class="center">TEST EXAMINATION.</h4>
+
+<p class="center"><i>Questions to be answered without the aid of text books, notes, etc.</i></p>
+
+<div class="hang">
+<p><i>1.</i> Give the Anglo-American Code rules relating to (<i>a</i>)
+Oriental names; (<i>b</i>) Acts of Parliament; (<i>c</i>) trials;
+(<i>d</i>) names with prefixes; (<i>e</i>) married women; (<i>f</i>)
+indexes.</p>
+
+<p><i>2.</i> Give a list of twelve books of reference useful to a
+cataloguer.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_108">[Pg 108]</span>
+
+<i>3.</i> In a classified catalogue what typographical distinction
+would you advise for (<i>a</i>) the various headings, classes,
+divisions, sections (<i>b</i>) text; (<i>c</i>) annotations? What
+steps would you take to show the printer your requirements?</p>
+
+<p><i>4.</i> State in the form of a short essay what you know of the
+history of the classified catalogue <i>or</i> the British Museum
+catalogue.</p>
+
+<p><i>5.</i> Illustrate by examples of entries how you would catalogue
+a collection of maps.</p>
+
+<p><i>6.</i> How can co-operation be applied locally? State what
+you know of any such effort.</p>
+
+<p><i>7.</i> Give three entries, with necessary references and index
+entries, for dictionary and classified catalogues.</p>
+
+<p><i>8.</i> State what variety and form of catalogue you would
+choose for a lending library of 30,000 volumes, adding
+2,000 volumes annually. Say which points would
+mainly affect your decision, and give reasons for your
+choice.</p>
+
+<p><i>9.</i> What relation has the Institut International de Bibliographie
+to cataloguing?</p>
+
+<p><i>10.</i> State how you would catalogue a book where the title-page
+is missing.</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>As in Course 3, Classification, the best practical test lies
+in the papers set at past Library Association examinations.
+These may be had at a <span class="err" title="original: triflng">trifling</span> cost on application to the Offices
+of the Association.</p>
+
+
+<h3>NOTES ON CATALOGUING FRENCH AND LATIN
+BOOKS.</h3>
+
+<p>In cataloguing French books the following codes must be
+thoroughly studied: Quinn—Manual of Library Cataloguing,
+<i>1913</i> edition, <i>pp. 114, 125, 127</i>. Cutter’s Rules for a Dictionary
+Catalogue. Section <i>29</i>, <i>pp. 34-35</i>, and A.L.A. &amp; L.A. Cataloguing
+Rules.</p>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_109">[Pg 109]</span></p>
+<p>The difficulty of cataloguing French books is mainly found
+with names containing the prefix Le, La, L’, Du, Des, De la,
+D’, De.</p>
+
+<p>The student should note the method of treatment in the
+above codes and supplement this by consulting the indexes of
+standard text-books of French literature, noting what names
+the authors are entered under, and see how far they agree with
+the codes. Such works as Faguet’s “A literary history of
+France,” <i>The Library of Literary History Series</i>; Dowden’s
+“A history of French literature,” <i>Short Histories of the Literatures
+of the World</i>; Saintsbury’s “A short history of French
+literature”; and Wright’s “A history of French literature”
+will well repay careful perusal.</p>
+
+<p>An early mistake in cataloguing French books is to enter
+the letter M as an initial of the author. If the letter is
+hyphenated to another letter, <i>e.g.</i>, M-A—then the M. stands for
+one of the author’s initials, but should it have a full stop, as
+M.A.—then the letter M would stand as an abbreviation for
+<i>Monsieur</i>.</p>
+
+<p>The general rule is to enter under the prefix when it contains
+an article, le, la, l’, du, des, but not under the preposition
+de, d’, <i>e.g.</i>,</p>
+
+ <ul>
+<li>Le Sage, Alen René </li>
+<li>La Fontaine, Jean <i>de</i></li>
+<li>Du Boisgobey, Fortune</li>
+<li>Chenier, André Marie <i>de</i></li>
+<li>Aubigne, Agrippa <i>d’</i></li>
+ </ul>
+
+<p>Exceptions do occur, but very seldom, and then only in
+the case of very early writers, when the full name is best given,
+<i>e.g.</i>,</p>
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<p>Jean de la Bierre.</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>When prefixes are embodied as part of a surname, it must
+be catalogued as one name, <i>e.g.</i>,</p>
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<p>Delarne-Mardrus, Lucie.</p>
+</div>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_110">[Pg 110]</span>
+In cataloguing Latin books the following codes must be
+studied: Quinn—Manual of Library Cataloguing, <i>pp. 128-130</i>;
+Cutter—Rules for a Dictionary Catalogue, Section <i>30</i>,
+and A.L.A. &amp; L.A. Cataloguing Rules.</p>
+
+<p>It is now the general practice to enter Latin authors under
+the English name, as adopted in our standard biographical
+dictionaries, such as Smith’s “Dictionary of Greek and Roman
+Biography,” and Harper’s “Dictionary of classical literature
+and antiquities.” In a great number of cases, however, these
+dictionaries enter under the Latin or vernacular form and the
+beginner in cataloguing Latin books is soon in difficulties, and
+still greater confusion results where an author has three names,
+as Titus Lucretius Carus, or Caius Suetonius Tranquillus, he
+does not know which is the best name. The nominative case is
+the best for the heading in practically every case. In order to
+become familiar with the names of Latin authors the beginner
+should know the case endings of the various declensions, especially
+the nominative and genitive plural, also the indexes to
+the following books may be profitably perused: Crutwell’s
+“A history of Roman literature,” also Appendix at <i>pp. 483-489</i>;
+Dimsdale’s “A history of Latin literature”; Duff’s
+“A literary history of Rome”; Wilkins’s “Roman literature.”</p>
+
+<p>A careful observation of the various names should enable
+the cataloguer to recognise them when a Latin book comes
+along, for instance in</p>
+
+<ul>
+<li>P. Ovidi Nasonis Tristium. Libri V. Recensuit.</li>
+<li>Catulli, Veronensis liber: iterum recognovit.</li>
+<li>P. Terenti, Comoediæ.</li>
+<li>T. Macci Plavti Rudens.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>The student should be able to select the names Ovidi,
+Catulli, Terenti and Plavti and from these we get the Anglicised
+names Ovid, Catullus, Terence and Plautus.</p>
+
+<h4><span class="smcap">The Printed Catalogue.</span></h4>
+
+<p>The printed catalogue is rapidly disappearing due chiefly
+to the high cost of printing and the almost universal adoption
+of the open-access system. A card or sheaf catalogue, supplemented
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_111">[Pg 111]</span>by bulletins or occasional lists, is in use in most libraries,
+but the following still find it advisable to issue Class Lists:
+Bolton, Brighton, Burnley, Finsbury and Glasgow. In each
+case the Dewey Decimal Scheme is the plan of arrangement.
+The following libraries issue printed bulletins or reader’s
+guides:—Coventry, Croydon, Ipswich, Norwich, Nottingham
+and Warrington.</p>
+
+<h4><span class="smcap">Specification for Printing a Catalogue.</span></h4>
+
+<p>The best way to have a catalogue printed is first of all
+have a specimen page “set up,” with entries that will bring
+in all the types to be employed. This, together with a copy
+of the specification may be sent to six different firms inviting
+them to tender for so much per page.</p>
+
+<p class="center"><i>Specification for printing a Public Library Catalogue.</i></p>
+
+<p class="center">BOROUGH OF MONTANA.</p>
+
+<div class="blockquot hang">
+<p>The Committee of the Public Library invite tenders for
+printing a catalogue of their Lending Library upon
+the following conditions:—</p>
+
+<p><i>Edition and Size.</i>—The edition to consist of 750 copies,
+demy octavo in size (not less than 8⅞″ by 5⅝″ when
+bound).</p>
+</div>
+<div class="blockquot"><p><i>Note.—The number of the edition depends entirely upon
+local circumstances and whether Sectional Class Lists
+or a complete catalogue is being printed.</i></p></div>
+<div class="blockquot hang">
+<p><i>Type and Setting.</i>—8-point Old Style, with occasional
+small capitals, italics, and Clarendon or Antique; with
+6-point for subjects, notes, and contents, and the
+proper accented letters in foreign languages. To be
+set solid, fifty-five lines (all types) to the page (apart
+from page-heading, which is to contain a title and
+catch-word syllables). Turnover lines to be indented
+one em, the repeat dash to be one em, the class-letter
+and number to stand clear four ems, the 6-point
+indent to be two ems. Spaces between the end of the
+book entry and the class-letter to be filled with leaders.
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_112">[Pg 112]</span>The type must be free from wrong founts, and must
+not be worn or broken. For the punctuation and use
+of capitals the “copy” must be closely followed.</p>
+
+<p><i>Specimen Page.</i>—The specimen page enclosed shows the
+size of the printed page, the manner of setting out, and
+the proportions of type founts may be accepted as a
+fair specimen of the whole.</p>
+
+<p><i>Paper.</i>—To be demy, at least 30-lbs. to the ream, of good
+finish, white, and uniform in tint throughout.</p>
+
+<p><i>Machining.</i>—The sheets to be well “made ready” in perfect
+register, with good ink and uniform impression,
+afterwards rolled or pressed.</p>
+
+<p><i>Time.</i>—From the first receipt of copy, the work to be proceeded
+with at not less than two sheets of sixteen
+pages each per week until completed, or in default
+thereof the printer to pay a sum of five shillings per
+day as damages.</p>
+
+<p><i>Proofs.</i>—Two copies of proof in galley form and two copies
+of a revise in page form to be furnished for reading
+and correction. The Librarian to have the right to
+demand a revise in galley and such revises in page as
+he shall deem necessary. No sheet to be sent to press
+until ordered by the endorsement of the Librarian
+thereon.</p>
+
+<p><i>Additions and Corrections.</i>—-The Librarian to have the right
+to insert additional matter in galley but not in page.
+No charge to be allowed for author’s corrections unless
+pointed out and priced at the time they are made.</p>
+
+<p><i>Number of pages.</i>—The number of pages is estimated to be
+250 more or less, but the number is not guaranteed
+and no allowance will be made for any miscalculation
+in this respect.</p>
+
+<p><i>Covers.</i>—750 covers to be printed upon coloured paper, of
+an approved tint, not less than 30-lbs to the ream
+(demy). The front of this cover to be printed with the
+title of the catalogue.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_113">[Pg 113]</span>
+
+<i>Binding.</i>—The whole edition to be bound in good straw-boards
+of suitable thickness, strongly sewn with thread,
+with cloth strip backs of good quality, the covers being
+pasted on the front and back and the whole cut flush.
+Fourteen days will be allowed for binding after the
+last sheet has been returned for the press.</p>
+
+<p><i>Delivery.</i>—When completed the catalogues are to be
+securely tied up in brown-paper parcels of fifty each
+and delivered to the Librarian at the Public Library.</p>
+
+<p><i>Tender.</i>—The tender is to state the price per page for
+8-point and for 6-point respectively, this price to be
+inclusive of all charges for press corrections, covers,
+binding, and delivery as aforesaid. When completed
+work to be measured up, and, according to the
+quantity of each of the above types used, charges will
+be allowed. Payment will be made within three months
+afterwards.</p>
+
+<p><i>Other conditions.</i>—The work is to be carried out to the
+entire satisfaction of the Librarian, and if he is dissatisfied
+with its execution he is authorised to stop
+the work and refer the matter to the Library Committee
+for their decision, which shall be final and
+binding.</p>
+
+<p><i>Contract.</i>—The firm whose tender is accepted may be required
+by the Committee to enter into a contract with
+the Borough Council to carry out the work in <span class="err" title="original: accorddance">accordance</span>
+with this specification and its conditions, and to
+give an undertaking that the rate of wages paid and the
+hours of labour observed are those that are generally
+accepted as fair by the printing trades.</p>
+
+<p>The Committee do not bind themselves to accept the lowest
+or any tender. Tenders with samples of the paper
+proposed to be used, to be sent in sealed envelopes,
+and endorsed “Catalogue” to reach the undersigned
+on or before January 1st, 1927.</p>
+</div>
+<p class="right">
+GEORGE PRESTON,<br>
+<i>Borough Librarian.</i>
+</p>
+<p>Public Library,<br>
+Montana.
+</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_114">[Pg 114]</span></p>
+
+<p class="center"><span class="smcap">Order of Bibliographical particulars for Cataloguing.</span></p>
+
+<ul>
+<li><i>1.</i> Author’s surname.</li>
+<li><i>2.</i> Author’s forenames.</li>
+<li><i>3.</i> Author’s distinctions.</li>
+<li><i>4.</i> Title of book.</li>
+<li><i>5.</i> Additions to title if any.</li>
+<li><i>6.</i> Name of editor or translator.</li>
+<li><i>7.</i> Edition if stated.</li>
+<li><i>8.</i> Series if any (A.L.A. and L.A. bring this after No. 13).</li>
+<li><i>9.</i> Place of publication.</li>
+<li><i>10.</i> Name of publisher.</li>
+<li><i>11.</i> Date of publication.</li>
+<li><i>12.</i> Number of volumes.</li>
+<li><i>13.</i> Size.</li>
+<li><i>14.</i> Number of pages.</li>
+<li><i>15.</i> Illustrations.</li>
+<li><i>16.</i> Portraits.</li>
+<li><i>17.</i> Maps.</li>
+<li><i>18.</i> Plans.</li>
+<li><i>19.</i> Facsimiles.</li>
+<li><i>20.</i> Diagrams.</li>
+<li><i>21.</i> Tables.</li>
+<li><i>22.</i> Charts.</li>
+<li><i>23.</i> Music in text.</li>
+<li><i>24.</i> Memoir.</li>
+<li><i>25.</i> Glossary.</li>
+<li><i>26.</i> Bibliography.</li>
+<li><i>27.</i> Contents.</li>
+<li><i>28.</i> Annotation.</li>
+</ul>
+
+
+<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop"><div class="chapter"><h2 class="nobreak" id="COURSE_5_ENGLISH_LITERARY_HISTORY">COURSE 5: ENGLISH LITERARY HISTORY
+</h2></div>
+<p class="center"><i>By James Cranshaw.</i></p>
+
+
+<h3>GENERAL BIBLIOGRAPHY.</h3>
+
+<p>Any of the following text-books will be found sufficiently
+full to answer all questions in the general paper up to <i>1745</i>.
+After that date, a wider acquaintance with English literature
+is desirable. Students who wish for a merit or honours certificate
+must show a more intimate knowledge than is to be
+gained from mere text-books. In this case he must read the
+authors themselves, write out his own opinion, and check it
+with the opinion of recognised critics. Only in this way will
+English literature live and be of service to him after the
+examination is passed.</p>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_115">[Pg 115]</span>
+
+<i>1.</i> <span class="smcap">Text Books.</span></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot hang">
+<p>Albert (E.)—History of English literature. <i>1923. Harrap.</i></p>
+
+<p>Buchan (John) <i>Ed.</i> A history of English literature. <i>1923.
+Nelson.</i></p>
+
+<p>Long (W. J.)—English literature: its history and significance
+for the life of the English-speaking world. <i>1909.
+Ginn &amp; Co.</i></p>
+
+<p>Saintsbury (George)—Short history of English literature.
+<i>1911.</i></p>
+
+<p>Brooke (Stopford A.)—English literature, <span class="allsmcap">A.D.</span> 670-1832.
+<i>1897.</i></p>
+
+<p>Strong (A. T.)—Short history of English literature. <i>1921.</i></p>
+
+<p>Bates (K. L.)—American literature. <i>1898.</i></p>
+
+<p>Trent (W. P.)—History of American literature. <i>1903.</i></p>
+</div>
+
+
+<p><i>2.</i> <span class="smcap">Reference Books.</span></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot hang">
+<p>Brewer (E. C.)—The Reader’s handbook. <i>1925.</i></p>
+
+<p>Cousin (J. W.)—A biographical dictionary of English
+literature. <i>Everyman’s Library. J. M. Dent.</i></p>
+
+<p>Cambridge History of American literature. <i>3 vols. in 4.
+1918-21.</i></p>
+
+<p>Cambridge History of English literature. <i>14 vols. 1907-1916.</i></p>
+
+<p>Chambers’s Cyclopedia of English literature. <i>3 vols. 1903.</i></p>
+
+<p>Garnett (R.) <i>and</i> Gosse (E.)—English literature: an illustrated
+record. <i>4 vols. 1903.</i></p>
+
+<p>Green (J. R.)—A short history of the English people. <i>1916.</i></p>
+
+<p>Jusserand (J. A. A. J.)—A literary history of the English
+people. <i>3 vols.</i></p>
+
+<p>Keller (H. R.)—Reader’s digest of books. <i>1923.</i></p>
+
+<p>Seccombe (T.) <i>and</i> Nicoll (<i>Sir</i> W. R.)—“The Bookman”
+illustrated history of English literature. <i>2 vols. 1906.</i></p>
+</div>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_116">[Pg 116]</span></p>
+
+<p><i>3.</i> <span class="smcap">Useful Anthologies.</span></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot hang">
+<p>Broadus (E. K.) <i>and</i> Gordon (R. K.)—English prose from
+Bacon to Hardy. <i>1918.</i></p>
+
+<p>Hadow (G. E.) <i>and</i> (W. H.)—Oxford treasury of English
+literature. <i>3 vols. 1907.</i></p>
+
+<p>Hudson (W. H.)—Representative passages from English
+literature. <i>1914.</i></p>
+
+<p>Methuen (A.)—Shakespeare to Hardy. <i>1922.</i></p>
+
+<p>Newbolt (<i>Sir</i> H.)—An English anthology of prose and
+poetry. <i>1921.</i></p>
+
+<p>Palgrave (F. T.)—The golden treasury. <i>2 vols. 1904.</i></p>
+
+<p>Quiller-Couch (<i>Sir</i> A. T.)—The Oxford book of English
+prose. <i>1925.</i></p>
+
+<p>Quiller-Couch (<i>Sir</i> A. T.) Oxford book of English verse,
+<i>1250-1900</i>. <i>1907.</i></p>
+
+<p>Ward (T. H.)—The English poets: selections with critical
+introductions. <i>5 vols. 1903-1918.</i></p>
+
+<p>Warren (K. M.)—A treasury of English literature ... to the
+<i>18</i>th century. <i>1906.</i></p>
+</div>
+
+<p>There are of course several good anthologies dealing with
+special periods or special forms. The student is warned,
+however, against forming any definite opinions from mere
+selections, as these may reflect editorial idiosyncrasy or be
+restricted to one side of an author’s work.</p>
+
+<h3>BIBLIOGRAPHY: SPECIAL PERIODS.</h3>
+
+<p class="center"><span class="smcap">Part I.</span>—<i>c. 500-1500.</i></p>
+
+
+<p><i>1.</i> <span class="smcap">Reading.</span></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<p>Albert (E.)—English literature. <i>Chaps. 1-4.</i></p>
+
+<p>Buchan (J.)—English literature. <i>Section 1 and Appendix.</i></p>
+
+<p>Long (W. J.)—English literature. <i>Chaps. 1-5.</i></p>
+
+<p>Brooke (S. A.)—English literature. <i>Chaps. 1-3.</i></p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_117">[Pg 117]</span>
+
+Saintsbury (G.)—English literature. <i>Books 1-4.</i></p>
+
+<p>Strong (A. T.)—English literature. <i>Chaps. 1-9.</i></p>
+</div>
+
+
+<p><i>2.</i> <span class="smcap">Reference.</span></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot hang">
+<p>Brooke (S. A.)—English literature ... to the Conquest. <i>1908.</i></p>
+
+<p>Cambridge History of English literature. <i>Vols. 1-3.</i></p>
+
+<p>Jusserand (J. A. A. J.)—Literary history of English people.
+<i>Vol. 1.</i></p>
+
+<p>Schofield (W. H.)—English literature from the Norman
+Conquest to Chaucer. <i>1906.</i></p>
+
+<p>Snell (F. J.) Age of Chaucer, <i>1346-1400</i>. <i>Handbooks of E.L.
+1901.</i></p>
+
+<p>Snell (F. J.)—Age of transition, <i>1400-1580</i>. <i>Handbooks of
+E.L. 1905. 2 vols.</i></p>
+</div>
+
+
+<p class="center"><span class="smcap">Part II.</span>—<i>1500-1630.</i></p>
+
+
+<p><i>1.</i> <span class="smcap">Reading.</span></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<p>Albert (E.)—English literature. <i>Chaps. 4-5.</i></p>
+
+<p>Brooke (S. A.)—English literature <i>Chaps. 3-5.</i></p>
+
+<p>Buchan (J.)—English literature. <i>Sections 2-3.</i></p>
+
+<p>Long (W. J.)—English literature. <i>Chaps. 6-7.</i></p>
+
+<p>Saintsbury (G.)—English literature. <i>Books 5-6.</i></p>
+
+<p>Strong (A. T.)—English literature. <i>Chaps. 10-14.</i></p>
+</div>
+
+<p><i>2.</i> <span class="smcap">Reference.</span></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot hang">
+<p>Cambridge History of English literature. <i>Vols. 4-6.</i></p>
+
+<p>Jusserand (J. A. A. J.)—Literary history of the English
+people. <i>Vols. 2-3.</i></p>
+
+<p>Saintsbury (G.)—Elizabethan literature, <i>1560-1660</i>. <i>1907.</i></p>
+
+<p>Snell (F. J.)—The age of transition, <i>1400-1580</i>. <i>1905.</i></p>
+
+<p>Seccombe (T.) <i>and</i> Allen (J. W.)—Age of Shakespeare,
+<i>1579-1631</i>. <i>Handbooks of E.L. 2 vols. 1904.</i></p>
+</div>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_118">[Pg 118]</span></p>
+
+<p class="center"><span class="smcap">Part III.</span>—<i>1630-1745.</i></p>
+
+
+<p><i>1.</i> <span class="smcap">Reading.</span></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<p>Albert (E.)—English literature. <i>Chaps. 6-8.</i></p>
+
+<p>Brooke (S. A.)—English literature. <i>Chaps. 5-6.</i></p>
+
+<p>Buchan (J.)—English literature. <i>Sections 4-5.</i></p>
+
+<p>Long (W. J.)—English literature. <i>Chaps. 8-9.</i></p>
+
+<p>Saintsbury (G.)—English literature. <i>Books 7-8.</i></p>
+
+<p>Strong (A. T.)—English literature. <i>Chaps. 15-21.</i></p>
+</div>
+
+
+<p><i>2.</i> <span class="smcap">Reference.</span></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot hang">
+<p>Gosse (E.)—From Shakespeare to Pope.</p>
+
+<p>Gosse (E.)—History of 18th century literature, <i>1660-1780</i>.
+<i>1902.</i></p>
+
+<p>Cambridge History of English literature. <i>Vols. 7-9.</i></p>
+
+<p>Masterman (J. H. B.)—Age of Milton, <i>1632-1660</i>. <i>Handbooks
+of E.L. 1901.</i></p>
+
+<p>Garnett (R.)—Age of Dryden, <i>1660-1700</i>. <i>Handbooks of
+E.L. 1895.</i></p>
+
+<p>Dennis (John)—Age of Pope, <i>1700-1744</i>. <i>Handbooks of
+E.L. 1901.</i></p>
+</div>
+
+
+<p class="center"><span class="smcap">Part IV.</span>—<i>1745-1832.</i></p>
+
+
+<p><i>1.</i> <span class="smcap">Reading.</span></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot hang">
+<p>Seccombe (T.)—Age of Johnson, <i>1745-1798</i>. <i>Handbooks of
+E.L. 1902.</i></p>
+
+<p>Herford (C. H.)—Age of Wordsworth, <i>1798-1832</i>. <i>Handbooks
+of E.L. 1905.</i></p>
+
+<p>Albert (E.)—English literature. <i>Chaps. 9-10.</i></p>
+
+<p>Brooke (S. A.)—English literature. <i>Chaps. 7-8.</i></p>
+
+<p>Buchan (J.)—English literature. <i>Sections 5-6.</i></p>
+
+<p>Long (W. J.)—English literature. <i>Chaps. 9-10.</i></p>
+
+<p>Saintsbury (G.)—English literature. <i>Books 9-10.</i></p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_119">[Pg 119]</span>
+
+Strong (A. T.)—English literature. <i>Chaps. 22-28.</i></p>
+
+<p>Bates (K. L.)—American literature. <i>Chaps. 1-3.</i></p>
+
+<p>Trent (W. P.)—American literature. <i>Parts 1-3.</i></p>
+</div>
+
+
+<p><i>2.</i> <span class="smcap">Reference.</span></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot hang">
+<p>Cambridge History of English literature. <i>Vols. 10-12.</i></p>
+
+<p>Cambridge History of American literature. <i>Vol. 1.</i></p>
+
+<p>Minto (W.)—Literature of the Georgian era. <i>1894.</i></p>
+
+<p>Phelps (W. L.)—The English romantic movement. <i>1893.</i></p>
+
+<p>Beers (H. A.)—The English romantic movement. <i>2 vols.
+1910.</i></p>
+
+<p>Elton (O.)—Survey of English literature, <i>1780-1830</i>. <i>2 vols.
+1912.</i></p>
+</div>
+
+
+<p class="center"><span class="smcap">Part V</span>.—<i>1832-1920.</i></p>
+
+
+<p><i>1.</i> <span class="smcap">Reading.</span></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot hang">
+<p>Saintsbury (G.)—History of 19th century literature, <i>1780-1895</i>.
+<i>1896.</i></p>
+
+<p>Walker (Hugh)—The age of Tennyson, <i>1832-1870</i>. <i>Handbooks
+of E.L. 1897.</i></p>
+
+<p>Walker (Hugh)—Literature of the Victorian era. <i>1910.</i></p>
+
+<p>Walker (<i>Mr. and Mrs.</i> Hugh)—Outline of Victorian literature.
+<i>1914.</i></p>
+
+<p>Albert (E.)—English literature. <i>Chaps. 11-12.</i></p>
+
+<p>Buchan (J.)—English literature. <i>Section 6.</i></p>
+
+<p>Long (W. J.)—English literature. <i>Chap. 11.</i></p>
+
+<p>Saintsbury (G.)—English literature. <i>Book 11.</i></p>
+
+<p>Strong (A. T.)—English literature. <i>Chaps. 22-23.</i></p>
+
+<p>Bates (K. L.)—American literature. <i>Chaps. 4-6.</i></p>
+
+<p>Trent (W. P.)—American literature. <i>Part 4.</i></p>
+</div>
+
+
+<p><i>2.</i> <span class="smcap">Reference.</span></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot hang">
+<p>Cambridge history of English literature. <i>Vols. 12-14.</i></p>
+
+<p>Cambridge history of American literature. <i>Vols. 2-3.</i></p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_120">[Pg 120]</span>
+
+Cunliffe (J. W.)—English literature during the last half
+century. <i>1919.</i></p>
+
+<p>Elton (Oliver)—Survey of English literature, <i>1830-1880</i>.
+<i>2 vols. 1920.</i></p>
+
+<p>Jackson (Holbrook)—The Eighteen-nineties. <i>1913.</i></p>
+
+<p>Kennedy (J. M.)—English literature, <i>1880-1905</i>. <i>1912.</i></p>
+
+<p>Manly (J. M.) <i>and</i> Rickert (E.)—Contemporary American
+literature: bibliographies and study outlines. <i>1923.</i></p>
+
+<p><span class="err" title="original: Manley (J. M.) and Rickert (E.)">Manly (J. M.) <i>and</i> Rickert (E.)</span>—Contemporary British
+literature: bibliographies and study outlines. <i>1923.</i></p>
+
+<p>Williams (Harold)—Modern English writers, <i>1890-1914</i>.</p>
+</div>
+
+<h3>LITERARY HISTORY.</h3>
+
+<h4 class="center"><i>Lesson 1 (c. 500-1500).</i></h4>
+
+<h5><span class="smcap">Part I.</span>—<span class="smcap">Old English Period</span> (<i>c. 500 to 1066</i>).</h5>
+
+<p><i>Forces at Work.</i>—The Anglo-Saxon invasion and gradual
+conquest and settlement. The coming of Christianity and its
+struggle with the pagan view of life. The inroads of the Danes
+and the growth of national feeling under Alfred. The subsequent
+Danish rule and the Gallicising of the court. The
+Norman Conquest.</p>
+
+<p><i>Literary Features.</i>—Early literature pagan. The late
+development of Christian prose and poetry. The preponderance
+of anonymous works. The lack of originality shown in the large
+number of translations and imitations. Pagan literature
+almost wholly descriptive and narrative; the meditative
+element. Christian literature chiefly religious and didactic.
+Note the chief surviving texts and their peculiarities; also
+the characteristics of Anglo-Saxon prosody.</p>
+
+<div class="hang">
+<p><i>1.</i> <span class="smcap">Pagan Poetry.</span>—(<i>a</i>) <i>Descriptive and Narrative</i>:—“Beowulf.”
+“Widsith.” “Waldhere.” “Finnsburgh.”
+“Brunanburgh.” “Maldon.” (<i>b</i>) <i>Meditative</i>:—“The
+Wanderer.” “The Seafarer.” “Deor’s Lament.” “The
+Wife’s Complaint.” “The Husband’s Message.”</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_121">[Pg 121]</span>
+
+<i>2.</i> <span class="smcap">Christian Poetry.</span> (<i>a</i>) Caedmon and his school. (<i>b</i>)
+Cynewulf and his followers. (<i>c</i>) <i>Minor works</i>:—“The
+Riming Poem,” Proverbs, etc.</p>
+
+<p><i>3.</i> <span class="smcap">Anglo-Saxon Prose.</span>—Alfred. Aelfric. Wulfstan. The
+Homilists. “The Chronicle.” (Note the character of
+the works translated, and the influence of Latin).</p>
+
+<p><i>4.</i> <span class="smcap">Latin Prose.</span>—Bede. Aldhelm. Alcuin.</p>
+</div>
+
+<h5><span class="smcap">Part II.</span>—<span class="smcap">Middle English Period</span> (<i>1066-1350</i>).</h5>
+
+<p><i>Forces at Work.</i>—Effects of the Norman Conquest. Growth
+of feudalism. The struggle between the king and barons, and
+between ecclesiastical and civil power. The spread of monastic
+orders; the development of Parliament and constitution.
+The wars with Scotland, France and Wales; the growth of
+towns and industries. The foundation of universities and the
+growth of scholarship. The beginnings of chivalry and the
+spirit of romance.</p>
+
+<p><i>Literary Features.</i>—The disappearance of Anglo-Saxon as
+a literary language. The predominance of Latin and French
+works until the 13th century. The gradual merging of Norman
+and Anglo-Saxon into English; the clash of dialects and the
+final triumph of the West Midland speech; the subsequent
+struggle between Latin, French, and native models in poetry
+and prose. Note the decrease in anonymous works (but lack
+of detail regarding most authors), and the absence of any
+great literary figure. Poetry predominates and attains new
+forms in the metrical romance and the lyric. The revival of
+alliteration at the end of the period. The growth of rhymed
+models.</p>
+
+<div class="hang">
+<p><i>1.</i> <span class="smcap">Anglo-Latin Literature.</span>—Note influence of Paris and
+Oxford. (<i>a</i>) <i>Chroniclers</i>: William of Malmesbury. Henry
+of Huntingdon. Geoffrey of Monmouth. William of
+Newburgh. Jocelin of Brakelond. Giraldus Cambrensis.
+Walter Map. Matthew Paris, (<i>b</i>) <i>Scholars and Philosophers</i>:
+Anselm. John of Salisbury. Alex. Neckham.
+Robert Grosseteste. Roger Bacon. Richard de Bury.
+Duns Scotus. William of Occam.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_122">[Pg 122]</span>
+
+<i>2.</i> <span class="smcap">Anglo-French Literature.</span>—Gaimer and Wace, and
+their influence on the rhyming chroniclers. Religious
+and didactic works and their English counterparts.
+The Norman romantic spirit and its influence on popular
+literature.</p>
+
+<p><i>3.</i> <span class="smcap">Middle English Prose.</span>—“The Ancren Riwle.” “Ayenbit
+of Inwit.”</p>
+
+<p><i>4.</i> <span class="smcap">Poetry of the Transition.</span>—(<i>a</i>) <i>The Rhyming Chronicles</i>:
+Layamon. Robert of Gloucester. Mannynge of Brunne.
+Laurence Minot. (<i>b</i>) <i>Religious and Didactic</i>: (<i>i</i>) The
+“Ormulum.” “Owl and the Nightingale.” “Proverbs
+of Alfred.” “Poema Morale.” (<i>ii</i>) “Proverbs of Hendyng.”
+“Cursor Mundi.” “Pricke of Conscience.”
+“Handlynge Synne.” (<i>c</i>) <i>Metrical Romances</i>: The
+Carlovingian, Arthurian, Roman, and other romance
+“cycles.” (<i>d</i>) <i>Tales in Verse</i>: Fabliaux, moral tales,
+beast stories, and satirical pieces. Story collections
+like the “Gesta Romanorum” and the “Seven Sages of
+Rome.” (<i>e</i>) <i>Lyric and Miscellaneous</i>: Songs of love and
+religion. Political Songs. (<i>f</i>) <i>The Alliterative Revival</i>:
+“Pearl,” “Cleanness,” “Patience,” “Sir Gawayne and
+the Green Knight.”</p>
+
+<p><i>5.</i> <span class="smcap">Origins of the Drama.</span>—Mummery, miracle plays, and
+mysteries.</p>
+
+<p><i>6.</i> <span class="smcap">Outlines of Welsh and Irish Literature.</span></p>
+</div>
+
+<h5><span class="smcap">Part III.</span>—<span class="smcap">The Early Renaissance</span> (<i>1350-1500</i>).</h5>
+
+<p><i>Forces at Work.</i>—The growing social unrest following the
+Plague. The growth of town life and industries. The
+strengthening of Parliament under the Lancastrians. The
+decay of the religious orders and growth of Lollardy. The
+introduction of printing leading to a wider interest in literature.</p>
+
+<p><i>Literary Features.</i>—The renewal of continental influences
+under Chaucer. The standardisation of English. The growth
+of the critical spirit leading in religion to polemic and in poetry
+to a nearer approach to realism. The development of miracle
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_123">[Pg 123]</span>and morality plays in connection with industries and town
+life. The decline of anonymity and the appearance of the first
+great literary figures. The growing importance of prose, and
+the formation of a definite style. The development of a new
+prosody, and the growth of allegory, ballad literature, and
+political songs. The rapid development in Scotch poetry.</p>
+
+<div class="hang">
+<p><i>1.</i> <span class="smcap">Poetry.</span>—(<i>a</i>) <i>The Leaders</i>: Chaucer. Langland. Gower.
+(<i>b</i>) <i>English Chaucerians</i>: Lydgate, Occleve, Hawes, and
+the minors. (<i>c</i>) <i>Early Scots Poetry</i>: Barbour. Blind
+Harry. Andrew of Wyntoun. The Chroniclers. (<i>d</i>)
+<i>Scottish Chaucerians</i>: James I. Henryson. Dunbar.
+Douglas. Kennedy. (<i>e</i>) <i>Folk Poetry</i>: Songs, ballads,
+political and religious verse.</p>
+
+<p><i>2.</i> <span class="smcap">The Drama.</span>—Development of miracle plays and moralities.
+<i>The chief cycles</i>: York, Wakefield, Chester, Coventry
+Newcastle, Norwich. <i>Chief Moralities</i>: “Castle of
+Perseverance,” “Mary Magdalen,” “Everyman.”</p>
+
+<p><i>3.</i> <span class="smcap">Prose.</span>—Wyclif and Trevisa, Mandeville, Pecock, Fortescue,
+and Capgrave. Malory, Caxton, and Berners.
+The “Paston Letters.”</p>
+</div>
+
+<h4 class="center">TEST PAPER—(<i>c. 500 to 1500</i>).</h4>
+
+<div class="hang">
+<p><i>1.</i> The Christian poetry of the Anglo-Saxon period is generally
+divided into two schools. Name these, and arrange
+under each the chief works and writers where known.</p>
+
+<p><i>2.</i> What are the chief characteristics of Old English prose?</p>
+
+<p><i>3.</i> What effect had the Norman Conquest on English
+literature?</p>
+
+<p><i>4.</i> Name the chief poems which mark the transition stage
+between Old English and Modern English.</p>
+
+<p><i>5.</i> In what form did the romantic spirit find its outlet in
+Middle English literature?</p>
+
+<p><i>6.</i> Contrast the literary spirit of Chaucer’s age with that of
+the previous age.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_124">[Pg 124]</span>
+
+<i>7.</i> Who were the chief followers of Chaucer in England and
+Scotland? Briefly contrast any two of them.</p>
+
+<p><i>8.</i> What was Caxton’s special service to English literature?</p>
+
+<p><i>9.</i> Write brief notes on any three of the following: “Widsith,”
+“Pricke of Conscience,” “Sir Gawayne,” “Gesta
+Romanorum,” the “Prologue to the Canterbury Tales,”
+“Ancren Riwle,” “Mandeville’s Travels,”.</p>
+
+<p><i>10.</i> Name the source and approximate date of any five of the
+following:</p>
+</div>
+<div class="blockquot">
+<p>“Sumer is icumen in.”</p>
+
+<p>“He was a very parfit gentil knight.”</p>
+
+<p>“In a somer seson, when softe was the sonne.”</p>
+
+<p>“He knew the taverns well in every toun.”</p>
+
+<p>“A freedom is a nobil thing.”</p>
+
+<p>“His study was but litel in the Bible.”</p>
+
+<p>“For he that is trewe of his tongue, and of his two handes
+and doth the werken therewith, and willeth no man ille;
+He is a god by the gospel.”</p>
+</div>
+
+<h4 class="center"><i>Lesson 2 (1500-1630)</i></h4>
+
+<h5><span class="smcap">Part I.</span>—<span class="smcap">Renaissance and Reformation</span> (<i>1500-1579</i>).</h5>
+
+<p><i>Forces at Work.</i>—The accession of the Tudors making for
+peace and social development. The introduction and spread
+of the new learning by Erasmus and others. The Reformation.
+Henry’s struggle with the Papacy, and the resulting reconstitution
+of the English church and dissolution of the monasteries.
+The religious persecutions under Mary and Elizabeth,
+and the beginnings of Puritanism.</p>
+
+<p><i>Literary Features.</i>—A period of transition and for the most
+part poor in material. Changes in the language, such as the
+dropping of the final e, are causing new metrical experiments
+and forms. Barclay introduces the ecologue, and Wyatt and
+Surrey the sonnet. A striking feature is the decay of Scottish
+poetry, which does not revive until the 18th century. The
+drama gradually supersedes the old metrical romance. The
+miracle and morality play give way to the interlude, and
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_125">[Pg 125]</span>later to tragedy and comedy proper. Prose is chiefly concerned
+with religious and historical topics. There is a marked
+decay in the influence of Latin models, and some tentative
+attempts to develop native qualities. The bases of all our
+four prose styles are laid in this period.</p>
+
+<div class="hang">
+<p><i>1.</i> <span class="smcap">Poetry.</span>—(<i>a</i>) <i>The Scottish Rearguard</i>: Lyndsay. Maitland.
+Alex. Scott. Alex. Montgomerie. (<i>b</i>) <i>The Spenserian
+Vanguard</i>: Hawes. Barclay. Skelton. (<i>c</i>) <i>Satirical
+and Social Literature</i>: Mock testaments. Satires on
+women. Jest books. Vagabond literature, (<i>d</i>) <i>The New
+English Poetry</i>: Wyatt and Surrey. Gascoigne. Sackville.
+<i>The poetical miscellanies.</i> (<i>e</i>) <i>Verse Translations
+from the Classics</i>: Their influence as source books for
+dramatic plots, etc. Jasper Heywood. Turberville.
+Phaer and Golding.</p>
+
+<p><i>2.</i> <span class="smcap">The Drama.</span>—<i>The Interlude</i>: John Heywood and John
+Rastel. Bale and the “mystery play.” The new classical
+models at court and school. <i>The first comedies</i>: “Ralph
+Roister Doister,” “Gammer Gurton’s Needle,” etc.
+Dutch, Spanish, and Italian influences. Gascoigne.
+Edwards and the anonymous “Humanists,” and their
+tragi-comedy. <i>Romantic comedy</i>: “Promos and Cassandra,”
+<i>Senecan Tragedy</i>: “Gorboduc,” Gascoigne.
+Kyd. Daniel.</p>
+
+<p><i>3.</i> <span class="smcap">Critical Prose.</span>—Elyot and Ascham. Cheke. Wilson.</p>
+
+<p><i>4.</i> <span class="smcap">The Renaissance Scholars.</span>—Erasmus. Linacre.
+Grocyn. Colet. Lyly. Fisher. More. Elyot.</p>
+
+<p><i>5.</i> <span class="smcap">Reformation Literature.</span>—Erasmus. “The Book of
+Common Prayer.” Tyndale, Coverdale, and other
+workers on the English Bible. Cranmer, Latimer, and the
+sermon writers. Sternhold and Hopkins and the Hymnal.
+Foxe’s “Book of Martyrs.” <i>The Reformation in Scotland</i>:
+P. Hamilton. J. Knox. R. Lindesay.</p>
+
+<p><i>6.</i> <span class="smcap">History and Travel.</span>—Berners. Bale. Hall. Leland.
+Harrison. Hollinshed.</p>
+</div>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_126">[Pg 126]</span></p>
+<h5><span class="smcap">Part II.</span>—<span class="smcap">The Elizabethans</span> (<i>1579-1630</i>).</h5>
+
+<p><i>Forces at Work.</i>—An age of expansion, geographically and
+mentally. England becomes a power of the first rank, and her
+new position in the world of affairs is emphasised by the
+glorious victory of 1588, and the achievements of her explorers,
+adventures, and business men. The influx of new ideas from
+the east, and the material wealth from the west, overshadow
+the old religious quarrels, and the union of Scotland and
+England helped to settle dynastic problems for a time. The
+new commercial developments, however, raised the position
+of the middle classes, and the reign of James I. is mainly a
+struggle for economic power on their part and the “divine
+right of kings” idea on the part of the crown.</p>
+
+<p><i>Literary Features.</i>—The age is characterised by its revolt
+against tradition. Despite the new interest in the classics,
+translations and imitations are rendered in a remarkably free
+spirit. All borrowings are remoulded and re-fashioned, and
+given a character native to themselves. The language, in spite
+of the introduction of a host of foreign words, emerges tempered
+and polished, and there is a remarkable output in all
+forms of literature. The age is a quest for romance and adventure,
+and nowhere does this spirit show itself so well as in
+literature. The drama makes a wonderful leap into maturity;
+poetry blossoms forth in great and original beauty. Prose
+attains a first-rate position, steadily developing through the
+“conceits” of Euphuism to the splendid models of Bacon and
+Hooker. The novel <i>only</i> remains in its infancy, as blank verse
+and metrical facility still overshadow the glorious prose weapon
+in the course of development.</p>
+
+<p>The chief poetic forms in use (stated in the order of their
+popularity) were the lyric and the sonnet, the descriptive and
+narrative poem, from pure description to allegory and pastoral;
+the religious, satirical and didactic poem. The drama reaches
+its summation between <i>1595</i> and <i>1615</i>, and begins to decline
+with Jonson. After Shakespeare the pre-eminence of tragedy
+is challenged by light comedy, while the masque has a brief
+but glorious run from Jonson to Milton. In prose we have the
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_127">[Pg 127]</span>remarkable vogue of the “character sketch,” developing into
+the regular essay with Bacon, while the prose romance, a host
+of miscellaneous pamphlets, theological writings, sermons
+translations, travels, and the remarkable “Anatomy of
+Melancholy” all serve to form the foundation of many important
+groups of the future.</p>
+
+<div class="hang">
+<p><i>1.</i> <span class="smcap">Poetry.</span>—(<i>a</i>) <i>Spenser and his successors</i>: Drummond.
+Wither. Wm. Browne. Greville. Sir John Davis. Giles
+and Phineas Fletcher, (<i>b</i>) <i>The Sonneteers</i>: Spenser.
+Sidney. Daniel. Constable. Lodge. Barnes. G. Fletcher.
+Drayton. Shakespeare. (<i>c</i>) <i>Lyrists</i>: The lyric in the
+drama. Greene. Breton. Lodge. Munday. John
+Wotton. Barnefield. The miscellanies. Campion.
+Jonson. Shakespeare. (<i>d</i>) <i>Political and Patriotic Verse</i>:
+Warner. Daniel. Drayton. (<i>e</i>) <i>Religious and Philosophical
+Verse</i>: Giles and Phineas Fletcher. Sir John
+Davies. Southwell. Wither. Donne. Drummond. (<i>f</i>)
+<i>Verse Satire</i>: Drayton. Donne. Joseph Hall. Marston.</p>
+
+<p><i>2.</i> <span class="smcap">The Drama.</span>—(<i>a</i>) <i>Shakespeare’s predecessors</i>: The “university
+wits”: Lyly. Nash. Peele. Lodge. Greene.
+Kyd. Marlowe. (Note chiefly: historical plays are of a
+tragical cast; Lyly the only romantic comedy writer
+till Shakespeare). (<i>b</i>) <i>Shakespeare, his contemporaries
+and successors</i>: Jonson. Beaumont and Fletcher.
+Chapman. Marston. Dekker. Middleton. Heywood.
+Tourneur. Webster. (<i>c</i>) <i>The Masque</i>: Spenser. Jonson.
+Campion. Chapman. Beaumont. <i>(d) Pastoral Drama</i>:
+The “university wits.” Daniel. Fletcher. Jonson.
+(<i>e</i>) <i>Dramatic Criticism</i>: The Puritan attack on the
+stage. Gosson <i>versus</i> Lodge. Stubbs <i>versus</i> Heywood,
+etc.</p>
+
+<p><i>3.</i> <span class="smcap">Prose.</span>—(<i>a</i>) <i>The Novel</i>: Its origins in romance of chivalry
+and pastoral romance. The idylls of Lyly, Sidney, Greene,
+Lodge. The realistic attempts of Nash and Deloney.
+The collections of tales from foreign sources by Brooke,
+Painter, Fenton, and Pettie. (<i>b</i>) <i>The “Character
+Sketch” and Essay</i>: Hall. Breton. Overbury. Earle.
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_128">[Pg 128]</span>Bacon. (<i>c</i>) <i>The critics</i>: Sidney. Harvey. Puttenham.
+Webbe. Harington. T. Heywood. Jonson. Campion
+<i>versus</i> Daniel. War of diction, form, and style. (<i>See also</i>
+Dramatic Criticism), (<i>d</i>) <i>The Satirists</i>: Audelay.
+Harman. Dekker. Nash (<i>See also</i> verse satire). (<i>e</i>) <i>The
+Translators</i>: The Bible (A.V.) North. Florio. Holland.
+Fairfax. <i>Verse translations</i>—Chapman. Stanyhurst.
+Harington. (<i>f</i>) <i>Historians and Antiquaries</i>: Bacon.
+Raleigh. Knolles. Camden. Stow. (<i>g</i>) <i>Travel and Geography</i>:
+Gilbert. Hawkins. Davies. Best. Hakluyt.
+Purchas. Coryat. The poetry of discovery. (<i>h</i>) <i>Religious
+Controversialists and Theologians</i>: Hooker. Andrewes.
+Ussher. Hall. Donne. The Marprelate Controversy.
+(<i>i</i>) <i>Philosophical and Miscellaneous Prose</i>: Burton.
+Bacon. Jonson. Selden.</p>
+</div>
+
+<h4 class="center">TEST PAPER—<i>1500-1630</i>.</h4>
+
+<div class="hang">
+<p><i>1.</i> Briefly outline the developments of the drama from <i>1500-1630</i>.</p>
+
+<p><i>2.</i> Name the chief representatives of the English “humanists”
+and Reformation writers. Describe the work of any one
+of them.</p>
+
+<p><i>3.</i> The Elizabethans have been described as “adventurers
+all.” Justify this in reference to their literary output.</p>
+
+<p><i>4.</i> What were the chief foreign influences at work during the
+period <i>1500-1630</i>?</p>
+
+<p><i>5.</i> Who were the chief prose writers of the period <i>1550-1630</i>?
+Contrast any two of them.</p>
+
+<p><i>6.</i> Write a brief critical account of any one of the following:
+Marlowe, Jonson, Bacon, or Spenser.</p>
+
+<p><i>7.</i> Discuss the origin and development of the novel in
+reference to this period.</p>
+
+<p><i>8.</i> Shakespeare’s dramatic career is usually classified into
+periods. Describe these, and name three plays belonging
+to each.</p>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_129">[Pg 129]</span></p>
+<p><i>9.</i> What were the chief poetical forms in use in Shakespeare’s
+day? Name four users of any one of them.</p>
+
+<p><i>10.</i> Name the author of four of the following quotations, and
+the works in which they appear:—</p>
+</div>
+
+<blockquote class="interlinear">
+<div>“Drink to me only with thine eyes.”</div>
+</blockquote>
+<blockquote class="interlinear"><div>“Dost thou think because thou art virtuous</div>
+<div>There shall be no more cakes and ale.”</div></blockquote>
+<blockquote class="interlinear">
+<div>“There is a garden in her face</div>
+<div>Where roses and white lilies blow.”</div></blockquote>
+<blockquote class="interlinear">
+<div>“Into the breast which gave the rose</div>
+<div>Shall I with shuddering fall.”</div></blockquote>
+<blockquote class="interlinear">
+<div>“We mark when we hit but rarely when we miss.”</div></blockquote>
+ <blockquote class="interlinear">
+<div>“Since there’s no help, come let us kiss and part.”</div></blockquote>
+<blockquote class="interlinear">
+<div>“Was this the face that launched a thousand ships.”</div></blockquote>
+<blockquote class="interlinear">
+<div>“He that plots to be the only figure among ciphers</div>
+<div>Is in danger of becoming the decay of a whole age.”</div></blockquote>
+
+<h4 class="center"><i>Lesson 3 (1630-1746).</i></h4>
+
+<h5><span class="smcap">Part I.</span>—<span class="smcap">Age of Milton</span> (<i>1630-1660</i>).</h5>
+
+<p><i>Forces at Work.</i>—The national unity of the Elizabethan age
+changes to one of internal strife and dissension. The struggle
+between the doctrine of the “divine right of kings” and civil
+liberty becomes most acute, and after the failure of the Long
+Parliament the country is involved in civil war. The defeat of
+the Royalists and the rise of the Puritans changes the conflict
+to one of civil and religious liberty, in which the latter gains a
+temporary triumph. The pendulum of feeling sweeps violently
+back again soon after Cromwell’s death.</p>
+
+<p><i>Literary Features.</i>—The clash of parties is deeply reflected
+in the literature of the times. The unsettled state of affairs
+results in a smaller output of poetry, and prose assumes a fierce
+and disputatious character. Milton dominates the period,
+and with this exception, the fashion is towards shorter poems
+with more fancy and less fervour, as witness the metaphysical
+lyric and its frequent leaps into remote fancy and absurdity.
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_130">[Pg 130]</span>The Elizabethan adventurous spirit has gone; a pensive and
+often melancholy attitude takes its place. The religious lyric
+is the only form showing signs of real exaltation: the love
+lyric, the ode, the narrative and descriptive poem all tend
+towards artificiality. The classic emphasis on form steadily
+develops. The heroic couplet begins its long reign, and except
+in Milton, blank verse is extremely slipshod. Prose shows
+a fairly continuous development. The tendency is toward the
+ornate, but both middle and plain styles are well represented.
+Narrative prose is small, but the age is famous for its sermons,
+philosophical, historical, and miscellaneous types. A special
+development is the journalistic essay. The drama has practically
+collapsed, the only men of note up to the closing of the
+theatres in <i>1642</i>, being Ford, Massinger, Shirley, Suckling,
+Davenant.</p>
+
+<div class="hang">
+<p><i>1.</i> <span class="smcap">Poetry.</span>—(<i>a</i>) <i>The Caroline Lyrists</i>: Decline of the sonnet.
+The classical lyric. The Caroline lyric. Jonson’s influence.
+Herrick. Carew. Suckling. Lovelace. Chamberlayne.
+Kynaston. John Hall. (<i>b</i>) <i>The Metaphysical School</i>:
+Herbert. Crashaw. Vaughan. Treherne. Quarles.
+(<i>c</i>) <i>The Couplet</i>: Decline of blank verse. Sir John Beaumont.
+Sandys. Waller. Denham. Cowley. Davenant.
+Marvell. (<i>d</i>) <i>Milton and his poetry</i>: The epic. The ode.
+The pastoral. The sonnet. The masque.</p>
+
+<p><i>2.</i> <span class="smcap">The Drama</span> and its decline. The Elizabethan tradition:
+Massinger. Ford. Shirley. Randolph. Brome. Suckling.
+The masque: Jonson to Milton. Davenant and the new
+heroic play.</p>
+
+<p><i>3.</i> <span class="smcap">The Novel.</span> Bunyan.</p>
+
+<p><i>4.</i> <span class="smcap">Essayists and Critics.</span>—Milton. Hobbes. Davenant.
+Cowley. Growth of literary characterisation and appreciation.
+Beginnings of journalism.</p>
+
+<p><i>5.</i> <span class="smcap">The Satire.</span>—Marvell. Denham.</p>
+
+<p><i>6.</i> <span class="smcap">Study and Research.</span>—(<i>a</i>) <i>Theology</i>: Baker. Treherne.
+Baxter. Fuller. Taylor, (<i>b</i>) <i>Philosophy</i>: Hobbes and his
+critics. Harington. Glanvill. (<i>c</i>) <i>History and Antiquities</i>:
+Herbert. Clarendon. Digby. Browne. Fuller. Walton.
+Urquhart.</p>
+</div>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_131">[Pg 131]</span></p>
+
+<h5><span class="smcap">Part II.</span>—<span class="smcap">Age of Dryden</span> (<i>1660-1700</i>).</h5>
+
+<p><i>Forces at Work.</i>—The rigour of the Puritans did not long
+survive the death of Cromwell. In <i>1660</i>, the Stuarts were
+restored and the pendulum swung from restriction to license.
+The political power of England declined, and the old Stuart
+tyranny in religion and politics served to keep alive religious
+and political factions. In <i>1688</i>, James II. fled, to be succeeded
+by William and Mary. A new era of constitutional monarchy,
+of civil and religious freedom, of decency in social life resulted,
+and England’s position in European affairs rose once more.
+These conditions were strikingly reflected in the literature of
+the times. After <i>1688</i>, literature emphasises the political rather
+than the religious side of affairs.</p>
+
+<p><i>Literary Features.</i>—The Elizabethan romantic spirit is
+completely spent. The new spirit is all for restraint and convention.
+Note the imitation of Latin models in poetry, and
+French models in comedy; the combination of French and
+classical models in producing the new “heroic play,” and the
+growth of the “correct school.” As in the previous age one
+figure towers over all the rest. Outside the work of Dryden the
+age is poor in ode, lyric, and narrative poetry, but satirical
+verse shows great development. The use of the heroic couplet
+spreads throughout poetry and drama; blank verse is very
+rare and very slipshod; while the lyric still follows the artificial
+Caroline tradition. Drama has a new lease of life; French
+example is developing the new play of “Manners” of a very
+licentious character. Prose is not very great in bulk, but it
+shows a tendency towards a plain and forcible style. The new
+“Royal Society,” with its demand for clearness of expression
+had much to do with the new prose. The ornate style of the
+previous age has but one great exponent: Burnet.</p>
+
+<div class="hang">
+<p><i>1.</i> <span class="smcap">Poetry.</span>—(<i>a</i>) <i>The Lyrists</i>: Dryden. Marvell. The court
+poets: Rochester, Sedley, etc. (<i>b</i>) <i>Narrative</i>: Dryden.
+Butler. (<i>c</i>) <i>Satirical and Didactic</i>: Dryden. Butler.
+Oldham. Shadwell. (<i>d</i>) <i>Criticism in Verse</i>: Mulgrave and
+Roscommon.</p>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_132">[Pg 132]</span>
+<i>2.</i> <span class="smcap">The Drama.</span>—Spanish and French influences: Molière,
+Corneille. Racine, etc. (<i>a</i>) <i>The Heroic Play</i>: <i>Dryden</i>.
+Orrery. Killigrew. Settle. Lee. (<i>b</i>) <i>Comedy</i>: Dryden.
+Etheredge. Shadwell. Wycherley. Congreve. Vanbrugh.
+Farquhar. Behn. Cibber. Centlivre. (<i>c</i>) <i>Tragedy</i>:
+Otway. Lee. Crowne. Southerne. Rowe.</p>
+
+<p><i>3.</i> <span class="smcap">The Novel.</span>—Bunyan. Aphra Behn.</p>
+
+<p><i>4.</i> <span class="smcap">The Essay.</span>—The beginnings of modern English prose.
+Science and the demand for clarity and simplicity.
+Pulpit plainness. French influences. Dryden. Cowley.
+Osborne. Temple. Halifax.</p>
+
+<p><i>5.</i> <span class="smcap">Memoirs, Letters and Diaries.</span>—Evelyn. Pepys.
+Hamilton. Whitelocke.</p>
+
+<p><i>6.</i> <span class="smcap">Political Writers.</span>—Locke. Sidney. The pamphleteers
+and the news letter.</p>
+
+<p><i>7.</i> <span class="smcap">Study and Research.</span>—(<i>a</i>) <i>Economists</i>: Locke. Petty.
+(<i>b</i>) <i>Science</i>: Digby. Newton. Harvey. Boyle. Glanvil.
+(<i>c</i>) <i>Religion</i>: Barrow. Pearson. Wilkins. Stillingfleet.
+Tillotson. South. Bunyan. Fox. Penn. Barclay, (<i>d</i>)
+<i>Philosophy</i>: Locke. Whichcote and the Cambridge
+Platonists. More. Cudworth. Culverwell. Cumberland.
+Glanvil. (<i>e</i>) <i>History, Travel and Antiquities</i>: Burnet.
+Ludlow. Temple. Coke. à Wood. Dugdale. Ashmole.
+Knox. Dampier. Molesworth.</p>
+</div>
+
+<h5><span class="smcap">Part III.</span>—<span class="smcap">Age of Pope</span> (<i>1700-1740</i>).</h5>
+
+<p><i>Forces at Work.</i>—Under Anne the chief influences which
+left their mark on literature were the War of the Spanish
+succession, the rise of political parties, the Act of Settlement
+and the new study of social and industrial conditions. Under
+George I. history is largely Whig politics and the development
+of English trade. Political life was corrupt and cynical and
+social outlook materialistic. The year <i>1714</i>, was the culminating
+point of the strife between Whigs and Tories. The
+accession of the House of Hanover was a triumph for the Low
+Church and the middle classes generally.</p>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_133">[Pg 133]</span></p>
+<p><i>Literary Features.</i>—The age is chiefly one of development
+in prose style. The tendency in poetry is all towards convention
+and polish rather than fervour and freedom. Under Pope and
+his school the heroic couplet reaches its climax as a weapon
+of criticism and satire, and is often no more than rhymed
+prose. The political strife influenced literature in several ways:
+(<i>a</i>) it unloosed an avalanche of pamphlets and developed a
+virulent prose style, (<i>b</i>) assisted in the formation of those
+clubs and coffee houses which were to have so great an influence
+on the essay, (<i>c</i>) produced a swarm of party periodicals
+and literary journals, (<i>d</i>) helped to create an increased reading
+public and led to the development of the new publishing
+houses and the race of hack writers of “Grub Street.”</p>
+
+<div class="hang">
+<p><i>1.</i> <span class="smcap">Poetry.</span>—(<i>a</i>) <i>The Lyrists</i>: Prior. Gay. (<i>b</i>) <i>Critical and
+Satirical Verse</i>: Pope. Swift. Prior. Garth. Parnell.
+Winchilsea. Savage. Young. (<i>c</i>) <i>Pastoral</i>: Pope. Gay.
+Ambrose Philips. (<i>d</i>) <i>The Ode</i>: Pope. Winchilsea. (<i>e</i>)
+<i>Narrative</i>: Pope’s Homer. Addison. Blackmore. (<i>f</i>)
+<i>The Scottish Revival</i>: The long blight and the kirk.
+Survival of popular songs. Allan Ramsay. Robt. Fergusson.</p>
+
+<p><i>2.</i> <span class="smcap">The Drama.</span>—The effect of the new staging and general
+decline. Addison. Ambrose Philips. Steele. Gay.
+Ramsay. The musical play.</p>
+
+<p><i>3.</i> <span class="smcap">The Novel.</span>—Defoe. Swift.</p>
+
+<p><i>4.</i> <span class="smcap">Essayists and Critics.</span>—Defoe. Addison. Steele. Swift.
+Rymer. Gildon. Dennis. Cibber. Rise of the newspaper.</p>
+
+<p><i>5.</i> <span class="smcap">Memoirs, etc.</span>—Lady M. W. Montagu. Lady Cowper.
+Lady Suffolk, etc.</p>
+
+<p><i>6.</i> <span class="smcap">Satire.</span>—(Chiefly political). Defoe. Swift. Arbuthnot.
+Addison. Bolingbroke. Mandeville.</p>
+
+<p><i>7.</i> <span class="smcap">Study and Research.</span>—(<i>a</i>) <i>Economists</i>: Bolingbroke.
+(<i>b</i>) <i>Scholars and Antiquaries</i>: Bentley. Middleton and
+the classics. (<i>c</i>) <i>History and Travel</i>: Burnet. Strype.
+Collier. Neal, etc. (<i>d</i>) <i>Burlesques and Translations</i>:
+Cotton. John Philips. L’Estrange.</p>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_134">[Pg 134]</span>
+<i>8.</i> <span class="smcap">Beginnings of American Literature</span>.—The colonial
+period, <i>1607-1764</i>. (<i>a</i>) <i>Poetry</i>: Bradstreet. Wigglesworth.
+“The Bay Psalm Book.” (<i>a</i>) <i>Prose</i> (<i>i</i>) John Smith
+Bradford. Winthrop and the early annalists. (<i>ii</i>) The
+Mather family and other New England divines.</p>
+</div>
+
+<h4 class="center">TEST PAPER (<i>1630-1745</i>).</h4>
+
+<div class="hang">
+<p><i>1.</i> In what ways did the struggle between Parliament and
+the Crown affect literature in the period <i>1630-1660</i>?</p>
+
+<p><i>2.</i> Who were the Caroline lyrists; compare their work with
+that of the Elizabethan lyrists.</p>
+
+<p><i>3.</i> Compare Milton with Dryden, <i>or</i> Defoe with Bunyan, or
+Evelyn with Pepys.</p>
+
+<p><i>4.</i> Outline the qualities of Restoration drama. Name the
+chief writers in each form of play.</p>
+
+<p><i>5.</i> Trace the development of English prose style from Bacon
+to Addison.</p>
+
+<p><i>6.</i> What effects had political life on literature in the age of
+Pope?</p>
+
+<p><i>7.</i> Name three philosophers, three scientific writers and three
+religious authors of the period <i>1660-1748</i>. Comment
+on the work of any one of them.</p>
+
+<p><i>8.</i> Name the author and approximate date of any four of the
+following: “Night Thoughts,” “The Gentle Shepherd,”
+“Moll Flanders,” “Tale of a Tub,” “Venice
+Preserved,” “All for love,” “Grace Abounding.”</p>
+
+<p><i>9.</i> Compare Pope and Swift as satirists, or Addison and Steele
+as essayists.</p>
+
+<p><i>10.</i> Name the source of five of the following:—</p>
+</div>
+ <blockquote class="interlinear">
+<div>“Words are wise men’s counters.” </div>
+</blockquote>
+<blockquote class="interlinear">
+<div>“Stone walls do not a prison make.”</div></blockquote>
+<blockquote class="interlinear">
+<div>“Her feet beneath her petticoat</div>
+<div>Like little mice stole in and out.”</div></blockquote>
+<blockquote class="interlinear">
+<div>“A little learning is a dangerous thing.”</div></blockquote>
+<blockquote class="interlinear">
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_135">[Pg 135]</span>
+<div>“Still amorous and fond and billing</div>
+<div>Like Philip and Mary on a shilling.”</div></blockquote>
+<blockquote class="interlinear">
+<div>“The proper study of mankind is man.”</div></blockquote>
+<blockquote class="interlinear">
+<div>“Tis not in mortals to command success,</div>
+<div>But well do more, Sempronius, we’ll deserve it.”</div></blockquote>
+<blockquote class="interlinear">
+<div>“Man is a noble animal, splendid in ashes and pompous
+in the grave.”</div></blockquote>
+
+<h4 class="center"><i>Lesson 4 (1745-1832).</i></h4>
+
+<h5><span class="smcap">Part I.</span>—<span class="smcap">Age of Johnson</span> (<i>1745-1798</i>).</h5>
+
+<p><i>Forces at Work.</i>—The age is one of rapid and vigorous
+growth in science and speculation. Note particularly the
+influence of the “encyclopedists” and the French “salons.”
+In politics, England is developing a strong imperialistic tendency,
+and her wealth and possessions are growing apace.
+Whig and Tory still carry on the party feud, but with less
+animosity until the loss of the American colonies and the
+outbreak <span class="err" title="original: of of the">of the</span> French Revolution. Philosophy is largely
+sceptical and official religion latitudinarian, but there is a
+growing feeling towards evangelism. Note the rise of Wesleyanism,
+the growing moral sense, the struggle for the freedom
+of the press, the movement towards prison reform and
+abolition of the slave trade, and also the beginnings of industrialism.
+Note above all the tendency towards naturalism,
+the new interest in man and his place in nature, and the
+growing feeling for the lower classes long before the French
+Revolution took place.</p>
+
+<p><i>Literary Features.</i>—In literature the tendencies are conflicting.
+The rapid growth of science and speculative thought
+is in favour of critical prose, but it also serves poetry by challenging
+the received ideas. Classicism is still a power with
+Johnson and his school, but there is a growing movement
+towards naturalism. The new spirit gradually led to the
+following changes. In poetry, a return to natural scenes in
+preference to the artificial pastoral pictures; a revolt against
+formal measures and a renewed interest in old Ballads and in
+the Middle Ages. In philosophy, to a great deal of theorising
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_136">[Pg 136]</span>as to man’s place in the world around, and in history to a new
+critical school. In the novel we have realism side by side with
+sentimentalism, and in the latter years weird romance cheek by
+jowl with the philosophical novel and the didactic tale of
+manners. The drama is in a transition stage; the metrical
+play is giving way to the prose drama; tragedy is practically
+non-existent and comedy is only rescued from oblivion by two
+great names. In miscellaneous prose, letter-writing has become
+popular, and the periodical essay is becoming more literary
+and less political.</p>
+
+
+<p class="center">(<i>a</i>) <span class="smcap">American Literature.</span></p>
+
+<div class="hang">
+<p><i>1.</i> <span class="smcap">Poetry.</span>—Barlow and the “Hartford Wits.” Trumbull
+and Dwight’s epics. Frenau’s satires and lyrics. Ralph
+and the Philadelphians.</p>
+
+<p><i>2.</i> <span class="smcap">Drama.</span>—Beginnings. Tyler. Dunlap. Hillhouse.</p>
+
+<p><i>3.</i> <span class="smcap">The Novel.</span>—Mrs. Foster. Mrs. Rowson and the domestic
+novel.</p>
+
+<p><i>4.</i> <span class="smcap">Politicians and Orators.</span>—Franklin. Jefferson. Paine.
+Dickinson. Quincy. Otis. Adams. Henry.</p>
+
+<p><i>5.</i> <span class="smcap">Diarists.</span>—Sewall. Woolman. Franklin.</p>
+
+<p><i>6.</i> <span class="smcap">Study and Research.</span>—(<i>a</i>) <i>Philosophy and Religion</i>:
+Chauncey. Franklin. Woolman. Johnson. (<i>b</i>) <i>History
+and Travel</i>: Prince. Irving. Carver. Bartram. Lewis
+and Clark.</p>
+</div>
+
+<p class="center">(<i>b</i>) <span class="smcap">English Literature</span></p>
+
+<div class="hang">
+<p><i>1.</i> <span class="smcap">Poetry.</span>—(<i>a</i>) <i>The Classical Tradition</i>: Cibber. Whitehead.
+Pye. Johnson. Goldsmith. Dyer. Blair. Shenstone.
+Akenside. Glover. E. Darwin. (<i>See also</i> Satire).
+(<i>b</i>) <i>Poets of Transition</i>: Thomson. Collins. Gray. The
+Wartons. Russell. Smart. Cowper. Blake. Crabbe.
+(<i>c</i>) <i>Influence of the Middle Ages</i>: Macpherson. Percy’s
+“Reliques.” Ritson. Chatterton and Spenser. The
+Wartons. Tyrrwhitt and Chaucer. (<i>d</i>) <i>The Scottish
+Revival</i>: The Hamiltons. Jean Elliott. Beattie. Ross.
+Mickle. Logan. Bruce. Fergusson. Burns.</p>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_137">[Pg 137]</span></p>
+<p><i>2.</i> <span class="smcap">Drama.</span>—The predominance of repertoire until <i>1770</i>.
+Translations from the French, and the influence of
+Voltaire. (<i>a</i>) <i>Tragedy</i>: Johnson. Lillo. Moore. Home.
+(<i>b</i>) <i>Panto and Ballad Opera</i>: Rich. Gay. Centlivre.
+Young. Hughes. Thomson. (<i>c</i>) <i>Burlesque and Farce</i>:
+Fielding. Foote. (<i>d</i>) <i>Comedy</i>: Colman. Murphy.
+Towneley. Garrick. Goldsmith. Sheridan. O’Keefe.
+Macklin. Holcroft. (<i>e</i>) <i>Sentimental Drama</i>: Kelly.
+Cumberland.</p>
+
+<p><i>3.</i> <span class="smcap">Novel.</span>—The perfecting of the novel proper. (<i>a</i>) <i>The
+Picaresque Romance</i>: Fielding. Smollett. Sterne. (<i>b</i>)
+<i>The Novel of Manners and Sentiment</i>: Richardson.
+Sterne. Mackenzie. Burney. Brooks. (<i>c</i>) <i>The Romance
+of Terror</i>: Amory. Walpole. Beckford. Radcliffe.
+Reeve. Lewis. (<i>d</i>) <i>The Revolutionary Romance</i>: Godwin.
+Holcroft. Bage. Inchbald. (<i>e</i>) <i>The Didactic Tale</i>:
+Johnson. Goldsmith. H. More.</p>
+
+<p><i>4.</i> <span class="smcap">Essayists and Critics.</span>—Johnson. Goldsmith. The
+Wartons. Gray. The periodical press. Mrs. Thrale.
+Mrs. Trench. Twining.</p>
+
+<p><i>5.</i> <span class="smcap">Oratory.</span>—Burke. Fox. Pitt. Sheridan.</p>
+
+<p><i>6.</i> <span class="smcap">Diarists, Letter-Writers and Memoirs.</span>—Boswell.
+Burdy. Holcroft. Walpole. Wolfe Tone. Chesterfield.
+Burney. Hannah More. The Warwickshire coterie:
+Somervile. Shenstone. Jago. Graves. Cowper. Mrs.
+Montagu.</p>
+
+<p><i>7.</i> <span class="smcap">Satire.</span>—Churchill. Wolcot. Anstey. “The Rolliad.”
+“The Anti-Jacobin,” “The Baviad,” etc. “Junius.”
+Gifford. Canning. Frere. Burns, etc.</p>
+
+<p><i>8.</i> <span class="smcap">Political Literature.</span>—Whig and Tory pamphleteers.
+Smollett. Wilkes. Burke. Paine. Godwin. Mary Wollstonecroft.
+Cobbett.</p>
+
+<p><i>9.</i> <span class="smcap">Study and Research.</span>—(<i>a</i>) <i>Philosophy</i>: Hume. Adam.
+Smith. Hartley. Reid and the “commonsense” school.
+Bentham. Mill and Utilitarianism. Malthus. Young.
+E. Darwin. Stewart. (<i>b</i>) <i>Religion</i>: Dislike of enthusiasm
+and general tolerance. The divines: Wake. Sherlock.
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_138">[Pg 138]</span>
+The Apologists: Paley. Horsley. Watson. Lowth.
+Warburton. The Sceptics: Priestley, Middleton, Paine
+and the deists. The evangelists: Whitefield, Fletcher,
+and the Wesleys. (<i>c</i>) <i>Classical Scholars, etc.</i>: Parr.
+Horne Tooke. Wakefield. Porson. Toup. (<i>d</i>) <i>Science and
+Discovery</i>: Black. Cavendish. Priestley. Hutton.
+Dalton. White. Pennant. Pinkerton. Bruce. A. Young.
+(<i>e</i>) <i>Historians</i>: Gibbon. Hume. Robertson. Smollett.
+Goldsmith. Watson. Walpole. Mitford. Middleton.
+Whitaker. Ferguson. Strutt.</p>
+
+<p><i>10.</i> <span class="smcap">Children’s Books.</span>—The Newberys. Edgeworth. Sherwood.
+Blake. Trimmer. Day. Barbauld.</p>
+</div>
+
+<h5><span class="smcap">Part II.</span>—<span class="smcap">Age of Wordsworth</span> (<i>1798-1832</i>).</h5>
+
+<p><i>Forces at Work.</i>—Note the influence of German thought,
+the effects of the French Revolution and of the War between
+England and France, <i>1793-1815</i>. Also the attitude of the
+English liberals to the French Republic and the difference
+between the older revolutionary poets such as Wordsworth and
+the younger such as Shelley. Equally important are the effects
+of the industrial revolution, the congregation of people in towns
+and the growing demand for political and social measures
+ending in the Reform Bill. Note also the War of <i>1812</i>, and
+the emergence of American literature proper.</p>
+
+<p><i>Literary Features.</i>—Literature is marked by a remarkable
+activity and success in all forms except the drama. Here
+nothing better could be done than low comedy, and the unsuccessful
+poetic tragedy of Byron and others. Poetry is
+exceedingly fertile. The return to Nature heralded in the
+previous age, and the new interest in the Middle Ages, comes
+to full fruition, while the growing philosophical spirit demands
+more than a mere metrical facility and sympathetic observation.
+All nature is the field, and the meaning thereof the
+quest. No new metrical forms are in vogue, but the new verse
+is marked by a wider range of subject, a freshness of treatment,
+and a simplicity of style. In the novel we have the full development
+of the historical and domestic types, and the introduction
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_139">[Pg 139]</span>of the hybrid “society” novel. A tremendous advance takes
+place in the critical and miscellaneous essay. The vogue of
+these and of the political essay is seen in the number of new
+magazines and newspapers. Prose tends towards the middle
+style, but all kinds are represented from plain Cobbett to
+fervid De Quincey. Letter writers, literary biography and
+satire hold minor positions, but by no means negligible ones,
+while history and other forms of research are well represented.</p>
+
+<p class="center">(<i>a</i>) <span class="smcap">American Literature.</span></p>
+
+<div class="hang">
+<p><i>1.</i> <span class="smcap">Poetry.</span>—Bryant. Paulding. Dana, <i>Snr.</i> Woodworth.</p>
+
+<p><i>2.</i> <span class="smcap">The Drama.</span>—Barker. Payne.</p>
+
+<p><i>3.</i> <span class="smcap">The Novel.</span>—Brackenridge. Brown. Cooper. Irving.
+Paulding.</p>
+
+<p><i>4.</i> <span class="smcap">The Essay.</span>—Channing. Dennie. Wirt. Paulding. Dana,
+<i>Snr.</i></p>
+
+<p><i>5.</i> <span class="smcap">Humor.</span>—Irving and the beginnings of short humorous
+sketch.</p>
+
+<p><i>6.</i> <span class="smcap">Politicians and Orators.</span>—Calhoun. Randolph. Clay.
+Webster.</p>
+
+<p><i>7.</i> <span class="smcap">Philosophy and Religion.</span>—Hopkins. T. Dwight. A.
+Norton.</p>
+
+<p><i>8.</i> <span class="smcap">History and Biography.</span>—Irving.</p>
+</div>
+
+<p class="center">(<i>b</i>) <span class="smcap">English Literature.</span></p>
+
+<div class="hang">
+<p><i>1.</i> <span class="smcap">Poetry.</span>—(<i>a</i>) <i>Wordsworth Group—Poetry of Man and
+Nature</i>: Wordsworth. Coleridge. Bowles. Crabbe.
+Bloomfield. Clare. Elliott, (<i>b</i>) <i>Scott Group—Ballad
+and Song</i>: Scott. Leyden. Hogg. Cunningham. Tannahill.
+Motherwell. Campbell. Moore. Rogers. Southey.
+Hemans. (<i>c</i>) <i>Religious Poets</i>: Montgomery. Heber.
+Milman. K. White, (<i>d</i>) <i>Shelley and the younger Revolutionaries</i>:
+Shelley. Byron. Keats. Tennant. Horace
+Smith. Beddoes. Wells. Wade. Darley. Proctor.
+Landor.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_140">[Pg 140]</span></p>
+
+<p><i>2.</i> <span class="smcap">The Drama.</span>—The one region in which romanticism
+failed. Note prevalence of farce and “commercial”
+comedy, the vogue of Kotzebue and the German drama,
+and of melodrama, and the failure of romantic poetic
+drama. <i>Comedy</i>: O’Keefe. Colman, <i>Junr.</i> Inchbald.
+Holcroft, Tobin. Reynolds and Morton. <i>Melodrama:</i>
+Lewis. Maturin. <i>Poetic Drama</i>: Wordsworth. Coleridge.
+Baillie. Knowles. Shelley. Beddoes. Byron.</p>
+
+<p><i>3.</i> <span class="smcap">Fiction.</span>—(<i>a</i>) <i>Novel of Manners</i>: Edgworth. Lady
+Morgan. Austen. Mitford. <i>Scotch</i>—Galt. Ferrier. Moir.
+Picken. Wilson. <i>Irish</i>—The Banims. Griffin. Croker.
+Carleton. (<i>b</i>) <i>The Picaresque Romance</i>: T. Hope.
+Morier. <i>The New Fashionable Novel</i>—Bulwer. Disraeli.
+Lister. <i>Satire</i>—Peacock. (<i>c</i>) <i>The Romance of Terror</i>:
+Lewis. Maturin. M. W. Shelley. (<i>d</i>) <i>The Revolutionary
+Romance</i>: Godwin. Mrs. Opie. Hannah More. (<i>e</i>) <i>Historical
+Novel</i>: The Porters. Miss Lees. M. W. Shelley.
+Scott.</p>
+
+<p><i>4.</i> <span class="smcap">Essayists and Critics.</span>—(<i>a</i>) <i>The Johnsonian Tradition</i>:
+Jeffrey. S. Smith. Gifford. Lockhart. (<i>b</i>) <i>The Romantic
+School.</i>: Lamb. De Quincey. Wilson, Hazlitt. Hunt.
+Coleridge. Wordsworth. Carlyle.</p>
+
+<p><i>5.</i> <span class="smcap">Letter Writers.</span>—Keats. Byron. Lamb.</p>
+
+<p><i>6.</i> <span class="smcap">Satire.</span>—Frere. Gifford. Canning and light parody.
+Byron. Peacock. Shelley. More. J. and H. Smith.</p>
+
+<p><i>7.</i> <span class="smcap">Study and Research.</span>—(<i>a</i>) <i>Science and Philosophy</i>:
+The Herschels. Brewster. Davy. W. Smith. Bell.
+Stewart and Brown, and the “commonsense” school.
+The “association” school. (<i>b</i>) <i>Politics and Sociology</i>:
+Godwin, Cobbett, and the “democratic reformers.”
+Mill, Ricardo, and the “philosophical radicals.” Malthus.
+Mackintosh. Coleridge. (<i>c</i>) <i>Theology</i>: (<i>i</i>) <i>The Liberals
+and Evangelicals</i>—Hall. Chalmers. Coleridge. Erskine.
+Irving. (<i>ii</i>) <i>The Conservatives</i>—Whately. Thirlwall.
+(<i>d</i>) <i>Historians</i>: (<i>i</i>) <i>Hume’s Followers</i>—Mitford. Coxe.
+Roscoe. (<i>ii</i>) <i>Gibbon’s Followers</i>—Sharon Turner. Lingard.
+Hallam. (<i>iii</i>) <i>Military History</i>—Southey. Napier.
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_141">[Pg 141]</span>(<i>e</i>) <i>Explorers and Travellers</i>: Malcolm. Park. Burckhardt.
+Parry. Hall. (<i>f</i>) <i>Biography</i>: Southey. Moore.
+Lockhart.</p>
+
+<p><i>8.</i> <span class="smcap">Children’s Writers.</span>—Edgeworth. Lamb. J. Porter.
+Mrs. Sherwood. The Taylors. Mrs. Pilkington.</p>
+</div>
+
+<h4 class="center">TEST PAPER. (<i>1745-1832</i>).</h4>
+<div class="hang">
+<p>
+<i>1.</i> Describe briefly the successive phases of the novel from
+Richardson to Scott.</p>
+
+<p><i>2.</i> What were the characteristics of the new romantic poetry
+from <i>1740-1780</i>; who were the chief writers?</p>
+
+<p><i>3.</i> What reasons can you offer for the poor position of the
+drama during the period <i>1740-1830</i>?</p>
+
+<p><i>4.</i> Trace the development of literary criticism from Johnson
+to Hazlitt.</p>
+
+<p><i>5.</i> “During this period the writing of history was greatly
+advanced.” Discuss this statement.</p>
+
+<p><i>6.</i> Write a brief essay on any one of the following: Austen,
+Burns, Johnson, Crabbe, Blake.</p>
+
+<p><i>7.</i> Contrast Shelley with Byron, <i>or</i> Keats with Wordsworth.</p>
+
+<p><i>8.</i> Who wrote the following and when:—“Rasselas,” “Political
+Justice,” “Tam-o’-Shanter,” “The Task,”
+“Lyrical Ballads,” “Mrs. Battle on Whist,” “A
+Vision of Judgment”?</p>
+
+<p><i>9.</i> Trace the development of satirical writing from <i>1745-1830</i>.</p>
+
+<p><i>10.</i> Name the source of any five of the following quotations:</p>
+</div>
+<blockquote class="interlinear">
+<div>“O Sleep it is a gentle thing.”</div>
+</blockquote>
+
+<blockquote class="interlinear">
+<div>“How wonderful is Death,</div>
+<div>Death and his brother, Sleep.”</div>
+</blockquote>
+
+<blockquote class="interlinear">
+<div>“Where’er we tread, t’is haunted holy ground.”</div>
+</blockquote>
+
+<blockquote class="interlinear">
+<div>“The world is a comedy to those that think,</div>
+<div>A tragedy to those who feel.”</div>
+</blockquote>
+
+<blockquote class="interlinear">
+<div>“The man recovered of the bite,</div>
+<div>The dog it was that died.”</div>
+ </blockquote>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_142">[Pg 142]</span></p>
+<blockquote class="interlinear">
+<div>“Knowledge is of two kinds. We know a subject
+ourselves, or we know where we can find information
+on it.”</div>
+</blockquote>
+
+<blockquote class="interlinear">
+<div>“The child is father to the man.”</div>
+</blockquote>
+
+<blockquote class="interlinear">
+<div>“I stood tip-toe on a little hill.”</div>
+</blockquote>
+
+<blockquote class="interlinear">
+<div>“Here’s to the maiden of bashful fifteen,</div>
+<div>Here’s to the widow of fifty.”</div>
+</blockquote>
+<blockquote class="interlinear">
+<div>“Nobody is on my side.... Nobody feels for my poor
+nerves.”</div>
+</blockquote>
+
+<h4 class="center"><i>Lesson 5 (1832-1920).</i></h4>
+
+<h5><span class="smcap">Part I.</span>—<span class="smcap">The Age of Tennyson</span> (<i>1832-1870</i>).</h5>
+
+<p><i>Forces at Work.</i>—This was an age of rapid change, and many
+events call for remark. Note especially the transcendental
+movement and its effects in England and America, the spread
+of democratic government, the raise of nationalism in Europe
+and its results on English poetry, the deep feeling for the
+working classes expressed in the Chartists and Christian
+Socialist movements, the Oxford Movement, the growth of
+commercial enterprise, the conventional outlook of the middle
+classes and the succeeding Pre-Raphaelite revolt, the beginnings
+of popular education and its effect on the reading public,
+especially in the development of magazines and newspapers,
+and also the cumulative effect of the new science on poetry,
+philosophy, history, and general outlook.</p>
+
+<p><i>Literary Features.</i>—As in the last age literature is abundant,
+the only weak section being the drama. In poetry and speculation
+the tendency is away from the hopeful expectations
+of the revolutionaries. Doubt and often despair is the note
+commonly struck. The old foundations are being undermined
+and man is seen to be not the easily perfectible animal he was
+thought to be. In work of a less philosophical character, the
+increased material prosperity of the middle classes tends towards
+conventionality, and the renewed interest in the past
+to imitative forms. The beginnings of the revolt occur in the
+fifties but it does not fully realise itself until the next period.
+In addition to the meditative element, narrative and lyric
+poetry are well represented. The most important event is the
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_143">[Pg 143]</span>rise of the novel to the first place among literary forms. One
+must also notice the beginnings of the short story, the development
+of the literary lecture, and the popularity of the long
+essay, the new literary criticism and critical biography, and
+the rise of the scientific treatise to real literary rank. History
+is still chiefly “literary,” but there are tentative attempts at a
+philosophy of history and the beginnings of an application of
+scientific method to history.</p>
+
+<div class="hang">
+<p><i>1.</i> <span class="smcap">Poetry.</span>—(<i>a</i>) <i>The Intellectual Movement</i>: Browning.
+Tennyson. Arnold. Clough. Fitzgerald. Bailey. Horne.
+(<i>b</i>) <i>The Pre-Raphaelites</i>: The Rossettis. De Tabley.
+Morris. Patmore. (<i>c</i>) <i>The Spasmodics</i>: Dobell. Alex.
+Smith. (<i>d</i>) <i>Religious Verse</i>: Keble. Newman. Hawker.
+Faber. Williams. Neale. C. Rossetti. (<i>e</i>) <i>Ballad Writers</i>:
+Tennyson. Browning. Macaulay. Aytoun. Barham.
+Hawker. Ingelow. Massey. F. H. Doyle. A. L. Gordon.
+(<i>f</i>) <i>Vers de Socitete</i>: Praed. Milnes. Locker-Lampson.
+(<i>g</i>) <i>Political Poetry</i>: Cooper. Loft. (<i>h</i>) <i>Wit and Humour</i>:
+Barham. Hood. Blanchard. Calderley. J. K. Stephen.
+Aytoun. Lear. (<i>i</i>) <i>The Celts</i>: Mangan. De Vere. Darley.
+(<i>j</i>) <i>The Ladies</i>: Browning. Rossetti. E. Bronte. Ingelow.
+Proctor. L.E.L. (<i>k</i>) <i>Dialect Writers</i>: Motherwell.
+Barnes.</p>
+
+<p><i>2.</i> <span class="smcap">The Drama.</span>—(<i>a</i>) <i>Poetic Drama</i>: Browning. Beddoes.
+Knowles. Planché. De Vere. Sir H. Taylor. Lytton.
+Horne. (<i>b</i>) <i>Melodrama</i>: Boucicault. Tom Taylor. Wills.
+Jerrold. Poole. (<i>c</i>) <i>Farce and Comedy</i>: Brooks. H. J.
+Byron. Reade. Robertson. Gilbert.</p>
+
+<p><i>3.</i> <span class="smcap">The Novel.</span>—(<i>a</i>) <i>Historical Romance</i>: Ainsworth. James.
+Lytton. Grant. Thackeray. Kingsley. Reade. (<i>b</i>)
+<i>Domestic Romance</i>: Warren. Wood. Craik. Yonge.
+Reade. (<i>c</i>) <i>Society Romance</i>: Lytton. Disraeli. (<i>d</i>)
+<i>The Novel of Manners</i>: (<i>i</i>) <i>English</i>—Dickens. Thackeray.
+The <span class="err" title="original: Brontes">Brontës</span>. Gaskell. Kingsley. Eliot. Meredith.
+Trollope. (<i>ii</i>) <i>Scotch</i>—Oliphant. Macdonald. (<i>iii</i>) <i>Irish</i>—Carleton.
+Maginn. Mahony. Lover. Lever. (<i>e</i>) <i>Romance
+of Adventure, etc.</i>: Marryat. Whyte-Melville. Borrow.
+Collins. (<i>f</i>) <i>Children’s Writers</i>: M. Scott. Hughes.
+Kingsley. Carroll. Gatty. Rands. H. Martineau.</p>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_144">[Pg 144]</span></p>
+<p><i>4.</i> <span class="smcap">Essayists and Critics.</span>—(<i>a</i>) <i>Literary Biography</i>: Carlyle.
+Lockhart. Stanley. Lewes. Forster. (<i>b</i>) <i>Johnsonian
+Tradition</i>: Jeffrey. Wilson. Lockhart. (<i>c</i>) <i>Romantic
+School</i>: Carlyle. Hunt. De Quincey. Macaulay. Wilson.
+Froude. (<i>d</i>) <i>The New Victorian School</i>: Ruskin.
+Thackeray. Rossetti. Arnold. Swinburne. (<i>e</i>) <i>The
+Miscellaneous Essay</i>: John Brown. The Hares. Landor.
+Helps. Rands. (<i>f</i>) <i>The New Literary Lecture</i>: Carlyle.
+Thackeray. Dickens.</p>
+
+<p><i>5.</i> <span class="smcap">Letters, Diaries, etc.</span>—Carlyle. Macaulay. Thackeray.
+Dickens. Fitzgerald.</p>
+
+<p><i>6.</i> <span class="smcap">Satire and Humour.</span>—Dickens. Thackeray. Jerrold.
+<i>See also</i> Poetry, Sec. (<i>h</i>).</p>
+
+<p><i>7.</i> <span class="smcap">Study and Research.</span>—(<i>a</i>) <i>Theology</i>: (<i>i</i>) <i>The Tractarians</i>—Newman.
+Keble. Pusey. (<i>ii</i>) <i>Liberals</i>—Whately.
+T. Arnold. Maurice. Thirlwall. Stanley. Church. (<i>b</i>)
+<i>Philosophy</i>: (<i>i</i>) Carlyle and transcendentalism. (<i>ii</i>)
+Hamilton, Mansel, and the “commonsense” school
+(<i>iii</i>) J. S. Mill and the utilitarians, (<i>iv</i>) H. Martineau,
+Lewes, and the Comtists. (<i>v</i>) Spencer, James Martineau.
+Buckle. Bagehot. (<i>c</i>) <i>Science</i>: Lyell. Miller. Chambers.
+Spencer. Darwin. Huxley. Wallace. <i>Scientific Travel</i>—Wallace.
+Bates. Borrow. Livingstone. Speke. Burton.
+(<i>d</i>) <i>Historians</i>: (<i>i</i>) <i>Students of Origins</i>—Kemble. Palgrave.
+Trench. Muller. (<i>ii</i>) <i>Ancient History</i>—Lewis.
+T. Arnold. Thirlwall. Grote. Finlay. Milman. (<i>iii</i>)
+<i>Literary Historians</i>—Carlyle. Macaulay. Hallam. Froude.
+Burton. (<i>iv</i>) <i>Scientific and Philosophical</i>—Buckle.
+Maine. (<i>v</i>) <i>Military history</i>—Napier. Kinglake. Kaye.
+(<i>e</i>) <i>Biographers</i>: Carlyle. <i>See also</i> Essayists, Sec. (<i>a</i>).</p>
+</div>
+
+<p class="center"><span class="smcap">American Literature</span> (<i>1830-1865</i>).</p>
+
+<div class="hang">
+<p><i>1.</i> <span class="smcap">Poetry.</span>—(<i>a</i>) <i>The New Englanders</i>: Longfellow. Whittier.
+Lowell. Holmes. Emerson. Willis. (<i>b</i>) <i>The Southerners</i>:
+Poe. Lanier. Timrod. (<i>c</i>) <i>The Middle States</i>: Halleck.
+Drake. B. Taylor. Holland. Boker. Whitman.</p>
+
+<p><i>2.</i> <span class="smcap">The Drama.</span>—Bird. Smith. Conrad. Boker.</p>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_145">[Pg 145]</span></p>
+<p><i>3.</i> <span class="smcap">The Novel.</span>—(<i>a</i>) <i>The Romancers</i>: Hawthorne. Poe.
+Kennedy. Simms. Melville. (<i>b</i>) <i>Novel of Manners</i>:
+Stowe. Winthrop. O’Brien. “Ik Marvel.” (<i>c</i>) <i>The
+Short Story</i>: Hawthorne. Poe. Cooke.</p>
+
+<p><i>4.</i> <span class="smcap">The Humorists.</span>—(<i>a</i>) Seba Smith. Haliburton. “Josh
+Billings.” “Artemus Ward.” D. R. Locke, (<i>b</i>) Saxe.
+Leland. Whittier. Lowell. Holmes.</p>
+
+<p><i>5.</i> <span class="smcap">Essayists and Critics.</span>—Emerson. Ticknor. Poe. Lowell.
+Hudson. Willis. Tuckerman. Grant White. Whipple.
+Curtis. <i>Natural History Essay</i>: Thoreau. Burroughs.</p>
+
+<p><i>6.</i> <span class="smcap">Political Writings and Oratory.</span>—Webster. Clay.
+Choate. Phillips.</p>
+
+<p><i>7.</i> <span class="smcap">Study and Research.</span>—(<i>a</i>) <i>Philosophy and Religion</i>:
+Channing. Alcott. Parker. Emerson. Fuller. Thoreau.
+Bushnell. Beecher. Hopkins. (<i>b</i>) <i>History</i>: Bancroft.
+Prescott. Motley. Parkman.</p>
+
+<p><i>8.</i> <span class="smcap">Children’s Writers.</span>—Sedgwick. Child. Warner. Finley.
+Whitney. Goodrich. Abbott. Dana.</p>
+</div>
+
+<h5><span class="smcap">Later Victorian and Georgian Age</span> (<i>1870-1920</i>).</h5>
+
+<p><i>Forces at Work.</i>—Amidst ever increasing complexity one
+may briefly note (<i>a</i>) The influence of British imperialism and
+commercialism, the development of dominion literature,
+and the Celtic Revival partly due to the frustration of Irish
+nationalism; (<i>b</i>) the rapid development of industry and the
+resulting increase in production and population; (<i>c</i>) the
+growth of trade unionism, the widening rift between classes
+and masses, and the resulting emphasis in literature on
+political and social abuses; (<i>d</i>) realisation of a national Education
+Act, its further development, and the subsequent
+growth of popular literature and of journalism; (<i>e</i>) the spread
+of the scientific spirit and its effects in heightening a critical
+and analytical attitude; (<i>f</i>) the influences from France,
+Russia, and Scandinavia with their trend towards crude or
+impressionistic realism and psychological analysis.</p>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_146">[Pg 146]</span></p>
+<p><i>Literary Features.</i>—The complexity of the age favoured
+many attitudes besides realism and analysis. In poetry one
+may range from romantic lyric or narrative to “satires of
+circumstance” or “stage-door flashlights,” while the feeling
+towards new models is shown not only in choice and treatment
+of subject but in the wide experimentation in new forms of
+verse. The drama in its first stage is limited to romantic
+comedy, but after Ibsen it becomes realistic and often satirical.
+The novel rises to be the chief instrument of public expression,
+and amidst the vast output, one may note the steady stream
+of romantic, realistic, and propaganda novels, while the short
+story achieves a triumph in itself. Miscellaneous prose writers
+are prolific; the growth of journalism tends to shorten the
+literary and critical essay, but the lengthy literary biography
+has still many adherents. A prominent class is the historical,
+philosophical and scientific treatise, and with the rise of popular
+education children’s literature achieves a special place. In
+poetry, style ranges from florid Swinburne and ornate Thompson
+to the delicate silver of Bridges, while in prose there
+are masters in every style.</p>
+
+<p class="center"><span class="smcap">Later Victorian and Georgian Age</span> (<i>1870-1920</i>).</p>
+
+<div class="hang">
+<p><i>1.</i> <span class="smcap">Poetry.</span>—(<i>a</i>) <i>The Victorian Tradition</i>: Tennyson. Browning.
+Austin. Bridges. Blunt. Gosse. Lang. “Owen
+Meredith.” Phillips. Watts-Dunton. Beeching. Benson.
+Gale. Quiller-Couch. Carpenter. Hewlett. Flecker.
+(<i>b</i>) <i>The <span class="err" title="original: Pre-Raphaelities">Pre-Raphaelites</span></i>: Rossetti. Patmore. Morris.
+Swinburne. De Tabley. (<i>c</i>) <i>The Impressionists</i>: A.
+Symons. Dowson. Wilde. Le Gallienne. (<i>d</i>) <i>Political
+and Muscular School</i>: Henley. Watson. Kipling. Newbolt.
+Binyon. (<i>e</i>) <i>The Catholic Poets</i>: L. Johnson. F.
+Thompson. Meynell. L. Housman. Chesterton. (<i>f</i>)
+<i>Philosophic and Realistic</i>: E. Arnold. Meredith. Hardy.
+Watson. J. Thomson. Marston. Davidson. A. E.
+Housman. Gibson. Masefield. Abercrombie. Drinkwater.
+Brooke. Thomas. (<i>g</i>) <i>The New Nature Poets</i>:
+Davies. De la Mare. Hodgson. (<i>h</i>) <i>The Celts</i>: (<i>i</i>) L.
+Morris. O’Shaughnessy. De Vere. Buchanan. Shairp.
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_147">[Pg 147]</span>(<i>ii</i>) Yeats. “A.E.” Jas. Stephens. Colum. Hyde.
+(<i>j</i>) <i>The Ladies</i>: (<i>i</i>) Webster. Woods. Meynell. Field.
+R. M. Watson. (<i>ii</i>) Barlow. O’Neill. Hopper. Tynan.
+Shorter. Gore-Booth. (<i>k</i>) Adlington, Flint, and the
+“Imagists.”</p>
+
+<p><i>2.</i> <span class="smcap">The Drama.</span>—(<i>a</i>) <i>Poetic Drama</i>: Tennyson. Swinburne.
+Phillips. Davidson. (<i>b</i>) <i>Prose Drama</i>: (<i>i</i>) Wilde. (<i>ii</i>)
+<i>The Romantics</i>—Pinero. Jones. Grundy. Chambers.
+Carton. (<i>iii</i>) <i>The Realists</i>—Shaw. Barker. Galsworthy.
+Hankin. Cannan. Houghton. Zangwill. (<i>iv</i>) <i>The Middle
+School</i>—Barrie. Sutro. Bennett. Milne. Maugham.
+Davies. Drinkwater. (<i>v</i>) <i>The Irish Literary Theatre</i>—Yeats.
+“A.E.” Geo. Moore. Synge. Gregory. Ervine.
+Mayne.</p>
+
+<p><i>3.</i> <span class="smcap">The Novel.</span>—(<i>a</i>) <i>The Realists and the Novel of Manners</i>:
+Eliot. Trollope. Reade. Meredith. Gissing. Hardy.
+Crackanthorpe. Harland. Moore. Wilde. Kipling.
+Phillpotts. Conrad. Zangwill. Wells. Bennett. Galsworthy.
+Walpole. Beresford. Lawrence. Mackenzie.
+(<i>b</i>) <i>Philosophical Novel</i>: Butler. Morris. Shorthouse.
+Shaw. Davidson. Watts-Dunton. “Mark Rutherford.”
+(<i>c</i>) <i>The Scotch Novel</i>: Macdonald. McCleod. Black.
+Munro. “Ian Maclaren.” Crockett. Stevenson. “Geo.
+Douglas.” (<i>d</i>) <i>The Romance</i>: W. Morris. Collins. Stevenson.
+Besant and Rice. Blackmore. Hudson. Haggard.
+Baring-Gould. Doyle. Kipling. Parker. G. Allen.
+Merriman. D. C. Murray. Hall Caine. Wells. “A. Hope.”
+Locke. (<i>e</i>) <i>The Ladies</i>: (<i>i</i>) Eliot. Mrs. Oliphant. Lady
+Ritchie. Mrs. Wood. Mrs. Craik. C. M. Yonge. “J. S.
+Winter.” M. E. Braddon. (<i>ii</i>) Mrs. H. Ward. “O.
+Schreiner.” Sarah Grand. “George Egerton.” B.
+Harraden. “Lucas Malet.” “Ouida.” “J. O. Hobbes.”
+“E. Robins.” May Sinclair. Kaye-Smith. (<i>f</i>) <i>Humorous
+sketch</i>: Anstey. Jerome. Jacobs. Pain. Pett Ridge.
+Lyons. Milne. Birmingham. Somerville and Ross.
+(<i>g</i>) <i>The Short Story</i>: Hardy. Kipling. Doyle. Bennett.
+Wells. Zangwill.</p>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_148">[Pg 148]</span></p>
+<p><i>4.</i> <span class="smcap">Essay and Criticism.</span>—(<i>a</i>) <i>Literary Criticism</i>: M. Arnold.
+J. Brown. L. Stephen. W. E. Henley. J. A. Symonds.
+A. Lang. E. V. Lucas. G. K. Chesterton. G. B. Shaw.
+Garnett. Gosse. “Q.” Archer. Clutton-Brock. Nevinson.
+Harrison. (<i>b</i>) <i>Art Criticism</i>: Ruskin. Pater.
+Wilde. Wedmore (<i>c</i>) <i>Literary Essay</i>: Stevenson.
+Jefferies. Pater. Carpenter. Bain. Paget. A. C. Benson.
+Squire. (<i>d</i>) <i>Literary Biography</i>: Forster. Masson.
+Smiles. Oliphant. L. Stephen. Pattison. Morley.
+(<i>e</i>) <i>Letters and diaries</i>: Swinburne. Stevenson. Brooke.
+Cory. “Barbellion.”</p>
+
+<p><i>5.</i> <span class="smcap">Study and Research.</span>—(<i>a</i>) <i>Religion and Philosophy</i>:
+(<i>i</i>) Lewes. Eliot. H. Martineau. Congreve and the
+positivists. (<i>ii</i>) Spencer. Darwin, Huxley, and the evolutionists
+(<i>iii</i>) Jowett, T. H. Green, Caird and the Neo-Hegelians.
+(<i>iv</i>) Newman, Church, Martineau, and the
+theologians. (<i>b</i>) <i>The Scientists</i>: Darwin. Wallace.
+Huxley. (<i>c</i>) <i>Travel</i>: A. B. Edwardes. Stanley. Stevenson.
+Burnaby. Isabella Bird. M. Kingsley. (<i>d</i>) <i>The
+Historians</i>: (<i>i</i>) Buckle. Maine. Bagehot. Pearson.
+Seeley. Acton. Lecky. Maitland. and the philosophical
+school. (<i>ii</i>) Froude. Freeman. Stubbs. J. R. Green.
+Creighton. Gardiner, and the Oxford school. (<i>iii</i>) Kinglake.
+Henderson, and the military historians.</p>
+
+<p><i>6.</i> <span class="smcap">Children’s Writers.</span>—(<i>a</i>) <i>English</i>: Stephenson. Ewing.
+Carroll. Lear. Parry. Farrow. Nesbit. Lucas. Kipling.
+Barrie. Henty. Fenn, etc. (<i>b</i>) <i>American</i>: Stowe. Hawthorne.
+Alcott. “Mark Twain.” Harris. Field. Ryley.
+Coffin. Stockton. Pyle. Ellis. Burnett.</p>
+
+<p><i>7.</i> <span class="smcap">American Literature.</span>—(<i>a</i>) <i>Poetry</i>: T. B. Aldrich.
+J. Miller. R. W. Gilder. J. W. Ryley. E. C. Stedman.
+R. H. Stoddard. R. Hovey. (<i>b</i>) <i>The Drama</i>: Howells.
+Daly. Fitch. Howard. The Mackayes. (<i>c</i>) <i>The Novel</i>:
+H. James. W. D. Howells. G. W. Cable. J. L. Allen.
+E. P. Roe. F. M. Crawford. L. Wallace. J. London.
+F. Norris. E. Wharton. (<i>d</i>) <i>The Essayists</i>: C. E. Norton.
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_149">[Pg 149]</span>T. W. Higginson. M. W. Conway. E. C. Stedman. H.
+James. G. W. Curtis. H. W. Mabie. E. More. (<i>e</i>) <i>The
+Humorous Sketch and Story</i>: “Mark Twain.” “Bret
+Harte.” Ambrose Bierce. “Max Adeler.” “Bill Nye.”
+H. Ade. F. P. Dunne. C. G. Leland. “O. Henry.”
+(<i>f</i>) <i>Religion and Philosophy</i>: Gladden. Brooks. Fiske.
+Pierce. Schaff. MacCosh. Royce. W. James. Dewey.
+Baldwin. G. Santanyana. (<i>g</i>) <i>Historians</i>: Lea. Bancroft.
+Mahan.</p>
+</div>
+
+
+<h4 class="center">TEST PAPER (<i>1832-1920</i>)</h4>
+
+<div class="hang">
+<p><i>1.</i> Who were the Pre-Raphaelites? What was their literary
+attitude?</p>
+
+<p><i>2.</i> Outline the history of the drama from Robertson to Barker.</p>
+
+<p><i>3.</i> In what respects do Hardy and Meredith agree and differ
+as poets and as novelists?</p>
+
+<p><i>4.</i> Compare Whitman with Swinburne, or Tennyson with
+Browning.</p>
+
+<p><i>5.</i> Write a brief essay on the cult of the short story from
+Irving to O. Henry.</p>
+
+<p><i>6.</i> Show the development of realism either in poetry or prose
+fiction from <i>1870</i>.</p>
+
+<p><i>7.</i> Name three American and three English humorists. Compare
+the work of any two of them.</p>
+
+<p><i>8.</i> Write brief notes on any three of the following: Macaulay,
+Jas. Thomson, Sir W. Watson, O. W. Holmes, E. Fitzgerald.
+W. B. Yeats, J. Conrad, H. G. Wells.</p>
+
+<p><i>9.</i> What do you know of the following: “Eothen,” “Erewhon,”
+“The Hound of Heaven,” “Vailima Letters,”
+“A Shropshire Lad.”</p>
+
+<p><i>10.</i> Compare Dickens and Thackeray as satirists.</p>
+</div>
+<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop">
+<div class="chapter"><p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_150">[Pg 150]</span></p>
+
+
+<h2 class="nobreak" id="COURSE_SIX_LIBRARY_AND_MUSEUM_LEGISLATION">COURSE SIX: LIBRARY AND MUSEUM LEGISLATION,
+ORGANISATION AND EQUIPMENT.</h2></div>
+
+
+<h3><span class="smcap">Text Books Required.</span></h3>
+
+<div class="hang">
+<p>American Library Association—Manual of library economy.
+<i>Reprints. Chaps. 1-32, A.L.A.; also Grafton, 1s. 6d.
+each.</i></p>
+
+<p>Bostwick (A. E.)—The American Public Library. <i>3rd edition
+revised and enlarged. Appleton, 1923. 12s. 6d.</i></p>
+
+<p>Brown (J. D.)—Manual of library economy. <i>Library Supply,
+1907 edition; 3rd and memorial edition by W. C. B.
+Sayers. Grafton, 1919. 30s.</i></p>
+
+<p>Brown (J. D.) <i>and others</i>. Open-access libraries. <i>Grafton,
+1915. 10s. 6d.</i></p>
+
+<p>Fovargue (H. W.)—Summary of the law relating to public
+libraries in England and Wales, Scotland and Ireland.
+<i>Grafton, 1922. 2s. 6d.</i></p>
+
+<p>Roebuck (G. E.) <i>and</i> Thorne (W. B.)—A primer of library
+practice. <i>Grafton, 1914. 5s.</i></p>
+
+<p>Sanderson (C. R.)—“Library Law.” <i>Bumpus, 1925. 6s.</i></p>
+</div>
+
+
+<h3><i>Lesson 1.</i></h3>
+
+<p class="center"><span class="smcap">Library and Museum Legislation.</span></p>
+
+<p>The first part of this section must be carefully studied and
+I advise all students to thoroughly understand Sanderson’s
+“Library Law.” It is essential to possess a detailed knowledge
+of the English, Scottish and Irish Acts of Parliament relating
+to Public Libraries and Museums. The Public Libraries Act,
+<i>1919</i>, the Public Libraries (Scotland) Act, <i>1920</i>, The Public
+Libraries (Ireland) Act, <i>1920</i>, The Public Libraries (Northern
+Ireland) Act, <i>1924</i> and the Irish Free State Local Government
+Act, <i>1925</i> must be carefully read, and students should keep to
+British legislation until able to say exactly what may be done
+under the Acts and able to give dates and title of the Acts for
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_151">[Pg 151]</span>particular powers. Note particularly Irish legislation (Sanderson,
+<i>pp. 40-41</i>). In conjunction with Sanderson’s work
+read the reports issued by the Carnegie United Kingdom
+Trustees. They include the Annual Reports from <i>1914</i> to date.
+Library provision and policy, by W. G. S. Adams, <i>1915</i>. Proceedings
+of the Carnegie Rural Library Conference, <i>1920</i>.
+Stirling Conference Report: Extension to Burgh and Parish
+Library areas, <i>1923</i>. The Public Library System of Great
+Britain and Ireland (<i>1921-1923</i>), <i>1924</i>, and the County Library
+Conference, <i>1924</i>.</p>
+
+<p>Having obtained a thorough grounding from the above
+authorities the Reading List may now be commenced. For
+criticism on the <i>1919</i> Act consult the <i>L.A. Vol. 15, 1920-21,
+pp. 5-7; 118-124; 135-137. L.A.R. Vol. 21, 1919, pp.
+333-338 (Scotland), and L.W. Vol. 22, 1919-1926, pp.
+330-333.</i></p>
+
+<p>For county rural libraries Gray’s County library systems,
+and Macleod’s County rural libraries covers all the ground
+necessary to the student.</p>
+
+
+<h4><span class="smcap">Reading List.</span></h4>
+
+<div class="hang">
+<p>Baker—Public libraries under the new Act (<i>1919</i>). <i>Fortnightly
+Review. February, 1921, pp. 321-333.</i></p>
+
+<p>Boose—Constitution of Colonial public libraries. <i>L. Vol.
+6, 1894, pp. 391-401.</i></p>
+
+<p>Brown—Manual of library economy. <i>1907 edition. Sects.
+1-18. 1919 edition. Sects. 1-18.</i></p>
+
+<p>Drury—The library and its organization. <i>Classics of
+American Librarianship. Wilson: New York, 1924,
+pp. 131-155; 263-339. County Libraries, pp. 343-377.</i></p>
+
+<p>Encyclopædia Britannica.—Articles: <i>Libraries. Museums.</i></p>
+
+<p>Fovargue—Summary of law relating to public libraries in
+England and Wales, Scotland and Ireland. <i>Revised
+edition, 1922.</i></p>
+
+<p>Gray—County library systems: their history, organisation
+and administration. <i>The Coptic Series. Grafton, 1922,
+pp. 11-125.</i></p>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_152">[Pg 152]</span></p>
+<p>Johnston—The Education (Scotland) Act, <i>1918</i> and public
+library development. <i>L.A.R. Vol. 22, 1920, pp. 92-97.</i></p>
+
+<p>Macleod—County rural libraries: their policy and organisation.
+<i>Grafton, 1923, 10s. 6d., pp. 31-76; 88-109.</i></p>
+
+<p>Macleod—County library law. <i>L.A.R. Vol. 24, 1922, pp.
+309-321.</i></p>
+
+<p>Minto—Exemption of libraries from rates and taxes. <i>L.
+(N.S.). Vol. 3, 1902, pp. 256-260.</i></p>
+
+<p>Minto—Public libraries and museums. <i>L.A.R. Vol. 5,
+1903, pp. 261-269.</i></p>
+
+<p>Roebuck and Thorne—Primer of library practice. <i>Grafton,
+1914, pp. 11-28; 149-182.</i></p>
+
+<p>Sanderson—Library law: a text book for the professional
+examinations in library organisation. <i>Bumpus, 1925.
+6s., pp 15-67, 125-147.</i></p>
+
+<p>Sparke—Nationalisation of public libraries. <i>In Librarians’
+Guide, 1923, pp. 9-13.</i></p>
+
+<p>Statutes relating to public libraries and museums, <i>1798-1898</i>.
+<i>L.A. Year Book, 1899-1907.</i></p>
+
+<p>Stearns—How to organise State Library Commissions.
+<i>L.J. Vol. 24, 1899. Conference Number, Chaps. 16-18,
+also in Drury’s Library and its organisation; pp. 287-292.</i></p>
+
+<p>Superannuation. <i>L.A.R. Vol. 21, 1919, pp. 339-342.</i></p>
+
+<p>Superannuation, by S. Lord. <i>N.A.L.G.O. Offices, 1922,
+14 page pamphlet.</i></p>
+
+<p>Third Interim Report of the Adult Education Committee
+... on Libraries and Museums.</p>
+</div>
+
+
+<h4><span class="smcap">Questions</span>:</h4>
+
+<div class="hang">
+<p><i>1.</i> Mention current acts of legislation, other than Library
+Acts, which have direct bearing on libraries, museums
+and art galleries.</p>
+
+<p><i>2.</i> Name the places where there is no fixed limit to the
+rate that may be levied for library purposes, and show
+the effect of this absence of limitation.</p>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_153">[Pg 153]</span></p>
+<p><i>3.</i> Compare the library legislation of South Africa with
+that of Australia.</p>
+
+<p><i>4.</i> What Act authorises the library authority to make
+bye-laws, and for what purpose?</p>
+
+<p><i>5.</i> What are the main provisions of the State Library Laws
+of the United States?</p>
+
+<p><i>6.</i> Write a brief essay (500 words) on County Rural Library
+Law.</p>
+</div>
+
+
+<h3><i>Lesson 2.</i></h3>
+
+<p class="center"><span class="smcap">Committee, Finance, Staff.</span></p>
+
+<p>Possessing a good knowledge of the powers conferred by
+the Acts the student must now pay special attention to the
+powers and duties of Library Committees; committee routine,
+accounts, and the provisions for loans and rates. Take particular
+care that the permissive and compulsory powers are
+thoroughly understood. Audit, annual budgets and financial
+factors affecting the buildings, books, salaries, etc., of the
+library services should be carefully considered and definite
+decisions and figures memorised. The qualifications and duties
+of librarians and assistants, and a knowledge of the facilities
+available for the training of assistants, both in England and
+America is also necessary. The statistics of our large
+public libraries relating to finance, etc., as given in the
+Librarian’s Guide and the Carnegie United Kingdom Trustee
+reports should be compared and studied.</p>
+
+
+<h4><span class="smcap">Reading List.</span></h4>
+
+<div class="hang">
+<p>Ballinger—Constitution of public library committees. <i>L.
+Vol. 7, 1895, pp. 1-9.</i></p>
+
+<p>Bostwick—The American Public Library. <i>3rd edition,
+revised and enlarged, 1923, pp. 201-214.</i></p>
+
+<p>Brown—Manual of library economy. <i>1907 edition. Sects.
+19-103; 483-484. 1919 edition. Sects. 19-98.</i></p>
+
+<p>Fegan—Some thoughts on professional training. <i>L.A.R.
+Vol. 13, 1911, pp. 237-242.</i></p>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_154">[Pg 154]</span></p>
+<p>Hetherington—Library statistics. <i>L.A.R. Vol. 19, 1917,
+pp. 1-16; 280-284.</i></p>
+
+<p>Guppy—The librarian’s equipment. <i>L.A. Vol. 6, 1903,
+pp. 66-71.</i></p>
+
+<p>Law—Committee work. <i>L.W. Vol. 12, 1909-10, pp.
+127-129.</i></p>
+
+<p>Lucas—On the delegation of powers to library committees.
+<i>L.A.R., 1904, pp. 388-393.</i></p>
+
+<p>McCall.—Library finance. <i>L.A. Vol. 16, 1922, pp. 24-28;
+38-40.</i></p>
+
+<p>Minto—Education and training for librarianship. <i>L.A.
+Vol. 17, 1924, pp. 236-242.</i></p>
+
+<p>Neesham—Cash receipts and petty cash. <i>L.W. Vol. 10,
+1907-8, pp. 248-251.</i></p>
+
+<p>Neesham—Committee work. <i>L.W. Vol. 10, 1907-8, pp.
+351-353.</i></p>
+
+<p>Pacy—Borrowing and rating powers under the Public
+Libraries Acts. <i>L. Vol. 1, 1899, pp. 132-136.</i></p>
+
+<p>Piper—Technical training in librarianship in England and
+abroad. <i>L.A.R. Vol. 14, 1912, pp. 332-351.</i></p>
+
+<p>Prideaux—Professional registration and education. <i>L.A.R.
+Vol. 8, 1906, pp. 1-6.</i></p>
+
+<p>Robinson—Public finance. <i>Camb. Univ. Press. 5s.</i></p>
+
+<p>Roebuck <i>and</i> Thorne—Primer of library practice, <i>pp. 29-45;
+139-148.</i></p>
+
+<p>Ross—Technical training in librarianship in England and
+abroad. <i>L.A.R. Vol. 12, 1910, pp, 99-117.</i></p>
+
+<p>Sanderson—Summary of library law. <i>pp. 68-117.</i></p>
+
+<p>Sayers—Past and present professional training. <i>L.A.R.
+Vol. 15, 1913, pp. 585-596.</i></p>
+
+<p>Sayers—Library finance. <i>L.A.R. Vol. 19, 1917, pp. 17-29.</i></p>
+
+<p>Sparke—Library assistants and the future. <i>L.A. Vol. 14,
+1918, pp. 184-8.</i></p>
+
+<p>Wright—Some principles of rural library economy. <i>L.W.
+Vol. 23, 1920-21, pp. 537-540.</i></p>
+</div>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_155">[Pg 155]</span></p>
+
+<h4><span class="smcap">Questions.</span></h4>
+
+<div class="hang">
+<p><i>1.</i> What records should a librarian keep so as to be able
+to show the receipts and expenditure under the chief
+heads? Give suggested rulings.</p>
+
+<p><i>2.</i> Discuss the advantages to be gained by having co-opted
+members on the Libraries Committee.</p>
+
+<p><i>3.</i> What advantages would be likely to follow if all County
+Councils carried out the duties of library authorities?</p>
+
+<p><i>4.</i> Write an imaginary agenda for a public library committee
+meeting.</p>
+
+<p><i>5.</i> Compare the British system of training for librarianship
+with that of the United States.</p>
+
+<p><i>6.</i> A public library service has an income of £20,000.
+Tabulate the percentage you would devote under the
+various heads.</p>
+</div>
+
+
+<h3><i>Lesson 3.</i></h3>
+
+<p class="center"><span class="smcap">Buildings and Fittings.</span></p>
+
+<p>This lesson is intended to enable the student to obtain a
+thorough grasp of the theory and principles of library architecture.
+The class of library required, its scope and size, the
+amount of money available, the environment, experience of
+the librarian and the method of administration intended are
+all factors that require careful consideration when planning
+a new library building. Great care must also be taken in
+selecting or accepting a site. Full factors in the planning of the
+various departments, together with the correct type of fittings
+and furniture, should be known to all students. I advise
+students to visit as many libraries as possible that are organised
+and administered on the most modern method of
+library science and to compare them. The factors on population
+in relation to buildings, spacing and cubical contents required
+for planning, and the miscellaneous percentages pertaining
+to the organisation of a library service found on pages <i>165-8</i>
+should be practised and memorised. <i>The Builder</i> should be
+looked through for specifications and competitions and these
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_156">[Pg 156]</span>should be compared with those suggested by Champneys,
+Soule, Marks and others. The influence of the “open
+access” method of administration on planning, fittings and
+furniture must never be overlooked.</p>
+
+
+<h4><span class="smcap">Reading List.</span></h4>
+
+<div class="hang">
+<p>Adams—Public libraries: their buildings and equipment.
+<i>L.A.R. Vol. 7, 1905, pp. 161-177 and 220-236.</i></p>
+
+<p>Bostwick—The American Public Library. <i>3rd edition
+revised and enlarged, 1923, pp. 282-311.</i></p>
+
+<p>Brown—Manual of library economy. <i>1907 edition. Sect.
+104-169; pp. 481-2; 485-8. 1919 edition. Sect. 107-173.</i></p>
+
+<p>Brown <i>and others</i>—Open-access libraries. <i>Grafton, 1915,
+pp. 11-104.</i></p>
+
+<p>Burgoyne—Library construction, architecture and fittings,
+and furniture. <i>The Library Series. Allen, 1906. O.P.
+Passim.</i></p>
+
+<p>Burgoyne—Some points in library planning. <i>Greenwood’s
+L.Y.B., 1900-01, pp. 12-20.</i></p>
+
+<p>Champneys—Public libraries: a treatise on their design,
+construction and fittings. <i>Batsford, 1907, 12s. 6d.,
+pp. 1-60; 61-151.</i></p>
+
+<p>Coulson—Situation of branch libraries. <i>L.W. Vol. 12,
+1909-10, pp. 201-4.</i></p>
+
+<p>Greenhough—Ventilation, heating and lighting. <i>L. Vol. 2,
+1890, pp. 421-433.</i></p>
+
+<p>Hadley—Library buildings. Notes and plans. <i>Amer. Lib.
+Assoc., Chicago. Grafton, 17s. 6d.</i></p>
+
+<p>Hare—Some suggestions on the planning of public libraries.
+<i>L.A.R. Vol. 8, 1906, pp. 148-154.</i></p>
+
+<p>Hart—Heating, lighting and ventilation. <i>Greenwoods Y.B.,
+1897, p. 38.</i></p>
+
+<p>Lowe—The public library building plan. <i>1924.</i></p>
+
+<p>MacLeod—County rural libraries, <i>pp. 120-130</i>.</p>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_157">[Pg 157]</span></p>
+<p>Marks—The principles of planning. <i>Chap. Library planning.</i></p>
+
+<p>Philip—Lighting, heating and ventilation of libraries.
+<i>L.A.R. Vol. 9, 1907, pp. 225-230.</i></p>
+
+<p>Sayers—The children’s library. <i>The English Library,
+pp. 78-116 and Appendix 1.</i></p>
+
+<p>Soule—How to plan a library building for library work.
+<i>Boston, 1912.</i></p>
+
+<p>Stansbury—Library buildings from a librarian’s standpoint.
+<i>P.L. November, 1906, p. 495.</i></p>
+
+<p>Tilton—Scientific library planning. <i>L.J. September, 1912,
+p. 497.</i></p>
+
+<p>Walter—Interior decoration of libraries. <i>L.A.R. Vol. 10,
+1908, pp. 649-659.</i></p>
+</div>
+
+
+<h4><span class="smcap">Questions.</span></h4>
+
+<div class="hang">
+<p><i>1.</i> Plan a combined children’s open-access lending library
+and reading room to accommodate <i>120</i> children at
+a time, with <i>2</i> assistants on duty.</p>
+
+<p><i>2.</i> Tabulate the features or essentials you would look for
+in selecting a site for a public library.</p>
+
+<p><i>3.</i> Give a specification of the principal items of furniture
+required for a library estimated to cost £20,000.</p>
+
+<p><i>4.</i> Describe three different varieties of adjustable shelving;
+state which you would like the best and why.</p>
+
+<p><i>5.</i> Name the principal conditions which should govern an
+architectural competition for a Central library building
+to cost £50,000.</p>
+
+<p><i>6.</i> Write a brief essay on the organisation and equipment
+of a combined reference library and reading room for
+business men.</p>
+</div>
+
+
+<h3><i>Lesson 4.</i></h3>
+
+<p class="center"><span class="smcap">Book-buying and Accession Methods.</span></p>
+
+<p>A knowledge of book purchase and accession methods
+is necessary in organising and administering a library
+service. The sources of supply, and the names of the different
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_158">[Pg 158]</span>classes of publishers and booksellers should be known to all
+students. The steps to be taken in purchasing, say, 10,000
+volumes, and what classes of books to buy second-hand should
+be carefully considered. Get acquainted with the methods of
+treating donations, and the principles governing the replacement
+of withdrawals should be known. Constant revision of
+stock is necessary in all libraries and advantage should be
+taken of the special opportunity which is presented whenever
+a new catalogue is contemplated. Note the difference between
+“reprints” and “new editions.” The recognised rules and
+principles on what to withdraw or discard should be carefully
+read.</p>
+
+
+<h4><span class="smcap">Reading List.</span></h4>
+
+<div class="hang">
+<p>Aldred—Book selection and rejection. <i>L.A.R. Vol. 3,
+1901, pp. 143-156.</i></p>
+
+<p>Baker—Book selection. <i>L.A.R. Vol. 13, 1911, pp. 17-29.</i></p>
+
+<p>Baker—Gift horses. <i>L.A.R. Vol 11, 1909, pp. 422-423.</i></p>
+
+<p>Bostwick—American Public Library. <i>3rd edition, pp.
+148-161.</i></p>
+
+<p>Brown—Book selection. <i>L.W. Vol. 26, 1923-24, pp. 98-104.</i></p>
+
+<p>Brown—Manual of library economy. <i>1907 edition. Sects.
+215-235; 489-495. 1919 edition, Sects. 207-229.</i></p>
+
+<p>Clarke—Scientific text-books, and the disposal of editions
+out-of-date. <i>L. Vol. 6, 1894, pp. 164-169.</i></p>
+
+<p>Doubleday—Weeding out. <i>L.A.R. Vol. 6, 1904, pp. 327-335.</i></p>
+
+<p>Duncan—Standardization in accession methods. <i>L.W.
+Vol. 9, 1906-07, pp. 83-87.</i></p>
+
+<p>Formby—Donations. <i>L. Vol. 1, 1889, pp. 197-202.</i></p>
+
+<p>Hooper—Order and accession department. <i>Preprint of
+A.L.A. Manual of Lib. Economy. Chap. 17, Passim.</i></p>
+
+<p>Lord—Notes on book-buying for libraries. <i>L.J. 1907, pp.
+3, 56.</i></p>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_159">[Pg 159]</span></p>
+<p>Neesham—Accession methods. <i>L.W. Vol. 8, 1906, pp.
+317-320.</i></p>
+
+<p>Palmer—Relationships of publishers, booksellers and
+librarians. <i>L.J., 1901. Conference Number, p. 31.</i></p>
+
+<p>Pitt—Practical accession work. <i>L.A.R. Vol. 7, 1905, pp.
+68-71.</i></p>
+
+<p>Roebuck <i>and</i> Thorne—Primer of library practice. <i>pp. 40-50.</i></p>
+
+<p>Willcock—Recording, replacing and disposal of worn-out
+books. <i>L.W. Vol. 4. 1901-02, pp. 91-93.</i></p>
+</div>
+
+
+<h4><span class="smcap">Questions.</span></h4>
+
+<div class="hang">
+<p><i>1.</i> Name twenty-five “quick-reference” books.</p>
+
+<p><i>2.</i> Describe how you would keep up-to-date with new
+editions in the scientific and technical sections.</p>
+
+<p><i>3.</i> Is a stock register best kept on cards or in book form?
+Give your views on this matter.</p>
+
+<p><i>4.</i> What books are periodically discarded in a lending
+department? What steps would you take in purchasing
+at one time books to the value of £2,000?</p>
+</div>
+
+
+<h3><i>Lesson 5.</i></h3>
+
+<p class="center"><span class="smcap">Rules and Regulations.</span></p>
+
+<p>The popularity of a public library used to be conditioned
+by its rules and regulations, but during recent years
+utility has taken the place of hard and fast rules. The student
+should read the rules of early libraries, understand their principles
+and compare them with present day rules. The legal
+aspect of all sides of the library service must also be known and
+what powers are available for enforcement of penalties, etc.
+The number of hours the different departments are open to
+the public, holiday opening, duration of vacation for the staffs,
+age limits to Juvenile and Senior departments, periods of loans,
+etc., should be known to all assistants who wish to become
+qualified and efficient in their work.</p>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_160">[Pg 160]</span></p>
+
+<h4><span class="smcap">Reading List.</span></h4>
+
+<div class="hang">
+<p>Barnett—Sunday labour in public libraries. <i>Greenwood’s
+Year Book, 1897, pp. 102-106.</i></p>
+
+<p>Brown—Manual of library economy. <i>1907 edition, Sects.
+353-382; 506-509. 1919 edition, Sects. 348-375.</i></p>
+
+<p>Brown—The small library. <i>The English Library, pp. 139-148.</i></p>
+
+<p>Brown and others—Open-access libraries, <i>pp. 179-198</i>.</p>
+
+<p>Clark—Care of books. <i>2nd edition. Camb. Univ. Press,
+1902. 24s. Useful for early rules.</i></p>
+
+<p>Dana—Library primer. <i>pp. 122-139.</i></p>
+
+<p>Edwards—Memoirs of libraries. <i>2 vols. Early rules.</i></p>
+
+<p>Fry—Fines and other penalties. <i>L.W. Vol. 17, 1914-15,
+pp. 1-8.</i></p>
+
+<p>Farrow—Rules and regulations for lending libraries. <i>L.W.
+Vol. 13, 1910-11, pp. 36-41.</i></p>
+
+<p>Greenwood—Sunday opening of public libraries. <i>In his
+Year Book, 1894, pp. 458-470.</i></p>
+
+<p>Johnston—The replacement of “infected” books. <i>L.W.
+Vol. 4, 1901-02, pp. 6-9.</i></p>
+
+<p>Local Government Board—Draft rules. <i>L.A.R. Vol. 5,
+1903, pp. 28-30.</i></p>
+
+<p>Mathews—Public library bye-laws and regulations. <i>L.A.R.
+Vol. 6, 1904, pp. 279-289.</i></p>
+
+<p>Sanderson—Library law, <i>pp. 117-122.</i></p>
+
+<p>Sayers—The children’s library, <i>pp. 78-100.</i></p>
+
+<p>Shaw <i>and others</i>—Sunday opening of libraries. <i>L.A.R.
+Vol. 7, 1905, pp. 580-584. Vol. 8, 1906, pp. 79-88.</i></p>
+
+<p>Willcock—Notification of infectious disease and the public
+library. <i>L.W. Vol. 2, 1899-1900, pp. 89-91.</i></p>
+</div>
+
+
+<h4><span class="smcap">Questions.</span></h4>
+
+<div class="hang">
+<p><i>1.</i> What rule or rules would you include in your bye-laws,
+if you wish to obtain exemption from the payment of
+rates?</p>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_161">[Pg 161]</span></p>
+<p><i>2.</i> Make a comparison of the early rules in libraries with
+those of to-day.</p>
+
+<p><i>3.</i> State what steps you would take to obtain the return
+of a book long overdue, and what power you have for
+the enforcement of payment of the fines?</p>
+
+<p><i>4.</i> Discuss the pros and cons of Sunday opening of reading
+rooms.</p>
+
+<p><i>5.</i> If you saw a person cutting an advertisement from a
+newspaper in the reading room, what action would
+you take?</p>
+
+<p><i>6.</i> Give the dimensions of tables, chairs and newspaper
+stands or wall stands for a general reading room.</p>
+</div>
+
+
+<h4 class="center">TEST EXAMINATION.</h4>
+
+<div class="hang">
+<p><i>1.</i> Give a brief account of the Public Libraries Act of <i>1919</i>.
+What amendments or additions would you suggest in
+order to improve the Municipal Library System of
+England?</p>
+
+<p><i>2.</i> Outline the legislation of the United States and state
+how it differs from English legislation.</p>
+
+<p><i>3.</i> Assume that a library is free from debt and that the
+income from the rates and other sources amounts to
+£20,000, state under the usual main headings how
+you would allocate the expenditure.</p>
+
+<p><i>4.</i> A library authority wishes to raise a loan of £50,000 for
+the building of a library. State the Act or Acts it must
+work under, the period for the repayment of the loan,
+and the general procedure in connection with obtaining
+loans.</p>
+
+<p><i>5.</i> Draw a plan of a library, on one floor, to serve a population
+of 100,000 showing what departments you consider
+essential, and giving the area you would
+allocate to each.</p>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_162">[Pg 162]</span></p>
+<p><i>6.</i> State what size you would have the book-cases; what
+gangway space between each stack, and your method
+of dealing with oversize books in a large open access
+library.</p>
+
+<p><i>7.</i> Name the ten best guides to book selection.</p>
+
+<p><i>8.</i> State how you would proceed to select the nucleus stock
+for a library.</p>
+
+<p><i>9.</i> Draft a set of rules for a lending library.</p>
+
+<p><i>10.</i> Draft twelve rules for the juvenile lending library.</p>
+
+<p><i>11.</i> If a person wished to become a borrower, but worked
+and lived outside the library district, under what
+conditions could you accept his application?</p>
+</div>
+
+
+<h3>FACTORS AND NOTES RELATING TO LIBRARY AND
+MUSEUM LEGISLATION, ORGANISATION AND
+EQUIPMENT.</h3>
+
+<p class="center"><span class="smcap">Principal Acts of Parliament affecting Public
+Libraries.</span></p>
+
+<ul>
+<li><i>1843</i>—Scientific Societies Exemption Act.</li>
+
+<li><i>1855</i>—Public Libraries (Ireland) Act.</li>
+
+<li><i>1861</i>—Malicious Injuries to Property Consolidation and
+Amendment (England and Ireland) Act.</li>
+
+<li><i>1875</i>—Public Health Act.</li>
+
+<li><i>1877</i>—Public Libraries Amendment (Ireland) Act.</li>
+
+<li><i>1885</i>—Public Libraries (Ireland) Act.</li>
+
+<li><i>1887</i>—Public Libraries Consolidation (Scotland) Act.</li>
+
+<li><i>1887</i>—Public Libraries Amendment and Consolidation (Scotland)
+Act.</li>
+
+<li><i>1891</i>—Museums and Gymnasiums Act.</li>
+
+<li><i>1892</i>—Public Libraries Consolidation and Amendment Act.</li>
+
+<li><i>1893</i>—Public Libraries Amendment Act.</li>
+
+<li><i>1894</i>—Public Libraries Amendment and Consolidation (Scotland)
+Act.</li>
+
+<li><span class="pagenum" id="Page_163">[Pg 163]</span>
+
+<i>1894</i>—Public Libraries Amendment (Ireland) Act.</li>
+
+<li><i>1894</i>—Local Government Act (England and Wales).</li>
+
+<li><i>1898</i>—Libraries Offences Act.</li>
+
+<li><i>1899</i>—Public Libraries Amendment (Scotland) Act.</li>
+
+<li><i>1899</i>—Local Government Act (Metropolitan Boroughs).</li>
+
+<li><i>1901</i>—Public Libraries Museums and Gymnasiums Amendment
+Act.</li>
+
+<li><i>1902</i>—Public Libraries Amendment (Ireland) Act.</li>
+
+<li><i>1911</i>—Public Libraries (Ireland) Act.</li>
+
+<li><i>1918</i>—Education Act.</li>
+
+<li><i>1919</i>—Public Libraries Act.</li>
+
+<li><i>1920</i>—Public Libraries (Scotland) Act.</li>
+
+<li><i>1920</i>—Public Libraries (Ireland) Act.</li>
+
+<li><i>1920</i>—Blind Persons Act.</li>
+
+<li><i>1924</i>—Public Libraries Act (Northern Ireland).</li>
+
+<li><i>1925</i>—Irish Free State Local Government Act.</li>
+</ul>
+
+
+<p class="center"><span class="smcap">First Towns in Great Britain and Ireland to Adopt
+the Public Libraries Act.</span></p>
+ <ul>
+<li><i>1848</i>—Warrington.</li>
+
+<li><i>1849</i>—Salford.</li>
+
+<li><i>1850</i>—Brighton, Norwich.</li>
+
+<li><i>1851</i>—Winchester.</li>
+
+<li><i>1852</i>—Bolton, Liverpool, Manchester, Oxford.</li>
+
+<li><i>1853</i>—Airdrie, Cambridge, Ipswich, Sheffield.</li>
+
+<li><i>1855</i>—Hertford, Maidstone.</li>
+
+<li><i>1856</i>—Birkenhead, Dundalk, Westminster.</li>
+
+<li><i>1857</i>—Leamington, Walsall.</li>
+
+<li><i>1858</i>—Canterbury.</li>
+</ul>
+
+
+<p class="center"><span class="smcap">Committees.</span></p>
+
+<p>Most of the Committees are composed partly of the members
+of the local Council and partly of co-opted members who are
+not on the Council, the Council generally being represented
+by <i>66%</i>, with the exception of Scotland, where Committees
+are, by law, half and half. The average constitution of a
+committee is <i>16</i> but some range from <i>6</i> to <i>40</i>.</p>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_164">[Pg 164]</span></p>
+
+<p class="center"><span class="smcap">Loans.</span></p>
+
+<p>The Ministry of Health determine the period for which
+sums of money for particular purposes may be borrowed.
+The periods usually are:&nbsp;—</p>
+
+ <ul>
+<li>For sites or lands <i>65</i> or <i>50</i> years.</li>
+<li>For buildings (with fixtures), <i>30</i> years.</li>
+<li>For books, <i>10</i> years.</li>
+<li>For furniture (movable only), <i>10</i> years.</li>
+ </ul>
+
+<p class="center"><span class="smcap">Estimate of Annual Expenditure for British Municipal
+Libraries, with and without Loans.</span></p>
+
+<table>
+<tr><td>&nbsp;</td>
+<td>&nbsp;</td>
+<td>&nbsp;</td>
+<td>&nbsp;</td>
+<td>With<br> Loans. </td>
+<td>&nbsp;</td><td>&nbsp;</td>
+<td>Without<br> Loans.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td colspan="4">Salaries and Wages</td>
+
+<td><i>40</i></td>
+<td>&nbsp;</td><td>&nbsp;</td>
+<td><i>45</i> </td></tr>
+
+<tr><td colspan="4">Books</td>
+
+<td><i>14</i> </td>
+<td colspan="2">&nbsp;</td>
+<td><i>18</i></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td>&nbsp;</td>
+<td>New </td>
+<td><i>10</i></td>
+<td colspan="2">&nbsp;</td>
+<td><i>12</i></td>
+<td colspan="2">&nbsp;</td></tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>&nbsp;</td>
+<td>Old </td>
+ <td><i>2</i></td>
+<td colspan="2">&nbsp;</td>
+<td><i>3</i></td>
+<td colspan="2">&nbsp;</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td>&nbsp;</td>
+<td>Replacements</td>
+<td><i>2</i></td>
+<td colspan="2">&nbsp;</td>
+<td><i>3</i></td>
+<td colspan="2">&nbsp;</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td colspan="4">Periodicals and Newspapers</td>
+
+<td><i>6</i></td>
+<td colspan="2">&nbsp;</td>
+<td><i>6</i></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td colspan="4">Binding</td>
+
+<td><i>4</i></td>
+<td colspan="2">&nbsp;</td>
+<td><i>5</i></td></tr>
+<tr><td colspan="4">Buildings</td>
+
+<td><i>12</i></td>
+<td colspan="2">&nbsp;</td>
+<td><i>14</i></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td>&nbsp;</td>
+<td>Heating</td>
+<td><i>4</i></td>
+<td colspan="2">&nbsp;</td>
+<td><i>4</i></td>
+<td colspan="2">&nbsp;</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td>&nbsp;</td>
+<td>Lighting</td>
+<td><i>4</i></td>
+<td colspan="2">&nbsp;</td>
+<td><i>4</i></td>
+<td colspan="2">&nbsp;</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td>&nbsp;</td>
+<td>Fittings and Repairs</td>
+<td><i>2</i></td>
+<td colspan="2">&nbsp;</td>
+<td><i>3</i></td>
+<td colspan="2">&nbsp;</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td>&nbsp;</td>
+<td>Cleaning</td>
+
+<td><i>1</i></td>
+<td colspan="2">&nbsp;</td>
+<td><i>2</i></td>
+<td colspan="2">&nbsp;</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td>&nbsp;</td>
+<td>Insurance</td>
+<td><i>1</i></td>
+<td colspan="2">&nbsp;</td>
+<td><i>1</i></td>
+<td colspan="2">&nbsp;</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td colspan="4">Establishment</td>
+
+<td><i>6</i></td>
+<td colspan="2">&nbsp;</td>
+<td><i>9</i></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td>&nbsp;</td>
+<td>Stationery and Printing</td>
+<td><i>2</i></td>
+<td colspan="2">&nbsp;</td>
+<td><i>5</i></td>
+<td colspan="2">&nbsp;</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td>&nbsp;</td>
+<td>Postages</td>
+<td><i>1</i></td>
+<td colspan="2">&nbsp;</td>
+<td><i>1</i></td>
+<td colspan="2">&nbsp;</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td>&nbsp;</td>
+<td>Rates</td>
+<td><i>3</i></td>
+<td colspan="2">&nbsp;</td>
+<td><i>3</i></td>
+<td colspan="2">&nbsp;</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td colspan="4">National Insurance</td>
+
+<td><i>1</i></td>
+<td colspan="2">&nbsp;</td>
+<td><i>1</i></td></tr>
+<tr><td colspan="4">Loans</td>
+
+<td><i>15</i></td>
+<td colspan="2">&nbsp;</td>
+<td class="tdl">—</td></tr>
+<tr><td colspan="4">Miscellaneous</td>
+
+<td><i>2</i></td>
+<td colspan="2">&nbsp;</td>
+<td><i>2</i></td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td colspan="4">&nbsp;</td>
+<td class="bt bb"><i>100</i></td>
+<td colspan="2">&nbsp;</td>
+<td class="bt bb"><i>100</i></td></tr>
+</table>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_165">[Pg 165]</span></p>
+
+<p class="center"><span class="smcap">Staff.</span></p>
+
+<p>The number of librarians and assistants employed in
+British Municipal Libraries is considerably over <i>4,000</i>. The
+percentage of males is <i>55%</i>. Our largest staffs are in Liverpool
+and Glasgow libraries (over <i>200</i> each) followed by Manchester
+and Birmingham with over <i>150</i> and <i>100</i> respectively. Bradford,
+Bristol, Cardiff, Leeds, have each over <i>50</i> staff, and Bolton,
+Brighton, Edinburgh, Newcastle-on-Tyne and Sheffield have
+staffs ranging from <i>30</i> to <i>50</i>.</p>
+
+<p class="center"><span class="smcap">Staff Hours.</span></p>
+
+<p>The average number of hours worked by the staffs in our
+larger libraries is <i>42</i> weekly.</p>
+
+
+<p class="center"><span class="smcap">Miscellaneous Percentages pertaining to the
+Organization of a Library Service.</span></p>
+
+<p>When a town has adopted the Public Libraries Acts it is
+possible, by taking the population as a basis, to form an idea of
+the requirements necessary to meet the demands that will
+probably be made upon the service.</p>
+
+<p>A careful survey of the statistics of over <i>500</i> British
+Municipal Libraries results in the following figures. The total
+percentage of inhabitants who will make use of the Lending
+Department is <i>8</i>%; the Reference Department, ¼%; and the
+Reading Room, <i>1</i>¼%.</p>
+
+<p>As an example of the working of these percentages for a
+town of 100,000 inhabitants the following results are
+obtained:—</p>
+
+<p>The Lending Department must cater for <i>8</i>% (<i>8,000</i>) of the
+population. We can assume that each borrower will read
+<i>28</i> books per annum. Thus we would have an annual issue
+of <i>224,000</i>. If we assume that the Department is open <i>307</i>
+days in the year we would have a daily average of <i>730</i>. The
+Library would be open <i>11</i> to <i>12</i> hours daily giving us an
+hourly average of from <i>60</i> to <i>66</i>. Experience has proved that
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_166">[Pg 166]</span>more borrowers are present at one time in the evenings and if
+we allow <i>40</i>% extra to the hourly average attendance we get
+the number present of from <i>84</i> to <i>92</i>. By allowing <i>25</i> square
+feet for each reader, the total floor space required would be
+from <i>2,100</i> to <i>2,300</i> square feet; or, an area <i>55</i> feet by <i>40</i> feet
+would admirably meet these requirements.</p>
+
+
+<p class="center"><span class="smcap">Reference Library.</span></p>
+
+<p>¼% (<i>250</i>) of the population will use the Reference Department
+daily. Using the above factors we would have an hourly
+average attendance of <i>20</i>, and allowing for crowded periods
+and <i>25</i> square feet for each reader we would require an area of
+<i>700</i> square feet; or, a room <i>28</i> feet by <i>25</i> feet.</p>
+
+
+<p class="center"><span class="smcap">Reading Room.</span></p>
+
+<p><i>1</i>¼% (<i>1,250</i>) of the population will make use of the
+Reading Room daily. Using the given factors we would have
+to provide accommodation for <i>144</i> readers present at one time.
+Allow <i>18</i> square feet for each reader, and we require an area
+of <i>2,592</i> square feet; or a room about <i>60</i> feet by <i>44</i> feet.</p>
+
+
+<p class="center"><span class="smcap">Juvenile Department.</span></p>
+
+<p>About <i>500</i> square feet will be ample accommodation for
+this Department in a town of this size.</p>
+
+
+<p class="center"><span class="smcap">Lecture Rooms.</span></p>
+
+<p>Attendances vary so much here that it is impossible to
+secure reliable figures. For a popular lecture room in a town of
+<i>100,000</i> inhabitants upwards of <i>400</i> would have to be accommodated,
+and allowing <i>7</i> square feet for each person including
+platform, gangway, etc., we would require an area of <i>2,800</i>
+square feet; or, a room <i>40</i> feet by <i>70</i> feet.</p>
+
+
+<p class="center"><span class="smcap">Furniture and Fittings.</span></p>
+
+<p>The greater part of the fittings and furniture of public
+libraries are made of wood. Oak is the kind most used, but
+walnut and mahogany are very satisfactory for book-cases,
+tables and card cabinets.</p>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_167">[Pg 167]</span></p>
+
+<p class="center"><span class="smcap">Book Cases.</span></p>
+
+<p>The chief requirements of book-shelving are accessibility
+and adjustability. The best material for book-stacks is undoubtedly
+fumed oak. An oak book-stack <i>10</i> feet <i>10</i> inches in
+length, <i>1</i> foot <i>4</i> inches in breadth and <i>6</i> feet <i>10</i> inches in height
+containing shelves <i>3</i> feet <i>6</i> inches in length, <i>7</i> inches in width
+and <i>1</i> inch in depth is an ideal stack for an open-access Lending
+Library. This stack fitted with Tonks’ fittings, the metal
+studs being about ¾ inch apart, contains <i>7</i> shelves to the tier.
+For Lending Library purposes we can estimate that nine books
+will take one foot of shelf space, and each of the shelves will
+carry thirty books, therefore <i>7</i> shelves or one tier will accommodate
+<i>210</i> books, <i>3</i> tiers, or one bay will take <i>630</i> books and
+the complete stack will hold <i>1,260</i> volumes. If we take <i>1,250</i>
+as an average for each stack we can work out any problem
+arising if we know the number of books. For Reference
+Libraries <i>8</i> books to the foot is the usual run. The shelves are
+<i>9</i> inches apart and the top shelf <i>6</i> feet from the floor and the
+bottom shelf <i>1</i> foot from the floor.</p>
+
+<p>Iron and steel book-stacks, standard size, for “closed”
+libraries or for books accessible only to the staff are generally
+<i>7</i> feet <i>6</i> inches by <i>3</i> feet <i>2</i> inches, by <i>15</i> inches, which may
+be joined (generally in bays of three) together. Standard
+reference book-stacks are <i>7</i> feet <i>6</i> inches, by <i>3</i> feet <i>2</i> inches,
+by <i>18</i> inches. Special cases must be provided for large books.
+For detailed particulars of shelving <i>see</i> Brown’s “Manual of
+library economy,” <i>1907</i> edition, Sections <i>139-150</i>, and <i>1919</i>
+edition, Sections <i>143-158</i>; Champney’s “Public Libraries,”
+<i>pp. 30-39</i>; Brown <i>and others</i>—“Open-access Libraries.”</p>
+
+
+<p class="center"><span class="smcap">Reading Tables.</span></p>
+
+<p>Reading-room Tables should be made of oak, and for
+adults they should be <i>2</i> feet <i>6</i> inches high, and the breadth,
+where both sides are used by readers should not be less than
+<i>3</i> feet. Each reader should be allowed <i>2</i> feet <i>6</i> inches. Tables
+should never be longer than <i>7</i> feet <i>6</i> inches. Where there is
+sufficient space tables <i>5</i> feet long and <i>3</i> feet in breadth are the
+best. If a sloping top is required a <i>fillet</i> should be placed at the
+bottom to prevent papers slipping off. No more than <i>4</i> to <i>6</i>
+readers should be accommodated at each table.</p>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_168">[Pg 168]</span></p>
+
+<p class="center"><span class="smcap">Newspaper Reading Slopes.</span></p>
+
+<p>A projecting brass rail, upon which readers may rest their
+arms, should always be fixed at the bottom of the slope. About
+<i>4</i> feet run should be allowed for each paper when possible, but
+<i>3</i> feet <i>6</i> inches will do if space is limited. The usual height of
+wall slopes is <i>3</i> feet, from the floor to the bottom of the slope,
+and <i>5</i> feet from the floor to the title plate, which should take the
+form of movable boards fitted into brass brackets and placed
+at the top of the slope in the centre of the newspaper. The
+bottom of the slope should be <i>1</i> foot <i>3</i> inches from the wall.
+There are several kinds of brass screw clips for fastening the
+newspapers to the stands, but revolving holders should be used
+for illustrated papers.</p>
+
+
+<p class="center"><span class="smcap">Reading Room Chairs.</span></p>
+
+<p>Arm-chairs are to be preferred to any others. The height
+of the seat should be <i>1</i> foot <i>4</i> inches except for juvenile readers
+(when the height will range from <i>12</i> inches for children <i>5-9</i>
+years of age, with an additional inch for every four years up
+to <i>21</i> years of age).</p>
+
+
+<p class="center"><span class="smcap">“Open-access” Enclosure.</span></p>
+
+<p>The lending library counter in an open-access library
+should be <i>3</i> feet high and <i>2</i> feet wide and the minimum area
+for the enclosure should be <i>8</i> feet by <i>8</i> feet for the smaller
+libraries and a minimum of <i>10</i> feet by <i>10</i> feet for libraries
+registering a daily issue of over <i>1,000</i> volumes. For detailed
+kinds of barriers, latches, etc., see Brown’s “Manual of library
+economy,” <i>1907</i> edition, Sections <i>128-129</i>; <i>1919</i> edition,
+Sections <i>131-136</i>; and Brown <i>and others</i> “Open-access
+libraries.”</p>
+
+
+<p class="center"><span class="smcap">Miscellaneous.</span></p>
+
+<p>Gangways between double reading tables, with movable
+chairs should be at least <i>6</i> feet. Gangways down the sides of
+centre of a room should be <i>7</i> feet. Space between each book,
+stack in a closed library should be a minimum of <i>4</i> feet and in
+an open-access library a minimum of <i>6</i> feet.</p>
+
+<p>In planning buildings <i>18</i> to <i>24</i> inches should be allowed for
+external walls, and <i>6</i> to <i>9</i> inches for internal walls.</p>
+<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop"><div class="chapter"><p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_169">[Pg 169]</span></p>
+
+
+<h2 class="nobreak" id="COURSE_7_LIBRARY_ADMINISTRATION">COURSE 7: LIBRARY ADMINISTRATION.</h2></div>
+
+<h3><span class="smcap">Text Books Required.</span></h3>
+
+<div class="hang">
+<p>American Library Association—Manual of library economy.
+<i>Preprints Nos. 1-32. A.L.A. Also Grafton. 1s. 6d. each.</i></p>
+
+<p>Baker (E. A.)—The public library. <i>O’Connor, 1922. 12s. 6d.</i></p>
+
+<p>Bostwick (A. E.)—The American public library. <i>3rd edition.
+Appleton, 1923. 12s. 6d.</i></p>
+
+<p>Brown (J. D.)—Manual of library economy. <i>3rd edition,
+revised by W. C. B. Sayers. Grafton, 1919, 30s.</i></p>
+
+<p>Brown (J. D.) and others—Open access libraries. <i>Grafton
+1915. 10s. 6d.</i></p>
+
+<p>Dana (J. C.)—Library primer. <i>1910. Library Bureau. 6s.</i></p>
+
+<p>Library Economics. <i>Grafton, 1909. 2s. 6d.</i></p>
+
+<p>Rae (W. S. C.)—Public library administration. <i>Routledge,
+1913. Also Grafton. 3s. 6d.</i></p>
+
+<p>Roebuck (G. E.) <i>and</i> Thorne (W. B.)—A primer of library
+practice. <i>Grafton, 1914. 5s.</i></p>
+</div>
+
+
+<h3><i>Lesson 1.</i></h3>
+
+<p class="center"><span class="smcap">General Policy, Administration and Arrangement of
+Chief Departments.</span></p>
+
+<p>In conjunction with the study of matters appertaining to
+the administration of libraries, the student will find that a
+policy of visiting as many libraries as possible will prove to
+be of material assistance in demonstrating the comparative
+value of the various details of arrangement, equipment, service,
+etc.</p>
+
+<p>Note carefully the points taken into consideration in
+planning the interior arrangement of the various departments,
+paying special attention to the essential requirements with
+regard to accommodation. (Read carefully the factors on
+pages <i>165-168</i>).</p>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_170">[Pg 170]</span></p>
+<p>Several matters are to be taken into consideration in
+deciding the best means of providing library facilities, and the
+functions and methods of administering branch libraries,
+delivery stations, and travelling libraries require studious
+attention.</p>
+
+<p>The provision of newsrooms is sometimes criticised as
+unnecessary. Go fully into the question, considering their
+purpose, cost, value, etc. Their planning and arrangement,
+as also of magazine rooms, govern in a large measure their
+success, and should be studied.</p>
+
+<p>The passing of the “1919 Act” has resulted in the rapid
+establishment of County Libraries, and introduced new
+problems in library policy. These will become more acute and
+consequently require increasing attention during coming years
+as the County Library systems develop. The loss of efficiency
+due to lack of co-operation will become more accentuated
+until means for the latter are provided. Various suggestions
+have already been made and these should receive careful
+consideration when making the necessary survey of the whole
+question.</p>
+
+<p>Many libraries have adopted a policy of centralising certain
+branches of administrative work, such as cataloguing, classification,
+etc. Give full attention to this and consider in what
+circumstances and to what extent this practice can be advantageously
+adopted.</p>
+
+
+<h4><span class="smcap">Reading List.</span></h4>
+
+<h5><span class="smcap">General.</span></h5>
+
+<div class="hang">
+<p>Aldred—Matters connected with the organisation of
+libraries. <i>L.A.R. Vol. 18, 1916, pp. 1-20.</i></p>
+
+<p>Bond—Some features of recent library practice in Great
+Britain. <i>L.A.R. Vol. 17, 1915, pp. 227-243.</i></p>
+
+<p>Bostwick—Administration. <i>Chap. 12. A.L.A. Manual
+of library economy.</i></p>
+
+<p>Bostwick—The American Public Library. <i>Chap. 21, pp.
+282-311.</i></p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_171">[Pg 171]</span></p>
+
+<p>Brown—Manual of library economy. <i>1919 edition. Chaps.
+8-12, pp. 106-166.</i></p>
+
+<p>Brown and others—Open access libraries. <i>Chaps. 2-4, pp.
+16-104.</i></p>
+
+<p>Rae—Public library administration. <i>pp. 3-40</i>.</p>
+
+<p>Roebuck and Thorne—Primer of library practice. <i>pp. 29-66</i>.</p>
+
+<p>Sandbach—Inter-library lending. <i>L.A.R. New Series.
+Vol. 3, 1925, pp. 230-241.</i></p>
+
+<p>Sharp—Adult education and the public library. <i>L.A.
+Vol. 18, 1925, pp. 124-127; 159-164.</i></p>
+</div>
+
+
+<h5><span class="smcap">Branch Libraries, Delivery Stations, Travelling
+Libraries.</span></h5>
+
+<div class="hang">
+<p>Barrett—Branch libraries ... relations with central
+library. <i>L.A.R. Vol. 6, 1904, pp. 78-84.</i></p>
+
+<p>Bostwick—The American Public Library. <i>Chaps. 8 and
+18, pp. 114-121; 243-260.</i></p>
+
+<p>Brown—Manual of library economy. <i>1919 edition. Chap,
+26, pp. 366-374.</i></p>
+
+<p>Eastman—Branch libraries. <i>Chap. 15. A.L.A. Manual
+of library economy.</i></p>
+
+<p>Library economics, <i>pp. 89-91</i>.</p>
+
+<p>Rae—Public library administration, <i>pp. 41-48</i>.</p>
+
+<p>Roebuck <i>and</i> Thorne—Primer of library practice, <i>pp. 83-85</i>.</p>
+
+<p>Savage—Delivery stations and town travelling libraries.
+<i>L.A.R. Vol. 6, 1904, pp. 119-127.</i></p>
+</div>
+
+
+<h5><span class="smcap">Rural Libraries</span>.</h5>
+
+<div class="hang">
+<p>Baker—The Public Library, <i>pp. 134-168</i>.</p>
+
+<p>Brown—Manual of library economy. <i>1919 edition. Chap.
+35, pp. 477-485.</i></p>
+
+<p>Gray—County library systems. <i>Grafton, 1922. 7s. 6d.</i></p>
+
+<p>Hetherington—Rural libraries. <i>L.A.R. Vol 18, 1916,
+pp. 195-211.</i></p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_172">[Pg 172]</span></p>
+
+<p>Macleod—County rural libraries. <i>Grafton, 1923. 10s. 6d.</i></p>
+
+<p>Savage—Possible means of co-operation between burgh and
+rural libraries. <i>L.A. Vol 16, 1923, pp. 375-385.</i></p>
+
+<p>Wright—Some principles of rural library economy. <i>L.W.
+Vol. 23, 1920-21, pp. 537-540.</i></p>
+</div>
+
+
+<h5><span class="smcap"><span class="err" title="original: Newrooms">Newsrooms</span>. Magazine Rooms.</span></h5>
+
+<div class="hang">
+<p>Baker—The Public Library. <i>pp. 55-63.</i></p>
+
+<p>Bolton—The newsroom as a department of the public
+library. <i>L.A.R. Vol. 12, 1910, pp. 335-343.</i></p>
+
+<p>Brown—Manual of library economy. <i>1919 edition. Chap.
+31, pp. 424-438.</i></p>
+
+<p>Ellison—Newspapers and periodicals: methods of display,
+etc. <i>L.W. Vol. 17, 1914-15, pp. 129-137.</i></p>
+
+<p>Evans—Reading room methods. <i>L.W. Vol. 12, 1909-10.
+pp. 373-378.</i></p>
+
+<p>Jones—The newsroom. <i>L.A.R. Vol. 14, 1912, pp. 182-190.</i></p>
+
+<p>Library economics. <i>pp. 7, 38, 97-101, 103.</i></p>
+
+<p>Rae—Public library administration. <i>pp. 19-33.</i></p>
+
+<p>Roebuck <i>and</i> Thorne—Primer of library practice. <i>pp. 73-82.</i></p>
+</div>
+
+
+<h4><span class="smcap">Questions.</span></h4>
+
+<div class="hang">
+<p><i>1.</i> State what you know of the rural library movement in
+England. Can you give the administrative arrangements
+of any particular system?</p>
+
+<p><i>2.</i> What consideration would govern your choice between
+delivery stations and branch libraries?</p>
+
+<p><i>3.</i> Describe the principal methods of arranging newspapers
+and periodicals in a reading room. Give titles
+of 10 daily, 10 weekly, and 10 monthly newspapers
+and periodicals which would be your first choice.</p>
+
+<p><i>4.</i> In a library system with a central department and four
+branches would you place any administrative work
+under central control? Give full reasons for your
+decision.</p>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_173">[Pg 173]</span></p>
+<p>5. What do you consider to be the chief services a newsroom
+renders to the public? State what you consider to be
+the main objections to the establishment of newsrooms.</p>
+</div>
+
+
+<h3><i>Lesson 2.</i></h3>
+
+<p class="center"><span class="smcap">Special Departments.</span></p>
+
+<p>The several departments of which an up-to-date library is
+composed each have their own peculiar problems, all of which
+are incapable of satisfactory solution without special consideration.</p>
+
+<p>Library work with children is growing in extent and importance,
+and librarians of the immediate future may find this
+branch of their many-sided activities requiring their first
+attention. Note the special provision of lectures, story-hours,
+exhibitions, etc., and the special points to be borne in mind
+during the planning, equipment and arrangement of children’s
+rooms.</p>
+
+<p>The section dealing with children’s libraries in the appended
+reading list will require more time than many students are able
+to spare. In such cases Sayers’s “Children’s Library” should
+be read first, supplemented by the shorter articles.</p>
+
+<p>Consider also the best methods of co-operation between
+libraries and schools.</p>
+
+<p>The adolescent question is one of the constantly recurring
+problems which have exercised the minds of librarians for a
+number of years. With regard to the fact that the adolescent
+reader requires special attention, opinions may be said to be
+just as unanimous as they are divided in deciding the form
+in which that special attention is to be given, hence the necessity
+for fully considering the suggestions which have been made
+towards a solution.</p>
+
+<p>A special effort should be made to make the local collection
+as complete as possible. Ascertain the best methods of storing
+and making its contents available, and note what should be
+included in it.</p>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_174">[Pg 174]</span>
+Increased activity is being shown in meeting business and
+commercial requirements. These vary according to locality,
+but every effort should be made to ascertain what has been
+accomplished in the large centres—Bolton, Bristol, Glasgow,
+Liverpool, Manchester, etc., where a special feature has been
+made of this work. Obtain if possible, the handbooks issued
+by these towns describing their commercial libraries.</p>
+
+<p>In connection with the provision of music in libraries some
+rather novel suggestions have been put forward, <i>e.g.</i>, the use
+of gramophones, wireless, etc. These proposals should receive
+consideration, and the replies and views expressed while they
+have been under discussion should be noted.</p>
+
+<p>Study the pros and cons of the policy of providing separate
+Ladies’ Room and Students’ Rooms, and their respective
+requirements in equipment, arrangement, supervision, etc.</p>
+
+<p>Attention must be given to the necessary procedure in
+obtaining literature for blind readers, noting specially the
+sources of supply.</p>
+
+<h4><span class="smcap">Reading List.</span></h4>
+
+<h5><span class="smcap">Lending Departments (General).</span></h5>
+
+<div class="hang">
+<p>Baker—The Public Library. <i>pp. 33-43.</i></p>
+
+<p>Parker—Procedure in changing from a closed to an open-access
+library. <i>L.A. Vol. 9, 1912, pp. 63-70.</i></p>
+
+<p>Rae—Public library administration. <i>pp 13-18.</i></p>
+
+<p>Thorne—Problem of the adolescent. <i>L.A. Vol. 16, 1923,
+pp. 206-210.</i></p>
+</div>
+
+
+<h5><span class="smcap">Children’s Libraries</span> (<i>see also pp. <a href="#Page_41">41-44</a>.</i>)</h5>
+
+<div class="hang">
+<p>Baker—The Public Library. <i>pp. 63-74.</i></p>
+
+<p>Brown—Manual of library economy. <i>1919 edition, Chap.
+32, pp. 439-456.</i></p>
+
+<p>Brown <i>and others</i>—Open-access libraries. <i>Chap. 9, pp.
+199-208</i>.</p>
+
+<p>Dallimore—Object lessons to school children in the use of
+libraries. <i>L.A.R. Vol. 11, 1909, pp. 49-68.</i></p>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_175">[Pg 175]</span></p>
+<p>Downey—Teaching the use of the library. <i>L.J. Vol.
+40, 1915, pp. 637-641.</i></p>
+
+<p>Ellison—Library work with children. <i>L. &amp; B. W. Vol.
+6, 1915, pp. 91-95; 114-117.</i></p>
+
+<p>Gilbert—Talks and readings to children. <i>L.W. Vol. 21,
+1918-19, pp. 120-124.</i></p>
+
+<p>Hazeltine—Library work with children. <i>Wilson, New
+York, 1917. Also Grafton. 7s. 6d.</i></p>
+
+<p>Jast—Library work with children. <i>L.A.R. Vol. 21, 1919,
+pp. 90-102.</i></p>
+
+<p>Olcott—Library work with children. <i>A.L.A. Manual.
+Chap. 29.</i></p>
+
+<p>Powell—The children’s library. <i>Wilson, New York, 1917.
+Also Grafton. 10s. 6d.</i></p>
+
+<p>Price—The story-hour in libraries. <i>P.L. Vol. 12, 1907.
+pp. 347-9.</i></p>
+
+<p>Rees—-Libraries for children. <i>Grafton, 1924. 12s. 6d.</i></p>
+
+<p>Sayers—The children’s library. <i>English Library. Routledge,
+1911. Also Grafton. 3s. 0d. O.P.</i></p>
+
+<p>Sayers—Some notes on story-telling in libraries. <i>L.W.
+Vol. 20, 1917-18, pp. 288-90; 314-316.</i></p>
+</div>
+
+<h5><span class="smcap">School Libraries.</span></h5>
+
+<div class="hang">
+<p>Alexander—School libraries. <i>L.A.R. Vol. 24, 1922, pp.
+12-19.</i></p>
+
+<p>Baker—The Public Library. <i>pp. 122-134.</i></p>
+
+<p>Brown—Manual of library economy. <i>1919 edition. Chap.
+33, pp. 457-466.</i></p>
+
+<p>Frayer—Co-operation between public libraries and elementary
+schools. <i>L.A.R. Vol. 22, 1920, pp. 61-70.</i></p>
+
+<p>Green—School libraries. <i>L.A.R. Vol. 12, 1910, pp. 227-241.</i></p>
+
+<p>McColvin—The relation between the library and the school.
+<i>L.W. Vol. 22, 1919-20, pp. 360-362.</i></p>
+
+<p>Rae—Public library administration. <i>pp. 49-53.</i></p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_176">[Pg 176]</span></p>
+
+<p>Ward—The high-school library. <i>A.L.A. Manual. Chap. 7.</i></p>
+
+<p>Wood—Administration of high-school libraries as branches
+of public libraries. <i>L.J. Vol. 39, 1914, pp. 659-662</i>.</p>
+</div>
+
+
+<h5><span class="smcap">Local Collections. Special Collections.</span> (<i>See also pp.
+<a href="#Page_47">47-50</a></i>).</h5>
+
+<div class="hang">
+<p>Brown—Manual of library economy. <i>1919 edition. Chaps.
+28-9, pp. 399-417.</i></p>
+
+<p>Collier—Local records in public libraries. <i>L.A.R. Vol 13,
+1911, pp. 268-275.</i></p>
+
+<p>Johnston—Special libraries. <i>Chap. 8. A.L.A. Manual of
+library economy.</i></p>
+
+<p>Library Economics. <i>pp. 19-24.</i></p>
+
+<p>Pollitt—The duty of the public librarian in relation to local
+literature and bibliography. <i>L.A.R. Vol. 16, 1914,
+pp. 119-126.</i></p>
+
+<p>Rae—Public library administration. <i>pp. 54-56.</i></p>
+
+<p>Ridley—Special libraries and information bureaux. <i>L.A.R.
+(New Series). Vol. 3, 1925, pp. 242-255.</i></p>
+
+<p>Sayers—Local collection problems. <i>L.W. Vols. 18-19,
+1915-17.</i></p>
+</div>
+
+
+<h5><span class="smcap">Commercial and Technical Libraries</span> (<i>see also pp. <a href="#Page_46">46-47</a>.</i>)</h5>
+
+<div class="hang">
+<p>Baker—The Public Library. <i>pp. 74-91.</i></p>
+
+<p>Brown—Manual of library economy. <i>1919 edition. Chap.
+30, pp. 418-423.</i></p>
+
+<p>Jast—The commercial library. <i>L.A.R. Vol. 19, 1917,
+pp. 118-124.</i></p>
+
+<p>Jast—Organisation of British trade: the commercial
+library. <i>Manchester: Sherratt &amp; Hughes. 2d.</i></p>
+
+<p>Pitt—Memoranda on commercial libraries. <i>L.A.R. Vol.
+19, 1917, pp. 175-178.</i></p>
+
+<p>Reynolds—The technical library in its relation to the
+educational and industrial development. <i>L.A.R. Vol.
+19, 1917, pp. 250-261.</i></p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_177">[Pg 177]</span></p>
+
+<p>Savage—Technical libraries. <i>L.A.R. Vol. 21, 1919, pp.
+264-270.</i></p>
+
+<p>The technical library. <i>L.A.R. Vol. 22, 1920, pp. 121-157.</i></p>
+</div>
+
+
+<h5><span class="smcap">Music Department.</span></h5>
+
+<div class="hang">
+<p>Bostwick—-The American Public Library. <i>Chap. 24, pp.
+336-338.</i></p>
+
+<p>Bostwick—Popularising music through the library. <i>In
+his Library Essays.</i> <i>Wilson: New York, 1920, pp.
+325-340.</i></p>
+
+<p>McColvin—Music in public libraries. <i>Grafton, 1924. 7s. 6d.</i></p>
+
+<p>Riddle—Music in public libraries. <i>L.A.R. Vol. 16, 1914,
+pp. 1-10.</i></p>
+
+<p>Smith—Music and gramophones in public libraries. <i>L.A.
+Vol. 18, 1925, pp. 60-65.</i></p>
+</div>
+
+
+<h5><span class="smcap">Ladies’ Rooms. Students’ Rooms.</span></h5>
+
+<div class="hang">
+<p>Brown—Manual of library economy. <i>1919 edition.</i> Section
+<i>479, pp. 437-438</i>.</p>
+
+<p>Library Economics. <i>pp. 27-28.</i></p>
+
+<p>Rae—Public library administration. <i>pp. 34-40.</i></p>
+
+<p>Roebuck <i>and</i> Thorne—Primer of library practice. <i>pp. 82-83.</i></p>
+
+<p>Willcock—Ladies’ reading rooms. <i>L.A.R. Vol. 15, 1913,
+pp. 80-84.</i></p>
+</div>
+
+
+<h5><span class="smcap">Books for the Blind.</span></h5>
+
+<div class="hang">
+<p>Austin—National Library for the Blind. <i>L.A.R. Vol. 12,
+1910, pp. 304-312.</i></p>
+
+<p>Austin—Present ... possibilities of the public library
+service to the blind. <i>L.A.R. Vol. 13, 1911, pp. 450-460.</i></p>
+
+<p>Baker—The Public Library. <i>pp. 91-95.</i></p>
+
+<p>Bostwick—The American Public Library. <i>Chap. 33, pp.
+324-335.</i></p>
+
+<p>Brown—Manual of library economy. <i>1919 edition. Section
+197, pp. 181.</i></p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_178">[Pg 178]</span></p>
+
+<p>Chamberlain—Library work with the blind. <i>Chap. 30,
+A.L.A. Manual of Library Economy.</i></p>
+
+<p>Neisser—Report of the A.L.A. Committee on library work
+with the blind. <i>A.L.A. Bulletin. Vol. 2, 1908, pp.
+216-221.</i></p>
+
+<p>Smith—Books for the blind. <i>L.A.R. Vol. 22, 1920, pp.
+257-259.</i></p>
+</div>
+
+
+<h4><span class="smcap">Questions.</span></h4>
+
+<div class="hang">
+<p><i>1.</i> Draw a rough plan of a children’s lending library and
+reading room, 30 feet by 25 feet, showing arrangement
+of bookcases, tables, and other necessary furniture.</p>
+
+<p><i>2.</i> Outline what you consider to be the ideal arrangement
+for dealing with adolescent readers.</p>
+
+<p><i>3.</i> What are the respective purposes of a commercial and
+a technical library? Indicate briefly the nature of the
+essential stock.</p>
+
+<p><i>4.</i> What subjects would you choose in giving eight short
+talks to children? Give the main points you would
+include in a talk on “How to use the library.”</p>
+
+<p><i>5.</i> What do you consider to be the best method of working
+school libraries? Give the main points you would
+include in instructions to school librarians.</p>
+
+<p><i>6.</i> State exactly what you would include in a local collection,
+and your procedure in the formation of one.</p>
+</div>
+
+<h3><i>Lesson 3.</i></h3>
+
+<p class="center"><span class="smcap">Aids To Readers.</span></p>
+
+<p>If there is any dividing line in the duties of a librarian, it
+surely falls just when a suitable building has been erected and
+an adequate stock, carefully classified and catalogued, has
+been provided. From this point there is a good deal of what,
+perhaps, may be termed propaganda work to be undertaken.
+The ideal library should be the centre of all literary activity
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_179">[Pg 179]</span>within the locality, but before this stage is reached advantage
+must be taken of every possible opportunity to reach and enrol
+those lukewarm citizens who are to be found in every locality.</p>
+
+<p>After the necessary attention has been paid to the ground
+covered in this lesson, the student will find enjoyable, and
+certainly beneficial, the task of compiling a list of all methods
+of popularising and increasing the use of a library. If succeeding
+in contributing some new and practicable suggestion,
+something solid will have been contributed to library science.</p>
+
+<p>A thoroughly efficient Reference Department cannot fail
+to render first-class service to any community, but it must be
+remembered that the very nature of reference work renders
+compulsory a high state of efficiency. A comparison of the
+duties of reference and lending staffs will assist one to visualise
+the special requirements of the department more clearly. In
+surveying the various reference duties, consider the advisability
+of allowing certain books to be taken out on loan, the extent
+to which you would allow access to the stock, the disposition
+of the various classes, and make a special note of the books
+which are essential for the quick-reference section (<i>see page
+72</i>). Note also the means (indexing, etc.) necessary to render
+all information immediately accessible.</p>
+
+<p>Useful work is done in many places by Information
+Bureaux. Note the information these are expected to supply,
+the preparation necessary to equip them for the purpose they
+serve, and their possible development.</p>
+
+<p>The success of a series of lectures depends chiefly on their
+proper organization. See what arrangements are essential to
+their success, and the best methods of ensuring that the
+interest created results in increased use being made of the
+library. University Extension and other movements, by wise
+co-operation, can serve the library in this respect.</p>
+
+<p>Study the various points in connection with the formation
+of Reading Circles, and the efforts required in order to guarantee
+their retention as a live factor contributing to the success of
+the library.</p>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_180">[Pg 180]</span>
+The Central Library for Students renders assistance to
+libraries. Study the nature of this, the conditions and the
+potentiality of the Library as the centre of a more ambitious
+scheme of a national reservoir library for the distribution of
+certain classes of books.</p>
+
+<p>Consider the utility of the Bulletin, the information it should
+contain, the policy of including advertisements to defray cost,
+and the various points in connection with its production.
+Several libraries issue bulletins (<i>see page 111</i>). If possible,
+obtain copies of these.</p>
+
+<p>Up to the present the usual publicity methods have not
+been called to the service of the library to the same extent in
+England as in America. View the question from all aspects,
+note what is at present being done by various libraries, and
+consider the numerous suggestions which have been made for
+the expansion of this form of activity.</p>
+
+<p>Note the importance of good shelf and stack guiding as aids
+to readers. (<i>See pages <a href="#Page_84">84-5</a> and read the articles given under the
+names of Coutts, Savage and Stewart.</i>)</p>
+
+
+<h4><span class="smcap">Reading List.</span></h4>
+
+
+<h5><span class="smcap">General.</span></h5>
+
+<div class="hang">
+<p>Fay <i>and</i> Eaton—Instruction in the use of books and libraries.
+<i>2nd edition, revised. Faxon &amp; Co.: Boston, 1919. Also
+Grafton. 22s. 6d.</i></p>
+
+<p>Fearnside—Co-operation between a town library and local
+societies and bodies. <i>L.A.R. Vol. 20, 1918, pp. 140-149.</i></p>
+
+<p>Jones—Some aids to readers. <i>L.W. Vol. 13, 1910-11, pp.
+225-233.</i></p>
+
+<p>Roebuck <i>and</i> Thorne—Primer of library practice. <i>pp. 87-90.</i></p>
+
+<p>Spofford—Book for all readers. <i>3rd edition. Putnam, 1905.
+O.P. Chap. 10, pp. 190-214.</i></p>
+
+<p>Stewart—How to use a library. <i>Elliot Stock, 1910.</i></p>
+</div>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_181">[Pg 181]</span></p>
+
+<h5><span class="smcap">Reference Work.</span></h5>
+
+<div class="hang">
+<p>A.L.A.—Manual of library economy. <i>Chap. 22.</i></p>
+
+<p>Baker—The Public Library. <i>pp. 44-55.</i></p>
+
+<p>Ballinger—The reference library. <i>L. Vol. 9, 1908, pp.
+353-369.</i></p>
+
+<p>Bostwick—The American Public Library. <i>Chap. 5, pp.
+63-80.</i></p>
+
+<p>Brown—Manual of library economy. <i>1919 edition. Chap.
+27, pp. 375-398.</i></p>
+
+<p>Library Economics. <i>pp. 12-15; 52-55.</i></p>
+
+<p>Pitt—Possible co-operation in reference library work.
+<i>L.A.R. Vol. 15, 1913, pp. 408-412.</i></p>
+
+<p>Powell—The reference library. <i>L.A.R. (N.S.). Vol. 2,
+1924, pp. 77-86.</i></p>
+
+<p>Rae—Public library administration. <i>pp. 4-12.</i></p>
+
+<p>Roebuck <i>and</i> Thorne—Primer of library practice, <i>pp. 64-66</i>.</p>
+</div>
+
+
+<h5><span class="smcap">Information Bureaux.</span></h5>
+
+<div class="hang">
+<p>Brown—Manual of library economy. <i>1919 edition. Section
+421, pp. 396-7.</i></p>
+
+<p>Information Bureaux and special libraries. Report of
+Proceedings of the First Conference, <i>1924</i>. <i>Library
+Association, 1925. 3s. 6d.</i></p>
+
+<p>Krauss—Information bureaux in public libraries. <i>L.A.R.
+Vol. 12, 1910, pp. 14-22.</i></p>
+
+<p>Rae—Public library administration. <i>pp. 57-62.</i></p>
+
+<p>Ridley—Special libraries and information bureaux. <i>L.A.R.
+(N.S.) Vol. 3, 1925, pp. 242-255.</i></p>
+
+<p>Smither—Information bureaux in public libraries. <i>L.W.
+Vol. 13, 1910-1911, pp. 99-106.</i></p>
+</div>
+
+
+<h5><span class="smcap">Lectures.</span></h5>
+
+<div class="hang">
+<p>Baker—The Public Library. <i>pp. 100-114.</i></p>
+
+<p>Ballinger—Lectures and extensions. <i>L. Vol. 10, 1909,
+pp. 188-200.</i></p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_182">[Pg 182]</span></p>
+
+<p>Brown—Manual of library economy. <i>1919 edition. Sections
+526-536, pp. 467-475.</i></p>
+
+<p>Curran—The public lecture in relation to public library
+work. <i>L.A.R. Vol. 13, 1911, pp. 313-321.</i></p>
+
+<p>Gordon—Library lectures. <i>L.A.R. Vol. 16, 1914, pp.
+316-323.</i></p>
+
+<p>Haxby—History, organisation, and educational value of
+municipal library lectures. <i>L.A.R. Vol. 13, 1911, pp.
+123-132.</i></p>
+
+<p>Jast—A note on library readings. <i>L.A.R. Vol. 18, 1916,
+pp. 53-62.</i></p>
+
+<p>Newcombe—Raison d’etre of library lectures. <i>L.A.R.
+Vol. 9, 1907, pp. 231-243; 261-266.</i></p>
+
+<p>Rae—Public library administration. <i>pp. 89-95.</i></p>
+</div>
+
+
+<h5><span class="smcap">Reading Circles.</span></h5>
+
+<div class="hang">
+<p>Harris—Organization and conduct of reading circles. <i>L.W.
+Vol. 17, 1914-15, pp. 69-72.</i></p>
+
+<p>Pomfret—Reading circles. <i>L.W. Vol. 13, 1910-11, pp.
+289-294.</i></p>
+
+<p>Rae—Public library administration. <i>pp. 96-102.</i></p>
+</div>
+
+
+<h5><span class="smcap">Exhibitions.</span></h5>
+
+<div class="hang">
+<p>Brown—Manual of library economy. <i>1919 edition. Sections
+537-8, pp. 475-6.</i></p>
+
+<p>Library Economics. <i>pp. 32-33.</i></p>
+
+<p>Piper—Library exhibitions. <i>L.W. Vol. 12, 1909-10, pp.
+275-280.</i></p>
+
+<p>Rae—Public library administration. <i>pp. 128-130.</i></p>
+
+<p>Ward—Publicity for public libraries. <i>Wilson, New York:
+1924. Also Grafton. (Chap. 12, pp. 155-202, Displays
+and exhibits).</i></p>
+
+<p>Warner—Holiday literature and picture exhibitions. <i>L.W.
+Vol. 12, 1909-10, pp. 49-54.</i></p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_183">[Pg 183]</span></p>
+
+<p>Wheeler—The library and the community. <i>A.L.A., 1924.
+Also Grafton. (Chap. 26, pp. 291-307, Exhibits and
+displays).</i></p>
+</div>
+
+<h5><span class="smcap">Central Library for Students.</span></h5>
+
+<div class="hang">
+<p>Central Library for Students, by A. W. Pollard. <i>L.A.R.
+Vol. 19, 1917, pp. 372-378.</i></p>
+</div>
+
+
+<h5><span class="smcap">Library Magazines, Book Lists</span>, etc.</h5>
+
+<div class="hang">
+<p>Brown—Manual of library economy. <i>1919 edition. Section
+264, pp. 251-254.</i></p>
+
+<p>Rae—Public library administration. <i>pp. 117-120.</i></p>
+
+<p>Sayers <i>and</i> Stewart—Library magazines. <i>L.W. Vols. 7
+and 8, 1904-6.</i></p>
+
+<p>Ward—Publicity for public libraries. <i>Chap. 9, pp. 91-110.</i></p>
+
+<p>Wheeler—The library and the community. <i>Chaps. 22 and
+23, pp. 243-267.</i></p>
+</div>
+
+
+<p><span class="smcap">Publicity.</span></p>
+
+<div class="hang">
+<p>A.L.A.—Manual of library economy. <i>Chapter 31.</i></p>
+
+<p>Briscoe—Library advertising. <i>Coptic Series. Grafton, 1921.
+7s. 6d.</i></p>
+
+<p>Piper—Library advertising methods. <i>L.A.R. Vol. 15,
+1913, pp. 71-79.</i></p>
+
+<p>Ward—Publicity for public libraries. <i>Wilson, New York:
+1924. Also Grafton.</i></p>
+
+<p>Wheeler—The library and the community. <i>A.L.A., 1924.
+Also Grafton. 15s.</i></p>
+</div>
+
+<h4><span class="smcap">Questions.</span></h4>
+
+<div class="hang">
+<p><i>1.</i> What steps would you take to ensure that the library
+obtained full publicity and benefit from co-operation
+in a course of University Extension lectures?</p>
+
+<p><i>2.</i> Give a brief account of the National Home Reading
+Union, and state how you would conduct a reading
+circle.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_184">[Pg 184]</span></p>
+
+<p><i>3.</i> In what way can the Central Library for Students assist
+the public library?</p>
+
+<p><i>4.</i> What is an information bureau?</p>
+
+<p><i>5.</i> By what principal means would you advertise a library?</p>
+
+<p><i>6.</i> What steps would you take to keep readers fully acquainted
+with new additions?</p>
+</div>
+
+<h3><i>Lesson 4.</i></h3>
+
+<p class="center"><span class="smcap">Bookbinding. Stationery. Printing.</span></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot hang">
+<p><i>Note.—Bookbinding is dealt with in Course I, Lesson 7 on
+pp. <a href="#Page_16">16-18</a>, which should be treated as part of the present
+lesson.</i></p>
+</div>
+
+<p>All assistants should be thoroughly familiar, not merely
+with the various forms used in their own library, but with the
+several variations which are used in others. Study methods of
+storing stationery, recording supplies, and note the means of
+checking supplies in stock in order to avoid the irritating
+experience of finding some particular item out of stock when
+most urgently required.</p>
+
+<p>The necessary procedure, agreements, and arrangements
+in dealing with the printer, and the checking of proof, should
+be noted.</p>
+
+
+<h4><span class="smcap">Reading List.</span></h4>
+
+<h5><span class="smcap">Printing.</span></h5>
+
+<div class="hang">
+<p>Brown—Manual of library economy. <i>1919 edition. Sections
+265-266, pp. 254-257.</i></p>
+
+<p>Proof reading marks and signs. <i>L.W. Vol. 13, 1910-11,
+pp. 308-09.</i></p>
+
+<p>Walter—Library printing. <i>Chap. 32, A.L.A. Manual of
+library economy.</i></p>
+
+<p>Ward—Publicity for public libraries. <i>Chap. 16, pp. 271-298.
+Library printing and printing economies.</i></p>
+
+<p>Wheeler—The library and the community. <i>Chap. 21, pp.
+223-242. Layout and typography of printed matter.</i></p>
+</div>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_185">[Pg 185]</span></p>
+
+<h5><span class="smcap">Stationery.</span></h5>
+
+<div class="hang">
+<p>Brown—Manual of library economy. <i>1919 edition. Sections
+322-327, pp. 296-301.</i></p>
+
+<p>Jast—Classification of office papers. (Originally published
+in Brown’s Subject Classification).</p>
+
+<p>Madeley—Classification of office papers. <i>L.A.R. Vol. 6,
+1904, pp. 367-387.</i></p>
+</div>
+
+
+<h4><span class="smcap">Questions.</span></h4>
+
+<div class="hang">
+<p><i>1.</i> Outline in full the method you would adopt in dealing
+with stationery supplies, giving ruling of any record
+you would use.</p>
+
+<p><i>2.</i> Give as many proof correction marks, with explanations,
+as you can.</p>
+</div>
+
+
+<h3><i>Lesson 5.</i></h3>
+
+<p class="center"><span class="smcap">Routine and Correspondence Details.</span></p>
+
+<p>Assistants are reminded that no matter how wisely the
+general policy and administration of a library may be directed,
+no small measure of its ultimate success is dependent on a
+scrupulous regard for accuracy in the discharge of the many
+and varied details which make up the daily routine. The various
+library duties are so co-ordinated that it is almost impossible
+to make mistakes singly, and the slightest inaccuracy or inattention
+to minor details will reduce the efficiency of a library’s
+service.</p>
+
+<p>Everything appertaining to staff routine, accession methods,
+replacements, revision of stock, discarding, registration of
+borrowers, checks on work and readers, charging and filing
+methods, accounting, statistics, etc., can be done in different
+ways, but only work based on a careful study and comparison
+of the various methods can achieve real success.</p>
+
+
+<h4><span class="smcap">Reading List.</span></h4>
+
+<h5><span class="smcap">Accession Methods.</span></h5>
+
+<div class="hang">
+<p>Brown—Manual of library economy. <i>1919 edition. Chap.
+14, pp. 189-205.</i></p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_186">[Pg 186]</span></p>
+
+<p>Collier—A rational accession method. <i>L. &amp; B.W. Vol. 9,
+1908, pp. 1-8.</i></p>
+
+<p>Hopper—Order and accession department. <i>Chap. 17,
+A.L.A. Manual of library economy.</i></p>
+
+<p>Jast—Accessions: the checking processes. <i>L. Vol. 1,
+1899, pp. 152-163.</i></p>
+
+<p>Library Economics. <i>pp. 8-10.</i></p>
+
+<p>Roebuck <i>and</i> Thorne—Primer of library practice. <i>pp. 46-50.</i></p>
+</div>
+
+
+<h5><span class="smcap">Checks on Work. Time Sheets.</span></h5>
+
+<div class="hang">
+<p>Brown—Manual of library economy. <i>1919 edition. Sections
+89-90, pp. 90-92.</i></p>
+
+<p>Library Economics. <i>pp. 80-83.</i></p>
+
+<p>McGill—A form of work-sheet. <i>L.W. Vol. 13, 1910-11,
+pp. 204-206.</i></p>
+</div>
+
+
+<h5><span class="smcap">Registration of Borrowers.</span></h5>
+
+<div class="hang">
+<p>Brown—Manual of library economy. <i>1919 edition. Chap.
+24, pp. 341-349.</i></p>
+
+<p>Library Economics. <i>pp. 87-89.</i></p>
+
+<p>Neesham—Registration of borrowers. <i>L.W. Vol. 12,
+1909-10, pp. 341-343.</i></p>
+
+<p>Rae—Public library administration. <i>pp. 78-88.</i></p>
+
+<p>Roebuck <i>and</i> Thorne—Primer of library practice. <i>pp. 50-53.</i></p>
+</div>
+
+<h5><span class="smcap">Issue Methods.</span></h5>
+
+<div class="hang">
+<p>Brown—Manual of library economy. <i>1919 edition. Chap.
+25, pp. 350-365</i>.</p>
+
+<p>Brown <i>and others</i>—Open access libraries. <i>Chap. 7, pp. 155-178.</i></p>
+
+<p>Library Economics. <i>pp. 1-5; 57-63; 10-12.</i></p>
+
+<p>Pollitt—Principles of book charging. <i>L.W. Vol. 15, 1912-13,
+pp. 340-343.</i></p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_187">[Pg 187]</span></p>
+
+<p>Rae—Public library administration. <i>pp. 63-77.</i></p>
+
+<p>Roebuck <i>and</i> Thorne—Primer of library practice. <i>pp. 54-58;
+65-66.</i></p>
+</div>
+
+<h5><span class="smcap">Storing. Maps. Prints. Pamphlets. Photographic
+Surveys, Etc.</span></h5>
+<div class="hang">
+<p>A.L.A.—Manual of library economy. <i>Chap. 25.</i></p>
+
+<p>Brown—Manual of library economy. <i>1919 edition. Sects.
+300-313., pp. 414-5; 429-442.</i></p>
+
+<p>Goss—Methods of ... preserving prints. <i>L.A.R. Vol.
+17, 1915, pp. 349-362.</i></p>
+
+<p>Jast—The treatment of pamphlets. <i>L.W. Vol. 4, 1901-2,
+pp. 60-63.</i></p>
+
+<p>Sparke—Newspaper rack for bound volumes. <i>L.W. Vol.
+3, 1900-01, pp. 127-128.</i></p>
+
+<p>Spofford—Book for all readers. <i>Chap. 7, pp. 145-156.</i></p>
+
+<p>Warner—Photographic surveys in connection with public
+libraries. <i>L.A. Vol. 6, 1909, pp. 240-245.</i></p>
+
+<p>Woodbine—Modern methods of book storage. <i>L.A.R. Vol.
+12, 1910, pp. 446-454.</i></p>
+</div>
+
+<h5><span class="smcap">Statistics.</span> <span class="smcap">Annual Report.</span></h5>
+<div class="hang">
+<p>Bostwick—The American Public Library. <i>Chap. 20, pp.
+266-281.</i></p>
+
+<p>Brown—Manual of library economy. <i>Chap. 4, pp. 60-70.</i></p>
+
+<p>Hetherington—Library statistics. <i>L.A.R. Vol. 19, 1917,
+pp. 1-16.</i></p>
+
+<p>Minto—Public library statistics. <i>L. New Series. Vol. 2,
+1900, p. 164.</i></p>
+
+<p>Willcock—What should an annual report contain? <i>L.A.R.
+Vol. 8, 1906, pp. 363-371; 392-397.</i></p>
+</div>
+
+<h5><span class="smcap">Miscellaneous Administrative Details.</span></h5>
+<div class="hang">
+<p>Coutts—Overdue books and the treatment of defaulters.
+<i>L.W. Vol. 14, 1911-12, pp. 241-246.</i></p>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_188">[Pg 188]</span></p>
+<p>Dixon—the bespoken file. <i>L.W. Vol. 15, 1912-13, pp.
+316-7.</i></p>
+
+<p>Fry—Fines and other penalties. <i>L.W. Vol. 17, 1914-15,
+pp. 1-8.</i></p>
+
+<p>Hatcher—Stocktaking methods. <i>L.A. Vol. 5, 1904, pp.
+43-46.</i></p>
+
+<p>Library Economics. Reserved Books, <i>p. 92</i>.</p>
+</div>
+
+<h4><span class="allsmcap">QUESTIONS.</span></h4>
+<div class="hang">
+<p><i>1.</i> Draw up a weekly time and work sheet for a library
+containing lending, reference, and juvenile departments,
+open <i>9-30</i> a.m. to <i>8-0</i> p.m. each week day.
+The staff consists of five senior and ten junior assistants,
+working forty-two hours per week.</p>
+
+<p><i>2.</i> State what information you would include in an annual
+report.</p>
+
+<p><i>3.</i> Give the ruling of (<i>a</i>) accession book (<i>b</i>) overdue book
+(<i>c</i>) cash receipt book (<i>d</i>) donation book.</p>
+
+<p><i>4.</i> Mention the various methods of indicating ownership
+of books, stating which you prefer for reference and
+lending library books, newspapers, and periodicals.</p>
+
+<p><i>5.</i> Give in their correct order the various processes through
+which a book has passed from entering the library to
+the time it is issued to a reader.</p>
+
+<p><i>6.</i> By what means would you ascertain the number of books
+consulted in (<i>a</i>) an open access and (<i>b</i>) a closed reference
+department?</p>
+</div>
+
+<h4 class="center">TEST EXAMINATION.</h4>
+<div class="hang">
+<p><i>1.</i> Describe what you consider to be the best means of
+advertising a library.</p>
+
+<p><i>2.</i> Assume that legal proceedings are about to be taken
+for the recovery of a book. By what steps has the
+case reached this stage? Give wording of the necessary
+correspondence in connection with the case.</p>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_189">[Pg 189]</span></p>
+<p><i>3.</i> Show, by a rough plan, how you would arrange the
+bookcases, barriers, and necessary furniture and fittings
+for an open-access library 50 feet by 40 feet, not top-lighted.</p>
+
+<p><i>4.</i> Discuss the policy of providing special reading rooms
+for ladies.</p>
+
+<p><i>5.</i> State how the public library can most usefully collaborate
+with the Education Committee in relation to continuation
+schools.</p>
+
+<p><i>6.</i> Describe what aids you would provide in a closely
+classified lending library to indicate the exact location
+of a book, and give what you consider to be the best
+method of dealing with “oversize” books.</p>
+
+<p><i>7.</i> Give the approximate initial cost of establishing a home
+bindery, stating what requisites you would provide.
+What advantages would be gained by having such a
+department?</p>
+
+<p><i>8.</i> Discuss the policy of allowing children free access to
+the whole of the stock in their department.</p>
+
+<p><i>9.</i> Name twenty works which you consider essential to the
+success of a quick-reference section.</p>
+
+<p><i>10.</i> Outline the duties of an assistant in a (<i>a</i>) children’s
+library (<i>b</i>) lending library (<i>c</i>) information desk.</p>
+
+<p><i>11.</i> Give a list of ten newspapers and six general, six trade,
+six political, and six ladies’ periodicals you would
+recommend for a general reading room. State what
+you consider to be the best means of displaying them,
+and outline fully the instructions you would give with
+regard to filing the periodicals you select.</p>
+
+<p><i>12.</i> Discuss the value of statistics in estimating the work
+done by a public library.</p>
+</div>
+<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop"><div class="chapter"><p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_190">[Pg 190]</span></p>
+
+
+<h2 class="nobreak" id="COURSE_8_HISTORY_OF_LIBRARIES">COURSE 8: HISTORY OF LIBRARIES.</h2></div>
+
+<p>There are not wanting those who claim as the first and
+greatest of all libraries that vast and glorious “stone book
+of nature.” It was by observing the ability of hard substances
+to leave their impress on those of a softer nature—the
+means by which this great stone-book was written—that
+man acquired the art of writing, of recording his opinions and
+the various incidents of his life and the lives of those around
+him. In the earliest stages of his progress in this art this was
+done on the walls of his rough habitations, but later man
+adopted a more permanent and convenient form on bark,
+leaves, skin, tablets of clay and like substances.</p>
+
+<p>It was for the preservation of these that “houses of the
+records” came to be established throughout the countries of
+the ancient peoples, sometimes as parts of their temples and
+sometimes as distinct buildings, and it is from these that our
+modern libraries have evolved.</p>
+
+<p>As a study, the history of libraries only appeals to a small
+portion of the library profession, therefore, I am not giving
+special reading lists, but simply a brief outline of the requirements
+necessary, a select bibliography of the more important
+works, and the questions one would expect a student to be able
+to answer should he present himself for examination. For a
+general idea of primitive libraries Edward Clodd’s “Story of
+the alphabet” <i>Library of Useful Stories</i>, Richardson’s “Beginnings
+of libraries,” <i>1914</i>, and Rawlings’ “Story of books,”
+<i>1912</i> should be read as an introduction to the subject.</p>
+
+<h3><span class="smcap">Requirements.</span></h3>
+
+<p>Origin, varieties and history of libraries in general. The
+ancient libraries of Assyria, Babylonia, Chaldea, Egypt,
+Persia, Greece and Rome. Mediæval libraries and their modern
+successors—Monastic, Royal and University libraries. Private
+libraries should also be known, and students must become
+familiar with the lives of eminent book-collectors from the
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_191">[Pg 191]</span>earliest times to the present day. Such names as the following
+should be noted: Benedict; Richard de Bury; Nicholas V.;
+the Medici Family; Jean Grolier; Sir Thomas Bodley;
+Gabriel Naudé; Jules Mazarin; Robert Harley; Sir Hans
+Sloane; J. A. Zaluski; Duke of Roxburghe; Lord Spencer;
+Lord Crawford; P. Morgan; H. E. Widener.</p>
+
+<p>The principal British libraries are:—</p>
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<p>British Museum, London (including the departments at
+South Kensington); Bodleian Library, Oxford; University
+Library, Cambridge; John Rylands Library, Manchester;
+Chetham Library, Manchester; London Library;
+Guildhall Library, London; Sion College, London;
+Lambeth Palace, London; Trinity College, Dublin;
+National Library of Ireland; National Library of Scotland,
+<i>formerly</i> The Advocate’s Library, <span class="err" title="original: Ebinburgh">Edinburgh</span>; University
+Libraries of Aberdeen, St. Andrews, Edinburgh
+and Glasgow; Signet Library, Edinburgh; National
+Library of Wales, Aberystwyth.</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>The principal American libraries are:—</p>
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<p>Boston Public Library; Chicago Public Library; Harvard
+University; John Crerar Library, Chicago; Newberry
+Library, Chicago; Yale University Library, New
+Haven; New York Public Library; Columbia University,
+New York; New York State Library, Albany; Public
+Library, Pittsburg, Philadelphia University; Library
+of Congress, Washington; University Library, Chicago;
+Cornell University, Ithaca.</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>The principal European libraries are:—</p>
+
+<div class="hang"><p><i>Austria.</i>—Royal Library, Vienna; University Library, Vienna.</p>
+
+<p><i>Belgium.</i>—Royal Library, <span class="err" title="original: Brussells">Brussels</span>; University Library,
+Ghent.</p>
+
+<p><i>Denmark.</i>—Royal Library, Copenhagen.</p>
+
+<p><i>France.</i>—Arsenal Library, Paris; Bibliotheque Nationale,
+Paris; St. Geneviéve, Paris; University Library (Sorbonne),
+Paris; Mazarin Library, Paris.</p>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_192">[Pg 192]</span></p>
+<p><i>Germany.</i>—Royal Library, Berlin; Ducal Library, Darmstadt;
+Royal Library, Dresden; University Library,
+Gottingen; University Library, Heidelberg; University
+Library, Leipzig; Royal Library, Munich; University
+Library, Munich; University Library, Strassburg;
+Royal Library, Stuttgart; City Library, Hamburg.</p>
+
+<p><i>Greece.</i>—University Libraries, Athens.</p>
+
+<p><i>Holland.</i>—Royal Library, Hague; University Libraries,
+Leyden and Utrecht; Municipal University, Amsterdam.</p>
+
+<p><i>Hungary.</i>—Hungarian National Museum, Buda-Pest.</p>
+
+<p><i>Italy.</i>—National Library, Florence; Mediceo-Laurenzian
+Library, Florence; Vatican Library, Rome; Victor
+Emmanuel Library, Rome; Marcian Library, Venice;
+Ambrosian Library, Milan; National Library, Naples;
+University Library, Bologna; National Library, Turin.</p>
+
+<p><i>Norway.</i>—University Library, Oslo.</p>
+
+<p><i>Portugal.</i>—National Library, Lisbon.</p>
+
+<p><i>Russia.</i>—Imperial Library, Leningrad; University Library,
+Moscow.</p>
+
+<p><i>Spain.</i>—Royal Library, Escorial; National Library, Madrid.</p>
+
+<p><i>Sweden.</i>—Royal Library, Stockholm; University Library,
+Upsala.</p>
+
+<p><i>Switzerland.</i>—Cantonal and State Library, Zurich.</p>
+</div>
+
+<h3>SELECT BIBLIOGRAPHY.</h3>
+<div class="hang">
+<p>Americana—Article <i>Libraries</i>.</p>
+
+<p>Axon—Ancient and modern libraries. <i>In British Almanac
+Companion, 1876, pp. 103-122.</i></p>
+
+<p>Blades—On chained libraries. <i>L. Vol. 1, 1889, pp. 411-416.</i></p>
+
+<p>Boyd—Public libraries and literary culture in ancient Rome.
+<i>1915.</i></p>
+
+<p>Clark—The care of books: an essay on the development of
+libraries and their fittings, from the earliest times to the
+end of the eighteenth century. <i>C.U.P.</i>, <i>1901</i>.</p>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_193">[Pg 193]</span>
+Clark—Libraries in the Mediæval and Renaissance Periods.
+<i>1894.</i></p>
+
+<p>Clarke—Repertorium bibliographicum; or some account of
+the most celebrated British libraries. <i>2 vols. Clarke.</i></p>
+
+<p>Cowper—Notices of ancient libraries. <i>Notes and Queries,
+1855. Vol. 2, pp. 258, 337, 361, 493, 512.</i></p>
+
+<p>Dechelette—Manuel d’archéologie prehistorique Celtique et
+Galto-Romaine. <i>Vol. 1. Paris, 1908.</i></p>
+
+<p>Edwards—Memoirs of libraries: including a handbook of
+library economy. <i>2 vols. Trubner, 1859.</i></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<p><i>Contents</i>:—<i>Vol. 1, Book 1.</i>—Libraries of the Ancients,
+<i>p. 3-82</i>. <i>Book 2.</i>—Libraries of the Middle Ages, <i>pp.
+83-415</i>. <i>Book 3.</i>—Modern libraries of Great Britain
+and Ireland, <i>pp. 416-820</i>. <i>Vol. 2, Book 3 (cont.)</i>—Modern
+libraries of Great Britain and Ireland, <i>pp.
+3-162</i>. <i>Book 4.</i>—Libraries of the United States of
+America, <i>pp. 163-242</i>. Book 5.—Modern libraries of
+Continental Europe, <i>pp. 243-568</i>.</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>Encyclopædia Britannica, <i>last two editions</i>.—Articles <i>Libraries</i>.</p>
+
+<p>Fay <i>and</i> Eaton—Instruction in the use of books and libraries.
+<i>Chap. 12, pp. 163-178.</i></p>
+
+<p>Graesel—Handbuch der Bibliothekslehre. <i>Weber: Leipzic,
+1902.</i></p>
+
+<p>Greenwood—Free public libraries: their organisation, uses and
+management. <i>1886.</i></p>
+
+<p>Greenwood—Public libraries: a history of the movement and
+a manual for the organisation and management of rate-supported
+libraries. <i>4th edition, 1894.</i></p>
+
+<p>Horne—Introduction to the study of bibliography. <i>2 vols.
+Cadell and Davies, 1814.</i></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<p><i>Vol. 1.</i>—Memoir of the public libraries of the ancients,
+<i>pp. 1-25 and part 1, pp. 30-143</i>.</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>Kirkwood—Proposals made in <i>1699</i> to found public libraries
+in Scotland. <i>1889.</i></p>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_194">[Pg 194]</span></p>
+<p>Koch—Portfolio of Carnegie Libraries.</p>
+
+<p>Libraries, Public—Return showing the names of all places in
+England, in Scotland, and in Ireland, in which the
+Public Libraries Acts have been adopted prior to the end
+of the last financial year, etc. <i>1912.</i></p>
+
+<p>Morgan—Monastic libraries. <i>L.A.R. Vol. 6, 1904, pp. 290-297.</i></p>
+
+<p>New International Encyclopedia—Article <i>Libraries</i>.</p>
+
+<p>Ogle—The free library: its history and present condition.
+<i>The Library Series, 1897.</i></p>
+
+<p>Phillips—The monastic libraries of Wales. <i>1913.</i></p>
+
+<p>Prideaux—Library economy in the <i>16</i>th century. <i>L.A.R.
+Vol. 10, 1909, pp. 152-174.</i></p>
+
+<p>Rau—Did Omar destroy the library of Alexandria. <i>Nineteenth
+Century, 1894, pp. 555-571.</i></p>
+
+<p>Rawlings—Story of books. <i>Useful Knowledge Series. Hodder
+&amp; Stoughton, 1912, pp. 9-70.</i></p>
+
+<p>Richardson—The beginnings of libraries. <i>1914.</i></p>
+
+<p>Richardson—Biblical libraries: a sketch of library history
+from <span class="allsmcap">B.C.</span> <i>3400</i> to <span class="allsmcap">A.D.</span> <i>150</i>. <i>Princeton Univ. Press.
+Milford, 1915. 5s. 6d.</i></p>
+
+<p>Rye—The libraries of London: a guide for students. <i>1908.</i></p>
+
+<p>Sandys—A history of classical scholarship, from the <i>6</i>th
+century <span class="allsmcap">B.C.</span> to the end of the Middle Ages. <i>3 vols.,
+1906-08.</i></p>
+
+<p>Savage—Old English Libraries, the making, collection and use
+of books during the Middle Ages. <i>The Antiquary’s
+Library. Methuen, 1911.</i></p>
+
+<p>Savage—The story of libraries and book-collectors. <i>The
+English Library. Routledge, 1908.</i></p>
+
+<p>Smith—Babylonian and Assyrian libraries. <i>North British
+Review, 1870, pp. 305-324.</i></p>
+
+<p>Spofford—The history of libraries. <i>In his “A book for all
+readers.” Putnam, 1905, Chap. 15, pp. 287-320.</i></p>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_195">[Pg 195]</span></p>
+<p>Teggart—Contribution towards a bibliography of ancient
+libraries, <i>1899</i>. <i>Also in L.J. Vol. 24, p. 5.</i></p>
+
+<p>Universal Cyclopædia.—Article <i>Libraries</i>.</p>
+
+<p>Wheatley—Assyrian Libraries. <i>L.A.T. 1880, pp: 87-90.</i></p>
+
+<p>Williams <i>and</i> Meredith, <i>editors</i>.—The Librarians’ Guide.
+<i>Annually from 1923.</i></p>
+
+<p>Wynkoop—Commissions, state aid and state agencies. (<i>A.L.A.
+Manual of library economy. Chap. 27</i>).</p>
+
+
+<p><span class="smcap">Book Collectors</span>:—</p>
+</div>
+<div class="hang"><p>Elton—Great book collectors. <i>1893.</i></p>
+
+<p>Edwards—Free town libraries. <i>Book-collectors, pp. 224 to
+end.</i></p>
+
+<p>Fletcher—-English book collectors. <i>1902.</i></p>
+
+<p>Savage—The story of libraries and book collectors. <i>1909,
+pp. 211-220.</i></p>
+
+<p>Stephen—One hundred book collectors. <i>L.W. Vol. 10,
+1907, pp. 194. Also in Library Economics; pp. 63-80.</i></p>
+</div>
+
+<h3>SPECIAL LIBRARIES.</h3>
+
+<p class="hang"><i>Note.</i>—Cannons’ “Bibliography of library economy” [<i>1876-1923</i>];
+the “Story of the Nations” and “Countries
+and Peoples” series, should be consulted for each country.</p>
+
+
+<p><span class="smcap">Great Britain and Ireland.</span></p>
+
+<p><i>Bodleian Library, Oxford.</i></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot hang"><p>Bodleian Library Tercentenary. <i>L.W. Vol. 5, 1902, pp.
+113-119.</i></p>
+
+<p>Bolton—History of the Bodleian library. <i>L.W. Vol. 12,
+1909-10, pp. 241-246.</i></p>
+
+<p>Clark—A Bodleian guide for visitors. <i>1906.</i></p>
+
+<p>Cowley—Recent history of the Bodleian library. <i>L.A.R.
+Vol. 23, 1921, pp. 316-325.</i></p>
+
+<p>Machray—Annals of the Bodleian library, <i>1598-1867</i>.
+<i>1868.</i></p>
+</div><p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_196">[Pg 196]</span></p>
+
+<p><i>British Museum, London.</i></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot hang"><p>Cowtan—Memories of the British Museum. <i>1872.</i></p>
+
+<p>Edwards—Lives of the founders of the British Museum:
+with notices of its chief augmentors and other benefactors,
+<i>1570-1870</i>. <i>2 Vols. 1870.</i></p>
+
+<p>Greenwood—Public libraries, <i>1894, pp. 493-501</i>.</p>
+
+<p>Rawlings—British Museum Library. <i>1916.</i></p>
+
+<p>Shelley—The British Museum: its history and treasures.
+<i>Pitman, 1911.</i></p></div>
+
+
+<p><i>Cambridge University Library.</i></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot hang"><p>Aldis—Organization and methods of the Cambridge University
+Library. <i>L.A.R. Vol. 7, 1905, pp. 625-636.</i></p>
+
+<p>Huck—University Library, Cambridge. <i>L.W. Vol. 13,
+1910-11, pp. 257-266.</i></p>
+
+<p>Protheroe—A memoir of Henry Bradshaw. <i>1888.</i></p></div>
+
+
+<p><i>Chetham Library, Manchester.</i></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot hang"><p>Nicholson—The Chetham Hospital and Library. <i>1910.</i></p></div>
+
+
+<p><i>John Rylands Library, Manchester.</i></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot hang"><p>John Rylands Library, Manchester: a brief historical
+description of the library and its contents, illustrated
+with thirty-seven views and facsimiles. <i>1914. John
+Rylands Library, 6d.</i></p>
+
+<p>John Rylands Library. <i>L.A.R. Vol. 1, 1899. pp. 564-571;
+679-688.</i></p>
+
+<p>Lyell—John Rylands Library. <i>L.W. Vol. 19, 1916-17,
+pp. 312-314.</i></p></div>
+
+
+<p><i>London Library.</i></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot hang"><p>Purnell—The London Library. <i>L.A.R. Vol. 23, 1921, pp.
+102-112.</i></p></div>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_197">[Pg 197]</span></p>
+
+<p><i>London University Library.</i></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot hang"><p>Baker—The library of the University of London. <i>L.A.R.
+Vol. 16, 1904, pp. 28-38.</i></p>
+
+<p>Chambers—Library of the University College of London.
+<i>L.A.R. Vol 11, 1909, pp. 350-358; 361-363.</i></p></div>
+
+
+<p><i>Marsh’s Library, Dublin.</i></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot hang"><p>White—An account of Marsh’s library. <i>L.A.R. Vol. 1,
+1899, pp. 132-145.</i></p></div>
+
+
+<p><i>National Library of Ireland.</i></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot hang"><p>Vine—National Library of Ireland. <i>L.A.R. Vol 4, 1902,
+pp. 95-109.</i></p></div>
+
+
+<p><i>National Library of Wales.</i></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot hang"><p>The National Library of Wales. <i>L.W. Vol 14, 1911-12,
+pp. 79-82.</i></p>
+
+<p>The National Library of Wales. <i>L.A.R. Vol. 13, 1911, pp.
+211-215; 276-284.</i></p></div>
+
+
+<p><i>Sion College Library, London.</i></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot hang"><p>Pearce—Sion College and Library. <i>1913.</i></p></div>
+
+
+<p><span class="smcap">France.</span></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot hang"><p>Mortet—The public libraries of France, national, communal
+and university. <i>L.A.R. Vol 3, (N.S.), 1925, pp. 145-159.</i></p>
+
+<p>Turnbull—The libraries of France. <i>L.W. Vol 12, 1909-10,
+pp. 125-127.</i></p></div>
+
+<p><i>Bibliotheque Nationale.</i></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot hang"><p>The National Library of France. <i>L. Vol 4, 1892 pp.
+277-287.</i></p></div>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">Italy.</span> <i>Vatican Library.</i></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot hang"><p>Sayle—The Vatican Library. <i>L. Vol 6, 1894, pp. 327-343.</i></p></div>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_198">[Pg 198]</span></p>
+<p><span class="smcap">Spain.</span> <i>Escorial Library.</i></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot hang"><p>Lyell—The Escorial and its library. <i>L.W. Vol. 24, 1921-22,
+pp. 81-84.</i></p></div>
+
+
+<p><span class="smcap">United States.</span></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot hang"><p>Bolton—American library history. <i>A.L.A. Manual of
+library economy. Chap. 1.</i></p>
+
+<p>Bolton—Proprietary libraries. <i>A.L.A. Manual of library
+economy. Chap. 5.</i></p>
+
+<p>Fletcher—Public libraries in America. <i>English Bookman’s
+Library, 1902.</i></p>
+
+<p>Flint—Statistics of public libraries in the United States,
+<i>1893</i>.</p>
+
+<p>Green—The public library movement in the United States,
+<i>1853-1893</i>; from <i>1876</i>, reminiscences of the writer.
+<i>Useful Reference Series, No. 8.</i></p></div>
+
+
+<p><i>Library of Congress.</i></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot"><p>Bishop—Library of Congress. <i>A.L.A. Manual of library
+economy. Chap. 2.</i></p>
+
+<p>Johnston—History of the Library of Congress. <i>1904.
+Vol. I. 1800-1864.</i></p>
+
+<p>Library of Congress and its work. <i>21 pp. Library of
+Congress.</i></p> </div>
+
+
+<h4><span class="smcap">Questions.</span></h4>
+<div class="hang">
+<p><i>1.</i> Write a brief account of the origin of the British Museum,
+and describe three of the notable collections of books
+or manuscripts which it contains.</p>
+
+<p><i>2.</i> Where were public libraries usually situated in ancient
+Rome, and what was the nature of the books kept in
+them?</p>
+
+<p><i>3.</i> Give an account of the library of the Abbey of Monte
+Cassino and of the rule of St. Benedict so far as it
+relates to the use of books.</p>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_199">[Pg 199]</span></p>
+<p><i>4.</i> Describe the various forms and kinds of books preserved
+in the ancient libraries before the invention of printing.</p>
+
+<p><i>5.</i> What do you know of the method of chaining books in
+libraries? State where chained books may still be seen.</p>
+
+<p><i>6.</i> Give a short account of the lives of two of the following:
+Andrew Carnegie; Edward Edwards; Henry Bradshaw;
+James Duff Brown; H. E. Widener.</p>
+
+<p><i>7.</i> Describe the physical properties of early forms of books,
+and their method of storage.</p>
+
+<p><i>8.</i> Name some monastic libraries that existed in England,
+and briefly describe four of them.</p>
+
+<p><i>9.</i> Give a brief historical sketch of four of the following
+libraries:—British Museum; Library of Congress;
+Bibliotheque Nationale, Paris; Vatican Library;
+Escorial Library; Royal Library, Copenhagen;
+John Rylands Library; National Library of Wales;
+National Library of Scotland; Trinity College, Dublin.</p>
+
+<p><i>10.</i> State briefly what you know of the following:—Richard
+de Bury; T. F. Dibdin; Henry Bradshaw;
+Matthias Corvinus; Petrarch; Assurbanipal; Sixtus
+IV.; Dr. Bray; Henry Huth; J. A. Zaluski; Lord
+Amhurst of Hackney; C. A. Cutter.</p>
+</div>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_200">[Pg 200]</span></p>
+<figure class="figcenter illowp100" id="decorationtwo" style="max-width: 25.0em;">
+ <img class="w100" src="images/decorationtwo.jpg" alt="" data-role="presentation">
+</figure>
+
+<div class="transnote">
+<h3><a id="Corrections"></a>Corrections</h3>
+<p>The first line indicates the original, the second the correction.</p>
+
+<p>The word “libaries” was converted to <span class="u">“libraries”</span> throughout the book.</p>
+
+<p>p. <a href="#Library_Association">xii</a></p>
+<ul>
+<li>Cloth. pp. 154. Chicago: Amercian Library Association.</li>
+
+<li>Cloth. pp. 154. Chicago: <span class="u">American</span> Library Association.</li></ul>
+
+<p>p. <a href="#Page_25">25</a></p>
+<ul>
+<li>Crown Octovo</li>
+<li>Crown <span class="u">Octavo</span></li></ul>
+
+<p>p. <a href="#Page_28">28</a></p>
+
+<ul><li>jusqu’a la fin du seiziéme siécle</li>
+
+<li>jusqu’à la fin du <span class="u">seizième siècle</span></li></ul>
+
+<ul><li>en langue francaise</li>
+
+<li>en langue <span class="u">française</span></li></ul>
+
+<ul><li>La minature Francaise</li>
+
+<li>La <span class="u">miniature</span> Française</li></ul>
+
+<p>p. <a href="#Page_32">32</a></p>
+
+<ul><li>English Cataogue of books</li>
+
+<li>English <span class="u">Catalogue</span> of books</li></ul>
+
+<p>p. <a href="#Page_46">46</a></p>
+
+<ul><li>lending departmant</li>
+
+<li>lending <span class="u">department</span></li></ul>
+
+<p>p. <a href="#Page_52">52</a></p>
+
+<ul><li>Bibliographie der socialismus und cummunismus</li>
+
+<li>Bibliographie der Sozialismus und <span class="u">Kommunismus</span></li></ul>
+
+<p>p. <a href="#Page_61">61</a></p>
+
+<ul><li>Describe briefly not nore</li>
+
+<li>Describe briefly not <span class="u">more</span></li></ul>
+
+<p>p. <a href="#Page_62">62</a></p>
+
+<ul><li>Committee of the Bibliograhpical</li>
+
+<li>Committee of the <span class="u">Bibliographical</span></li></ul>
+
+<p>p. <a href="#Page_74">74</a></p>
+
+<ul><li>Arcticles very brief</li>
+
+<li><span class="u">Articles</span> very brief</li></ul>
+
+<p>p. <a href="#Page_108">108</a></p>
+
+<ul><li>These may be had at a triflng cost</li>
+
+<li>These may be had at a <span class="u">trifling</span> cost</li></ul>
+
+<p>p. <a href="#Page_113">113</a></p>
+
+<ul><li>carry out the work in accorddance</li>
+
+<li>carry out the work in <span class="u">accordance</span></li></ul>
+
+<p>p. <a href="#Page_120">120</a></p>
+
+<ul>
+<li>Manley (J. M.) <i>and</i> Rickert (E.)—Contemporary British literature: bibliographies and study outlines. <i>1923.</i></li>
+<li><span class="u">Manly</span> (J. M.) <i>and</i> <span class="u">Rickett</span> (E.)—Contemporary British literature: bibliographies and study outlines. <i>1923.</i></li>
+
+</ul>
+
+
+<p>p. <a href="#Page_135">135</a></p>
+
+<ul><li>outbreak of of the French Revolution</li>
+
+<li>outbreak <span class="u">of the</span> French Revolution</li></ul>
+
+<p>p. <a href="#Page_143">143</a></p>
+
+<ul><li>The Brontes.</li>
+
+<li>The <span class="u">Brontës.</span></li></ul>
+
+<p>p. <a href="#Page_146">146</a></p>
+
+<ul><li>The Pre-Raphaelities</li>
+
+<li>The <span class="u">Pre-Raphaelites</span></li></ul>
+
+<p>p. <a href="#Page_162">162</a></p>
+
+<p>The numbers 7 and 8 were in reverse order in the original.</p>
+
+<p>p. <a href="#Page_172">172</a></p>
+
+<ul><li>Newrooms. Magazine Rooms.</li>
+
+<li><span class="u">Newsrooms.</span> Magazine Rooms.</li></ul>
+
+<p>p. <a href="#Page_191">191</a></p>
+
+<ul><li>formerly The Advocate’s Library, Ebinburgh;</li>
+
+<li>formerly The Advocate’s Library, <span class="u">Edinburgh;</span></li></ul>
+
+<ul><li>Belgium.—Royal Library, Brussells</li>
+
+<li>Belgium.—Royal Library, <span class="u">Brussels</span></li></ul></div>
+<div style='text-align:center'>*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK 77611 ***</div>
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/77611-h/images/cover.jpg b/77611-h/images/cover.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8783c20
--- /dev/null
+++ b/77611-h/images/cover.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/77611-h/images/decoration.jpg b/77611-h/images/decoration.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a8a6925
--- /dev/null
+++ b/77611-h/images/decoration.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/77611-h/images/decorationtwo.jpg b/77611-h/images/decorationtwo.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d477bb1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/77611-h/images/decorationtwo.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/77611-h/images/fonts.jpg b/77611-h/images/fonts.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..36c2324
--- /dev/null
+++ b/77611-h/images/fonts.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/77611-h/images/fontstwo.jpg b/77611-h/images/fontstwo.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6bf859d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/77611-h/images/fontstwo.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/77611-h/images/picture.jpg b/77611-h/images/picture.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e0e7504
--- /dev/null
+++ b/77611-h/images/picture.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/LICENSE.txt b/LICENSE.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6c72794
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LICENSE.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+This book, including all associated images, markup, improvements,
+metadata, and any other content or labor, has been confirmed to be
+in the PUBLIC DOMAIN IN THE UNITED STATES.
+
+Procedures for determining public domain status are described in
+the "Copyright How-To" at https://www.gutenberg.org.
+
+No investigation has been made concerning possible copyrights in
+jurisdictions other than the United States. Anyone seeking to utilize
+this eBook outside of the United States should confirm copyright
+status under the laws that apply to them.
diff --git a/README.md b/README.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f5b30b8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/README.md
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+Project Gutenberg (https://www.gutenberg.org) public repository for eBook #77611
+(https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/77611)
generated by cgit v1.2.3 (git 2.25.1) at 2026-04-03 11:17:27 +0000